BEITMAN MANUALS: Radio set diagrams and service data from 1930 to 1954
14 ott 2023 — ... service- men. Large size: 81/2 x 11 inches. Manual ... 2632. A-2003. AGO. THIS LEAD REMOVED. WHEN TERMINAL ... GS .7Y. Z.ZOK. 0697. 0033 q-. 500k). Rio. 640. 400,7 ...
Most Often Needed
1956
VOLUME TV -11
Television
Servicing Information
VOLUME TV -11
$2
PRICE 41.
Compiled by
M. N. BEITMAN
SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
Most - Often - Needed
1956
VOLUME TV- 11
Television
Servicing Information
THEORY
Compiled by
M. N. BEITMAN SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
Supreme Publications
1760 Balsam Road, Highland Park, Illinois
(Warehouse and Branch Office in Chicago, Illinois )
RADIO DIAGRAM MANUALS SUPREME TELEVISION MANUALS
,lint - Often - Mold
1955
RADIO DIAGRAMS
14,-.6.
New 1955 VOLUME IS Price $2.
Repair quickly all new 1955 sets as
well as older radios. This big volume
contains clearly printed, large sche-
matics, needed alignment data, re-
placement parts lists, voltage values,
and information on stage gain, loca-
tion of trimmers, and dial stringing,
for all important new 1955 sets. In-
cludes material on portables, clock
radios, record changers, FM, and
auto sets. A worthy companion to
thirteen previous volumes used by
over 143,000 shrewd radio service-
men. Large size: 81/2 x 11 inches.
Manual style binding.
Postpaid, only
$2
RADIO DIAGRAMS FOR PREVIOUS YEARS
ri ADDITIONAL 1955 TV Manual, TV -I0, $3
This new AinirrioNAL volume of
1955 television data will give
you everything you need to repair
and adjust all present-day TV sets.
The television series manuals are
amazing bargains and defy compe-
1955
tition. The 1955 volumes contain circuit explanations, 192 pages of
Television
alignment facts, test patterns, response curves, waveforms, voltage
charts, hints, and dozens of mam-
e
moth double -page work -bench diagrams. Large size 8 1/2 x11 inches.
Sturdy covers. Book binding opens
flat. Amazing value. Price postpaid, only
$3
E 1955 TV Manual, TV -9, $3
Speed up and simplify all radio repairs. Service radios faster, better, easier, save money and time, use these SUPREME Most -Often -Needed diagram manuals to get ahead. At the low cost (only $2 for most volumes) you are assured of having for every job needed diagrams and other essential repair data on 4 out of 5 sets you will ever service. Clearly printed circuits, parts lists, alignment data, and helpful service hints are the facts you need. Average volume has 192 pages, large size 81/2 x 11 inches. Manual style binding.
n 1954 D 1953
0 1932
E 1951
El 1950
Volume 14 $2.50
O 1949
Volume 9 $2.50
E 1941
Volume 4 $2.00
Volume 13 $2.50
El 1948
Volume 8 $2.00
n 1940
Volume 3 $2.00
Volume 12 $2.50
Volume 11 $2.50
D 1947
E 1946
Volume 7
Volume 6
$2.00
$2.00
E 1939
0
Volume 2
$2.00
Volume 10 $2.50
E 1942
Volume 5
1922:019038 Volume 1
$2.50
0 INDEX for all Radio and TV Manuals
250
EARLIER TV MANUALS FOR 1954 TO 1947
Supreme TV manuals cover all needed service material on every popular TV set of every important manufacturer. Here is helpful, practical, factory -prepared data that will really make TV servicing and adjustment easy for you. Supreme giant TV manuals have complete circuits, alignment
facts, test patterns. response curves, service hints, recommended changes, voltage charts, waveforms, and many double -page diagram blueprints. Here is your TV service material to help you do more expert work quicker; and priced at only $3 and $2 per manual covering a full year of material. (See list below.)
D 1954 TV 0 1953 TV E 1952 TV [11 1951 TV
Volume TV -8 $3.00
Volume TV -7 $3.00
Volume TV -6 $3.00
Volume TV 5 $3.00
D 1950 TV
E] 1949 TV
E 1948 TV
Volume TV -4 $3.00
Volume TV -3
$3.00
Volume TV -2 $3.00
1947 TV & FM 0 1953 UHF Converters & Tuners
Volume TV -1, $2.00
Volume UHF -1, $1.50
0 RADIO MATHEMATICS
TELEVISION SERVICING COURSE
Explains arithmetic and simple algebra in connection with
units, color code, meter scales, Ohm's law, alternating cur-
rents, ohmmeter testing, wattage rating, series and parallel
connections, capacity, inductance, mixed circuits, vacuum
tubes, curves, the decibel, etc., and has numerous
examples. Only
250
Let this new course teach you TV servicing. Amazing bargain, complete only $3, full price for all lessons. Giant in size, mammoth in scope, topics just like a $200.00 correspondence course. Lessons on picture faults, circuits, adjustments, short-cuts, UHF, alignment hints, antenna problems, trouble -shooting, test equipment, picture $3
analysis. Special, only
IJ
wow
Ifoirrolic
Rollo, ref: Ar mom
El How to Modernize Radios
Cash in by improving and modernizing all out of date
radio sets and cabinets. Practical job -sheets with sche-
matics and photographs make this work easy.
Size 81/2 x 11 inches. Your price only
$1
0 POST-WAR RECORD CHANGERS
Service expertly all 1945-1948 record changers. Includes every popular
mjuastkme.enJutsstanfodlrloepwaisrism. Hpulinfiderdedfsacotfopryhoitnosgtrraupchtisoannsdtoexmplaokdeedneedeed,
views. Large size: 81/2 x 11 inches. 144 fact -filled pages. Only.
ad-
50
E ARVIN DIAGRAM Manual
500
0 RADIO SERVICING COURSE
....._...,
t'S
-"<n
91clF" ,c'''', ,t, v,()t.
Here is your practical radio course of 22 easy -to -follow lessons. Review fundamentals, learn new servicing tricks. Just like a $200.00 correspondence course. Everything in
(.0 \3 ,. radio servicing. With self -testing questions. New edition. Price only
$250
O Practical Radio & Electronics Course
Here is your complete home study course of 53 lessons designed to
train any beginner to be an expert in radio and electronics. Covers every
topic of radio, electronics, with lessons on test equipment, FM, TV, radio,
etc. Giant 81/2 x II inches, 3 -in -1 volume, includes all lessons, instructor's notes, test questions. New 1953 edition. Only...
$395
EI ANSWER BOOK to the above course
250
E Simplified Radio Servicing by
Simplified
COMPARISON Method
Radio
Servicing
Revolutionary different COMPARISON technique per-
by
mits you to do expert work on all radio sets. Most repairs
Comparison
can be made without test equipment or with only a volt - ,i Method
ohmmeter. Many simple, point-to-point, cross-reference,
circuit suggestions locate the faults instantly. Plan copyrighted. Covers
every radio set - new and old models. This new servicing technique
presented in handy manual form, size 81/2 x 11 inches, 92 pages. Over
1,000 practical service hints. 26 large, trouble -shooting blueprints. Charts
for circuit analysis. 114 tests using a 5Q resistor. Developed by M. N. Beitman. New edition. Price only
$1 so
C) by Supreme Publications, 1956. Material copyrighted, reproduction prohibited.
2
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Admiral Corp.
Chassis 20Y4B, 20Y4BF, 20Y4D, 20Y4E, 20Y4EF, 20Y4F,
20Y4FF, 20Y4H, 20Y4HF, 20Y4L, 20Y4LF, 20Y4LS,
20Y4MS, 20Y4NF, arid 20SY4B, 20SY4BF, 20SY4E,
20SY4EF, 20SY4F, 20SY4FF, 20SY4H, 20SY4L,
20SY4LS, (For list of models see page 5)
.
.
5 to 18
Bendix Radio and Television Chassis 19, used in Models T2100E, T2100M, T2101M. 19 to 22
Capehart-Farnsworth Corporation CX-43 Series
23 to 26
CBS -Columbia
Chassis 1610 and 1611 (see page 27 for a list of models) 27 to 30
Crosley Corp. Chassis 472, 473, 476, 477 (models listed on page 31) . 31 to 36
Allen B. DuMont Laboratories, Inc. RA -350 and RA -351 Chassis
37 to 40
Emerson Radio and Phonograph Corp. 120257D, -P, 120258D, 120263D, -P, 120265D,
120277D, 120278D, 120282P (list of models on p. 41) 41 to 46
General Electric Co.
"S" Line, Models 21C110 through 21C113, 21C123 through
21C126, 21T038, 21T039, 21T041, 21T042, 21T043,
21T045, 24C180, 24C181, 24T070, 24T071
47 to 52
The Hallicrafters, Inc.
Chassis A2000D, B2000D, C2000D, D2000D (See page 53 for list of models using these chassis)
Chassis A2003D, B2003D (list of models on page 57) .
53 to 56 57 to 60
Hoffman Radio Corp. Chassis 411-21, 412-21, 413-24, 414-24 (For list of models see page 61)
61 to 64
The Magnavox Co.
600 Series (see page 66 for list of models) 650 Series (see page 68 for list of models)
65 to 67 65 and 68
Motorola, Inc. Chassis TS -530, TS -530Y (list of models on page 69).
Chassis TS -533, TS -533Y (list of models on page 79). Chassis TS -534, TS -534Y (list of models on page 85).
69 to 78 79 to 84 85 to 88
Olympic Radio & Television, Inc.
BD and BF Chassis, Models C21BD35, C21BF21, K21BD34,
T21BD19, and T21BF20
89 to 92
(Continued on page 4)
3
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Packard -Bell Co. Chassis T-1, Models 21103, 21202, 21401
93 to 96
Philco Corp.
Chassis TV -330, TV -330U, TV -390, TV -392, TV -394, TV -440, TV -444 (cross-reference of models on p. 97) 97-106
Raytheon Manufacturing Co. Chassis 21T40 through 21T46 (list of models on page 107) 107-110
R.C.A. Victor
Models using Chassis KCS-96, KCS-96A through KCS-96E, KCS-97, and with various suffix letters; for a complete cross-reference of models see page 111 .
Models 17S6022(U), 17S6025(U), 17S6027(U), 17PT6962(U), use Chassis KCS-94 or -A; Models 2lS632(U), 21S6052(U), 21S6053(U) use Chassis KCS-95, -A, -C
111-116 117-121
Sentinel Radio Corp. Models 1U1101, 1U-1111, 1U-1121, 1U-1124, 1U-1126, 1U-1127, 1U-1131, 1U-1134, 1U-1136, 1U-1137, 1U-1145, 1U-1147, 1U-1155, 1U-1157, 21101,
21121, and 21145
122-127
Stromberg-Carlson Co. Models K-21, KH-21, K-22, and KH-22
128-132
Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.
Chassis 1-532-1, -2, Models 21C401, 21C403, 21T101,
21T102, 21T104, 24T101
Chassis 1-533-1, -2, Models 210501, 210502, 210601,
21D802, 21T201, 21T301, 24C601, 24T301
.
.
.
133-137 138-142
Trav-ler Radio Corporation Chassis 412E4, -E5, -F4, -F5, -G5, -K5, -L5, 417E4, 417E5, -F5, -G5, 419E5, 510A4, 511A4, 513A4, 513A5, 514A4, -A5, 518B4, -B5 (models on page 143)
143-150
Wells -Gardner & Co. Models 321A59C-A-504, -554, 321A59U-A-504, -554, 324A59C-A-576,"U", 2321A59C-A-508, -556;
2321A59U-A-508, -556, 2324A59C-A-560,"U"
151-154
Westinghouse Electric Corp. Chassis V-2318 and V-2328 (list of models on page 155) 155-158 Chassis V-2340, V-2341, V-2350, V-2351 (models p. 159) 159-170
Zenith Radio Corp. Chassis 16X20, 17X20, 17X22, 17X23, 19X21, 19X22,
19X24, 22X20, 22X21, 22X22Q (For complete list of models see page 171)
171-190
INDEX (by make and model or chassis number)
191 and 192
4
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Admiral
20Y4B, 20Y4BF, 20Y4D, 20Y4E, 20Y4EF, 20Y4F, 20Y4FF, 20Y4H, 20Y4HF, 20Y4L, 20Y4LF, 20Y4LS, 20Y4MS, 20Y4NF Chassis with 21 MC I.F., and
20SY4B, 20SY4BF, 20SY4E, 20SY4EF, 20SY4F, 20SY4FF, 20SY4H, 20SY4L, 20SY4LS Chassis with 41 MC I.F.
Model types
Using Chassis
T23B1, T23B2
20Y4L, 20Y4MS
TS23B1, TS23B2, TS23B6 20SY4L, 20SY4LS
TS23B7
T23B6, T23B7
20Y4L, 20Y4LS
T23B16, T23B17, T23B18 20Y4B, 20Y4BF
TS23B16, TS23B17, TS23B18 20SY4BF
T23B26, T23B27
20Y4L, 20Y4LF
TS23B26, TS23B27
20SY4L, 20SY4LF
T25B26, T25B27
20Y4F, 20Y4FF
TS25B26, TS25B27
20SY4F, 20SY4FF
TS2301DRW to TS2303 + 20SY4LS
C23B1, C23B2, C23B3
20Y4E, 20Y4NF
CS23B1, CS23B2, CS23B3 20SY4E, 20SY4EF
CS23A6, CS23A7
20SY4EF
Model types
C23B16, C23B17, C23B18, C23B26, C23B27 CS23B16, CS23B17,
CS23B26, CS23B27 C25B6, C25B7, C25B8, C25B16, C25B17, C25B18 CS25B6, CS25B7,
CS25B16, CS25B17 C28B6, C28B7 F23B6, F23B7 F25B6, F25B7 L23B6, L23B7 LS23B6, LS23B7
Using Chassis 20Y4E, 20Y4EF
20SY4E,20SY4EF
20Y4F, 20Y4FF
20SY4F, 20SY4FF
20Y4D, 20Y4DF 20Y4E, 20Y4EF 20Y4F, 20Y4FF 20Y4H, 20Y4HF 20SY4H, 20SY4HF
All the chassis listed above employ the same basic circuitry and are covered by the service material on pages 6 through 18. The chassis with a number containing letters SY use 41 MC I. F. and employ VHF -UHF tuners. The alignment for these sets is on pages 10-12, and the schematic diagram on pages 16-17 is applicable for all these straight TV sets using 21" or 24" picture tubes.
All chassis with prefix 20Y4 followed by various letters use 21 MC I.F. and are for VHF reception. Alignment is on pages 7-9. The circuit on pages 14-15 is exact for chassis listed on page 14. The other 21" and 24" straight TV sets in this series are earlier versions of run 22 sets covered by schematic on pages 14-15. Besides some of the changes listed on page 14, these sets differ in the placement of some of the parts. The tuner may be mounted to the side of the chassis at the top, and to keep all leads short the positions of I.F. Board and Sound Board are interchanged and both boards are inverted end for end.
The 20Y4D chassis is mounted on end because of the 27" picture tube. PM focus assembly is used. Width and horizontal linearity adjustments are also used. A different printed wiring Sync Board is used because a different vertical output tube (V404) type 6AV5GT is required. This tube is mounted on a metal extension located in the lower corner of the chassis.
The combination models (having a chassis numbers that include letter "H") use Dynamagic radio type 3D1 in combination with the television chassis. In these sets only two printed wiring boards are used instead of three. The I.F. and Sync Boards are similar to those used in other sets, but the sound stages are conventionally wired on a metal sub -chassis which is mounted on the main chassis.
5
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ADMIRAL Service Information on the 20Y4 and 20SY4 Series Chassis
Rear View of Chassis.
UHF OSC
GR901
:7 UHF
MIXER
VHF °SCA MIXER
UHF 2ND IF PRE -AMP
VHF me UHF 1ST IF PRE -AMP
1ST IF 2ND IF
YOKE
0SOCKET
,H V REV
3RD IFA
PICTURE
VIDEO
TUBE
DE
V305
HORIZ OUTPUT
OSPKR
SOCKET
HOREnsc11
VIDEO AMP -
RECTIFIER
SOUND
AMP
IF
YNG INV
SOUND
SYNC
OU PUT up
RATIO
BE
0 VERT C A
GATED ACC
OSC. III
OVUETRPUT
CR901-1N82A V901-6AF4
V902-6BC8
V903 -6U8 V201-6AU6 V202-6AL5 V203-6AV6 V204 -69F5
V301-6CB6
V302-606
V303-6/4148 V304-6AW8
v305 f 21ALP4A j24DP4A
V401 -6C56 V402-6AL5 V403-12AU7 V404 -6S4 V405-6CU6 V406-6AU4GT V407-1113GT V408 -68H8 V501-51,14GA or 5U4GB
Top view, showing location of tubes of 20SY4 series 21" and 24" sets.
NOISE GATE ADJUSTMENT
The Noise Gate control is used to improve sync stability in fringe and noisy areas.
Set the Noise Gate fully to the left (counterclockwise). Set the Channel Selector for the strongest TV station. (Be sure that the Vertical and Horizontal adjustments are correct.) If the picture is unstable (jitters or rolls), slowly turn the Noise Gate control to the right until the picture just becomes stable. Check adjustment on other TV stations, and if necessary, readjust control.
Caution: If the Noise Gate is turned too far clockwise for a strong signal, the picture may roll vertically, tear horizontally or disappear.
ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAP Al 1, USING A TELEVISION SIGNAL
Beat interference (4.5 MC) appears in picture as very
fine vertical or diagonal lines, very close together, having a "gauze -like" appearance, the pattern will vary with speech,
forming a very fine herringbone pattern.
The trap can be tuned by watching the picture and ad-
justing the slug All for minimum 4.5 MC interference. If
greater accuracy is required, the trap should be adjusted
as instructed in step 3 under "4.5 MC Sound IF and Trap
Alignment".
DEFLECTION YOKE PLUG
PICTURE CENTERING TABS
far] Move tabs closer together or
ther apart to center picture.
UHF VHF
DEFLECTION YOKE YOKE RETAINING BRACKET
YOKE RETAINING PLATE
To correct picture tilt, loosen yoke retaining bracket, pt back yoke retaining plate and otote yoke until picture is straight.
fc
.
.
o4
FUSE
VERTICAL LINEARITY HEIGHT
To correct improper picture height or vertical linearity, alternately adjust HEIGHT and VERT. UN.
REMOVABLE COVER
HORIZONTAL DRIVE
Turn screw in until just snug. If drive line shows in picture, turn screw out until line JUST disappears.
ION TRAP
VERY CAREFULLY adjust for maximum brightness and best focus. H maximum brightness is found in two positions on neck, use position closest to tube base.
HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT. Rotate shaft to the left or right
until picture remains in horizontal sync when switching channels.
CONTROL CABLE PLUGS
SOUND BOARD SPEAKER SOCKET PILOT LIGHT JACKS
NOISE GATE
See information Noise Gate"
under
"Check
102608
SYNC BOARD
*Early sets used a z amp. quick -acting (8AG) fuse. A z amp. slow -blow (3AG) fuse, Part No. 84A1-33 is used in later sets and is the recommended replacement. Since the 3AG fuse is longer, it may be necessary to replace or modify the fuse holder.
Rear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations. Note: Control Cable Sockets and Plugs Not Used In 20SY4E, 20SY4F and 20SY4L Chassis.
6
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
IF BOARD
_L.
41 MC IF Sub -Chassis
used in VHF -UHF Chassis.
DEFLECTION YOVE YOKE RETAINING BRACKET
YOKE RETAINING PLATE
To correct picture tilt, loosen yoke retaining bracket, pull back yoke retaining plate and rotate yoke until picture is straight.
DEFLECTION YOKE PLUG
ON TRAP
VERY CAREFULLY adjust for maximum brightness and best focus. If maximum brightness is found in two positions on neck, use position closest to tube base..
* FUSE
PICTURE CENTERING TABS
fail IMove tabs closer together or
ther apart to center picture.
REMOVABLE COVER
VERTICAL LINEARITY HEIGHT
To correct improper picture height or vertical linearity, alternately adjust HEIGHT and VERT. LIN.
SPEAKER SOCKET
SOUND BOARD -
- HORIZONTAL DRIVE
Turn screw in until just snug. If drive line shows in picture, turn screw out until line JUST disappears.
SYNC BOARD -
`HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT
PILOT LIGHT JACKS
Rotate shoft to the left or right until picture remains in horizontal sync when switching channels.
, NOISE GATE See informotion under Noise Gate".
"Check
CONTROL CABLE PLUGS
*Early sets used a t amp. quick -acting (8AG) fuse. A z amp. slow -blow (3AG) fuse, Part No. 84A1-33 is used in later sets and
is the recommended replacement. Since the 3AG fuse is longer, it may be necessary to replace or modify the fuse holder.
Figure 5. Rear View of 20Y4E, 20SY4E, 20Y4F, 2OSY4F, 20Y4L, 20SY4L Chassis
Adjustment Locations.
IMPORTANT ALIGNMENT HINTS
The following suggestions should be performed if difficulty is experienced during the alignment procedure.
1. IF CIRCUIT INSTABILITY: When spot frequency aligning the IF amplifiers, the VTVM pointer may swing when the hand is placed too near the IF transformers. When viewing the IF response curve on an oscilloscope, the curve may change shape with hand capacity, especially when aligning 3rd IF transformer T303. To correct either of these conditions, the following alignment hints should be tried:
(a) Check the generator output leads to be certain that the unshielded portion (especially the grounded lead) is as short as practicable.
(b) Be sure that a decoupling network is used at the video detector output and that the leads on the network are kept as short as possible; see figure 11.
(c) The use of a nine inch hexagonal alignment tool will permit adjustment without encountering "hand capacity"
effects.
2. RECEIVER OVERLOADING WHEN CHECKING THE OVER-ALL RESPONSE CURVE: Due to the inherent high sensitivity of these receivers, it is very easy to cause overloading of the third IF amplifier stage. In some cases, generator leakage alone is enough to produce a response curve on the oscilloscope. To prevent overloading, the following things should be done:
(a) Be eertain that the generator output attenuators are set for a minimum output.
(b) Some generators have a built-in pad in the output cable. Be sure that the pad in the cable is properly connected in the circuit. Refer to the generator instruction manual for details.
(c) If a pad is not built in, the 12 db pad shown below in figure 10 can be constructed and connected between the generator and the antenna terminals.
Figure 9. Special Tube Shield for IF Alignment and IF Response Curve Check.
3. CONNECT SPEAKER AND DEFLECTION YOKE: Speaker and deflection yoke must be connected to chassis during alignment.
INSULATE BOTTOM WITH MASKING TAPE
GENERATOR OUTPUT
500 MIS
200 OHMS 500 OMB
TO
RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS
TO TEST POINT °V"
WOO OHMS
TO SCOPE
270
OR VTVM
200 01111S
Figure 10. Illustration of 12 db Attenuation Pad for Viewing Over-all RF-IF Response Curve.
CHASSIS
CROUNO -
Figure 11. Decoupling Filter.
7
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ADMIRAL Alignment Information for 20Y4 Series, 21 MC I.F. Chassis
Information on this page applies ONLY to chassis with a 21 MC IF system.
SIMPLIFIED ALIGNMENT
After becoming familiar with alignment procedure, some servicemen simplify subsequent align-
ment of sets by merely using the essential alignment data given in figures 12, 13,14.
A3
r-T1
22.6MC MAX.
MIXER PLATE
JCT L304 a L305
A2
27.25MC MIN.
TRAP
A4
26.5MC MAX. INPUT 1ST. IF
(,)
V
A5
25.3MC MAX.
1ST. IF
AI
21.25MC MIN. TRAP
A6
22.3MC MAX. 2ND IF
A7
MAX
3RD IF
A8
4.5MC MAX. SOUND COUPLING
Y
A9
(TOP SLUG)
4.5MC MAX.
PRI. RATIO DET.
410 (BOTTOM SLUG)
4.5MC ZERO
All
4.5MC MIN. TRAP
Y
Figure 12. Rear View of 20Y4E, 20Y4F, 20Y4L, 20Y4H Chassis Showing Test Point Connections and IF Alignment Data. NOTE: Inset shows underside of Sound
Sub -Chassis used in 20Y4H Chassis.
A10 Z (BOTTOM SLUG)
4.5MC ZERO SEC. RATIO DET.
A9
(TOP SLUG) 4.5MC MAX. PRI. RATIO DET.
Y
cz..)
A8
4.5MC SOUND CO
A7 23.75MC MAX.
3RD IF
A6 22.3MC MAX. V
2ND IF
Al
21.25MC MIN. TRAP
A2
27.25MC MIN TRAP
A4
26.5MC MAX. INPUT 1ST. IF
A5 25.3MC MAX
1ST. IF
Al
21.25MC MIN. TRAP
A6 22.3MC MAX.
2ND IF
Erte-
O
,11(4
All
4.5MC MIN. TRAP
A3
A2
A4
A5
22.6MC MAX. 27.25MC MIN. 26.5MC MAX. 25.3MC MAX.
MIXER PLATE
TRAP
INPUT 1ST. IF
1ST. IF
V
Figure 13. Rear View of 20Y4B Chassis Showing Test Point Connections and IF Alignment Data.
A7
23.75MC MAX. 3RD IF
All
A
A8
(TOP SLUG)
4.5MC MIN. 4.5MC MAX.
4.5MC MAX.
TRAP SOUK ) COUPLING PRI. RATIO DET.)
(BOTTOMA10
SLUG) 4.5MC ZERO SEC. RATIO DET)
,----
Z
Figure 14. Rear View of 20Y4D Chassis Showing Test Point Connections and IF Alignment Data.
8
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ADMIRAL Alignment Information for 20Y4 Series, 21 MC I.F. Chassis
21 MC IF AMPLIFIER AND TRAP ALIGNMENT
See page 11 for 41 MC IF Amplifier and Trap Alignment.
Connect negative of bias supply to test point
"T", see figures 12 through 14, positive to
chassis. -3 volt supply required for steps 3, 4,
5, 6, 7 and 8.
volt supply may be required
for steps 1 and 2.
Set Contrast control fully counterclockwise.
Connect generator high side to insulated tube shield for 6J6 (V102); connect low side to chassis near tube shield. See figure 9.
Disconnect antenna. Connect a jumper wire across antenna terminals.
Set Channel Selector to Channel 3 or other unassigned low channel to prevent interference during alignment.
Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a decoupling filter, common to chassis. See figures 11 through 14. Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.
Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warm up.
Step
Signal Gen. Freq.
Instructions
Adjust
Before proceeding, be sure to check the signal generator used in alignment against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standard for absolute frequency calibration required for this operation.
1
21.25 MC
If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias to
2
27.25 MC
-lf volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.
Al for minimum. A2 for minimum.
3
22.6 MC
4
26.5 MC
5
25.3 MC
6
22.3 MC
Use -3 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generator output to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.
7
23.75 MC
8
To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response Curve Check".
A3 for maximum. A4 for maximum. A5 for maximum. A6 for maximum. A7 for maximum.
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK (Using
Receiver Controls and Bias Battery
Set Channel Selector
on channel 3 or an unassigned low channel. Contrast control fully to the left. Connect negative of 3 volt bias supply to test point "T"; positive to
chassis.
Sweep Generator
Connect high side to 6J6 mixer-osc. insulated tube shield, see fig. 9. Connect low side to chassis near tube shield. Set sweep frequency to 23MC, and sweep width approximately 7MC.
Marker G tor
If an external marker generator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generator lead on tube shield, low side to chassis. Marker frequencies indicated on IF Response Curve.
5MC
21.25MC MARKER (MAY NOT BE VISIBL
AT LEAST 95'/.
sweep genera tor and oscilloscope)
Oscilloscope
Instructions
Connect high side to test point "V" through a decoupling filter, see figs. 11 through
14.
Check curve obtained against ideal response curve in fig. 15. Note tolerances on curve. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to prevent overloading. A reduction in sweep output should reduce response curve amplitude without altering the shape of the response curve. If the curve is not within tolerance or the markers are not in the proper location on the curve, touch-up with IF slugs as instructed below.
Important: If curve changes shape with hand capacity, see section 1 of "Important Alignment Hints."
22 MC
MARKER
AGM
3.4 TO 3.8 MC 23MC MARKER
25.75MC MARKER
507.
MMCWRUJIi ICHt
DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEAKS SHOULD NOT EXCEED 10Y. DIP Al CENTER OF CURVE SHOULD NOT E XCEED 307. MEASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK
41950910 li/PIEST Rill
22 MC MARKER
2535 MC MARKER
----TO CORRECT IOW Of /141.5 64Iffealr AM/S/ .110,1 ?MCI
25.75 MC MARKER
Figure 15. Ideal IF Response Curve.
Figure 16. IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.
If it is necessary to adjust for approximate equal peaks and marker location, carefully adjust alignment slugs as instructed under the above figures. It should not be necessary to turn the slugs more than one turn in either direction.
If the curve cannot be made to resemble the response curve shown at left, repeat all steps under "IF Amplifier and Trap Alignment" making sure that generator frequencies are accurate and adjustments are carefully made. If a satisfactory curve cannot be obtained after repeating these steps, it may be necessary to change IF amplifier tubes or check for a defective circuit component to be sure that each stage is operating properly.
4.5 MC SOUND IF AND TRAP ALIGNMENT
This procedure is identical for 21 MC and 41 MC IF Chassis. See page /2..
9
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ADMIRAL Alignment Information for 20SY4 Series, 41 MC I.F. Chassis
Information on this page applies ONLY to chassis with a 41 MC IF system.
SIMPLIFIED ALIGNMENT
After becoming familiar with alignment procedure, some servicemen simplify subsequent alignment of sets by merely using the essential alignment data given in figures 22, 23,24.
Al 45.3MC MAX. MIXER PLATE
AI6
I >%
43.5MC MIN
TRAP ., a
A4 '-
(BOTTOM SLUG) 4I.5MC MAX
PRI IF INPUT
(TOP SLUG) 43.5MC MAX SEC IF INPUT
A3
41.25MC MIN TRAP
A2 45.3MC MAX
1ST IF
A5 42.5MC MAX
2ND IF
A6
43.5MC MAX 3RD IF
f A9 (TOP SLUG) 4.5MC MAX.
y PRI. RATIO DET. A8
4.5MC MAX. SOUND COUPLING
Al
45.3MC MAX. MIXER PLATE
Al0
(BOTTOM SLUG) 4.5MC ZERO SEC RATIO DET.
410 (BOTTOM SLUG)
4.5MC ZERO SEC. RATIO DET.
L -TM
A9 TOP SLUG 4.5 MC MAX
Y AI0 BOTTOM SLUG 4.5 MC ZERO
All
4.5MC MIN TRAP
Figure 22. Rear View of 20SY4E,
20SY4F, 20SY4L, 20SY4H
Showing Test Point Connections and IF Alignment Data. NOTE:
Inset shows underside of Sound
Sub -Chassis used in 20SY4H
A9
(TOP SLUG)
A8
Chassis.
4.5MC MAX
4.5MC MAX
PRI RATIO DET SOUND COUPLING
rr 416
43.5MC MIN. TRAP
V
A6
43.5MC MAX.
3RD. IF
All
4.5MC MIN. TRAP
A5 42.5MC MAX.
2ND. IF
A4
(BOTTOM SLUG) 41.5MC MAX
PRI. IF INPUT
A7
(TOP SLUG) 43.5 MC MAX. SEC. IF INPUT
A2
A3
45.3MC MAX. 41.25MC MIN.
1ST IF
TRAP
V
Figure 23. Rear View of 20SY4B Chassis Showing Test Point Connections and IF Alignment Data.
10
JCT. OF L304
a L305
A8
MC MAX. COUPLING
Figure 24. Underside View of 41 MC IF Sub -Chassis Showing Test Point Locations.
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ADMIRAL Alignment Information for 20SY4 Series, 41 MC I.F. Chassis
41 MC IF AMPLIFIER AND TRAP ALIGNMENT
See page 9 for 21 MC IF Amplifier and Trap Alignment
Connect negative of bias supply to test point "T", see figures 22 or 23, positive to chassis. 4 volt supply required for steps 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. -14 volt supply may be required for steps 3 and 13.
Set Contrast control fully counterclockwise, and Noise Gate fully clockwise.
Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warm up.
Disconnect antenna. Connect a jumper wire across antenna terminals.
Connect generator high side to top of insulated tube shield for 6u8 (v903); connect low side to chassis near tube shield. See figure 9.
Set Channel Selector to Channel 12 or other unassigned high VHF channel to prevent interference during alignment.
Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a decoupling filter, common to chassis. See figures 11 and 24. Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.
Step
Signal Gen. Freq.
Instructions
Adjust
Before proceeding, be sure to check the signal generator used in alignment against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standard for absolute frequency calibration required for this operation.
1
45.3 MC
2
45.3 MC
Use -4 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generator output to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 3 volts.
Al for maximum. A2 for maximum.
If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias to
3
41.25 MC
-4 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.
A3 for minimum.
4
41.5 MC
5
42.5 MC
6
43.5 MC
7
43.5 MC
Use -4 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generator output to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 3 volts.
A4 for maximum. A5 for maximum! A6 for maximum. A7 for maximum.
8
45.3 MC
Repeat steps
Readjust Al and A2 for maximum.
43.5 MC
10
42.5 MC
Repeat steps 6 and 7. Repeat step 5.
Readjust A6 and A7 for maximum.
Readjust A5 for maximum.
11
41,5 MC
Repeat step 4. NOTE: If more than -I-, turn of rotation is needed to peak A4 in this step, then it will be necessary to repeat steps 2 and 6.
Readjust A4 for maximum.
45.3 MC
12
41.5 MC
43.5 MC
Repeat steps 2, 4 and 6. If A2, A4 and A6 were far off frequency in these steps, repeat steps 2, 4 and 6 once more.
A2 for maximum. A4 for maximum. A6 for maximum.
13
43.5 MC
Disconnect antenna terminals jumper, connect generator high side to antenna terminals. Set Channel Selector to 2 or other low channel. If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias to -1 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.
A16 for minimum.
14
To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response Curve Check".
TOUCH-UP OF RATIO DETECTOR SECONDARY (A10} USING TELEVISION SIGNAL
Adjustment need be made on one channel only.
Proceed as follows:
a. Turn set on and allow about 15 minutes for warm up.
b. Tune set for normal picture and sound.
c. Carefully adjust the secondary slug (A10) of the Ratio Detector Transformer using a non-metallic alignment tool with a hexagonal end (part number 98A30-12). Both slugs (A9 and A10) have hollow cores. Either slug may be adjusted from the top or bottom of the chassis by passing the alignment tool through the corn of the
first slug encountered. A10 is the slug closest to the
chassis. Adjust A10 for best sound with minimum buzz level.
Do this carefully as only slight rotation in either direction will generally be required. Correct adjustment point is located between the two maximum buzz peaks
that will be noticed when turning the slug back and forth about 1/4 to 1/2 turn.
d. If necessary, repeat individual channel slug adjustment and conclude with retouching the ratio detector secondary. Note: If oscillator adjustment is required for other channels, it will not be necessary to repeat the ratio detector secondary adjustment after once correctly adjusting it.
11
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ADMIRAL Alignment Information for 20SY4 and 20Y4 Series Chassis
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK (Using sweep generator and oscilloscope)
Receiver Controls and Bias Battery
Set Channel Selector
on channel 12 or on unassigned high channel. Contrast control fully to the left. Connect negative of 41/2 volt bias supply to test point "T"; positive to chassis.
Sweep Generator
Connect high side to
6U8 mixer-osc. insulated tube shield, see figure 9. Connect low side to chassis near tube shield. Set sweep frequency to 44.5 MC, and sweep width approximately 7MC.
4 5MC
Marker Generator
If an external marker generator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generator lead on tube shield, low side .0 chassis. Marker frequencies indicated cn IF Response Curve.
Oscilloscope
Connect high side to test point "V" through a decoupling filter, see figs. 11 and 24.
Instructions
Check curve obtained against ideal response curve in fig. 25. Note tolerances on curve. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to prevent overloading. A reduction in sweep output should reduce response curve amplitude without altering the shape of the response curve. If the curve is not within tolerance or the markers are not in the proper location on the curve, touch-up with IF slugs as instructed below. Important: If curve changes shape with hand capacity, see section 1 of "Important Alignment Hints."
41 25MC MARKER (MUNDT BE VISIBLE)
A AT LEAST 95'/.
42.25 MC MARKER
50'/.
DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEAKS SHOULD NOT EXCEED 107, DIP AT CENTER OF CURVE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 20% MEASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK
A AlfASWED MOM 1110/1-67 PEAK
Figure 25. Ideal IF Response Curve.
Till GREATER 43MC IHAN,10% mApAER
70 COK1FC7 Ire EXCIIVIT
7/17 401k37 46
45MC MARKER
70 If000f OffIlf OF
Pillf1,40./1/ST Al',
DEPTH GREATER THAN 20%
A
43 C
MARKER
45 MC MARKER
Figure 26. IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.
If it is necessary to adjust for incorrect response curve tilt or for excessive peak to valley ratio, carefully
adjust alignment slugs as instructed under the above figures.
If the curve cannot be made to resemble the response curve shown at left, repeat all steps under "IF Amplifier and Trap Alignment" making sure that generator frequencies are accurate and adjustments are carefully made. Note: When aligning Al, A4 and A7, interaction between these toned circuits is present. Repeat adjustment of these three tuned circuits several times at the correct frequency until a minimum of touch up is required for each stage.
4.5 MC SOUND IF AND TRAP ALIGNMENT
It is preferable to use a TV signal rather than a signal generator for this alignment. However, if a TV signal is not available, a signal generator which has been checked against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standard may be used. Accuracy required is within one kilocycle.
If a television signal is to be used, connect antenna,
set Channel Selector to the strongest TV signal avail-
able and tune in a picture. If a signal generator is to be used, disconnect an-
tenna and short terminals together. Connect high side of generator to junction of L304 and L305 through a .01 mf, capacitor. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warm up.
Set Contrast control fully to the left (counterclockwise).
See figures 12 through 14 (21 MC sets) or figures
22 through 24 (41MC sets), for alignment and test
point locations.
Use a non-metallic alignment tool. Ratio Detector Transformer (T201) has hollow core slugs. Adjust-
ments A9 and A10 can be made from the top of transformer if you use alignment tool, part number 98A30-12 obtainable from Admiral distributor.
Step
Signal Gen. Freq. (MC)
1
Tune in
TV Signal
or Set
2
Signal
Generator
to exactly
4.5 MC
3
VTVM Connections
Instructions
Adjust
High side to test point "Y"; common to chassis.
High side to test point "Z"; common to chassis.
Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.
Use zero center scale on VTVM, if
avoilobliv
A8 and A9 for maximum (keep reducing generator output to keep VTVM at approx. 1 volt).
A10 for zero on VTVM (the correct zero point is located between a positive and
a negative maximum). If Al0 was far off, repeat step 1.
High side to
Connect 3 wire jumper across L305. Use
test point "Y";
lowest DC scale possible on VTVM.
common to chassis.
All for minimum.
12
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TO TUNER IF
TO E 3,:.C.
-0 JCT OF R405 EL 640e,
R303
c -i.502 I
L30.5950.:1
R301
0 -2v0 © C35-+ V13S0T1 IF605p-4c/
6BZ6
0304 03051. 15303 0
0/01,
6302
-r
. 4304
4,*C314
Y/
R3051
01
C; C306
0308
TO 8.
250V
R306 R307
R508
.0304
--#.....
R310
0 /32 VO /35V
/32V V302
3
0 2ND IF ©1
L303
0 --
I ..--737r-. 15,06BZ6
"MC 2\ C3C7
TIC 616
03221
-F309 250I.V..NW631.2/
TO PIN OF M506
TO SOUND TAKE OFF COIL L201
0 0 ov
I"
0 \:09 TasvAco winek
V201©
V203
0 SOUND IF 0 C2I0 ©SOUND AMR°
6202
- '5,
0203
0 0 0 6AU6 6 3VAC
140V
mov
I
R203
- R2
2.5V
6AV6
Pv
200v
F.:""A.208
610 . '.- . ' " - R*2 °TI 7°F( TPM01 5NN°6E6 )
,
;
PTOF 1450N-76
\:.'1-.1:e2°7':IP,AAPP'-.8264 C208
'''
\
414\' r Ca'
R2I2
+To attrat ARM
°FRPOP4V2WM
RZOT
_
C211
\
I.
R31.3",rra t'ecrit-j.
A317
czoz
L304
?"<egti3"
/5V mar
irk"
0g31h0
V303
O 3RD IF B 0
--Z2vo
VIDEO OCT
6AM8 06.3vA
0 0/471, 4-4-4
GSA
c317
TO 6509 IN COMBINATION MODELS. TO 6335 IN LATE "TV ONLY" MODELS.
NO CONNECTION IN EARLY TV ONLY"
MWEL.H5. I
JUMPER USED IN EARLY
'TV ONLY" MOOELS.
+-""'
R215
C204
265 V 0
°V204 /40V
R205
v
V
-.4vORATIO DET.083vac
0206 rli
6AL5
r 4111 0.4.9 R208
OSMWIJTPUT
068F5 eh 015°v
5 ',ACM°
T 303 a
*NOT USED IN EARLY SETS, SEE SCHEMATIC
0312
R3I5
To GRID OF 6201
TO R320
TO 6332
View of PRINTED WIRING SIDE of IF Board. Gray area represents printed wiring; black symbols and lines represent
components and connections on opposite side.
TO 14508 IN "TV ONLY' MODELS NO CONNECTION IN "COMBINATION"1400ELS
TO 6.3VAC TO SPEAKER SOCKET M505
A IN SETS WITH CONTROLS CONNECTED TO CHASSIS WIRING THROUGH PLUGS (M503 AND 65071 AND SOCKETS (M504 AND 6506)
t IN SETS WITH CONTROLS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO CHASSIS WIRING
View of PRINTED WIRING SIDE of Sound Board. Gray area represents printed wiring; black symbols and lines represent
components and connections on opposite side.
TO HORIZ. DRIVE
WIRE JUMPERS USED ONLY IN EARLY TV MODELS
c )
- 11:04-"
TO JUNCTION OF
0432 a 6446
*OX1 1.729xe1r330:
COUPLATE
`, 6428 1
pr 6309
,10-WW46.0 ,4104V
R423'10,...VA09,= R424
4o f.
R< 18 R419
0
V402
HORIZSYNC
006AL5o DISC. mlir 6427
C417._ _
.4.219...
L307
0319
°HE.
)o ° 0 44 R4t
-
V304 n
TO JUNCTION OF L305 a L306
V403
C411.2
0409
VIDEO AMP."' R3211 R 7 ..na SYNC INV.et
TO 0321
OHORIZ.OSCIUV '
1LP 6AW8 1
/7- 0 0 0121417 Q
42
R42I
040'
5408
0407e1
4?,
R4160
TO HIGH
84
IWO
t411-_
R411
R4I3
*TO M503
(VERTICAL)
tTO TERM OF R450
6410 4
TO LOW 13+
TO 6.3VAC I
"TV ONLY" MODELS IT
M508 a M509
tOM8INATIO MODELS)
(NOT USED IN
"TV ONLYMODELS)
TO M508 IN
"COMBINATION"
6405
MODELS.
"tirteCD it
r
Or Ac ((NO VIINNECHTIOALILEARLY
4434.
oats
Fere-.1,4: C)
HP SETS WITH CONTROLS CONNECTED TO CHASSIS WIRING THROUGH SOCKETS M504 a M506 AM) PLUGS M503 814507.
tIN SETS WITH CONTROLS CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO CHASSIS WRING.
View of PRINTED WIRING SIDE of Sync Board. Gray area represents printed wiring; block symbols and lines represent components and connections on opposite side.
FiN 2
1.....alE M506
ARM OF TO WHITE
LTEUANDEROF
TO JUNCTION OF 63028 0314
13
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ADMIRAL
Schematic for 20Y4EF, 20Y4FF, 20Y4LF, 20Y4LS, 20Y4MS, 20Y4NF Television Chassis Stamped Run 22
CONDITIONS FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES
PLUG AN SOCKET WIRING FOR CONTROLS USED IN 20Y4E, F 131 L CHASSIS.
10 ON V CM
/TO47MrRta
63501 63502
A. T501
11./CTOf
ISQfICt/1II/ MIS
AC TaOuRxMeYr 63504
NMI
YmI
RV WILY SOWT 64506
IOVfWAYN 63503
8150
111121
2fAlt VERTICAL
Warning: Pulsed high voltages are present at the caps of V405 and V407, and at pin 3 of V406. Do not attempt to measure voltages at these points without suitable test equipment. A VTVM with a high voltage probe should be used when measuring picture tube 2nd anode voltage.
Set the Channel Selector on an unused channel. Contrast control fully clockwise. All other controls fully counterclockwise. Do not disturb Horiz. Lock and Horiz. Drive adjustments.
Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted together.
Line voltage: 117 volts AC.
DC voltages measured with a VTVM between tube socket terminals and chassis, unless otherwise indicated.
Voltages at V101 and V102 measured from the top of the tuner with tubes in socket. Use of an adapter is recommended.
Voltages at V305 socket measured with socket removed from tube.
5265
IMEC
1211
AMOIa2IVMEC .600/25-...,"'
005 MFI
BRIGHTNESS
(See page 17 for Schematic Notes and
information for Conditions for Obser-
ving Waveforms.)
VHF TUNER 94D92-7
I F BOARD A4861.3
_ FL,0IO020A,-
I
Jrf_
.L.0100206 '-
C102
6.8
C103
_L 21
2-10
120V ,1.
6BC8 '5-3 + //SA VHF AMP II L
V101
6
10,
7
.SY
- CIOS
2.2
4100
L103
C113
-HI I'
'OCR
1-4-. CI12
80011
R103 8201
R104 560K
aooj1
BLUE
5502
3300
re
1_102C
-40001-
--,0LIO02D01-
__IX '1 C109 FINE TUNING
.5-3
6J6
-
VHF MIXER
1.9" VHF OSC. soon
AI
V102A u/000
VIO2B
L105 22.6 MC
0040-
828
C110
GREEN I
C111
120
L302
26.5NC
6BZ6
1ST IF AMP V301
121106
10
208
CI18IOT
RIOT 108
RIO 108
3.2 -
R334 1000
R110 C100 USIO 8200 141111 SETS NU
NEN 1400 ZS _USN 13/4 441
140? Of NI
USED
C1161 8001
I
14°5
le) RED 910/3-4,
R302
--1000 MEI C314L .
-
DO5W
C304
.N2 FL
6304
WHITE
RUN CHANGES
© Start of ploducfion
10 R432 changed from /20K to /50K to center range of 8450 0208 changed from .0022 re. to 470 inmf to Increase audio
tingly frequency respone.
For improved signal b mine roho, 840.3 was changed from /Sanas to 82 melts. R334 wos added to improve noise immunity.
© For Improved 460 ochon to VHF tuner 040/ was changed from .1m1 to .22 ml
(5) Fuse M5/0 was odded for protectur from 8* overload.
0 For preventing orcmg across pins / and // of yoke plug 41405, ground was removed from pin II of socket Af404. kW center -top of T501 was removed from pin /0 of socket M404 and is connected directly to chassis ground.
For increasing nigh frequency response of ouch°, 02/3 was changed from .005mf to D0I5m1
®For making printed circuit boards universal, sync board 44866-1 was changed to 44868-2; if board 4486/1 was changed to 44861-3 R335 was added.
0 For preventing breakdown of C428 due to possible voltage surge, R444 was changed from 5.6K to /8K ohms; R462 was added in parallel with R444. To compensate for loss of height due to the decreased 86- boost voltage, R43/ was changed from 2.7 to 2.2 megohms.
® In extend the audro response R2164 was changed to a topped control 82/8 and 62I8 ore connected in series from top of 82/64 to chess's ground R2/9 was added 82/2 was 2 megoAms. R2/5 was 16 megohms. C212 was 4,700 mrnf. 02/3 was 00/5 R503 was 15K ohms and connected to /ugh 8t
NOTE." ORM THROW
KIR/Allf Ill ON
CONTROLS /N0/GATES CLOCII/Sf ROTATION ARO 1141/1/011 SETT/N6.
R401fr
5
J_JL 450V NOR1Z.
R403
6404
R453
-"^^"-1/2 6BH8 680K
SATED ACC
V4 84
R905
4328
R321
6800
ISK
proo-l- -
113.I5.0, R401
TC
2TOK
8.2 NEC 4.7 NEC
C401
J_.22MF
-IV
2.2 MEG
I C404
WINE L _
- IS,
IOY
/V
R402 3906
111111119
/SOY 6
10 V
406 1501,
R408 1.8 MEG
6CS6
SYNC. SEP. V401
ITV
50V VERT
R412 1206
to, 6410
221,211
2 C405
22 NT
TOV MORI!,
C402 .T.41 NE
409 4101
7)11'
R411
686
3V
3 V VERT.
NOR Z.
11510 142 MP
SLO BLOW
SYNC BOARD A4868-2
(PRINTED WIRING)
T501
GREEN
F
IN LATER 5E15
en A
i.1Ull4
GA OR CB
BLK/
VHF TUNER-,
RSO IN fiat SETS
PLI--13
I GREEN
RECTIFIER
CIT1
1
V501
8001
63501 63502
BLACK r
//7)
NOV
2
00 I
//7 VOLTS A.C.
501' Vie I
BLACK
1_106V
x©2_
- 1000
TUNING LIGHT*51 I
645013
L
BLACK
0 0 V204
0 0
v202
0 V201
0 0
N01 USED /I SONE NOSTIS
WRITE
14
.11 V RECT
PICTURE
SOU D AMP
TUBE
OTV305
HORIZ OUTPUT
SOCKEVDIZ
HOR
IDEO AMP-
RECTIFIER
SOUND IF
AC INV 1
HORIZ
SOUND
SYNC
OU PUT SEP
RATIO
DET
VERT
VERT 0 & UOUTPUT_
CATER AOC
Rear View of Chassis.
V101-6BC8
V102 -6J6 V201-6AV6 V202-6AL5 V203-6AV6
V204-6BF5 V301-6126 V302-6BZ6 V303-6AM8 V304-6AW8
21mp4A TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
201f4EF,
V305 LF, LS, MS, NF
24DP4A
20T4FF
V401 -6a6 V402-6AL5 V403-12AU7
1202 nfa, BLUE : M202
RED
M20 1
V404 -6S4
V405-6CU6
V406-6AU4GT
V407-1B3GT
V408-61148
V501-5U4GA
or SU4GB
L
-J
TWIN SPEAKERS USED IN SOME
MODELS
ADMIRAL
20Y4EF, etc. Schematic
SOUND BOARD A4863 (PRINTED WIRING)
F6AU6
SOUND IF AMP V201
7201 AI
4.5 NC
2
5/10Y
-OY
1174'44, I
lI 7
/..9'`lI_8
L201 I
I 0202
C203
14
4.511C I
120 .005 RFT
L-_
R203 1000
RATTRIIOO DET.
v202
-.1Y
-AY
8204 390
6AV6
6BF5
SOUND AMP
V203
SOUND OUTPUT
0219
V204
J
C206
0206 103 4 NE
5 OY
R207 476
0207 4100
8208 4.7 NEC
C208
C210
8209
1410
50
410
021
4708
2II7
C2111
01 NE
0212 16E6
15%
R'N211Y
470K
3.33E0 0214 Any, 100
11215
82045%
155Y c2ICI
.0111F .-(DI
165Y 150Y
M505
LA,
55A
I CSOIA
I 70011F TaC50IBr
Dar soceffn. 8504
ISOS
220
'2401M4 F
/Pi I MO
_Jc 202,20 0201, IOL -
I(
M SOW
R2-164
VON
0218 221
- 4201
- 4103
6BZ6
2ND IF AMP.
V302
3RD IF AMP6AM8 v3034
I
C2181
-' I--
,E7,7,°"4"F-1-
01 MC
/RV
150Y 5
"SOY
(1)
7302 22.311C "
WY
=
303
4 23.75_ r - MC 11
-a1.1111
7
I F0a0_0-'
C313 -
6.8
/MY
R312
OY
2
1
OY
L305,; 2316
C330.637.25-
/55Y 2 R310$
MK 5%
C3091
/sky
R313 I
0312
VIDEO DET.
V3038
:4100
1.1
"f Dos mir
C311
120
I
L3065 I
;1.005 MF
L303,1
21.256
NC .11
C307 ,iii309
22
1
273 C308
1,005 11F
0311 1000
.005 NE
0314
R3I5 1000
45V VERT.
11111111111111111111111111111
8317 4700
R307
1200
5, 5 220K
73g C3I0 .011E °5T
R335 0332 6800 106,25
11F
soik-st".___,÷-1,... 8-2~1A7nF.2, TIECi-S1/232ma ® 0 0505
TONE
220
02158 jo
60 ay
/2 6AW8
VIDEO AMP
L308 roaa
8322
C332200
.22 p
lov HOW.
7SY 9
I'll 3,7Y- /00Y
70V VERT. OY
I 2312 0320
in 8326 1801
L3
R323 1035
0331
1006 I
881CRTNESS
1 6.8
100
L307
4.5 MC
ci
324
chi
8200
C5016 a 20 MT
2IALP4A At
24DP4A
TEL. SOY
II
2 to 61
V305
OY GREEN
BLUE
115, RED
9 470
3.3V HORIZ.
R321 474,
3.39 VERT.
C321 1C21501
511F
R330 1000
"
111216F0
CONTRAST
0325
7475
:VA l 1/2 6AW8
SYNC. INV.
v3048 R
414300
MY 3 C408
.001 OF
SY
t-
00
415 4, MEG
llY
0409 9416 DOI NF
2711vEC
11417
3300
6A L5
16 V. HORIZ
HORIZ. SYNC. DISC./ L401
v402
NORII. LOCK
22.,,1112°,R4AIZY31,C
84214402
1223 R421 0429
3 1/2 6 B H8 'K2,2:I
0418
VERT. OSC.
v40813
NY VERT.
6S4 I
VERT,:mCgT4PUT
8418 -5V -1/ 40Wc5 _L oae, ie /65, 1413
8200 8200 .0 2
100K
5%
-1
1 ,-
I
4yze 71".0039 tIF
1 tox
390
//Y
0415 C4I6 0417 NE D02 111r005 MI005 11-Fp
.01Y
C4 .03311F
10%
C422. -
.041 MF
642LL 17, 6
4/OY
0419
1001 5%
.9,
-_-
C4111(.0047 MF
Ft
R424
HY MU
R421 4706
0423 1500
11420 _C412
C4I4
--1
600,1
0426 3900
2
8930
OF 11433
220K IfY I5K
-f- C4I9
11434 1.5 NEC
151
108 808)2.
NEC IMF
0425 828
VERT. - 0 3 900
R432 ,50K
636 VERT_K J._
I
0
?-1.1111,
0452
R43810911
4 .001 OF
16000
--f10400 VERT.
go
0451 3000 VERT. LIN, 0435 820
-r- R437
220K
36V
VERT.
4
CAE
300,87401
vvvv-11/4
56K
C428
El C427 1011F ,-741C2150
± 20 MF
RE 7.5o.
LOW
0425
0068 OF
C426 _
.0111F 5439 2700
515
0300V
05
0 0
86
V302
DST
117
V303
DST
0
O 0 V403
11450 2001
Amu.
V404 1"
- O CO V402 V304
V408
v 305 ---
V401 ---
0405 -
JV406 -
114, if 11510 /I
0406
_04111 7402
SOLE MOORS,
.0010F=
-C439
MOO
04/ MF
6CU6
C429
HORI Z. OUTPUT
v405
170-780
MIL DRIVE
11441 -jay,
4
0443 $200
25
R442
NIF12.5.48.132°V
6AU4cr
124.g.
DAMPER
0406
6
4na
/45Y loo
E
8440 100
F. R445
4101
0430-
.047 MEI
510AF:
4.7
I B3 cr
H.V. RECTIFIER
V407
45V 1101111.
5110Y
8444
woe
180 25
A462
186
C433 230
0441
360
270
M404
TO/ Y/ff
SOCKET
27000 MORI/
0117/ff Sff InYff0/111 0474
C4341150 309
2
V/ ITE YEL.
Ylff
Of P106
4405
r -84406
29.11
I
10
C43
T.047 MEM 1 "I0SV44vI6S. J_
SHITE-1 BLUE 1
I 1
560
5448 560
WHITE-BLAU' - - - - j
15
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CONDITIONS FOR OBSERVING WAVEFORMS
Warning: Pulsed high voltages are present at the caps of V405 and V407, and at pin 3 of V406. Do not attempt to observe waveforms at these points unless suitable test equipment is used. Waveforms at these points may be taken with a capacitive voltage divider probe. The waveform at pin 3 of V406 may also be taken by clipping or twisting the lead from the high side of the oscilloscope over the insulation on the lead connecting to pin 3. If the waveform is taken in this manner, its shape will be the same, but the peak -to -peak voltage will be lower, depending on the degree of coupling between the oscilloscope and the lead connecting to pin 3 of V406. Waveforms are taken with a transmitted signal input to the tele-
vision chassis. Set all controls for normal picture. Set Noise Gate control fully
counterclockwise. After the receiver is set for a normal picture, turn the Contrast control fully clockwise.
Oscilloscope sweep is set at 30 cycles for vertical waveforms and at 7,875 cycles for horizontal waveforms, to permit 2 complete cycles to be observed.
Peak -to -peak voltages will vary from those shown on the schematic, depending on the test equipment employed.
(1111LT-IN We ANT.
PRODUCT/ON CHANGES
O Production started.
O R432 changed from 120K to /50K to center range of R450 To improve cut-off characteristic, Pin 9 of V902 was removed from ground and connected to junction 01 R90.9 and 0914.
For improved noise imunity, R403 was changed from /5me9s to 9.2megs. To simplify ADC circuitry, switch 590/, R5/0 and R5/2 were removed and replaced by R514, R5I5 and R5/6. See schematic inset for early circuit. O Fuse M5/0 woe added for protection from 8' overload.
For preventing acting across Pins and // of yoke plug 41405, ground was removed from PM // of socket M404. liv center -top of T501 was removed from PM /0 of socket M404 and is Connected directly to chassis ground O For increasing high frequency response of audio, 0213 wos changed from .005mf 10.0015mf
l9 For making printed circuit boards in/verso, sync board 44969-I was changed to A4669-2
®Far preventing breakdown ol C428 due to possible voltage surge, R444 was changed from 5.68 to /88 ohms, 9462 was added in parallel with R444. To cOmPensote fd, toss of hoi0111 due to the decreased Br boost voltage, R431 was changed from 27 to 2.2 megiYens.
n IF PRE -AMPLIFIER INPUT COIL
1
M906
C902 68
I
L9044
000"
I
L9I5
L52 __.L. - 0, .... _o
43.5MC 025
r- VHF ANTENNA COIL
I L906A
5
0901
L903 L90
Ile
2
L902
adialmem
M902
IF PRE -AMP
INPUT
VHF -UHF TUNER 94E75-19
-1 IF PRE -AMPLIFIER OUTPUT COIL
1
L90413
I
I
5.1
L9069
4
5.
L9054
5600
'-VHF illitii-ciaira COIL
L9074
L9076
C9I4
11 C91
6900 41
0913 .53
15L907C
i0
11
cais
VHF FINE TUNING
0 To We'd the audio response, R2164 was changed too topped conks and 0216 were added in serves from top of R2164 to chassis groyne was. .0015 sot
- 1
To eliminate passibility of sieve's (with some brands of 600/6 lobes/ was changed from 9.2K to /51C ohms.R463 was oared 7402 mos from part number 79065-2 to port istmber 79065-4.
1
M905
IF OUTPUT
M301_
0 0 IS T300
41.5 MC 43.5MG
C301 - - - -
M901
6BC8
VHF RF AMP
UNE -1ST IF PRE -AMP
V902
44507 12- RIC
11"1" 42164 'MEC VOA
11111
5211
16705f0N 211E640.
SAYE HORS
C213
.D05 MT
329 5330
10
62165
, 003
RAST
31
norms
M501
'Pink
117 WITS
AC TIP OVII
of are -r
10502 P4504
KAU 1501 II
8905 414
Call
150E
L906
L909
1901 PO
C90 1500
15111 -IS UHF ANT.
IN82A
Ulf MIXER CR901
0904
9450 2004 VERTICAL
PFOLURGCAONNDTRSOOCLSKEUTSWEDIRIINNG 20SY4E, 2OSY4F S 20SY4L CHASSIS.
ADMIRAL
ZIA
Ile
ZIC
SW Nil Of 111911.
pNlUyTSroCsOrAaToICnIr1
ACC CNICUIT IN 5015 STAMPED RUM I 146041411 RUN 14
P55 6204
5%
12 XI Of 154110111491
4916.,
274 ±-
1514
3%246 R515
4306
ic-323 62
51%2
I
J
1R301
8
VHF-MIXER6U N01' 70,
22 NEC
6516 5604
4
0?
iiV
JHF-2110 IF PRE -AMP 6 1
0V9034 3
VHF-OSC
V90313
Zgy C921 10
NEC
C922
Roll
3300
16
IW 5
9919
0
BC
6302
1000
-0314 1.41 MI
-A- 104
RDOT 4706
C9 T
Co
D
9503
470 V2
6AF4
UHF OSC
V901 6903
cats
ISY
I
no
1C926
R919 1004
4502
400v
1500
R453
450V NORIO. I/2 6BH8
,6v40v3
92 NEC
GATED ACC
.A64W04
4.7 MEC
V4
-/Y
2F 0401 2
6904
4405
AnA,
2.211E0
NOY -1 OY
8328 6800 1445301
ii403
,
C404 .01 Of
8321 i5R
FM14
6402 3904
/50016
1419
0111,
VERT.
406 1504
6409 NEC
C402
_L__T.41MF
6CS6
SOC. SEF V401 I1Y
2
SY
C906 3.6
R902 106
M904
8401
5 MEGI. o
NOISE
'4
GATE'
1
409 470A
3V VERT.
IRO IS 0/111.18 80480
BLACK
c97; SYNC. BOARD
T- A4868-2
5
,!..1 GREEN
118-14;',11. 5U4GAoRGB
Thoo
(PRINTED WIRING) 0 .4704
1-J-611 RECTIFIER
© chi
I
vsoi
6:ag
co PUNY WS CNL1
M50i Ii, VOUS
_M502 1 RACK I
55017
II t,
R
I 13AED
IRED TEL
2 190Y I
I, C.
1550 - V903 1.1
15
TUNING
DOT
451
BLACK
14506
USED 50111
16
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CONDITIONS FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES
Schematic for 20SY4E, 20SY4F, 20SY4L, 20SY4EF,
Warning: Pulsed high voltages are present at the caps of V405 and V407, and at pin 3 of V406. Do not attempt to measure voltages at these points without suitable test equipment. A VTVM with a high voltage probe should be used when measuring picture tube 2nd anode voltage.
Set the VHF Channel Selector on an unused channel. Contrast control fully clockwise. All other controls fully counterclockwise. Do not disturb Horiz. Lock and Horiz. Drive adjustments.
20SY4FF, 20SY4LS Television Chassis.
SCHEMATIC NOTES
®, 0, . . . indicate production changes covered by a Run
number. Run numbers are stamped on the chassis.
1)
0 etc indicate alignment points and alignment
connections.
VHF Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted together.
Line voltage: 117 volts AC. DC voltages measured with a VTVM between tube socket term-
inals and chassis, unless otherwise indicated. Voltages at V901, V902 and V903 measured from the top of the
tuner with tubes in socket. Use of an adapter is recommended.
Fixxeedd resistor values shown in ohms ± 10% tolerance, 1/2 watt; capacitor values shown in micromicrofarads - 20% tolerance unless
otherwise specified.
NOTE. K=R X 1,000.
M201
MEG=R x 1,000,000.
Voltages at \'305 socket measured with socket removed from tube.
MF=microfarad.
SOUND BOARD A4863 (PRINTED WIRING)
1---6AU6
°IPA'
MOO
6AL5
RATIO DE T.
V202 .10 -10
6AV6
6F5
206
"SOUND AMP V203
62111_
-W4219N'
3 3 NEC
SOUNDOUTPUT
V204
L
J
L 201 4.5 NC 4.5k
(1)
7/.5v MOO' I -5
I 4202
0203.
.00561
4204 390
0205 500
4207 474
Ov
5208 4,74E6
R209
50
470
4/00
0.51
421 27
01118
4212
I 6n
5%
4211
4/01
0214 100 /KOK
65018.0 0214
60 ill 408F
1202 0201
120
1301
C324
;386
C30
1.8
152.,T El
25
L303
-
R305
41.25
MC
1000
6CB6
2ND IF AMP
V302 /MO
R3I2
394 5%
C3I3
6.8
TVOA
, R2164 '''
.1,:,111----volf
6018
3RD IF AMP V303A
my DET.
//Or
C216
TA1311
400
1303
4 43.5
MC
L305.r,, 4700
C3I2
C311
.005111
V ) L306i
0055
250 0(01.
NE
4315
1/2 6AW8
L308 -IMP- 6320
.22(58 I
/OW
11321
INK
L309C
3
0331 1004
BRICIITNESS
RSOST 220
C2154 60 6F
C5014177' IRO It
2IALP4A
UN
62508,1k..6 20S14E 205040
24DP4A
TEC;
(IN 2051411
I TORYIEI2 O 6
SOCKT im506E
'BLUE
CREEN
4151 RED
8
8308
1000
1304 1800
R333 4000 75
0314 220
6310_
1111111111111111111111111
250 MAIL
C3211_
sof
3.30 110411. 330 PERT.
6321
1621561 581
EAT
4414 3300
5
160 01
6AL5
12AU7
HOME SYNC. DISC.
V402
L401 1051.
15.754C LOCK
HOR12.0SC.
0422 v4 3 or
5-
Ile
0,,
3e
WOK 5%
- Ti."1 Mr
I,
1_ 2.M402
224
R428
R429
6418
I 8200 8200
.00F 2
C416
6417
00211-Fr005 NT005111FT
4100, 211
779 vERT
6
VERTOSU4TPUT V404
6420 033 ME
10%
C422-.
.04/ OF
0436100
44552 2. MEC
EICI4
424 00168
0451 000 VERT3 LIN.
104- 00 VERT,
Coos
5419 1004 5%
0416 016 68
I( 2.2 NEC
R41
3300
.9Y
:OW
0411 (i143471IF
//Y
84214100
4423 1500
0420
6412
43 --F.0K15
14
_L
4424 1504
1414
8426 3900
2
0430
IIF 0433
2204
ISA
1/1'
_ SEATV
$0434
151
1.5
NEC
-4-
0
4435 820
C425
0088 NE
C426_ AI MET
1432 630 SERI
0 0
TWATI
Rai
gpm
C315
84 00
V301
L310
6316
CO V302
L311
I
6317
80- 0
V303
6510 112 Ate
awn
)S101101 171ff 014114 SUS
0 0 0 V403
V404 -
V408
V402
V401
L 9304
1450 2004
VERTICAL
V305
-C)"0-a_7
00V405 V405
97000 _6439
6644006 6_
.00114F
9700
/X IE
WO
6cu60000
/I SOKE
MRS
C429
0
RORIE OUTPUT
V405
1/0-780
401112 DANE
11441 -RA
6431 T402
.I MF2.SnS
0143 1543. 28
Tv
134.
8442
6AU4cr
DAMPER
V406
0440100
4463
10
459 801112,
6430- 510,f,;
A1147 68 I
Offl 110411171
131945-4 NY48.1
0445
4.7
IB3CT
RVECTIFIER
407
8144 N 211
0462
184 211
111111E.W., r --M4061
NN 0/17 129A
365
21009 001112
2 S 4
1
% 0E01
4440
0401/01 SITIO! 0414
TO40
SOCKET
C43
T,047 NE 046
Its
TrIl;
e 7)4
WHITE BLUE
-
17
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ADMIRAL Service Information on 20Y4+ and 20SY4+ Series Chassis
B+ DISTRIBUTION
tions as a series voltage regulator. All the
To illustrate the basic difference in circuit wiring, B+ distribution diagrams are given
When servicing, it is important to note that in a chassis with a 21 MC IF system, B+ voltage to the 1st and 2nd IF amplifiers V301 and V302 is effectively in series; see B+ distribution diagrams.
current drawn by these circuits passes through V204, hence the B+ voltage (270 volts) is divided nearly equally between V204 and the stages connected to its cathode. To prevent abnormal current flow through V204, some low voltage stages are connected to 270 volts B+ through a voltage dropping resistor.
The power supply provides approximately 270 volts of DC voltage for application to the receiver circuits. The distribution of this voltage to the various stages is a series -parallel arrangement. The horizontal and vertical deflection circuits, sound amplifier, sync inverter, gated AGC tube screen grid, 1st and 2nd IF amplifiers (in UHF models only) and VHF amplifier requires approximately 270 volts and thus are connected directly across the 270 volt line. Most of the other circuits require approximately one-half of this voltage and obtain it from the cathode of the sound output tube V204 which func-
The control grid of V204 is connected to a voltage dividing network consisting of R212 ant R215, resulting in a fixed potential of approximately 140 volts being applied to the control grid. A change in the cathode voltage of V204 due to AGC fluctuations, tube current variations, etc., will cause a change in the grid to cathode voltage of V204. The resulting change in cathode current tends to maintain the 150 volt supply nearly constant. High value capacitors (C214 and C215A) are necessary in the cathode circuit of V204 to reduce any fluctuations in current due to the audio current components flowing in this stage.
270V B+ FROM V501
t L501 gll
R4431
R104 R103
R332 R503
io
JII V305 TO R326
Figure 48. Simplified B+ Distribution Diagram for all VHF "TV -only" models having a 21" or 24" Picture Tube.
SWITCHED BY CHANNEL
/COILS # 1,7
270V FROM V501 L50111
10 V305
TO R326
Figure 49. Simplifield 13+ Distribution Diagram for all VHF -UHF "TV -only" models having a 21" or 24" Picture Tube. 18
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
BENDIX TELEVISION
CHASSIS T19
Chassis T 19, used in Models T2100E, T2100M, and T2101M
4.5 MC AMPLR 1/2 5U8
V TA
GATED
BEAM DISC 3 816 V8
AUDIO OUTPUT I 2L6GT
V9
SPEAKER
RF AMPLR
38C5 VI
OSC & MIXER
5J6 V2
I ST IF
V2 5BE8 V3A
2ND IF
1/2 5AM8 V4A
VIDEO DET
1/2 5AM8
V4
VIDEO AMPLR 1/2 SAWS
V 5A
PICTURE TUBE 21YP4 OR 2IYP4A
VS
SYNC SEP
1/2 5BE8 V3B
B+
LOW VOLTAGE SUPPLY
SRI &
SR2
SYNC CLIPPER
1/2 6 AW8 V5
V
PHASE DET
1/2 5U8
VTB
VERT OSC AND OUTPUT
1/2 128HTA VIDA
1/2 1281ITA V108
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
6517618 VII
HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 12 C U6 VI2
HORIZONTAL DAMPER 12AX4GTA V13
HV RECT 1028
V14
CURRENT DISTRIBUTION
Current flow throughout the T19 television receiver can be easily traced by using the simplified distribution diagram. Power distribution is unique in that voltage cascading is utilized, which means that two or more tubes are connected in what is termed as "plate current series" with one another. Such an arrangement consumes less power due to the fact that tubes are used as plate load resistors for the succeeding stages, therefore the voltage drop that normally takes place across a load resistor is utilized
for amplification. In the receiver, the audio output tube V9 also acts as a load- or voltage -dropping resistor for several stages. The parallel impedance of these stages VI, V2, V3A, V3B, V4A, V7A and R21 forms the cathode resistor of V9; consequently, if V9 becomes defective, the supply voltage to the tubes
in its cathode circuit will be altered causing inefficient operation. On the other hand, since the combined current of the tubes in the cathode circuit must pass through V9, a defective tube in the cathode could seriously affect the performance of the audio -output
stage. (See figure.)
2155
NOTE: THERE 15 NO D.C.
VI
17
11111/
I I
HO
-. SI',
=-L-S--El I
2155
0
VOLTACE APPLIED TO V41.
PICTURE
THE
AC
215
125V 6
III E
Vii
0 0112 0 0 0 0
Current Distribution Diagram
(Circuit diagram is on pages 20-21; alignment is on page 22.)
19
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION BENDIX Television Chassis T 19 Schematic Diagram
I
Vl
4
4
1C1803
I BOOT VZ 3
vi328g0A5MP 0809
0804
80/VC°
L1821I
5-
2/802
6 2200
TEST p i.#2 0826
VZ M/XER- 05C. .5-J6
1
4.5 MC AMR
kV57uAa
T4 4.5MC
iNTER5Throe
ffI
H
31
Kea)
ox
2180/ .2200
VHF TUNER I
L1812
Lien
258065-1
L1810
1
L1806
L1802
2/
JI 220K
ANT CI
_
470 211/ 300n2
C2
22
220K I /A'
I
0901 V2 311t0uAL 3 4
1C19021
-_-
TEST
Prot'
224
/5/(
11824 0823
L18Z
£1820
/817Leo
11818 1I819
21800
15-K
T80o8005
0810
56
1/827
L/837
L1828
Le%
L/835 11834
14533
1830 L/831 L1832
C/8//
1.8
2/803 220K 21804
/mMmK,
018/6-
_83 F/NE
0840 TUN/AG
1/84/
0621 L/538
.
_Ice114
06,05 470 TCR.3
tsr F
14 5E3E8 V.3A
J_ 6
T/
24.2 AC 8/F/L,42
7 IC3
11.57(
27
220
SWITCH SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13 POSITION
VI .12.F AMP
.3805 0906
.33
21901
2,7
/OK
=11913
C/910K T R0/501012
VZ M/XEP-05C. 5_16 C/9/3 /0
11949
L1951
nyns
C//9517-L
1/952
25.8A1C
25
220
62860
C25 .0F0947
/S/
5YAC.5EP SVAC.CLIFP6
58E? '464W8
V3B
V58
,-,c, 270K
4
MI R/o40 K
1s,
0912
0918 I 1236
1/451
1150K
ALTERNATE VHF TUNER !
258066-1
0903° 33
L/9/2
L1911 LI910
0904 . L/307 L/905
/906
f ' ":;/- =9°9" 240/90790" 5
0
° 00
0908
L1925
T
0)
LI924
L19
1.19/4 L191f
L1922
19/6
11921
LI920
19/,
1/9/8
C1904 119/9
/5
-I-7,
090339
.
ANT 46.C. 8
L/937
-1 6.
11326 L1507
/934 11933 1.1932
1/928
1/92
L/930
L1331
1948
194
11946 11945
L1944 L/943
TEST LINT' t9/0 2/903 2/904 2
4700 220K ,
L1942 PI905
C/9/5
/K 02 /2
I 237
2.2M
1
w
ZS 6TO0,/35V
C3I
470
17/25V-60-..
17zF
TO COv7PCX MTG. PLATE
IC5/
J
TOO/5
mFD
260-5. 6 -5W FUSIBLE (44
COVER
INTERL\O'JC3K
22
P3
24
V _see
Icamr°
521 51 300414
L
I
=5-512
4I s
C45b
/50a /30XvF0
1,120-200Y GK
330K -/W
Z5V kSI
262
100K C49 470
/00K
2459
4 .0/
ME?
20811,
72
V/3 V12 V9 V4 V3 ,
C46
L - -
15K
VIO V// V7 V8 V5 V6
c17,
-)on
/2,39
3300
242W5A0S8E CET
V78
-26.0V
T7 CONNECTIONS
20
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR BENDIX TV CHASSIS 119
GATED
BEAM D/5C.
3B/V6 R3/
V8
470
400/0 OUTPUT
/2L6GT
V9
7
C/9 232
020
1K -4-- 330K 3 .0022MFD
5 C/8
.tfiorai
/5 C/7
14W
VOLUME 2 229
L4
I /0K 234 84.29
-3
.C022421-
IZi9 MED
+ C23
,25MFO
- 250V
/6
7rz1)
225
3-00
D/tilZ
BUZZ
CONTROL
5600230
W
ATUFE
£33 820,2
-1-/2.51/
T/C0201bT1,3e,
C22 TOZ MR,
MFD /50V
235
390 2W
6
NOTES
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE 4SW WITH VALUES IN OHMS
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
K . 1000 OHMS
M =MEGOHMS
2. ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. K.1000 MMF MFD.MICROFARAD
3. HEAVY LINES INDICATE SIGNAL PATH. ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTIONS.
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER. CONTRAST CONTROL SET AT MAXIMUM. VOLUME 6 BRIGHTNESS CONTROLS SET AT MINIMUM. ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING P OS I T I ON S. ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET AT AN
UNUSED CHANNEL.
5. WAVEFORMS TAKEN AND PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A SMC BANDWIDTH OSCILLOSCOPE (TEKTRONIX).
6. V3A SUPPRESSOR (PIN 3) TIED INTERNALLY TO V31 CATHODE.
I-/ov -6041,
40 TO 200V -60n,
'A./.0 1.F 674/148
V4A
T2
ODEO DET.
25.8 MC 1L25AM8
L/
VIDEO AMP
/.464W8
8/F/LAk' V4,9
180//41
V5A
T3
45MC TAKEOFF 7VP earrom
II 11111111111111111111
MI
PICTURE TUBE 2/ YP4 OR 2/YIVA
V6
f22-,
ft
14C78
.C0 97\® 9
MFD 17
c o 1 ff
33 T
Ci/
68
L3
TO CAa. TUBE STRAPS
\
C6
T660 C4 29
15K 62
-r/25V
2/0
220
I=
A.C.C.
TEST
-0.85
,e//
2/3 3-600 2/4
1M
pc
[E2l/5
82
VIDEO / z 3
C7 2/2 rEsr e/6 p
1.22 /.5M -0.45 /000 =
MFD
CO/v7-2457-
L2 390M
2/7 220w0
2/9
33K
./MFD
220
/00,2
3 2 71
2/8
4700 -2W
270MN
-1-260 V
256400 70V 604,
/5227335v0,
& L i
I
%/2831/7A V10,4
VEk'T 36
7-55 6on.,
4'0UTFUT
/2131/7A
V/08
900V T68
rrtf 85V 8605"/
242.a 222
2426 242c
8200 8200
_C34 !MI
1.00q__. IMED__ti
.0334/F0
1 .C/A3f8p
R474040ICTo3r7o 22M cOi
!C39 /K-227
la /DM) 249
tiLat 1C.3030c42. T C.030356
14F0
MED
C33c I
.005 -r
mFD
r,9S
70V-60,
2
622243
24,6 2
1C35 5n1 -7W
IMFO 11676/17 3
3
£51
2 2mR47
C2IC /00
MFO
680 st' - 50V
248 3
/00K 250
2/6 2 /50K =
5000
47K
74011
14.22
9n.
75
C41 .022
MFO
C40
2262
.022T
6511 VE,27: YOKE
L5
257
2/05080
V HOLD
V LIN
L7 LB
25V -/5750 A.,
4E751
25 C2/ a L,J2e
1/02
St- JO'
YOKE R
82
-1/-171* )1,-,A,-r,,Ifs,
- 2S MFD
450V
_Lite
546W500
/211
42-68
\10V-/5750,
HOP. 05C.
65N7aTB
IC J1i
1./02 ourky_ir
/20416
Hoe. DAMPER /2AX4GTA
C43
220 //V PEC7: 32V
x2B
45V /5750,,
C58
V/2
V/3
W4
C55
123,21
390
3-
.603314FD
267 5/600
265 4 7M
3266
6
.C056/ I
MFD
csr :1?"11L/0 /2022' 3921 -//.//oLD _
R69 /202
C59 680 270
4700
I4V
JAJ-Lja,5;15v, ,
061
.W00O47 /002762-
P 275
8200-2W
31 27/
470K
13 062
.047 MFD
1
M03cF6o03 =
273
33 /W
274
2W
4asn
4511
/2V-/5750 nd C63 .1 MFD
276 CAP 7 2.2
5
BUZZ CONTROL ADJUSTMENT Properly tune in a local television station; and adjust the buzz control (R25) for minimum buzz in the speaker.
21
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
BENDIX Chassis T19, Alignment Information
SIMPLIFIED I -F ALIGNMENT
1. Connect the negative terminal of a 3 -volt dry cell bias supply to the AGC test point and the positive terminal to chassis ground.
2. Raise the tube shield of V2 until it is not
grounded.
3. Connect the output of the signal generator to
the ungrounded shield.
GENERATOR FREQUENCY
VTVM CONNECTIONS
ADJUST
REMARKS
25.8 mc
Video test point
T2 and *L1850
Adjust for maximum
24.2 mc
Video test point
T1
Adjust for maximum
*Located on tuner 258065-1. On tuner 258066-1 the adjustment is 11952. SOUND ALIGNMENT
SIGNAL GENERATOR CONNECTIONS
FREQUENCY
CONNECT
ADJUST
REMARKS
Video test point
4.5 mc (FM modulated 12.5 kc deviation)
Audio output meter across voice coil
T3* Top and bottom
T4
L4*
Adjust for maximum (with volume and contrast controls set
at maximum, the output should not
exceed 3/4 watt)
*NOTE. The final adjustment of the top slug on T3 should be for minimum 4.5 mc interference in the picture.
The final adjustment of L4 should be for minimum distortion of received audio signal.
ON -OFF VOLUMES
VEERRYT.. HOLD CONTRAST -7
1-
9
;
0
0
vi
Qel L4
BUZZ
CONTROL
T3 V9
0 LIO Vii
0
VI3
0
BRIGHTNESS -
-T5 __
e
T2 Q
VI2
_
T6
V4 TI
-1__-
VHF CHANNEL
-SELECTOR
FINE TUNING-/
L1850
LI826® sLI825 °
QV3
®
HEIGHT
e
0
V. LIN.
0 ®1230°
C44 mow memo
e
V14
\...
SRI
SR2
VHF CHANNEL 7SELECTOR
[
FINE TUNING
Top View, T19 Chassis
ANT.:
"© 0
ALT. VHF TUNER
® L1952
26 IMC
I -F Response Curve 2.6 MC ---o.
2,. 9 MC
22
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CAPEHART-FARNSWORTH COMPANY A DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH CORPORATION "CX-43" SERIES TELEVISION RECEIVER
(Circuit diagram is on pages 24-25; alignment information is on page 26.)
V402 6SN7
=
CENTERING LEVERS
V502 ___.
12B4A
HEIGHT
-
CONTROL
VERTICAL LINEARITY CONTROL
V201
V202 V203 V601
3CB6 3CB6 5AM8 6SN7
V301 3AU6
L215
T205
T206 T203
V204 6AU8
V303 12L6
..iimiliillniontairm wow
0 , 1, 1. L-I1.11L1i 1. 114,1
(......
il
LUGS FOR SHORTING T601
V302 3BN6
fOhlhhh:
AANok .
'.t1V
-\
)
I
;
I.
UAD.
CCOOIILL
YOKE CLAMP
;
IP
71. ev&
....-...
*-
i
..
TEs.L
,
.........0.
' Aalll 411, 1
.114 ,
41
,.._ ...w
114-1/
L.
1
V602
12C U6
ION TRAP
V603
1B3
NOISE REJECTION CONTROL
-
o° R702
FUSE RESISTOR
.
V604 12AX4
CAPEHART CX-43 CHASSIS TUBE SOCKET RESISTANCE CHART
WITH 20,000 OHM PER VOLT METER
REF. TUBE NO.
V201 3CB6 V202 3CB6 V203 5AM8 V204 6AU8 V205 CRT
PIN 1
850K Inf. 100 Short Short
V301 3AU6 V302 3BN6 V306 12L6 V402 6SN7 V503 12B4A V601 6SN7 V602 6CU6 V603 1B3 V604 12AX4
Short
*650
N/C
20K
*1.9K
550K N/C N/C N/C
PIN 2
47 47
Short 2.2 meg.
100K
Short
3.6 19 50K 1.5 meg. *240K 19
INF. N/C
PIN 3
11 10.5
50K 650K Pin 10 100K
8
10.5 50K
Short
6
280K 50K
N/C
140K
PIN 4
10.5 10 10 9
*Pin 11 420K
7
11
50K *1.2 meg.
7
*280K 50K
N/C N/C
PIN 5
50K 50K 9
8
Pin 12
3.5 50K 50K 220K *900K
7
12K 1. meg.
N/C
50K
PIN 6
50K 50K 50K *1.6 **Short
50K
7
50K Short N/C Short N/C N/C N/C
PIN 7 Short Short
3.5
1 meg.
150 300K 17
7 meg. N/C
5 20
INF.
20
PIN S
5K 50K
50K
5
N/C
3.5
Short N/C
24
PIN 9 Short
50K
50K
* VARIES WITH A CONTROL SETTING
** VARIES WITH FOCUS TAP POSITION
23
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CAPEHART
Chassis CX-43
V301 SOUND I. F AMPL
3AU6
V201'
I sr PIX I.F
.2115
3C86
.11.25MC 2,3 9
42 %MC
V202
2nd PIX IF
3C B6
T200
4,e 51.1C
V 203A 3rd PIX IF V2 SAMS
iiiiiiii
V20 38
VIDEO DETECTOR V2 SAME
33V
11 11
100
:4:"0
-4; G
F.
11t1
100
100
C tip
04
ox
VoCo
03. `coo
LIE coo, 1000
40C
R2011 100
C O
000/
TOW 0211 SOIL,
071000
G2 0
`I r?
T 11141111.4 ON Gir OF 71111211
23
220 214 142441,,11
J101
t
1,01 60
14[D
c r OV
1%
411101 112D
gP0 702,
2417
1,4.13.41.11,
Ill
020
GTO" - 134.0011
LI1
O
4010 30
20041110 150V
L
V604 V602
210. 0 -.Ow
12A
X4
12CU6
Lai R103
V303 V102 I2L6 5U8
T
5
V1O 55117
4
5
vOL CONTROL
22 F 4 V201 3056
OT
V202 3056
3
11-2VNIIR FIL 1211111.1.4-1
V302 3BN6
4
D
V203 V204
RAMS GAUP
5
4
5
C 0 ;Wg
V301 V502 3AU6 1284A
3
3
H1[.2N2ONTOETE NO,
POWER DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
R01
lOCIR
33OR 50
3,531
C401 04.21,0
°-°
V2048 - SYNC CLIP I/2 6AU8
V6450527
6V565071
V205
PI X
r
0 r 13
01.0 00e
00
11.0
100 0C%
0010S
POO 100
0. .0,
3000: 100 '0000
V402A SYNC AMP I/26SN76 T8
00/2
1,00
'..::: ±-.. ''"'
000 "00 1000 112 "211
°'`''''s° 3" V 601 A HORIZ CONTROL
I/2SN7
G TB
011 02
.1 000 SS
0410t
00 1
30(
0404 150{
C00
...,.
0001I
0.11,0:,.
,ov
11101 1.0
*Fimollproppo *10,
et.
A. - 5V P -P
vo
ek
k
14".'
B. - 100y P -P
ilwor
00111%,
C. - 50V P -P
D. - 15V P -P
H. - 170V P -P
I. - 820V P -P
3; - 110V P -P 24
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CAPEHART CX43 CHASSIS
V302
472002
SOUND
DETECTOR 3BN6
227
V 303 AUDIO OUTPUT
12L6G7
2110K
M5v
2215.
200 70K
.20
L ::017.077.
11302
SP30i
-01 vet SPEAKER RED
V204A
VIDEO AMPL 1/2 6AU8
f 0.2
0015 02,1 !LP
T501 0.19213
V205 PICTURE TUBE 214TP4 / 24DP4A
1.1.0
:11
PRODUCTION CHANGES
The schematic shown here is correct for chassis coded R-2. Chassis coded 11-1 will differ from those coded R-2 in the following manner.
1. R623 (3.3K -10%-2W) and R624 (8.2K -105--2W) is replaced by 8614 (6K -10%-7W).
2. 0617 (.047-400V) is not used. 3. Pin 4 of V602 (12CU6) is connected to ground through
a .1-400V capacitor (612). 4. C-405 (301)0 mmf-20%-500V) is C404 (2000 mmf-20%-
500V).
POTE1
UPLE.
11.0,120 oleo 0eR2110 CFCITORS ..... IN 10.
11110T PM1201 11004 00 011K1. 0.011 017.11000 0.1.0 In YID
00V DC 011,110.2$1,0219 1,1 *ATI 10 ..... 11F2CIII2D1
voLut IN 0009.1 0000 0.12, .01.000.000 0141111
2 COLO., ..... TO SOLO COLORS OF 95,192 Oa 11.45211 COLOR ON WW1S
%Wm ,V.00L,,Tx ..
.... 1,001 ... v,00LLT.0.51 ..... 00,2,
C
1.11215 00. DNI ONLY
5 svoiv2FORNS FOR liTv L11.2.1000NIGOI0v0LTS OP ....... 10001L. .2 001410011 .70.'20 17011 PONY. PIOT...
111.2110111..... 1111,11 1.1111. DEPIN1Tt. 111101. .110 011011.1.0.0P
EXPECTED TO OE 11001111.1T N11111059 140 011011.2.10..
7 VOLT.. 11111 M PP I02001. T.E. 15411014.11 01 1.1022 ,11°1
C70.1
1.11.11.0.
TO. 1:11.011.12. 111100
0,0 TWO 2.00 OF T. 1.121112
MM... POO COILS . T.17520 .....
4PP009
00.1
YOKE 01.0
0.2.00(11.010 T20211102.17.0
0....0 OP T. 21011001
5U8
5BK7A
2AF4A
R.F.COIL (T-102) (Overcoupled Stage)
v
OrN'T ....
CONTROL
0223 20011
oT
230V
V502
VERT OUTPUT 12/34A
V402B VERT OSC
R"0"5
0502
1/2 6SN7GTB nI41;"
11015
1402
V603
H V RECT
I B3GT
ra
:%a
.4o.r4r°eL -I
(-- 2110V
V60113
150
HORIZ OSC
1/2 65147
GIB
217
-11
V602
HORIZ OUTPUT
12CU6
ISOV COM
.420 22%,
tr"
.n1o
T
0 Tn.
OWE 4,5.0
PO
-....4.1.1.540m
R1al5
V604
DAMPER
I2AX4
GTA
r
t-issiritissosskrige
E. - 70V P -P
F. - 22 V P -P
L501
DEFLECTION YOKE
K. - 25V P -P
L. - 180V P -P 25
A-2 2-6 VHF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
A 1 7-13 VHF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
VHF Tuner
850393B-1
UHF Tuner
750806B-1
VHF/UHF Tuner
750807A -G1
G. - 330V P -P M. - 160V P -P
Alignment facts on page 26, over.
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CAPEHART CX-43 Series, Alignment Information
VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT
NOTE: The FRONT refers to the wiring side of the chassis and the REAR refers to the tube side of
chassis.
1. Disconnect the tuner lead from terminal "A" of the first I -F transformer (L215) and connect the sweep (40MC) generator to the grid
(Pin 1) of the first I -F Amplifier (V201-
3CB6), through a .001 mfd. isolating capacitor. If a separate marker generator is used, it should be coupled directly to the vertical input cable of the oscilloscope.
2. Connect a bias source to the junction of R204
& R201 and set the bias for a -3 volts. A bias source may be obtained from a 4.5 volt battery with a 1K pot connected across its terminals. Connect the positive end of the
battery to chassis ground and connect the arm of the pot to the junction point above. Connect a VTVM to the arm of the pot and adjust the pot for a -3 volt reading on the VTVM. 3. Connect the oscilloscope, "Vertical Input" cable, through a 10K isolation resistor to the
grid (Pin 7) of the video amplifier (V2046AU8). Connect the ground side of the input cable to the chassis ground. 4. Adjust the marker generator to provide a marker at 41.25MC and adjust the rear slug of T205 (Co -Channel Sound I -F Trap) until
the 41.25MC marker is located directly in the trap.
5. Adjust the marker generator to provide a marker at 41.25MC and adjust the rear slug
of T206 (Adjacent Channel Sound I -F Trap) until the 47.25MC marker is located directly in the trap.
Steps 4 and 5 may be made easier by running the
sweep generator output high so that the trap
"dips" are easily visible.
6. Reduce the sweep generator output so that a normal curve is seen. Adjust the marker generator to 44.1MC and adjust T203 for maximum amplitude of the curve, keeping the marker located in the center of the curve, with a minimum tilt.
7. Adjust the marker generator to 42.5MC and adjust the front slug of T205 to position the 42.5MC marker 50% down on the low side of the curve while obtaining maximum amplitude of the curve.
8. Adjust the marker generator to 45.75MC and adjust the front slug of T-206 to position the 45.75MC marker 50% down on the high side of the curve while obtaining maximum amplitude of the curve.
9. After checking the above steps, reconnect the tuner lead to terminal "A" of L215 and connect the Sweep Generator through a dummy tube shield to the 5U8. Set the VHF Tuner to Channel No. 9.
10. Adjust the marker generator to 47.25MC and adjust the rear slug of L215 until the 47.25MC marker is located directly in the trap.
11. Adjust the marker generator to 45.75MC and 42.5MC and adjust T102 (on tuner) and the front slug of L215 (in unison) for maximum amplitude without tilt, maintaining the 45.75 MC marker and 42.5MC marker 50% down on the sides of the response curve.
4r.]5 MC
341440.0y ClmmotoriMic from C....%, 15U11) Iloomph Moony Tube
%Ord
47 25 MC lrom
ALLIGATOR
CLIP 560 utif
47 K
10% Vottry lino 10% rook
5% 211,
45>5 MC
Fi.ure 4
INPUT
150 K
IN64 SCOPE
Figures
4.5MC SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT
1. Connect generator to pin No. 7 of V204 (6AU8). Short out the secondary of T205
(Terminals "C" to "D"). 2. Connect the oscilloscope to the diode detector
shown in figure 5 and clip the detector to the junction of C219 and R224. 3. Inject 4.5MC signal with 50% AM modulation and adjust both primary and secondary of T301 for minimum output. 4. Remove the crystal detector and connect the scope directly to the junction of C308, R307 and R308. (Probe of scope must not have a DC path to ground). 5. Turn off AM modulation and inject a 4.5MC signal with 25KC deviation. Using maximum output of the generator to insure limiting in
the 3BN6, adjust L301 (quadrature coil) for maximum output. In tuning this coil, two peaks will be noticed; adjust for the peak having the greater amplitude. 6. Keeping the output from the generator low enough to prevent limiting, adjust T302 for maximum output.
7. Remove the short from T205 secondary and connect the receiver to the antenna through a signal attenuator. Adjust the set for reception of a local TV signal. By attenuating the incoming signal so that background noise is just noticeable at all times a more exact setting can be obtained. Adjust the Noise Rejection Control (R303) for minimum background noise and hiss.
8. Remove the attenuator and with full signal adjust L301 for clearest sound.
26
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CBS
CBS -Columbia
Chassis
1610
1611
Models
U31602, U31615, U3T616, U37621, U37622, U37623, U37624 U3C627, U3C628, U3C631, U3C632, U3C633, U3C634, U3C635, U3C636
37602, 37615, 37616, 37621, 37622, 37623, 37624 3C627, 3C628, 3C631, 3C632, 3C633, 3C634, 3C635, 3C636
VHF TUNER 69 000 721 (SC)
VI3
48076
112 AMP .68
!VI; `:
I
VI4A
Vt uS, xA,T.
0 UHF TUNER 69 000 701 (GI) 111111. 300/1
JOV
C13-3 SC1Z2
C1-5
111121/2 124114115
L/54
VI48 n V
V18 26(4A
UM, 050
-
811.2,180. (2411.860.
61808
111-3 SAN
01400
1400T 1000C14110 CI4-11
0
Voltages are shown above and resistances below the lines drawn from the socket terminals.
REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
C6-3 C6-4 CII-3
C16-6
C16-4
CI -5 C4-5
CIS-. CI6-5
VIO
IB3GT
R -v SECT
V v ,42
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
00000
0 00
0
0
0
0
0
NORMAL LOCAL DISTANT
8314-I ORNOITNESS
PIS -1 NEIRNT
PI2-3
AC INTERLOCK O
T8-2
V9
12CU6 110612 OUT
6730 20
4153
202 253c
111
V12 12547A Su< eau
VERT OSC BOUT
-30,0-6S
t54
-146,95
411 to 418
1308,50
tIotN
4.3314463 .184111.1
5700
TS -3
1.41 V
V 7
:.2M
TAUT SYNC cups SYNC so.
221426
to
510.8
5700
1l7
0 O
LTA
1 71148 22°
1,15
-210-168
2.2111
Ti -
V4
V
MST TA
VIDEO AMP
543c 5430
V8 48158422
6SN7GT/B5".9.
NOR1Z 05C & AFC
1. -3 5N-2
D T6-6
C9-4
'AC
110112
DRIVE
'1/44
NORIZ
TI -I
FREO
I2
R12-2
T4-2
T11-6
+180 to 010 20.
S6
SPEAKER
VERT LINEARITY
+4 5340 MAC 4122 41 51560
TI -I
203 42 T2 -I
3030 siso 41.I
2
830
T3 -I
go
14.4f 426e 4015
20. 74-i
50 r 500
'426G4113, 3
V5
30N6
SOUND DISC
v00
20
"' L8 -I
TEST
SOCKET
0 2.6C .4
0
go;
$ $35
34 o 200
VI
J L 1)0
11 Kt
0 206
V2
0
IK
0 2011
V3
1005 120 X211
VI7
.-5-005
I
soutio""
SO 8,0240 130415 50011
344
TB -44-43CBAm6 p
3C86 Zad IF AMP
3C56
3AU6
321 IF Mls SOUND W AMP
PS I
SENSITIVITY 1216
AUDIO OUT
4-4.
I 25A SLO-ILO AM REJECTION
27
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
V13
41327
20
RF AMP
C13-5
6-35
- 'c'gt
VI4A
07
1/2 90111 MIXER
Ov
'TS' 0
L _
,111-
INPu
0TO TUNER
SSE NOTE .1
r -
RI
L_ - 17
VI
3C1111 1411F11112
0
TO runCR
30v
2,61r ,TRIP
) 'Za r L
41.1
'MT CONNECTIONS ON SPEAKER SOCKET
TO 6.43 6 64-2
TO SR 2
TO PM 3011
TO 2116-I IN Lv SUPPLY
TO CM,
TO 66-1 6119-1
L
0 R6-1
TO R-1 TO C16.5
066C
0
VHF TUNER 69 000 692 (GI) USED IN 1 6 1 0 AND VHF TUNER 69 000 711* (GI) USED IN 1611
69 000 711 is identical to 69 000 692 except that 41 mc i-f strips, 41 mc i-f input jack, uhf power receptacle and R14-6 are not used.
V2
3COO
2nd IF AMP 13 - i
V3
*Cal
3rd IF AMP
r -
CO14.30
CI4-n i000
L
L4-6
- 1
40 MC 614.2
AC 66.
10.
I
To ni
eap Pc
V4 Illrf TA
VIDEO AMP
L _
30
goo
162
0
i0
927
0
-
r-
I
,-0-I'
c-
.047
k_pol I
1201
R4-14/ .12
:I
%,,
1
,-,_ L _ L L.,. L_ _ . _ --I
7-,.
5000
1
20%
so 07
R3-4
112
lag' c 3-3
1401'
2607
200Y1600
OTONER
C-444uoo
'111,6
O0-,2s7/0V11V
124-111 11164-1
111- TO ots-I
0TO TUNER
TO01;;N.:
IG-i 256 1257
Riyi3
1.
n,.....
1 ,22.11.1 : 0
F SR16-2
_3001116
R7.0-4.
t'CUS
1111000000
C16 I
10g1.
Ri
2.A111/1 AP
00 0 12'61(6
120'1176
;IA YP zz
2i1:1.4 2161,46
16-0
.11050000v
TO'117. "01:R ':11" NE. 76 112 v6
IC111-5
:170075
tt C G 6
1310007WO
.A260
0 0 00 00 711°1:12
12:4'16
31ING
3'21:16
00ANG
C.65.-
I017-3
A-6
L3
6367676
l266
3C2111
3C110
T
0 Ov FR
30 CPS
I
I
V TA
TAUT SYNC CLIP
71175 CPS
--
5471.6
V7B
TeW1 *TUC *CP
TITS 61711
IC1S 2
001/
RI
1C1616 3*
!j,°' T rOOV
0
Ci-T
61-3
62-4
'500
SCHEMATIC NOTES
0140-7
I. In the 1610 chassis, the I.F. input plugs into the tuner. In the 1611 chassis, a shielded lead which is part of the tuner is soldered to TH.
2. Solid geometric symbols indicate B+ voltage sources - open symbols indicate points of application.
3. Numbered circles indicate tuner lead connections. 4. Component symbols are coded to indicate tube near which component is
located on schematic. Ex. C9-2; capacitor, located near V9. 5. All d -c voltages measured with a VTVM connected between the chassis
and tube socket terminals, with channel selector set between channels and the Normal -Local -Distant switch (SW4-I) in the normal position. Where readings are affected by control settings, voltages are shown for the clockwise and counterclockwise positions of tile controls. Tuner voltages taken with channel selector set to an unused channel and the Normal -Local Distant switch in the normal position. 6. All waveforms and peak to peak readings taken with strongest signal available at maximum contrast; horizontal and vertical holds set at normal position. 7. All resistors are 1/2W, -2--10% unless otherwise indicated. K=XI,000;
M=X1,000,000.
B. All capacitors are 500 WV unless otherwise indicated. Values less than one are microfarads and values more than one are micro-microfarads, unless otherwise indicated.
9. All coil and winding resistances were taken with the components disconnected from the circuit.
Indicates change In schematic, as listed below.
In 1611 chassis 016-4 and C4 -I6 are omitted.
In some chassis
L4-2 is 16 001 362 and R4-18 is 18K, 1/2W. L4-4 is 16 001 362 and R4-17 is 8.2K, 1/4W. 6" x 9" speakers are used which have their voice coils connected to the secondary of T6 -I (audio output trans.) through a socket and plug. The pilot light is omitted. L4-8 is omitted, C16-3 is added and C4-3 Is 220 mmfd. or L4-8 Is added, CI6-3 is omitted and C4-3 is 100 mmfd. LII-2 and CII-4 are omitted.
28
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
1610 and 1611 Television Receiver Chassis
VIT
V5
V6
IAUO
DINO
SOUND IF AMP
T 7-1
L5-1
SOUND MERIN
STANDARD SOUND SYSTEM
C-, 100
114-12
20%
114-1. .112
L4.4
240IAM
YEL-13LA
3I1-501.
YELLOW 1114-a
RIT.2 20
017-1
01
004
C17-2
.01
8004
140V
0
5,5
20 PP
VI5
tlAUP4-113UUP4A
PICTURE TUBE
ID
GOOV
411100.
4010 nay
C310 0041
.1 REJECT
1408
48.
30 CPS
30 CPS
ci
IONFO 300V
A2605
140V 30 CPS
C8-3 200 MFD
504
"MR'S
TO SEC
16-i
TO CM -5
8 .1.41
.1.5 SUPPLY
YELLOW
LG-1 FILTER
C5HO1R.E
pm"
S,5S 540 SOUND SYSTEM
30 CPI
ear S60 SOONG SYSTEM 30 CPS
SOOT PP
000V PP
VI2A
I/I It ON 70,
VERT OSC
40 00e
I/2 VI2IIBlin
ERT OUT
BLUE
1112-1 211
RI2-2 8.25
R12-3
L1111 VERT TOME
A.40V
;001-! VERT MOLD
C12-10 1.10'0%
rays cn
VGA
sit $$$$$ T/O
SONIC AFC
illinen
1----*
1- 6.6.0 PP
7.11 On
-F.-
My PP
.1-
138
I/II
O
SONIC 01C
se le 200v
V-;
400V
TOTS CPS
II30V PP
TO
TO PIN 10
NEAR V ON ES
7875 CP.
V9 CU O NORM OUT
00 NOT MEA31/11
MORI. NOLO
CSNov
R3-.1.1
__
ca:
ioov /:,;,
.6
C/11-4
25-250
ORI,
DRIVE
MOM
TO -I DO
004L
A
AIGOV
A140V
7.75 CPS 3.082 PP
VIO
IDIOT
14-V RECT
15.
WV" LII-I MTOOR.I.
.80037
fIGIFt
Horizontal Oscillator Alignment
1-Tune to a TV station, adjust controls for normal picture and sound and set the Horizontal Hold control in the center
of its range. 2-S h ort terminals C & D of the horizontal oscillator coil (T8.1) and adjust rear slug of T8-1 until picture is in sync.
Set slug in center of range over which picture remains locked
in sync.
3-Remove the short from terminals C & D of T8.1 and connect an oscillograph to terminal C of T8-1, through 10 mmfd. 4-A d j u st front slug (on tube side of chassis) of T8-1 for
waveform shown in figure 4. The rounded peak and the sharp
peak of the waveform must be exactly the same height. 5-Adjust the Horizontal Frequency adjustment (rear slug
T8-1) so that picture just begins to fall out of sync with
Horizontal Hold control fully clockwise.
Anti-Barkhausen Magnet Adjustment - In UHF
models, an anti-barkhausen magnet is mounted on the glass
envelope of the 12CU6 horizontal output tube. If a barkhausen oscillation (narrow vertical line in picture) occurs on one or more UHF channels rotate the magnet until the oscillation disappears. Check all channels in use and readjust the magnet if barkhausen appears on another channel.
29
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION CBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 1610, 1611, Alignment Procedure
VIDEO ALIGNMENT
Place channel selector between channels (to di able oscillator) and set Local -Distant switch in NORMAL position. Disconnect ground lead from the cathode (pin 8) of V9, the 12CU6 horizontal deflection amplifier. Apply -3V bias to AGC line. Use lowest possible VTVM range for all steps.
Step
Signal Generator
Freq.
Connect to
Output Indicator
Connect to
Adjust
I
42.7 mc
No sweep
2
41.25 mc
No sweep
3
45.5 mc
No sweep
4
44.2 mc
No sweep
Pin #1 of VI,
thru 1000 mmf.
0
As above
0
As above
0
As above
0
VTVM VTVM VTVM VTVM
5
43 mc
Mixer shield
Center freq.
See Note 1
10 mc deviation
42.45 mc and 45.75 mc
0
SCOPE
Open end of R4-1 I VTVM As above 2 VTVM As above 3 VTVM As above 4 VTVM
As above
5 SCOPE
Front slug T2-1 for maximum reading. Set sig. gen. for VTVM reading of -2.5 to -3V with T2-1 properly adjusted.
Rear slug T2-1 for minimum reading. Set sig. gen. for read ing of -2.5 to -3V with T2-1 properly adjusted.
T3-1 for maximum reading. Set sig. gen. for VTVM reading of -2.5 to -3V with T3-1 properly adjusted.
Recr slug T4-1 for maximum reading. Set signal generator for reading of -2.5 to -3V with T4-1 properly adjusted.
T1-1 and tuner i-f coil (L-6) to place 45.75 & 42.45 markers 42 45 MC at 50% point (see curve). xi 25 M C
50%
i_
__ 1_ %:,67.
45 75 MC 50%
i
6
43 mc
As above
Center freq. 10 mc deviation
0
7
4.5 mc
No sweep
Pin #2 of V4,
thru 1000 mmf.
0
SOUND ALIGNMENT
Signal Generator
Step
Freq.
C
t to
8
4.5 mc
AM
30% mod.
Junction L4-2 & L4-3
0
9
4.5 mc
FM
25 kc dev.
As above
0
SCOPE
VTVM thru hi -Z xtal probe
As above
6 SCOPE
Junction L4-4 & L4-5 7 VTVM
If necessary retouch T2-1 & T3-1 to correct positions of 45.75 & 42.45 mc markers and rear slug of T4-1 for symmetrical
curve.
L4-7 for minimum reading.
Output Indicator
VTVM (AC)
VTVM (AC)
Connect to
Pin #3 V6 thru 0.01 mfd [8 VTVM
As above
9 VTVM 1
Adjust
Front slug of T4-1, 14-2 and T17-1 for maximum output indicaLion. Use lowest signal generator output that gives satisfactory indication. Increase bias to -6V and set Local -Distant switch to Local before performing this step.
Volume control to approximate center and adjust L5-1 (quad rature coil) for maximum output indication.
10
4.5 mc
AM
30% mod.
As above
0
VTVM (AC)
As above 10 VTVM
P5-1 (A -M Rejection) for minimum output indication and repeat step 9.
NOTES: I. Connect signal generator output lead to mixer oscillator shield. Slip shield partially off tube and hold in place with tape. Do not ground shield.
ALIGNMENT TEST POINTS 5 SCOPE
V9
AM REJECTION
P5 -I
30
T8 -I
96
SPEAKER Et TEST SOCKET
8 VTVM 9 VTVM 10 VTVM
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CROSLEY
CHASSIS 472 Models: J-21 TKMF J-21 TKBF
J-21 TKLMF J-21 TKLBF J-21 CKMF J-21 CKBF
J-21 LKBF
Models:
CHASSIS 473 J-21 TKMU J-21 TKBU J-21 TKLMU J-21 TKLBU
J-21 CKMU J-21 CKBU J-21 LKBU
Service material for the above listed chassis is published on pages 31 through 36. The additional chassis listed below are almost exactly the same, but are used in combination models.
CHASSIS 476 Models: J -21LPKMF
J- 21LPKBF
CHASSIS 477
Models: J- 21LPKMU J- 21LPKBU
TO ADJUST THE ION TRAP MAGNET:
Set the Bright-
ness control completely counter -clockwise, then advance
slightly clockwise (less than 1/4 turn). Slide the trap for-
ward or backward on the neck of the tube and at the same
time rotate trap clockwise or counter -clockwise until a
raster appears, then adjust for maximum brightness. If
no raster is obtained with this setting of the Brightness
control, advance the control slightly clockwise and repeat
adjustment of the trap until a raster appears. The final
setting of the trap should be made with the Brightness con-
trol set to the maximum position and with which good line
focus can be obtained. If neck shadow is encountered, or
if the picture is off center, correction should be made
with the centering magnet on the back cover of the deflec-
tion yoke. Never use the Ion Trap to correct neck shadow.
Always set the trap to the position where maximum brightness is obtained. After any adjustment of the deflection yoke or centering magnet the Ion Trap should always be checked and readjusted for maximum brightness.
OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
If the range of the fine tuning control is not sufficient to tune in the UHF channel properly, the oscillator tuning slug will have to be adjusted. This slug is accessible through a hole in the tuner chassis which is directly to the right of the tuner shaft. Set the channel selector knob to the channel to be adjusted. Use a non-metallic screwdriver and adjust the slug until the proper tuning point is in the center of the fine tuning range.
R141
CONTRAST
VOE0 ANA_
128Y7A
R98
VERT LINEARITY
R25
HORI20 HOLD
4125MC CO 50180 TRAP
2110 1-f ANAL
3826
T104 45 MC
TRAP
NOISE GATE
0CONTROL
VERTICAL
OUTPUT TRANS.
0-00
L.0. A 4 5MC SOUND AGC AMPL. 1105
,0 0
SYNC CLIPPER
VER ICAL OSC. BOUTPUT
LION TER TECTOR
AUDIO AMPL
2IATP4
116
AUDIO
OUTPUT
12895
VII4 11028 NV '-'
RECT
1240 TA LII3
THQ
0
11092 OUTPUT
6CG7
- _
DRIVE
90 IWC% CONTFCL
FOCUS RMINAL BS
CP F VOLUME
03 SATS 0
o R -P AMPL 4E1074
e'T4p3
"'':: fAICLING
TIOS
AUDIO OUTPUT
TRANS
LII4
L112
FILTER
1
GNOME
TIOS
PLOT L1691
101 AC. INTERLOCK
LIGHT Iv NORMA
HEATER SERIES RESISTOR
NOTE THE FILAMENT STRING SHOWN IN THIS DRAWING IS USED ON LATER PRODUCTION CHASSIS ONLY. THE WIRING ON EARLIER PRODUCTION CHASSIS IS SHOWN ON THE FULL SCHEMATIC
TUBE SIDE OF CHASSIS 472 Tube and Alignment Locations and Tube Filament Wiring
31
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CROSLEY Chassis 472, 473, 476, 477, Alignment Information
I. F. ALIGNMENT
All lead connections from the signal marker generator and sweep generator must be shielded. Keep exposed ends and ground leads as short as possible (about one inch). Always locate the ground lead connections as close as possible to their respective "hot" leads in the television receiver chassis. To prevent overloading the receiver circuits, the sweep generator output and signal generator output must be kept low. Turn AGC level control and contrast control fully clockwise, and Noise Gate control fully counter -clockwise. Set the fine tuning control to the center of its range, set the tuner to an unused channel, and short the antenna input leads to prevent noise feed-thru.
VIDEO I. F. ALIGNMENT (with VTVM)
Connect Signal
Step Generator Through Signal Generator Connect
No. a .01 Capacitor
Freq. M.C. VTVM
Miscellaneous Connections and
Instructions
Adjust
1. Test Point No. 2.
wire protruding
from Tuner closest to 5AT8(V2).
2.
"
3.
"
44.15 mc.
43.14 mc. 41.25 mc.
Lug 5 on Connect 3v. negative T103 for maximum indication on meter. limit input to make peak T103 bias battery to junc- indication - 2 volts D.C. on VTVM. Use first peak from bottom
(junction tion of R107 and C106 end of coil.
of R 1 3 0 (RF AGC). Connect 3v. and L106) negative bias battery
to junction of R108 and
C128 (IF AGC).
"
"
Bottom slug of T102 for maximum. Use first peak from bottom
end of coil.
"
"
Top slug of T102 for minimum. First null when running slug into
winding from top end is correct tuning point.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3.
5. Test Point No. 2.
45.1 mc.
"
6.
"
47.25 mc.
"
"
Bottom slug of T101 for maximum. Use first peak from bottom
end of coil. Do not use more input than required for -2 volt D.C.
indication of VTVM.
"
Top slug of T101 for minimum. First null when running slug into
winding from top end is correct tuning point.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6.
8. Test Point No. 2. 44.15 mc.
"
9.
"
39.75 mc.
"
"
Bottom slug of L101 for maximum. Use first peak from bottom
end of coil.
"
Top slug of L101 for minimum. First null when running slug into
winding from top end is correct tuning point.
10. Repeat steps 8 and 9.
11. Test Point No. 2. 47.25 mc.
"
"
Top slug of L102 for minimum. First null when running slug into
top is correct tuning point.
12. Repeat steps 9 and 11.
13. Test Point No. 1.
See Tube and Alignment Diagram.
44.75 mc.
" Connect dummy load Mixer output coil on Tuner for maximum. (L9 on 472; L8 on 473). (consisting of 100 ohm resistor and 100 mmf capacitor in series) from grid of V101, pin
N1. to chassis.
TO CHECK I. F. ALIGNMENT (with scope)
Excessive sweep input will overload the circuit and cause distortion in the wave form. Check for possible overload by temporarily increasing and decreasing the signal input level and noting any change in the wave form. Excessive signal from the marker generator will also distort the wave form. Be sure to keep the marker at the minimum usable amplitude. NOTE: Be sure. when checking the I. F. alignment, to set the channel selector switch to a channel where moving the fine tuning control does
not affect the shape or position of the I. F. response curve.
Sweep Generator Connected to
Scope Connected
Bias
Set Sweep Generator
Remarks
High side to ungrounded Through 68K Connect negative lead of one To sweep from Provide markers as shown on curve.
aluminum foil around ohms to lug 5 3v. bias battery to junction 39 to 49 mc.
5AT8(V2). Low side to of T103.
of R107 and C106 (RF AGC)
grounded tube shield .
and positive lead to chassis.
41.25 /\4725MG,
See Note 1 and Figures
Connect negative lead of 2nd
4 7
below.
3v. bias battery to junction
of R108 and C128 (IF AGC)
3.0-3.3h1C,
and positive lead to chassis.
42.75MC.,
601.
50%
i
NOMINAL OVERALL I -F RESPONSE CURVE
A slight deviation in response is tolerable. but if any
great deviation is noted. the I. F. stages will have to be
NOTE 1. realigned.
1111
TUBE SHIELD
Cut aluminum toil to dimensions shown in Fig. A. Wrap foil around the tube and- take scotch tape and wrap around the foil
ii,
to hold it in place and to insulate it from the tube shield as
3Yi
FIG.11tending
IfIMroMmI
tFhOeIL
top
of
shown in Fig. B. Replace the tube and tube shield. Connect
ththee htiughbsiedesohf siweeledp gaennerdatotr htoetheg(runogurounnddedl)eafodiflreoxm-
A
FIG. B
sweep generator to tube shield.
32
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CROSLEY Chassis 472, 473, 476, 477, Alignment Information, continued
SOUND ALIGNMENT
Step Channel No. Set to
Signal Generator Connected to
Scope Connected to
Adjust
1. Any Lug 5 of T103 and chassis. High side (thru detector probe) to high side of Back out each slug of T104. Then adjust slug on
unused Set generator for 4.5 mc. contrast control. or blue lead on the top lug of clip side of T104 until first null is reached. indi-
channel 400 cycle AM signal (mod- terminal board located on tube side of chassis cated by minimum height of pattern on scope
ulated 30% or greater).
adjacent to T102. Low side of scope to chassis. screen.
Proceed with the remainder of the Sound Alignment, using either a signal from a TV station as a Procedure A, or alignment equipment as in Procedure B.
PROCEDURE A ( With signal from station )
Step Channel No. Set to
Adjust
Remarks
1. Strong L110 (Quadrature coil) for maximum sound output. 2nd peak Set Buzz Control (R157) approximately 90° from clockwise stop. signal from open end of coil is the correct peak.
2. Weak signal
T104 (slug on wiring side of chassis) and T105 for maximum Keep signal below limiting. If the signal in the area is too
sound output.
strong to obtain these peaks. remove the antenna from the re-
ceiver.
3. Weak Buzz Control (R157) for minimum noise hash. signal
This signal should be weak enough toallow noise (hash) to come thru along with the sound.
4. Strong L110 (Quadrature coil) for maximum sound output. signal
Limit the volume control setting so that this peak can be heard.
5. Weak Repeat step 3. signal
Same as for step 3.
PROCEDURE B (With alignment equipment )
Step Connect Signal Gen. No. Signal Gen. Freq. Mc.
Connect Scope
Miscellaneous Instructions
Adjust
1. Lug 5 of 4.5 mc. FM Across secondary Set Buzz Control (R157) to approximately L110 (Quadrature coil) for maximum amplitude on
T103
modulated of cut put trans- 900 from clockwise stop. Adjust volume scope. 2nd peak is the correct one from the open
400 cps. 7.5 former T106. control to keep pattern on scope as ampli- end of the coil. Keep signal level high enough to
kc . devia-
tude increases.
assure limiting.
tion.
2.
"
"
Set generator attenuator so that FM sig- T104 (slug on wiring side of chassis) for maximum
nal is below the point of limiting.
amplitude on scope. As the height of the pattern
increases. decrease the input control on the gen-
erator to keep the signal below limiting.
3.
"
'
T105 for maximum peak, keeping signal below limiting by adjusting the generator output.
4.
4.5 mc. AM
modulated
400 cps.
Use a high input level on signal generator Buzz Control (R157) for null (Minimum 400 cps
to insure limiting.
amplitude on scope).
5.
4.5 mc. FM
"
Volume control (R161) set at a low level. Re -peak L110 for maximum 400 cycle indication
modulated
on Scope
400 cps.. 7.5
kc . devia-
tion.
6.
Repeat steps 2 and 3. keeping signal below limiting.
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT
The Horizontal Frequency Control is the extension on the brass screw in the top of the Horizontal Oscillator coil (L117) which is located below the Horizontal Output tube. The extension shaft permits the adjustment of the control, when necessary, to compensate for any change due to ageing of the tubes or components in the circuit which would shift the oscillator frequency beyond the range of the Horizontal hold Control.
Step
Receiver
No.
Tuned to
1 TV station signal
2
/I
3
"
4
,,
Set Horizontal Hold Control Fully clockwise.
,t ,,
Center of range.
Adjust Horizontal Frequency Control
Adjust clockwise or counter -clockwise until picture locks in. Be sure that Noise Gate Control is not advanced too far. Adjust counter -clockwise (out of can) until picture goes out of sync.
Adjust slowly clockwise until picture just locks or syncs in.
When the Frequency Control is properly adjusted, the range of the Horizontal Hold Control is such that when the tuner is switched off and back onto a station, the picture will pull in and lock when the control is set near either end of its range.
33
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION CROSLEY Chassis 472 (code B) and 473 (Code B) Schematic Diagram
0
t
O 0
UHF -VHF TUNER PART NO. D-159698-1
(473 CHASSIS) FOR SCHEMATIC SEE
PAGE 18
C 3
L101 0 0, O
0
0
TIOI
2
3
I
T 102
2
1
L102
GC
DOT
08 AO
7105
TIOI
211
06 30
T102
J1, RED
21
DOT
04 30
1104
2
7103
IN*
GRDT12I04:1:3:
MATING LIP
1105
vii0A
F6AW8 4.5 MC
SOUND AMPL.
© 1;
C0
VHF ANT
V2
VI
LOCATPING L I
L 101
L101 A
I
44.15601.
8 I c oe B
o oseA
viol
38Z6
T101
-1
1 40
AMPL. Ir 47.25 MC
IC 1
a0.
VHF TUNER PART NO.0-159725
eis
(472 CHASSIS)
FOR SCHEMATIC SEE
PAGE 14
TF 0. C 00
CI07.6
IS
22
I.5K
III LIOIBI
.450 40 `-e
1
04 COO ne
00
'il-
_1
s- - -I
I
flt i i
0.5111, R113
76 7 RII2
0113 50
L103
R118 470
CII8
01
R105
10K
01066100
100
2
riFD.
AREA SWITCH
'Zlig''1112
. I
1
100
I
Rw1.0.7
/ 02 S ---13-i ' \
/
o4
L - - -;C- - - - - ---j RMIII.
1.5
470 K FCRINGE
LCOCCAC L
MEG
0116
WRII.
2206 +260V.
2206 T 706 IF
rc
10C106 0199 7.5
2.2
MEG
230. P... 50101
2206
1000
RI6 9 1\11-'
10011
0.670.. P -P
LII2
CAI01
P101
111-41-0
CI7 3
00101
SvnOIA
200 MFD 50102
- R2- 0:0
33
20W
0.113
LII3 7.
10
7
5108
2
7
.v2,80,4 5
VHF T uNERCI 76 .005
m
V109
121337A
4
BLACK
TIO9
6, <
RE
VIII em""v. 112
(472 CHASSIS) UFO
16177 1-4.2V11
r''cr
VI108 055 viGAVIO
A.G.C. AmPL.
Ri75 4, mo.
1601(
C160
71::4 MFO.
SEE NOTE 12 +260 V.
0170
R173
MEG
I5K STOP A.G. C.
LEVEL
0174
ce
_
II - -4017A- - - SATEV2 -11 ID L114
V102 6CN7
VII 5 IATP4
12
0.101
WS
0.103 3BZ6
V106 3036
3
L115
., LII6
VI 10 6A13
0.107 3886
4
UHF -VHF TUNER (473 CHASSIS)
11
480I7A
0180 500
CI82 1500
CI83
VIOZA 6C147
C
1
P.1
'Op77%120.
C184
MEN
13,
st
I MEG
CI85
1000
___J LATER PRODUCTION FILAMENT WIRING
5.2v. P -P
0202
186
IMES
EARLY PRODUCTION FILAMENT WIRING
TO LII 3 076
'MGT* 121DU66
vIM10O4
V109 12577A
AA 5
VIII 3C56
4
3
V112 6157
5
V102
as6037
TO TUNER D 1114
VII5
2IATP4 2
3101 3626
0.103 3826
3106 3C56
3 1115
4 LII6
I SVAIW0A
4
S
MV1N0S7
3
V105 0467
5
T UR S
1500 CI77
C178
CI79
C181
500
MOO
CI82 500
ROTH PULLEYS IN COMPLETE COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSMON AGAINST STOP. DIAL STRINGING DIAGRAM FOR 473 CHASSIS
CAUTION: One side of the chassis is connected to the power line. Therefore. test equipment should not be connected to the receiver unless an isolation transformer is used between the power line and the receiver. DO NOT GROUND THE RECEIVER CHASSIS UNLESS AN ISOLATION
TRANSFORMER IS USED.
34
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TIO5 4.5 MC. D S 8156
CROSLEY
SCHEMATIC CHASSIS 472 (CODE B) and 473 (CODE B )
V107
38N6
LIMITER,
aDETAEUCDTIOOR
AMPL
2
R6
RK1iV58
1.00v.P 77
7
6
C147
CI49
MEDI I
I
-
A
3308 V104
12810
OUTPUTAUDI
CI48 4c) ' PI -liCh51.
500278 - 0146
8157 ..c8
SEE NOTE 8,
,0.0d
,608,
85016018
Ma)
TAP
RI 60
-C2-OVNOTLURMOE LR47I6024
CBUOZZNTRMOED. L
c
18152
568
MODEL TABLE
CONSOLE
SPE AKER 5E PM.
8". 12" P M.
V103
3BZ6 2 I -F AMPL
LIO 4
T102 r- 41.25 MC
V106
3C86
38a. I -F AMPL
-DTI'T 103
, 88.15 _g./-6T_1ICnr 1
MC.
,
,
,,,1 CR101
C126 ,
CI 32
21.2- .,.., "147
LIO 6
VIO 9 9P!' :05 -\Q-9-Q-r.-1-2
,,,r6, , ,,,,,,, t I 2A ml3p7A S:
''''-'-'" VIDEO
3 6151t!..\,,,T- 3102
YELLOW- - YELLOW
7:1-1°U J 7 -n
5
X14 3
R4I67E8l
SW101E1
0 CMI
SEE, NOTE 6
I{a p5 2
4 P.
43.14 MC IC120 T.320
8122
54105
470
.16 cr!
wo4 ,
0
RI31
T: 6.8 1
C122 000
Ri2 7 470
.. 3V. P -P
il2
150
C12
8128
1000
8.28
C131
1000
8130 3.98
OOc),{{L107
I
, 8
RI3 5
R0,631
tRZ v'35v 1
,30,0_,,,,,,_.8134
3000 1008
2 2 1
-b 1610269
8
,6
3-
R141
124
C169A
812 9 15K
5 MED.
R135 MEG
CI 34 R139
.0015 MED.
1508148130.101
600. P -P
VIOLET Iv!" I
V1 15
GREEN LII9
2IATP4
PICTURE
Y L. TUBE
I
i
06
ov ^v
C"BL
.660V. O crEo
260V
RI36 221,
R133 MEG
L121 BLUE- CW '3:4
+ 260V.
RI46
5 MEG
6147 v.°°v.
6808 RI4 8 3908
IGHT3 NESS
IL421.1V]
1..38,f
3CSVIII 6
SYNC f.42VJ f,K CLIPPER
263,
S
1.30p
p88
27
177 MEG
NOISE GATE
+ 260V
I 8179 828
0158 K.05 MED. 3
I-
1
I
R181
a4 VERT. am(
HOLD
1107 I .5v. TO r.G.RN I
, K
I
.022
I IP°'CI65 MED.
I C60. 56°
1
I
-2 rIgj3 7VERT. INT.
92V P -P
1
R205
C170 DFBDI
308. 0
riv-VI..1
1 1.0M1 FD.
VII 2A 1la6CS7 VERT. OSC.
RI 8 2
SEE ROTE 5
31128 fi6CS 7 VERT. OUTPUT
.4808.
RI94
8190 C167
ISO.
X.01 MED.
BLUE TIO9
W81I45
22077
4 C'57 4000 I-- f,
RI8 4 MEG
-
P18 3 SmEG
2E25
R196
2M.2 EGMMEEG2
770. P -P 3
HEIGHT
VERTICAL 2
CONTROL LINEARITY
470 C168 838. 12000 TON510.1
R188 2.5
GRN BL8
Foal 4 680 et
5-8
R YEL.
QlQ
XI TEL
RI92 680
L_ _
801 71
R189 5.68
3
C 1698
75 ED
CI59
C172
01 MFD
0149
206
1'
1 LI 1 IA 1 VERT.
()EFL.
1
YOKE
1
18193
61317
8195,
206
1
HORIZ.
MFD.
R206 476
MOLD
L
:),1079,....
2550.
f
7 t6CNV1028
HOR I Z .
260V.
VIOSA
26C07
C189
CONTROL
CI91
8207
0
CI 8
120
.5 093K 001 UFO
HORIZ. OSC.
a D. ;611G37
-
HORIZ.
-...
DISCHARGE ..=
1000
R210
-- IN aa.c
ii24 328
L1178"oCI. a,
1192 1300
1
...-....
1/
808. P -P
Y
8
CI
0190....,
0.15
MFD.
'T
R208 470
(
R209
0%NKA.
're
CI 9
100
PA V 1
- P
R2I I 478
R198
8212 0008
878.1 CI
1-240.1
0-
CIS7ArsT
R2I5 ',AO.
200-400 100
0I96
HORIZ. ,-
680 DRIVE
. K2208 .
"Be: 4Ra13
).6.8 K
90 v.
1 .1ii406
wr
- C200 ....- SEE NOTE 9
500" )100 cAP
R216
SEE
22 VIO 8 NOTE II
cAP L2010z64--- Ltie
7 TI 10
OUTPUT P.1309,j
17.:21J,
3
"t 8218
'&01111
2
3W CI99
to.i5
260V.
j--\. MED VII3
3V.P- P
i2AMIGTA
DAMPER
o{c.
0204 5C00,,' .m.- 3.6n
2
C201
*MODrI 0232
68 821 I 2-7
4.78 GRN.
V114
IX2B
H -V PECT
+14.5 KV.
-.L1110 100812.
.21 YOKE -RED BOOST
22
SEE NOTE 10
4 + 260V.
FRONT
STRING SLOT IN THIS PULLEY IN VERTICAL POSITION AS SHOWN TO IV COUNTERCLOCKWISE
FRONT
DIAL STRINGING DIAGRAM FOR 472 CHASSIS
PULL EY IN COMP COUNTCLOCKW ISELETE POSITION AGAINST STOP.
L110 LOCATING LIP-,
LII7 0 0' A
See page 36 for notes.
35
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION CROSLEY Chassis 472 and 473, Circuit Diagram Notes and Changes
NOTES
1. All voltages measured with an electronic voltmeter connected from socket lug to chassis. Some voltages are variable and voltages shown were measured with a normal picture on the picture tube and the contrast and brightness control set for 60 volts peak to peak on the
cathode (pin #11) of the picture tube. Socket voltages tolerance 10%. Input signal 6000 microvolts, minimum
for these readings . Area switch in local position.
SW104 in TV position.
This change of parts is made on some chassis in order to increase picture width. It is not used on all chassis and is not designated by a code letter change.
10. There were a few pilot run chassis 472 Code A and 473 Code A which were wired as shown in Figure 1. The differences between these and later production chassis are (1) the bottom winding of the transformer, (2) the value of R198, and (3) the use of R197 and C205.
2. Supply voltage, 117 volts 60 cycle A. C.
3. K -1000
4. All capacitance values in mmf. and all resistance values in ohms unless otherwise noted.
5. R185 or R186 will be clipped off on some chassis.
6. SW101B is open when SWIOIA is closed.
7. Terminals of T104. T105 and L119 are viewed from coil side.
8. On some chassis R153 and R159 are replaced by R180, 12K ohm, 3 watt resistor (Part No. B-170773-3).
9. On some chassis C200 (100 mmf) may be replaced with two capacitors connected in parallel:
158215-2 and 158215-32
or
158215-3 and 158215-56
47mmf, 10%, 3 kv, disc 82mmf, 10%, 3 kv, disc
68mmf, 10%, 3 kv, disc 56mmf, 10%, 3 kv, disc
All service replacement transformers are like those used in the later production. Therefore, when installing replacement transformers, remove C197 and C205, change R198 to a 22K resistor and connect the bottom winding of the transformer as shown in the complete schematic.
11. Tube type 12DQ6 is used in later production chassis instead of 12CU6. It is also recommended to use the 12DQ6 as a replacement horizontal output tube in any Crosley chassis where a 12CU6 was originally used. The new type 12DQ6 tube was created because the standards for the 12CU6 proved to be inadequate. These standards allowed too wide tolerances with the result that some manufacturers were making lower output
12CU6' s while other manufacturers were making 12CU6's with higher output. In many instances, a low output
12CU6 can not be used in a circuit that requires a higher output tube. In the 12DQ6 the standards are
adequate to specify a tube which is the equivalent of the high output 12CU6, but with narrow tolerances, to avoid another problem of interchangeability.
12. On later production chassis 8173 AGC Level Control is Part No. 170501-1; it is the same as 159863-1 but without the 15K stop. For replacement p u r pos e s, use whichever control is currently available.
Fig. 1
CHASSIS CODE LETTERS
Code Letters are stamped on the chassis directly following the chassis number, and are used to indicate that certain circuit changes are incorporated in that chassis which are not found in chassis with earlier code letters. Unless otherwise stated, the circuit changes identified by a certain code letter are also carried over into chassis with later letters. The schematic shows the circuits found in Code B chassis.
Code A - Certain components shown in the schematic and schematic parts list are not used in chassis 472 Code A and 473 Code A, but were added in Code B chassis to improve picture quality and to improve IF sensitivity. Other components were changed in value. Certain wiring changes were also made at the same time.
3. R120 was 47 ohm, 10%, 1'2 w resistor on Code A
chassis.
4. L108 -R140 was Part No. 170255-1, with coil wound on the 5600 ohm resistor. D.C. Resistance of coil, 6.2 ohms; color dots, blue and gray.
5. L119 -R151 was Part No. 170466-1, with coil wound on the 10,000 ohm resistor. D. C. Resistance of coil, 9.5 ohms; color dots, brown and blue.
6. L121 was not used on Code A chassis. Junction of R142 and R150 was directly connected to 260 volts.
7. R170 was not used on Code A chassis . There was nothing connected to Noise Gate Control terminal #3.
The list below describes the differences between Code A and Code B chassis 472 and 473.
1. R169 between arm of SW102 and ground was not used on Code A chassis; arm of switch was connected directly to ground.
8. R174 was 12,000 ohms, 10%, 1 2 w on Code A chassis.
In Code B chassis it was necessary to lower the value of R174 to 10,000 in order to obtain proper adjustment of AGC level control. In some cases where the 12,000 ohm resistor was tried, the range of the control was insufficient to reduce the signal at the Video detector to3 volts peak -to -peak.
2. R115 was 15,000 ohm, 10%, 1 2 w resistor on Code A chassis.
Code B - Chassis 472 (Code B) and 473 (Code B) are as shown in the printed schematic.
36
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RA -350, 351 CHASSIS
(Circuit diagram is on pages 38-39; balance of alignment information is on page 40.)
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT RA -350, 351
Remove the Horizontal Deflection Amplifier and Damper Tubes. Replace the Mixer -Oscillator Tube with Adapter Tube (see figure 1). Use the lowest VTVM range for all steps.
Step
Signal Generator
Output
Frequency Connect To Indicator
Connect to
Adjust
L201 (top) for 47.25
1
43.5 MC
Center Freq. 10 Mc devi-
ation.
Grid of
0
Oscillo-tom) graph
Pin 5, V201
MC trap. L201 (bot- 42.25
for 41.25 MC MC {-
Z201 (bottom) for 42.25 MC marker.
55%
-i-
45.75
--T-
55%
"`Mixertrap.
-i---
through XTAL
IXTAL
Mixer plate coil and 4725M47 25
Z201 (top) for 45.75 MC marker. Note:
Repeat adjustments until markers are
positioned as specified.
2
0 44.0 Mc As Above
(Marker) No Sweep
VTVM
Pin 3, V205 2VTVM
Z204 for maximum negative reading. Set signal generator output to maintain reading on lowest range of VTVM.
3
0 42.35 MC As Above
(Marker) No Sweep
VTVM
As Above 3VTVM
Z203 for maximum negative reading.
4
0 44.85 MC As Above
(Marker) No Sweep
VTVM
As Above
4VTVM
Z202 for maximum negative reading.
5
4.5 MC 400 CPS
AM
Pin 3,
0V205
Oscillograph through XTAL
Junction of C220 & R226
5XTAL
L207 for minimum reading.
SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
6
4.5 MC (Marker)
No Sweep
Pin 3, V205
0
VTVM
Junction of
R1 and R2
6VTVM
(Note: Add R1 and R2, see Alignment Test Point Drawing)
L211 and Z206 (bottom) for maxi mum negative reading.
Between P203 (Note: Set VTVM to zero center scale.
7
As Above
0As Above VTVM
and junction of R1 -R2
7VTVM
Connect VTVM D -C probe to junction of R1 -R2, and ground lead to P203).
Z206 (top) for null point.
Remove R1 -R2.
- ALTERNATE SOUND IF ALIGNMENT USING TV SIGNAL
6
TV Signal, Teleset must be tuned for
best picture
VTVM
Junction of
R1 and R2
6VTVM
(Note: Add R1 and R2, see Alignment Test Point Drawing)
L211 and Z206 ( bottom) for maxi mum negative reading.
Between P203 (Note: Set VTVM to zero center scale.
and junction Connect VTVM D -C probe to junction of
7
As Above
VTVM
of R1 -R2
R1 -R2, and ground lead to P203).
7VTVM
Z206 (top) for null point.
Remove R1 -R2.
37
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I
r
TATTITrINA 2101
1
pV-
001
g4.°,J.T7,1
R. F. AMP.
V10111 1,2 681011
L115
C102
MIXER V102A 1,2 608
T o CLOS,R213.
1235VOLTSI
V102
VHF TUNER 69 013 553
. TO LIN, VEARS10 RION AT VIC!. NT viol.
I ST. VIDEO I.F.
V.82061
VOISMC.
TO C105,215
1235
VOILTSI
2ND. VIDEO I.F.
6202
3RD. VIDEO IT V203
6C216
VIDEO DET. V204A 1,2 6A,
VIDEO AMP V205 6863
COMPOT TO
TO RI. A STITC COPP.
P204VIOTO T6ST ACTT,
2
V201
V202
V203
V204
POWER RECT. V217
SUNG
7202
V
r
0TO V.207C
5203 GC
(L'sg.7n4%"orerrOinirr"
1352
POWER RECT.
P219 4
POSITIONING TABS
N311
L/=4
.2.331MSISELV
A C245
AOC DIODE V207C ,5 6TO
-0562,0025'.12
SWITCH
OART OF Rli>I
poo.,
ZOO
T
R21.
12SIS
T
8181.11:
1201 VISCO 1.10.1.5 VOTT1 'MONO SWITCH NO TONE CONTROL
11=1/11.111.0
COINACISITE V.060 64002 L202. L20,
AT v.0 OTT
1ST SYNC CLIPPER
V210
oo'R IC4
tooy
3:ErSOTTLTITTI ROI. CONTROL
150
C254
26
4000 2.
150V 150V
CI CI
END SYNC
CLIPPER V212A 1,2 1200
YOKE SCREW
8201sT I. RT 0!
Du Mont
RA -350, RA -351
Chassis
ION TRAP MAGNET
POSITIONING MAGNET
YOKE COVER
A A USE OF SYMBOLS
Solid symbol indicates source of voltage.
Open symbol indicates point to which voltage is applied.
Solid bar indicates an adjustable control.
38
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RA -350, 351 CHASSIS
14,
T
SOUND V206 PAVE.
06 S.. 3.0-4
r
1.203 SUNG TEST POINT
1ST. AUDIO AMR
V/230.765
0242
2163. AUDIO VA2IM06,
6.15
USE 0244 KO MOOELS RITIA rtiow SwITCS TONE CONTROL
eLuE TSOS
NOTE: TKE 1.44 TA/
04T2036 WI. FOP
AL
MM -
202 ATI ON
3.40LE SPE.ER OPERTrO
RNT
RATIO OCT. 45
SYC
V 207A
/ 3 6113
r
060v
SLIA7V2 KA
xxm
-1
TO v20721
44 I C.R.T. V401 21AUP41
PIO
-
USE KM 100ELS sfas rnaw sYlrcY 3203 TO.< CONTROL RIII
TO P202
714
O
R
"AV
VERT. OSC. V 216A I/O LOST
I\ loss
n2v6
TO PIN Of
v2i40OR
AMP.,
R.@
Mem
r
MMISISoSST RESS
RETRACE 13LANmso PULSE !ROM 2ST OuTPuT TRANS. T201
TO v401
SOY 3,44, CRT NOLO
4.r..171,1ZAIL,`".17'47'.«
r)'
IT7E 04
6i000.V
.0f:70
SSOV
by
A P404
000v
L Oi DEPLE 7,04 YOKE
21/MCAL
.:Dv
*20,
VERT. DEFt.
AMP. V21611 ,2 026001
4.V
MPI 0243 2000
_L
SIS SS 20% ERTLIN.
RVICACE IKLAMO. PULS TO
C2112 AT CRT
USE POO MODELS max 1.040 Slott. 3203 ARO TONS CON.. R321
ii: 02.
EMS 400V
TO PIN Of V241.21.0E14.
ANIPI R31111 10011
SOS eRIONTME33
I IT
31102 V24 Rugoven OSC MSABLCO
Er -
.002
L3
R201
.-- NEAR v20, xs
44--1.141040
SWEEP204Put-3.2
MOM T
NOR. OSC. V215 2AUT
NOR. DEPL. AMP V214
68 22072:-.1r 6046 01
To eR4NTNESS CONTROL
wx Tv .nos
T 04
KV. RECvvT1eFIER
IKE 124117
411%%;,.
0 EOb
02
%204s
V2 641.0
N
IT
Vl
143 024 LAP
"AZ
AibY
2233"
DAMPER V2115
6.4-0T
.
30 .003T
04.0
0P202
14.SKS NCO. SwEEP PuL.
tr,p0R
CHASSIS NOTES
1. All waveforms and voltages were taken under operating conditions. The receiver was tuned to an average strength TV signal, the Contrast control rotated fully clockwise and the Noise control was rotated fully counter -clockwise.
2. The Noise control and Local -Distance switch consists of a potentiometer, 8319, and a snap switch, S202. When R319
is rotated fully counter -clockwise 5202 opens (Local position as shown in the schematic).
3. Voltages ± 20% of those shown are normal.
4. All resistors are 10%, one-half watt, unless otherwise indicated. W. W. indicates wire wound resistor.
5. All capacitors are 20%, 500V, unless otherwise indicated. All capacitors are ceramic, unless indicated as follows: M -Mica, P -Paper, ± -Electrolytic, MP -Molded Paper.
39
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Chassis RA -350, RA -351, Alignment Information (Continued)
ALIGNMENT TEST POINTS
WIRE
MI XER-OSC. V102 6X8
PIN 7 CLIPPED
111
ELECTRICAL TAPE
PIN 3 CLIPPED
Figure I. Adapter for use in connecting alignment equipment to grid of mixer
stage.
CH.I3
OCH.2 0 CH.3 10CH.4 CH.S SCH.6
L_
CI ll
R306
OSG.MIXER v,o2 608
R.F. AMP. viol 68074
(SEE FIGURE I)
2201
J205
rp= ( V ) L201
NI/ 1ST VI F
V201 6CB6
=0= 2202
2 ND. V202 Ace.
=10= 2203
3RD. V.I .F.
V203 6C86
=0=2204
5XTAL VIDEO DET.
NOR. PHASE
DET. V204 114L5
IXTAL
Figure 2. Oscillator slugs for VHF tuner 89 013 553.
TUNER OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
When the alignment procedure has been completed, replace the adapter tube with the original tuner mixer -oscillator tube and check the fine tuning on each channel on which a station is available. If one or more stations cannot be tuned in properly, within the range of the Fine Tuning control, the tuner oscillator slugs require readjustment.
If the highest frequency station that cannot be tuned in properly is between channels 2 and 6 readjust the oscillator slugs as follows:
h1.ighTeusrtncthhaenSntaetliothnaStedleocetosrnkontotbuntoethine
properly.
2. Readjust the oscillator slug of that
channel tuning,
(see figure 2) so that proper within the range of the Fine
Tuning control, is obtained.
3. Turn the Station Selector knob to each lower channel and check the fine tuning. Repeat steps 1 and 2 of the above procedure for each available lower
ITP2030
2 ND. AUDIO AMP. V208 6A05
202
P204 VIDEO AMR
V205 8805
L207
RATIO DET. 1ST. AUDIO
AMP. V205
61'8
-0-an
SOUND 1.F. V206 6406
RI 100K 5% 1/2
208
R2 100K
5%
1/2 W
GROUND LEAD OF VTVM
7VTVM
D -C PROBE OF VTVA4
2VTVM 3VTVM 4VTVM
6VTVM
frequency station that does not tune properly.
Note: If channel 5 is the highest low
channel station available, readjust the channel 6 oscillator slug when the channel 5 slug does not have sufficient range. If a lower channel oscillator slug does not have sufficient range for proper tun-
ing, the next highest channel oscillator slug should also be readjusted.
If the highest frequency station that cannot be tuned in properly, within the range of the Fine Tuning control, is between channels 7 and 13, readjust the oscillator slugs as follows:
1. Check the tuning of the available stations between channels 7 and 13. If one or more stations does not tune properly, adjust the channel 13 oscillator
slug so that all available stations between channel 7 and 13 can be properly tuned,
within the range of the Fine Tuning
control.
2. Check the tuning of all available
stations between channels 2 and 6. If the tuning of one or more stations is not proper, repeat the previous procedure on the adjustment of the oscillator slugs for stations between channels 2 and 6.
40
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Emerson 7-4041kw,
TYPE
VHF RECEIVERS
UHF- VHF RECEIVERS
MODEL NUMBERS
TV CHASSIS
1108D, 1110D, 1112D, 1116D, 1120D, 11260, 1138D, 1140D, 1150D, 1152D, 1154D, 1162F, 1108F, 1126F, 1138F, 1140F, 1150F, 1152F, 1154F, 1162D, 11640, 1122D, 1124D, 1156F 1122F, 1124F, 1156D. 11600
1144D
1158A
1109D, 1111D, 1113D, 1117D,
1I21D, 11270 1139D, 1141D, 1151D
11530, 1155D, 11630, 1165D
1123D, 11250, 11570, 11610
120257-D
120257-P
1 20263- D
120263-P
120277 -D -TV
120279-B-RAolo 120282-P
120258-D
120265-D
PICTURE TV TUBE TUNER
21ALP4B
OR
21ALP4A
470802 470823
24DP4A
21ALP4B
OR
21ALP4A
470802 470823
470802
24DP4A 470851
21ALP4B
OR
21ALP4A
24DP4A
470800
TYPE UHF STRIP
"U"
"TD"
"U"
"TD"
"U"
"TD"
No U.H.F. STRIPS
120278 -D -TV
21ALP4B
1145D
120279-B-RAo10
OR
21 ALP4A
Service material on the above listed sets is presented in this manual on pages 41 through 46. Some of these sets are also covered in a preliminary fashion in Volume TV -10. All of the chassis listed are basically the same. Different chassis numbers have been assigned since tuners and picture tube sizes may differ. The remote control chassis 120282P is similar to 120263P except for the remote control feature.
A2-AI3 ( ACCESSIBLE THRU
HOLE IN PICTURE I TUBE BRACKET AND I TUNER CHASSIS.
.'j : I
C -I!
TEST , I POINT i
IS -01
.A. --L-1,
C-17
4.--:4;4ING
®O
0T-1
E if....1......
C-
113 - 2t41
VIDEO I.E OUTPUT
(41 MC.)
L-2
C-4
I. F. TRAP
VHF TUNER 470 802 ALIGNMENT POINTS FOR CHASSIS
120 2 57-D I 202 63-0 I 202 77-D
A2 -A13
( ACCESSIBLE THOU
, HOLE IN PICTURE
I
TUBE BRACKET AND
TUNER CHASSIS.
...VHF A2 -AID
A ROTATE FINE TUNING FULLY CLOCKWISE To EXPOSE SLUGS. (ACCESS THRU HOLE IN PICTURE TUBE BRACKET).
Figure 8
LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT POINTS
F-7-- I C-27 F NE 3 -/TUNING
1
FRONT OF CHASSIS
L-2 41.25 TOP 6 42.6 BOTTOM
BOTH SLUGS CAN BE ADJUSTED IN SAME MANNER AS T-3.1.-4 SHOWN ABOVE
TEST
II
C -IA
13=
C-31
$-29
L -I 47.25MC. ADJACENT SOUND TRAP
O
PTOEZ
4 T -I
TUNING C-27
El .1
T-2 44.9.4C.
1* -6 4.15MC
TOP AND BOTTOM BOTH SLUGS CAN BE ADJUSTED IN SAME MANNER AS T -3,L-4 SHOWN ABOVE.
CAN BE ADJUSTED iN THE F.ELD TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE WHICH MAY EFFECT CHANNEL 2 FROM A NEARBY TRANSMITTER OPERATING IN THE 40 MC. BANG.
L -I1 I.F. TRAP
VHF TUNER 470823 AND 470851 ALIGN. POINTS FOR CHASSIS 1 20 257-P I 20 26 3- P
2 0 2 8 2-P
UHF -VHF TUNER 470800 ALIGNMENT POINTS FOR CHASSIS
12 0 2 5 8-D
120265-D
150 2 7 8-D
T-3 TOP 42.6I4C.
L-4 BOTTOM 4.5 MC. SEE F16.7 ABOVE FOR ADJUSTMENT OF BOTH T-311 L- FROM ONE SIDE OF CHASSIS.
T-
45.75 MC T -S
(TOP VIEW)
41
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION EMERSON Various 1956 Models, Alignment Information
I.F. ALIGNMENT
1) Tune receiver to unused Channel 10 or 12.
2) Connect 3 volt bias battery with negative terminal to I.F. AGC(junction R-3, C-4) positive terminal to chassis.
3) Connect D.C. V.T.V.M. to junction L-6, R-18, Low side to chassis.
4) Connect terminated marker generator to floating shield of converter tube V-16. (Shield raised slightly to that it does not make contact with chassis). Use unmodulated marker. See Fig. 6.
MARKER GENERATOR ADJUST
45.75 MC. Unmodulated
T-4
42.6 MC.
T-3Top
Unmodulated See Fig.7.
45.2 MC.
T-2
Unmodulated
T-1
42.6 MC. L-2 Bottom Unmodulated See Fig. 7.
41.25 MC. L-2 Top
Unmodulated See F iSl 7.
PROCEDURE
Peak for maximum response. Adjust output of signal generator so that maximum response does not produce more than -2V. D.C. on V.T.V.M.
Adjust trap for minimum response. Increase output from signal generator so that a true minimum position con be found.
5) Connect vertical input of an oscilloscope instead of V.T.V.M. to video I.F. Align. Point with vertical scope gain set at, or near, maximum. (Horizontal scope sweep set at 400 cycles). See Fig. 6.
31-3 TOP 42.6MC. L.2 TOP 41.2SMC.
L-2 BOTTOM 42.6 MC.
L- BOTTOM 4.5 MC.
ADJUSTMENT OF T-3 AND L-2 TOP
WITH SIDE -11.
MARKER
GENERATOR ADJUST
PROCEDURE
SIDE
47.25 MC.
L-1
With signal generator set at maximum output, adjust L-1 for minimum vertical re -
400 Cycles
sponse on scope.
Amp. Mod.
6) Now that all the I.F. coils and transformers have been set, the overall response can be observed and adjusted if necessary.
SIGNAL GE NERATOR INPUT
CONNECTION
FREQUENCY SWEEP MARKER
MEASURING INSTRUMENT
ADJUST
Connect terminated sweep and marker as shown in Fig. 6.
Center frequency 44 MC.
45.75 MC. Scope con-
nected through 10K Resistor to Junction L-7
T-4 T-2
10 MC.
& R-18 (Align.
Sweep
Point).
PROCEDURE
If 45.75 MC. marker is too high adjust T-4 if to low adjust T-2 (see fig. 5 for tolerances). *
SIDE
ADJUSTMENT OF
L-2 BOTTOM AND L-4 .J.
WITH SIDE '111-
NB
Figure 7
Providing overall curve is within tolerances as shown below, no further adjustments are needed. If band width or tilt is not as specified, repeat entire alignment procedure. If still out then a slight retouching is permissible. TRAPS L-2 (TOP) and L-1 MUST BE ADJUSTED AS INDICATED ABOVE. DO NOT RE -ADJUST WHILE OBSERV-
ING OVERALL I.F. RESPONSE CURVE.
KEEP OUTPUT SIGNAL GENERATOR AS LOW AS POSSIBLE WHEN OBSERVING THE OVERALL I.F. SHAPE SINCE
TUBE OVERLOAD MIGHT RESULT AND THE RESPONSE WILL APPEAR INCORRECTLY FLAT AND WIDE.
PERMISIBLE TILT
25% EITHER WAY 4
TO MARKER
FLOATING SHIELD
TO
YARKER
TO WEEP
20%MAX
0% TO 70%
FLOATING SHIELD
41.25 MC
14---APPROX
3.8 MC.
I
45 75 MC.
7 25 MC. ADJACENT SOUND
Figure 5. OVERALL I.F. RESPONSE CURVE
101, RES/STOR
TO SWEEP
GENERATOR
NOTE: It may be impossible to observe the 47.25 MC. marker with the average service equipment due to the high attenuation of trap L-1 (adjacent sound).
CONNECT IM PECE OF V T V M
WHEN NEEDED
F igur 6 CONNECTIONS FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT
VIDEO I.F ALIGN POINT JUNCTION OF
LR.WIS
T -S SOUND TAKE OFF TRANSFORMER
42
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
EMERSON Various 1956 Models, Alignment Information and Production Changes
(A) USING 4.5 me UNMODULATED SIGNAL SOUND ALIGNMENT GENERATOR
1) Set contrast control (R-20) for min. contrast (counter -clockwise).
2) Keep output of signal generator low so as to provide a sharp meter indication with adjustment of transformers.
3) Short pin No. I of V -I to chassis.
(B) USING TRANSMITTED TV AIR SIGNAL
1) Connect antenna and tune to a good on the air TV station.
2) Adjust fine tuning control for best picture. 3) Adjust antenna coupling for moderate signal so
as to provide a sharp meter indication with ad justment of transformers. 4) Meter reading may pulsate due to changes in signal strength; do not confuse with a peak
adjustment.
STEP
1
SIGNAL GENERATOR INPUT
CONNECTION
FREQUENCY
Marker Ger,. through
.01 MF to Pin 1 of
4.5 MC
V-5 low side to
(Unmodulated)
chassis.
- or -
- or -
Connect antenna and
tune in a good trans- A good on the
milted TV. signal air TV. than-
(any channel).
nel
MEASURING INSTRUMENT
ADJUST
PROCEDURE
Connect D.C. V.T.V.M. T-5
(negative scale) through Top
10K Resistor to Pin
or Bot-
#2 of V6Alow sirle to torn
chassis.
EDL- 4
Bottom See Figs.
78.8
Peak for maximum voltage. Adjust output of signal generator to produce about a one volt D.C. rise on meter (1 volt above noise* voltage)
If T.V. signal is used adjust ant. coupling to receiver to produce about the same voltage rise.
2
Same as
above.
Same as
above.
Connect V.T.V.M. through 10K Resistor to Junction of R-35, R-36 - low side to chassis.
T-6 Top and Bottom (Discriminator)
A) Detune Discriminator secondary T-6 (Top Pt, #708210)For maxi -
mum negative meter reading.
B) Adjust primary T-6 for maximum
negative meter reading.
C) Readjust Discriminator secondary (towards original setting) for zero D.C. reading on V.T.V.M.
D) Check Audio, if distorted repeat steps A to C.
* The noise voltage is measured under no signal conditions (antenna terminals shorted directly at tuner by means of a
short jumper wire; or disconnect 4.5 MC. generator if procedure (A) above is fol owed.) co L-4 is mounted on some coil form as T-3 and should be adjusted by a hex head ibre align. tool as indicated in fig. 7.
PRODUCTION CHANGES
3- To improve audio response at high volume settings.
120257-13 11\
120258-D
120263-D A
120265-D
R-37 was changed from 1 meg to 10 meg on chassis coded as shown above. This change increases the grid
bias on the tube and allows for additional undistorted audio output.
4-
On 21" chassis 120257-D and been changed to 10,000 ohm,2 and picture tube second anode
120258-D, R-70 (15,000 ohm, i watt) horizontal output screen resistor has watt part #780732. This change was made to increase horizontal picture size voltage. 120257-D and 120258-D chassis already incorporating this change
are coded Triangle C.
6- 120257-D and 120258-D chassis coded Triangle D I use horizontal output transformer part #738111 instead of part #738106. This entails the following changes. Performance is not effected by this change.
a) R-70 is changed to 8,200 ohms, 2 watts.
b) R-72 and C-52 are removed from the circuit.
c) C-49 is changed to a .22 mfd, 200 volt capacitor part #922325.
Note: The suffix #1 denotes the use -of this horizontal output transformer and not the triangle letter. In
other words, if a triangle #738111 horizontal output
E change is made at a later date and transformer. If no suffix #1 is used
has suffix #1,
with triangles
it will D, E,
indicate F, etc.,
the use of then #738106
is used.
A 7- 120263-D and 120265-D chassis coded with a suffix No. 1 within the triangle such as triangle
, use
a picture tube with an R.T.M.A. vendor code no. 188.
The screen of these picture tubes are connected
directly to B+ boost (Junction C-51. Lug No. 1 on H.O.T.)
43
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ON CHASSIS 120258-0, 265-D, 27E1-0.
U.1-1F-V.HF TUNER PART 60 470000
U.H.F SECTION
- V -I8 6T4
TOUNNERC4H70A82S3SUSISED20237-PF-_OS-CILLATOR
AND 120263-P V.H.F. SECTION
V -I5 68Z7LL V 1 V -I6 6U8
1/2V-I6!T-II
608
UHF ANTENNA
330 C-72
CIT
VHF ANTENNA
300 fl
IBALANCEDI
R-88 50
VHF ANTENNA
EMERSON TELEVISION
R-89 1008
V -6(A) 508
--T--6--I
V -7(A) 5T8
.s
(164)
L-10
4 6 UM
R-28 220K
C-20 100
1
R-35 686
T° 2 R-2.9 Wi-AcE0
AS 5140wN
Icy
R-30
32
220
470
(ive I
R-37 I MEG
1C-25
0047
8-36
MEG. 1 VOLUME
CONTROI
0
c-67
R-89
TO C I,R-1.
2200
001
ON CHASSIS
+235V .".5V
120257-0,263-0,277-0
VH.F TUNER
r
PART NO 470802
V-16(8) T.11
r6U8
1ST VIDEO
I L-2 r--1 V -I I 3F.0AM8P 6 1.3
C-2
.005
I3 ---
T
4-3
V -I5 68Z7 iMa
L
rti
V-16 608 osc
A.cri MIXER
B 13. F1L.
.J T
2L_
7
R 3
C
" I
1011 L-2/
GREEN
L DOT
R-2
A
1-2
.DOT
1' R-29
I
4./
rMEG
O MEG
+1450
BREAK
r
I
AND
I
IMPLACE
ENO VIDEO I F AMP I I ASOUNDIFAMP
V-2 3CB61.0V 11
380 VIDEO I. F AMP
V-3 3086 143
73
Im
GREEN
ov
I
Dr7T OV
I
R10
5600
30 CPS.
AIDED 8 ADC DETECTOR
V-4 3AL5
T-4 1
Dv
I*GDROEETN6C5-103
OV
N3
+10 0
100 -
C4 07
751
.003
R-9
470
11`t +1450. +1450
C-10 660
R -II 160
14C7-0I1
R-12 470
I 00-112
+1050
R-14
MEGI
'21
R-15 3306
+235v 4145, 6 3, AC
8W
0.0-011-1
R-1 4708
R-2, 11, RESISTOR IS REMOVED FROM MOW WHEN C-73 AND R -9S
ARE PUT IN AS SHOWN WITH BROKEN LINE
C-30 A50 MFO
OR !DOMED
-I+
R-,42
SE -I
LOW VOLTAGE RECTIFIER
SE -2
OW VOLTAGE RECTIFIER
C-34 L -II 1120 MFD
250V
245V.
FILAMENT TRANS. IT -8) NOT USED ON CHASSIS
I20257P 120263-P
0.19
2000
C-32 _140 MED
2350. 4.145,
8-46 1006
PICTURE STABILIZER
4111111111111'101 30 C P 5
78 75 CPS
Do CP6
/175 C P
0.35
01
SYNC. SEPARATOR
V-6(8)
C-36 220
Sue
SYNC. PHASE INVERTER
V -9(A) 6SN7GTB
C -37
.01
R-45 470 K
R-48 22K
49 R-50
MEG.
r
GROLIND1NG STRIP
TO TUNER
SHAFT
C-69 .001
P G POT
- -
1
SCHEIATIC SHOP/IRO CONNECTION OF GROUNDING STRIP (POTENTIOMETERS R-E0,R-29 R-36 INCL SW -I R-50./1-77 AND TUNER SOAPY I TO CHASSIS BASE.
ALL POINTS MARBEDO ARE TIED TO THE
GROUNDING STRIP.
R-90 1006
L
-
HORIZONTAL CONTROL TUBE
V -10(A) 6SN7GTB
-J
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
V -10(B) 6SN7GTB
R-60
SOK
.7-
....110R12
HOLD (FRONTIT
EASE
DIAL LIGHT
N11!IIIIIIII101. MAT! ."1
+1450 ,1/15V
R -5I 220
(1F2-AIMP)
30 CPS
76/5 C P5
R.,
v -I3
v-11
V-EI
12A64 12006 5V6
STA
GT
0-14 5V6
GT
0-10 6567 GTB
V-9 6SN7
GTEI
v-5
12BY7A
4-6
v-7 8-4
V-3
V-2
V -I
508
9TH 3AL5 3086 3086 3086
V-17 PICTURE
TORE
AC
AC 2 , A , 2 AC TACO
43 OHMS
HEATERS
TA
C-54
ON CHASSIS
120251-P
.01
120263-P
SLACK
X-3
lr
1 ON -OFF SWITCH ION VOLUME ICONTROL)
RED
PHONE. INPUT SSOOCCKET
ON CHASSIS
120277-0 AND
120278-0 ONLY.
SAFETY NTERLOCK SWITCH
O
P-2 X 2
Ill VOLTS AC LINE 160 CPS/
TUBES V -IS B v -I6 IN TUNER 4/0823 ARE IN SERIES ON CHASSIS 120257-P AND 120263-P.
C -BO 001
30 C P
R-75 686
C-59 0047 \R-76
33K
C-61 004?
2-7 INDICATES TUBE FILAMENT IS PINS 2 AND 7.
RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS (K 1000 OHMS) AND 1/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
CAPACITORS LESS THAN ONE ARE IN MFD, CAPACITORS MORE THAN ONE ARE IN MMED'S UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
VERT. OSCILLATOR
V -9(B) 6SN7GTB
30 C PS
300
600
M3T5TvO
R-78
v13
4700 7-610,
R.77
MEG.
BOLD CONTROL (FRONT)
R-60 1.5 MEG
-82
R -8I 2 MEG. VERT SIZE CON
(REAR)
44
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION EMERSON RADIO AND PHONO. CORP. Schematic Diagram of Various 1956 Television Sets
B)
C-27
s
001
+145 V
C-73
.1
J156
V-8 5 V6-GT
2030
400-M2F9D-.I -
ON 120277-0 AND 120278-0 CHASSIS ONLY
SW -2
(ON VOLUME CONTROL/
Schematic Diagram
SP -I
PICTURE TUBE V-17
R -4i 1500
/
250V
X -I P -I
TO OUTPUT OF RADIO CHASSIS 120277-0 AND 120278 ONLY
USED ONLY ON CHASSIS
120257-D 120258-D
TUBE MOUNTING BRACKET
R -9I
2206
120257-D I20257 -P 120258-D 120277-0 120278-0 120263-0 120263-P 120265-D
21ALP4 24 DP4 A
AD/ P -
C
30 C S
L-7
6 8 UM
C-17
I
78 75 CPS
VIDEO
AMPLIFIER
V-5 12BY7A
R-23 22 K
C -19 041
15,500 VOLTS ON CHASSIS USING A
2IALP4
19,500 VOLTS ON CHASS!S
USING A 24 DP48
2 0 40V
R -I9 4706
C-16 47
VIDEO I.F ALIGN. POINT
10K 12,41
245V.
R-22 156
R-27 2006 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
+145V
1C-45
R-67
366
390K
5 cPs
F-63 Ele00
T-9
C-44 330 R -62 330K
--T
78s C S
TEST POINTS
HORIZONTAL OUTPUT
I 2 CU6
T -I0
HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER
V-12 183 GT
0 OM 183GT 0 SOCKET
C; 6 2
R-72 USED ONLY ON CHASSIS 120257-D 1202E8 -D. JUMPER WIRE
CHASSIS 120263-0 20265-D
EN 007
0-46
.01
0-47 820
235V.
P-69
100 I2V/./
600V
7875 C
, 106 t2W)
R -7I
ON 24"
CHASSIS
R-73 I LOCATED 50 ON I-10
ORIZ CENTERING CONTROL
R-70
I5K
47
12 w.1
E
4235V.
C-52 USED ONLY ON CHASSIS
1202570 12025E40
-a
Coz
245 L 13 IOUN
V-13
I2AX4GTA
HORIZONTAL DAMPER
-51
+2450
30 C P S
C -65
.01
VERT. OUTPUT
V-14 5 V6-GT
238
BLUE IT -II
YELLOW
50V 94 BOOST
C-66 001
R ION
R-82 2 2 MEG
C-64 -
TO 22V R-84
330
R-83 1500
VERT. LIN
CONTROL (REAR)
OPIEE
4245v
TELFSION PiCTURE TUBE
n lUValKIALPP4
,202750
OP
Vg1
!ggrg,}S40444
DEFLECTION YOKE ASSEMBLY
HOR1Z CO-01ILS
C
100
4
I R-87 I 560
I R-86 560
L___
vERT
COI S
L-15
TER4P0L SiPiP TO Mown. SKOP,. 002 11014.KITPL P0SE COIL SO 214T int x00120XTPL CiPCUiT C. SS SLISPED 4144gT.T.Ts7: 72VVX Or:ZIET V " "
TUBE LOCATIONS DIAGRAMS
See page 46 for notes on voltage readings and waveform measurements.
45
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
EMERSON TELEVISION
TUBE TROUBLE ANALYSIS CHART FOR CHASSIS
SYMPTOM
CHECK
MODELS USING CHASSIS
1 20 257 D
120257.P
1 202 58 - D
1 20263- D
120263-P
1 20265- D
1 20277-D - TV 120279-B - RADIO
1 20278-D - TV 120279- B - RADIO
1 20 282_RCEOMNOTRTEOL
*INDICATES VARYING
RESISTANCE WAIT UNTIL METER SETTLES (ABOUT 30 SECONDS.)
Weak or no Sound nor video (picture), raster normal -- UHF only
Weak or no sound nor video (picture), raster normal - - UHF and or VHF
Weak or no sound - Video and raster normal
UHF and or VHF
Weak or no video - Sound and roster normal
UHF and or VHF
Poor or no horizontal nor vertical sync. - Sound and
video normal (contrast control makes video darker
or lighter)
-
- - - --- -- - -UHF and or VHF
Poor or no horizontal nor vertical sync. - Video weak
or distorted, raster normal - Sound may or may not
be normal
UHF and or VHF
Poor or no horizontal sync. - Raster normal and
sound normol (picture locks in vertically).
UHF and or VHF
Poor or no vertical sync. - Raster normal- and sound
normal (picture locks in horizontally)
UHF and or VHF
Horizontal line (no vertical sweep) - Sound normal - - UHF and or VHF
Insufficient horizontal size, sound & video normal - - UHF and or VHF
RESISTANCE READINGS
Xtol mixer (UHF tuner) V-18
V-15, V-16. V-1, V-2, V-3, V-4 V-6, V-7, V-8 V-5, V-17
V-5, V-6, V-9
V-15, V-16, V-1, V-2, V-3, V-4, V-5
V-9 V-10, V-11
V-9, V-14 V-9. V-14 V-11, V-13, SE -1, SE -2
SYMBOL
V.1 V-2 V.3 V.4
V-5 V.6 V-7 V-8
V.9
PIN 1
PIN 2
1.3 MEG
68
2.0
47
0
-1-80
0
1.0 MEG
CoNhRAGT6S8NT. 470K
fiR
220K
90K
90K
N.C.
14
VERTICAL HOLD 470K TO 1.5 MEG,
INF.
TUBE P I N
PIN 3
PIN 4
2.8
'3.9
4.8
'5.8
3.9
'4.8
5.8
"6.5
0 8.5K 170K '21K
'8.6 '7.5 '7.5 '20K
C
1 MEG.
NUMBERS
PIN 5
PIN 6
'17K
'I7K '17K
90K
17K
'30K
17K
0
'8.6 '8.6 '6.5 470K
30K
*10 .17K
0 N.C.
0
PIN 7
0 0 0
4.7 K
.23K
0 0 '15
11.5
PIN 8
PIN 9
30K 0
1.0 MEG 470
10
0 2.7 MEG.
'250K
V-10
1.4 MEG.
"FIGNit.
HOLD
16K 1045K
420K
480K
60K
0
11.5
13
V-11 V.12 V -I3
N.C. N.C.
MtASORE 17.2
N.C.
35K
D0
N0 T
400K
N,C.
N.C.
INF.
N.C.
'18K
N.C.
.15 .17.2
100 *19.6
V-14
N.C.
13
'18K
'18K
2.2 MEG.
N.C.
VERTICAL
14
LIN.
330 Ta1800
CONDITIONS FOR TAKING VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE READINGS
The voltage and resistance measurements listed were taken on Chassis 120257-0 coded triangle A
Due to component variations, voltage and resistance noticed if chassis is not coded as mentioned above.
readings may
vary
slightly from
those
given
here.
Slight
variations
may
also
be
The picture tube, deflection yoke and high voltage circuits were connected to take the following readings and waveshapes. 1. Antenna disconnected and antenna terminals shorted on tuner and connected to chassis (use short leads). 2. Line voltage 117 volts (Disconnect power for resistance readings).
3. 3 volt bias battery connected to A.G.C. circuit, positive terminal to chassis, negative terminal to junction of R-1, C-1, BIAS BATTERY USED FOR VOLTAGE READINGS ONLY.
4. All controls in position for normal picture. (Varied when it directly effects reading). 5. All measurements token with a vacuum tube voltmeter and ohmmeter. 6. All readings listed in tables were taken between points shown and chassis. 7. Resistance readings are given in ohms unless otherwise noted. 8. N.C. denotes no connection.
WAVE SHAPE ANALYSIS CHART The waveshopes shown were taken on chassis 120257-D coded triangle Slight peak to peak voltage differences may be noticed on chassis of later triangle codes. The peak to peak voltage given may also vary slightly depending on signal strength and component variations.
To accurately observe the wove shapes, the relatively high input capacity of an oscilloscope must be reduced so as not to change the operating characteristics of the television set. Failure to do this will result in wrong wave shape readings. 1. Connect antenna and tune receiver to channel where best reception has been obtained in the post. 2. Low end of the probe is connected to CHASSIS and the contrast control is set for MAXIMUM UNDISTORTED CONTRAST. 3. The 30 and 7875 C.P.S. oscilloscope sweep settings are used so (1s t° permit the serviceman to observe two cycles of the wave shape.
NOTE: A wove shape seen in your oscilloscope may be upside down from same wove shape shown here. This will depend on the number of stages of amplification in the oscilloscope used.
46
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
"S" Line, Models 21C 110, 21C111, 21C 112 , 21C113,
21C123, 21C124, 21C125, 21C126, 21T038, 21T039,
21T041, 21T042, 21T043, 21T045, 24C180, 24C181,
24T070, 24T071. (Service data on pages 47 through 52)
The new General Electric "S" line of receivers are available for straight VHF reception,(channels 2-13), as well as for VHF -UHF reception (channels 2-83). All models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Model 21C113 incorporates a clock timer.
CIRCUIT CHANGES
The following items represent the major changes occuring within midproduction. Minor resistor or capacitor value changes, other than those listed below, have occurred.
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF PICTURE TUBE (LOBOY MODELS)
If it becomes necessary to remove the picture tube, adhere to the following procedure. Refer to Figure 1.
1. Disconnect and remove speakers. 2. Disconnect chassis speaker leads,picture tube
socket, yoke connector and high voltage anode connector. 3. Remove front control knobs and four chassis mounting screws. 4. Slide out chassis,together with both mounting braces. 5. Loosen and remove both securing nuts above picture tube assembly. 6. Remove six screws arranged along edge of picture tube mounting board and slide entire tube assembly from cabinet. Remove yoke,centering assembly and ion trap, loosen clamp nut and remove tube.
VERTICAL BLANKING: Early receivers incorporated the circuit shown. Later production receivers pick this voltage off from the yoke driving circuit.
AGC DELAY RESISTOR: R167: Originally was 2.2 megohms. This is changed to two parallel connected 3.3 megohm resistors R167 and R169, to improve fringe area performance. In areas containing both strong and moderate strength signals, it may prove advantageous to clip out one 3.3 megohm resistor to eliminate the need for actuating the local -distant switch.
HORIZONTAL PHASE DETECTOR: The Horizontal Phase Detector has been changed from a triode tube type (1/2 of 6U8), to a dual selenium diode type. This change also removes the Horizontal Phase Balance potentiometer, R251. Since the triode portion of the 6U8 is not required, the 4.5 me sound I -F amplifier is changed to a 6Au6. This also requires a different ratio detector transformer.
EXTENSION SHAFT GUIDE BEARINGS
STRAP ASSEMBLY CLAMP
CLAMP NUT MUST BE LOOSENED BEFORE PICTURE TUBE IS REMOVED FROM BOARD,
CABINET STYLE SHOWN IS MODEL 210124
7CHASSIS ASSEMBLY YOKE CONNECTOR (USED ON LOBOY MODELS ONLY)
TOP GLASS CHANNEL a CORK CUSHION
CABINET SIDE RAIL
SUPPORTS CHASSIS ASSEMBLY)
ASSEMBLY SECURING NUT (21
MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE TUBE 8 BOARD CAN BE PULLED OUT OF CABINET, ALSO SEE BOARD SECURING SCREWS:' BELOW)
laornzEArseCv ATSwOAEFELT,YEGLPLICAOTSUVSRE T UBE - SE E
PICTURE TUBE MASK
PICTURE TUBE STRAP ASSEMBLY
BOTTOM GLASS CHANNEL a CORK CUSHIONS
TO REMOVE GLASS a MASK REMOVE SCREWS ALONG FRONT CABINET RAIL B PULL CHANNEL FORWARD GLASS,BOT TOM RAIL 8 SIDE RAILS WILL COME OUT TOGETHER. NOTE, IN MODEL 21023 THESE SCREWS ARE COVERED BTA-.SNAP-OuT`BAFf LE. PULL BUT BAFFLE TO REACH SCREWS.
STRAP a PICTURE TUBE GROUNDING SPRING
TUBE MOUNTING
\% RODS
\\
HIGH
\\'\0 L
EXTEANSION
\ \
CHASSIS MOUNTING BRACE (2)
CHASSIS MOUNTING SCREWS(4) REMOVE SCREWS AND SLIDE CHASSIS OUT WITH MOUNTING BRACES,
YOKE CLAMP 8 WING NUT
LA0b0A7.TGORROOBTEA:TE YOKE. TIGHTEN AFTER
FOCUS JUMPER (UNDER SOCKET) CONNECT BETWEEN PINS 6 6, 10 ONLY
IONTRAP
ROTATE,SLIDE BACK B FORTH FOR BRIGHTEST PICTURE CONSIST., WITH BEST FOCUS
CENTERING LEVERS
ROTATE LEVERS WITH RESPECT TO EACH OTHER B AROUND TUBE NECK TO CENTER PICTURE,
BOARD SECURING SCREWS(6)
AFTER REMOVING CHASSIS, REMOVE ALL 6 SCREWS, 2 TOP ASSEMBLY NUTS a BOTH SPEAKERS. SLIDE ENTIRE PICTURE TUBE BOARD ASSEMBLY DOT OF CABINET.
PICTURE TUBE MOUNTING BOARD
SPEAKER LEADS
!ONE SPEAKER SHOWN)
SPEAKER CONNECTION BOARD NOTE FOR PROPER -PHASING" OF SPEAKERS.
GROUNDED TERMINALS OF SPEAKERS SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO EACH OTHER, B THEN RETURN TO CHASSIS THRU BLACK LEAD.
47
DEFLECTION YOKE SHOULD BE SEATED FIRMLT AGAINST BELL OF PICTURE TUBE, LOOSEN YOKE CLAMP Nut a ROTATE
TORE TO SQUARE PICTURE WITH MASK OPENING.
SPEAKER LEADS FROM CHASSIS
FIGURE 1. CUT -AWAY VIEW OF LOBOY MODELS
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
GENERAL ELECTRIC "S" Line Models 21C110 through 21C113, 21C 123, 21C124, 21C125, 21C126, 21T038, 21T039, 21T041, 21T042, 21T043, 21T045, 24C180, 24C 181, 24T070, and 24T071
COVERS S'L1NE MODELS
211038- 1039-104 1-
1042 -T043 -T045-
21C110- C111-C112-C113-
C123- C124 -C125 -C126 -
24T070 - 1071, 24C180 C181
VHF TUNER
RJX- 080
OUTPUT CIRCUIT
1
VIO2B
LI36 CON V.
VI03
VII
6AU6
6A
1ST I -F
2ND
47.25 MC
TRAP
265V
T151
CI52 56
LI50
6TEST POINT
QD I
IICB1251
;8194
(9500
f 5W
B+
UHF 'HOT +135V +240V t275V TO UHF
FIL. AL.
TUNER
TEST
8195
SI50
11
ANT. 1W
TO VHF TUNER INPUT
TUNER AGC
R150
3300
-C150 .05
TJF
1-F AGC
A-. 5 V
CI55
.1800
18153 470
R152
.5V
R154 I5K
j
18164 2.2M
LOCAL
33.0 DISTANT
0177 800
C300 5000
C3020 2
VI I4A
I/2 6118
RATIO GET.
TASKT
r z
R303
C305 (.7,
.01 304 I
004
VII4B
1/4 6TH AUDIO AMP
I
I
I
I
II
C306
5000
R304 22K
0307 R305 580mFV 5006
C308 .0
vOLUMEI
R307 4706
+2
V115
6AS5 AUDIO OUTPUT
65OG
R308 255V .BLUE V1301
620K - 200viT,0
RED
180
2?
+135V
R311!.; 33K
G312 _X_
.0I5
R306 3.3m
II
0311 BUMF 20CM
R310 330
IW
GREEN
ORANGE
HUM VOLTAGE
,20 ti 16V
*S400 OMITTED ON CLOCK SETS
VI 17
5U4GA/GB
T400 BROWN
YELLO
* 5400
BLK /RED
CLOCK RECEPTACLE
L400
1H
c400A
-60MF 1350V
BLACK
0312 22
DOTTED CIRCUITRY USED ON CONSOLE MODELS ONLY
V
t275V
f fl101.43,T5V
T 04000
ROMP 200V
-Z1-800
C400E1 350V
r t275V 0002
TeNTTIgy
*1-24 OV
os
TO UHF
C40T4UNER FIL.
V108
6BL7GT T 800
HC PHA
BALA
* SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2 vERT FREQUENCY. **SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2 HORIZ.FREQUENCY.
WAVE SHAPES TAKEN WITH NORMAL CONTROL SETTINGS 8 NORMAL SIGNAL APPLIED.
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS ARE IN RESPECT. TO CHASSIS WITH A 20,00011/VOLT METER, WITH CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION, NO SIGNAL APPLIED.
A MEASURED WITH VTVM VARIES WITH CONTRAST CONTROL.
714°2R4001: 470K
1GRN.
I05 -125V 60 TO
V68III068,
VII3 6Ax4
VI 16
v109 6u8
V107 6BY6
UNLESS OTHERV
VIIO 7AU7
C540K3=2=
CAPACITORS MORI CAPACITORS LESS
RESISTORS ARE K .1000 M C I
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE 7AU7 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR WITH SET TURNED ON. DAMAGE TO 6BQ6 TUBE WILL RESULT. BEFORE REPLACING 6BQ6, FIRST CHECK 7AU7 TO
PREVENT DAMAGE TO NEW TUBE.
48
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION GENERAL ELECTRIC "S" Line Circuit Diagram
V105 6686
3RD I -F
TI52
230V
/11
-2-0V-161("- 4.800
156 680
4157 470
6158 156
6156 iK
70
TI53 0150 152 IN 4
15 IN87 -0162
8V blo
L
1111
CI63
135431, POINT
2.50 LI54 C170
LI55 39045
1011
0*(1 µ'111
4.61Y
8162 3900
V106A
/ 2 6AU8 VIDEO AMP
LI56
AUDIO TAKE -OFF
04.580 TRAP
TI71
190V
9
71
1.848 CI71 33
RI70
IM
+135V L172: 470yht
0731
100
CI74
RI73
I5K
.05
CONTRAST
8174
2200
120V NJ
60V
uu
VII6
CI76
2IALP4A
47
240640
KVNTEE
ion
LI73 330y 8176
18K
A 5-135V
1 1-275V
i-C166
;800 +135V
6178
200
w81s72w.w--0--NwARIN75 .
22K
5600
2W 4.
BRIGHTNESS
+I35V
164
V10613
-1-275V
15
1/2 6AU8
225V
GANG CONTROL
V114 G 1/4 6T8 AGC CLAMP
A 24 V
R216 470K
I
6215 1.28
+275V
VERT. SYNC PULSE
OSC.PULSE SET VERT. HOLD OUT OF SYNC TO MEASURE
VI084
1200V
1
VI 088
VERTICAL BLANKING PULSE
32V
3 .3V
C202 5000
8218 120K
I/2 681_7GT VERT OSO
1/2 681 7GT VERT OUTPUT
6210
84 BOOST 530V
R200 3.3M
-4R32. (9 w I
20000
0201 470 R202
V107 6BY6
CLIPPER NOISE CANCELLOR
5I35V ;
R203
.4
R205
.A.K
TEST 6 POINT
+135V 0. -f -275V
R206
YAW'
336
BLUr 200
0205
3,' HEIGHT
R209 2.2M
118V 5
C208
BLIJE T201
0.-17000
GREEN
1
C203 1200
.0068
2 26V
310.0
C3211,
105V
0210 -
22i7 22K
.IMF
2W
1-135V
1500
R21
1K
RED
8207
1W
R208 500K VERT
HOLD
iK C2067 -IM .7 iF6'.2E1I .056
R214 3K
VERT LI N
G400D
75V
C209 -
40MF 450v
21V
V1094 I/2 608
PHASE DET
1-\:1-N\45V
L250
HOR HOLD
R256 I2K
210 VI
(VERT.OSC. 65V INOPERATIVE)
+275V
VII0
7407 HOR PA V
8258 82K
VIII 680635
HOR. OUTPUT
C259
A -37V 8263
0256
NMF
C253 I
R259
29V
1
1200
R260 IW
8261
6808
1W
YOKE PLUG B RECEPTACLE USED ON LO -BOY a CLOCK MODELS ONLY
VII2
IB3GT
H V RECT
an
2
WHITE RV
WRITE 84 BOOST
R266
*NMI
3.911
L251 'Go 1045
0262160 5 K V
F250
3/8 AMP
ARW267
2200
VII3
6AX4GT DAMPER
0264
.1 T1:588
_L C263
][.10K
1
2'W
RED / WHITE
+275V
FIGURE 13. MAIN CHASSIS SCHEMATIC
49
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION GENERAL ELECTRIC "S" Alignment and Service Information, Continued
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
A -M PRE -PEAKING FREQUENCIES
VIDEO I -F SYSTEM
The alignment of the I -F system involves the adjustment of 1 trap and 5 pass -band tank circuits. Allow at least 15 minutes warm-up for the receiver and test equipment before proceeding. Follow the usual precautions regarding equipment termination and cable dress. Some tuning cores will apparently go through two peaks. In all cases, the cores should be tuned to the first peak starting from the "out" position. Adjustment locations are indicated in Figure 11.
NOTES:
1. Set channel selector and volume control to
channel 11. Turn fine tuning control
fully
counter -clockwise. Set contrast control fully
clockwise.
2. Connect sweep generator to capacity type jig
shown in Figure 9. If General Electric sweep equip-
ment is used, the indicated resistor should be
omitted.
3. Connect a 3 volt battery from Test Point II to chassis (positive battery lead to chassis).
4. Remove horizontal sweep output tube, V111.
5. Connect scope through 10,000 ohms to Test
Point III. Calibrate vertical gain of scope for 5
volts peak to peak for 2 inch deflection. When
aligning, base -line to 45 mc marker should be kept
at 2 inches. Refer to pre -peaking chart if align-
ment difficulty is experienced. Align as follows:
L136 L150 TRAP L151 T151 T152 T153
45.0 MC 47.25 MC 43.3 MC 45.25 MC 42.9 MC 44.15 MC
CONN/.
INSULATE FROM SHIELD WITH MASKING TAPE OR EQUIV.
.4. z .,... '"
-,--k...............0.
SOLDER HOT OUTPUT LEAD TO TUBE SHIELD
4011111111111
--.4 glib
OUTPUT OF
SWEEP GEN.
VHF TUNER
7511 RESISTOR, I/2 WATT CARBON
WITH
G(NEOTSNETE-D4A)
SOLDER OR CLIP TO CHASSIS GROUND
FIGURE 9. I -F SWEEP JIG
VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART
STEP
1 2 3 4
5
ADJUST
L150 for minimum at 47.25 mc.
T152 to set 42.5 mc marker at 40-55%.
T151 to set 45.75 mc marker at 45%.
L136 to set width of peak region of curve.
L151 & T153 for peak region symmetry.
DESIRED RESPONSE
41.
C
5-7%
42.5MG
40-55%
40%
45.75 mc
45MC
100%- - - - - -
110 %rw,r -
-- ---
- 15O%-MAX - - - - - - - - -
REMARKS
Adjust L136 simultaneously with L151. 41.25 mc marker is very critical and should be kept between limits of 5 to 7%. Peak of curve may fall between limits of 110% and 13C% using 45 mc as the 100% reference.
AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT NOTES:
1. Tune in a television signal. vide a 4.5 mc signal source
This will profor audio i-f
alignment. Keep the volume control turned down unless the speaker is connected. 2. Connect two 100,000 ohm resistors (in series)be, tween pin #2 of V1114 (6T8) and chassis.
STEP CONNECT VTVM OR 20,000 OHMS/VOLT MEihli
1
Between.Pin #2 of V114A and chassis
2
Between Test Point V
3
and the center of the
two 100,000 ohm re-
sistors.
AUDIO ALIGNMENT CHART
ADJUST
METER INDICATION
T171 secondary (top) T300 primary (bottom) T300 secondary (top)
Adjust for maximum deElection.
Adjust for maximum deflection.
Adjust for zero volts d -c output.
REMARKS
Repeat steps 1, 2 and 3 to assure proper bandwidth.
50
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
GENERAL ELECTRIC I'S" Line Alignment Information
4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT:
1. Turn contrast control fully clockwise. 2. Connect detector network (Figure 10) to Test Point IV and set contrast to maximum. Connect oscilloscope to network. 3. Apply a 4.5 me AM signal through .001 MF to Test Point III. 4. Tune the bottom core of T171 for minimum signal observed on oscilloscope.
TO 7E54_
POINT Et
500 RIME
IN 64
TO CHASSIS OF
RECEIVER
TO VERTICAL INPUT OF SCOPE
VERTICAL 4-"- HOLD
tre2Zgl--
SELECTOR (S)
`7,SHAFT
FIGURE 10. DETECTOR NETWORK
VOLUME CONTROL
R305
CONTRAST CONTROL (R173) EXTENSION SHAFT
BRIGHTNESS i CONTROL
CONTRAST KNOB SHAFT
* DENOTES ITEMS USED IN UHF EQUIPPED RECEIVERS
CLOCK PLUG RECEPTACLE
RECT.
VERT SWEEP
DAMPER
HORZ.OSC.
AGC CLAMP, RATIO SET, 1ST AUDIO
1R178
(7,i)T151 2ND 1-F AMP
ST I -F AMP
CLIPPER NOISE CANC
H082 PHASE BALANCE CDR251
RATIO
DET TRANS
3RD AMP.
1153
TAKEOFFAuo
AlAN
®T171 4.5 MC TRAP64U8 IBOT
VIDEO AMP CANC. CONT
1300 PR I-BOT
SEC -TOP
PHASE DET AUDIO AMP
AC INTERLOCK
R214
111 'III
(THROUGH588LINHOLE) HEIGHT
HOLR2z5H0oLD
C112
FIGURE 11. TUBE & TRIMMER LOCATION
ANT 00
*CIAO i-F RAP
igtot
-Ci00
T6
V101 6807A
R -F
L108
L107
FRONT#5
M.."1
ea_ RIC72.1_ 19
/F2TIC I°°
8004
REAR
law
8117
8206 1000 2 8105
TO UHF OUTPUT
j
TO UHF +Bco DROPPING 0 7...1000
RESISTOR
6.3VAC
TO UHF
0
cT2oo°
FR#O4NT
V101 6807A
4
V102 6X8
5
ICY V
VI
V102A
I/2 6X13 OSC
4.76
Lii3 4MC
0126 06 3 LI27 cH
FRONT
cne
REAR 2
150 LII7A
LI 7C
HI -BAND COUPLING STRAP
178
LI31c,
C116 ..._
VIO2B 1/2 6x8
GONG
srI/_
Rii0
15K
Hill 1506
vs.
MIXER
TET
POINT
FRONT #1
ciTgI L122 cnw
R1,5
aO tLECMHT
CI IU TUNING
CII3 22
REAR*I
68K
L135
20 800
14
2K
R 114 IM LAT:
SETS RE-
PLACE
2.2.h <HO"
SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT OF TUNER, TUBES FACING DOWNWARD. SWITCH SHOWN IN CHANNEL 11 13 POSITION
+270V AGC
(WHITE - (WHITE) ORANGE)
6.3VAC
(BROWN)
FFA?v
iR4AVG/E
FIGURE 12. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR VHF TUNER RJX -080
UNLESS OTHERWEE NOTED
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1. MNIF
CAPACITORS LESS THAN I MF
RESISTORS ARE 112 WATT
K 1000 H. 1,000,000
51
TO I -F AMP
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION GENERAL ELECTRIC "S" Line Service Information, Continued
ROD NUT
LEFT SIDE
ROD
CLAMP NUT
LOOSEN NUT BEFORE REMOVING TUBE 'FROM STRAP ASSEMBLY
SECURING SCREW
WITUK=MM
FROM UBINET
PICTURE TUBE SOCKET
DEFLECTION YOKE
YOKEELL SHOULO UBEBE TIGHT
TO B Or T
CENTERING LEVERS
OTATE TO CENTER MTV
YOKE CLAMP
WING
LoosE
RN
Wcielf&F'
K)91
71 I
FRP,Mtgc.ITTIR CONNEcrs 66.6 6..
V ANODE CONNECTOR
ION TRAP
VillU=g147
mlnrog-
ROD NUT
RIGHT SIDE ROD
14214....44)
L250
BORE BOLO
4\ '.\\\\ \\\ \\\\\\\-\\\V\"\T\\-\\\\\\9!\T \\\\\\\\\\\\\\-\\\\\\\\\\\
FIGURE 2. REAR VIEW, PICTURE TUBE AND CHASSIS BOARD ASSEMBLY
YOKE POSITION (Picture Tilt):
Loosen yoke clamp wing nut and push deflection yoke to seat firmly against bell of picture tube. Rotate yoke and clamp to correct picture tilt (squaring of picture within picture mask). Tighten wing nut after adjustment.
HEIGHT & VERTICAL LINEARITY: These controls (R210 & R214), see Fig. 2, should
be adjusted simultaneously to provide proper picture height consistent with good vertical linearity. The final adjustment should extend the picture approximately 1/8 inch beyond the mask limits.
HORIZONTAL PHASE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT:
This is not considered an installation adjustment but should be performed whenever the horizontal phase detector, oscillator or output tubes are changed. Use barely visible signal.
1. Turn L250 horizontal hold control counterclockwise so that picture is out of sync by 8 bars Using VTVM, set R251 on top of chassis, Figure 11, so that voltage at Test Point VI reads - .5 volt. (Maintain 8 bar condition by additional adjustment of L250).
2. Turn L250 clockwise until picture just pulls in and then continue knob rotation 45 degrees further clockwise. Check lock -in stability on normal signal.
ICONV.
OSC.
06BQ7A
R EAMP
6A F4
CONV.
UHF
CONV.
(0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6AX4 GT
H ORZ.
5U4GA
I RECT.
6AU6
L7
VERT OSC. VERT. OUT.
6BY6
0
CLIPPER
0
NOISE
0
CANCL
0
(0 0 0 0) (0 0 0 0 0 )
7 A U 7
RAT. DE7. AUD
6 T8
DAMP
6AS5
AUDIO,OUT
I B 3GT
0
0o yLlia[ HORZ.OSC.
tio,
II
I -F AMP
X0000)
0000 o
00o 0 0 0
6U8
6BQ6GA
6AU6
6C B6 TEE 6AU8
AUDIO I -F
AMP PHASE DET.
H.V.RECT.
I -F AMP
I -F AMP.
VIDEO AMP (0 o o 00) 10 o oo
CANC. CONT.
HORZ. OUT.
0 0 0 0 0
REAR OF CHASSIS
FIGURE 14. TEST POINT DIAGRAM
52
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
theliallicrafters
Chassis Type Number
A2000 D
B2000 D
C2000 D D2000 D
Models Chassis May Be Used In 21TT500M, 21TT500B, 21K520M, 21K520B, 21KT540M and 21KT540B 21TT501M, 21TT501B, 21K521M, 21K521B, 21KT540M and 21KT540B 24TT510M, 24TT510B, 24KT550M, 24KT550B 24TT511M, 24TT511B, 24KT551M, 24KT551B
UHF ANT.
RI86 470K
VHF ANT
RI88 470K
VHF- UHF CASCODE TUNER
102480
D Mg ONLY
I5a-08 09 0- - -10
Fig. 1. Tube and Alignment Locations for 2000D
1000 MMF SOMMF
3300
TO VERTICAL INPUT SCOPE
Fig. 2. Detector Circuit
50 MMF I MEG
iN60
3300
/VV\Z
TO VERTICAL INPUT SCOPE
Fig. 3 . Detector Circuit
See pages 54-55 for main schematic diagram, and page 56 for alignment.
53
VHF ANT
RI90 470K
8101 RI65
7.2
P102 5102
SRIOI
y 1115
33-"
CI51* 100 0150 MFD
140 MFD
RED LEAD
This circuit is a part of the main schematic printed on pages 54-55. Various points connect to corresponding points of main schematic
as marked.
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2000D, B2000D, C2000D, D2000D, Schematic Diagram
VIOIA 1/2 RAUB 4.5 MC AMP
3
L101
V102 6BN6 SOUND DET. & AUDIO AMR
6
C202 005
r-- 1000V
RI91
// //
///// 33K I W
PICTURE TUBE
CONTROL
FRONT SUPPORT RING BRACKET
13 2000
MODELS
ONLY
D2000
0101 .001 MFD
C 102
2.4
R102 33K
C104
=
RI03 500 BUZZ CONTROL
//)/i
PICTURE TUBE
CHASS- IS
41.25 MC TRAP
C 115
47
REAR SUPPORT RING
C201 39
V104
+135V1
V105
VIO6A
if+ 12 0V1
6C06
606
1/2 SAM8
L103
1ST IF 7
5 1E1104
6 +13551
cA7- 2ND IF
L105 .11
3RD IF
119
.2"-1 RII9
moo!
- -1
0122
RI09
R111
680 ^OA,
R114'C I8K
RI15 47
CII6
R183
12K.
< RII6 1000
C120
.005 MFD
RII7 j_M F 0 180
rM°F1O
R 118
VI06 0
1/2 CAMS VIDEO DET.
ICII2 TT .M0F0D5
T CII3
.001
8II2 150K
RII3 IPVID
150K
I2K 2W
X X
8191 MFD -110KL?W
=-C'VVV--.-'\AA
A
r-
0II4
8
1
R131
4_1 __10_K O_RZ12'K"......I
i:F50 1
C
E
Y4
C 165
.05 MFD
R192
1:1V X X
RI32 2.2 K
I W
C 1 6 8
0.1 MFO
8133 39K
I W
8134 V107A 22K 1/3 CCU SYNC. AMP
8184
R 184
1.2 MEG
R135
1 10K
2I091\
V_.1 8 7
6
1
1
8136 100
-1 ci34 .01 MFD RI38 220K -1(-4 C133 470
RI37
I MEG
Ron
20V. P -P
RI 4 8 22K
RI49 8149
RI50 27K
2W
V108 61316 SYNC. SEP.
R139 270K
1-.55 RI44 270K
0137
1
MFD
1+2351 5
7
RI45 680K
2
RI47 47K
+35V
C138181
al)
YELLOW= LEAD
LOCAL SW2
R140 330K
15 MEG
-,,s""
DISTANT RI4 6 6.8 MEG
ACC SWITCH
RI41
z-
CI35
1. 0.5
620K
5 9+
RI42 2.2 MEG
MFD
1106 5 GRN
V103 V104
V105 V106
6V6 6C86
6C86 6AM8
-r'2 3^4 1114 3^4
V113 6AX4
0147
.1°A%
CI48
kr0
V101 6AU8
V102 6BN6
44 5
V108 6816
V107 VIII 6CN7 6SN7
57
VII2 6C06
8
VII0 V109
VII 5 2IALP4A
654 6CC7
OR
5rN4 5/"4 121'12401MA
C136
MFID
V1OTB
2/3 6CNT
NOR PHASE DET.
RI66
I MEG
RI67 4.7K
RIS IOC
CI66 68
RI68
I MEG R169 I MEG
CI52 .001 ., MFD
NOTES
I. ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER TO CHASSIS GROUND.
2. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 117 VOLTS 60 CYCLE AC. 3. ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC POSITIVE UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
4. ALL CAPACITANCES ARE IN MMFD AND ALL RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
S. * AND HI INDICATE MULTI -SECTION
CAPACITORS.
6. K K APPLIES TO UHF MODELS ONLY.
54
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2000D, B2000D, C2000D, D2000D, Schematic Diagram
R104
680
3115vPP
L106
8121 22K
14C71006
C105 I5
V103
Icloe
666
AUDIO
'01
OUTPUT
R105
5
IMEG
VOLUME
6
R106 IMEG
'AN
25061
600',
3
ICIII
TIOI
4
.02
260VI
C107 .001 MFD
*
I CI09 20
RI07 680
WE
I
GREEN
=
LEAD
MFD
BLUE LEAD
R108 470
C130 33
I(
34,
_ C129 47
L108
VIO1B
L109
1/2 6AU8
VIDEO AMP.
7
124
0.1 MFD
9
8
71
6
CI31
68
16561
i
II C 128 IR
RI27 CI32 15K .1 MFD
4 MFD
BLUE LEAD
7 1110
R122 IMEG
C125
270
C126
.0082 25 MFD
9126 47K
C127
560
7.5K
8124
5W
1000
TAPPED AT
200
CONTRAST
SP101 SP102
VII5 2IALP4A
OR
24 DP4A
8130 100K
48129 5MEG
206 P -P
:139 .1 MFD
R153 1.2 MEG
150v P P
RI54 2.2K
8152 6.8K
2W
+17081
ERI55 11 22K
PC 106
RI56-1 10K 13
1-4.5V1
V109A 1/2 6CG7 SYNC. AMP
C 1(691C140 I .005 .005 I
MFD
MFD_
2 8157
1.25
2M50KEG
STOP
VERTICAL HOLD
UV 5V P -F
LIII
T CI56 3900
1+195v
C155 100
8172 15K
1W
1251
! RI77 RI78
-P 270K 120K IW
-I-C157 270
TT C153 MFD
+15
RBNC
3 6j.
R173 150K
ci54 1+661 RI71
IM1FD VIII -
- 6SN7 -GT
NOR. HOLD
HOR. OSC. 126 PP
-C158
680
8174 15K
R175
2.76
8176 5.61c
CI59 .0068 MFD
/1(1
50V P -P
90V P -P
TEL 7103
BLUE
230-^-10, 50-''
I a0Ic41,
GRN ., mr+-140V
2 / ,'--'-
-40v
C142
3f"
I 470 1
V1096 1/2 6CG7 VERT. OSC.
700V P -P
HEIGHT CONTROL
8159 5 MEG I MEG-STOP
500,71 BLUE
VII 0
6S4 VERT. OUT 44;),1.,
110 4 1800
_T.C014473
J_MFD --r. RI60
I5K
fTEL
RI61 V.E,RuT.
750 Lin.
RI62 12K
014419
I ZSD
=-GRE EN LEAD
1256 P -P
45V P -P
BRIGHTNESS
C146 .005 MFD
II
1
C 1 45 20 MFD
RI63 220K
VERT DELL COILS
S103 P103E-BLUE 36
+420v
GREEN
LII3A
RI64 820K RE01
1
-71 II LI
5103
LI
BLKI P103
C164 69
28,,
LII3B
VI 12
R 81
6CU 6 OR 6D06
10K 2W
CAP
HOR. AMP.
95V P -P
VII4
IX2B
0160 470
8179 470K
CAP
8180 100
-
C161
.047 MFD
1112
'. 7105 2 4 .9.
9
240n $
8182 2.2
5
C163
2 4. .068 MFD
N.V. RECT. 8183
VII3
61rP=i"
4.7K
6AX4 DAMPER
C162 56
10V P -P
HORIZ.DEFL COILS ZERO BEAM
2000 SERIES CHASSIS
VHF
21'
24'
A2000D
C2000D
UHF -VHF
B2000D
D2000D
55
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2000D, B2000D, C2000D, D2000D, Alignment Data
I. F. ALIGNMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Connect the isolation transformer between t he television receiver and the A.C. line.
2. Connect the ground leads of all test equipment to the chassis of the receiver.
3. Connect the positive side of the three volt source to the chassis and the negative side to AGC circuit at the junction of (point © on schematic).
4. Turn station selector to Channel 13. 5. Connect sweep generator to mixer grid through
test point provided on the tuner for this purpose. Use the shortest lead possible to make this connection. If no test point is provided, connect to the mixer tube shield after raising the shield above ground. 6. Connect the oscilloscope through the detector circuit of Fig. 2 to plate pin of V-104 (point 0 on schematic). 7. Adjust mixer plate coil (L-9 on VHF tuner or L-10 on combination tuner) and first I -F amplifier grid
coil (L-103) to obtain response curve as shown in Fig. 5.
8. Remove detector circuit and oscilloscope from plate of first I -F amplifier (point 0 on schematic).
9. Connect high side of oscilloscope through 3300
ohm isolation resistor to junction of L-106 a nd L-107 (point on schematic). 10. Adjust remaining I -F coils as required to obtain response curve as shown in Fig. 6 as follows: (a) Tune the 1st I -F plate coil (L-104) toward the high frequency end of the desired band pass. (b) Tune the 2nd I -F amplifier plate coil (L-105) toward the low frequency end of the desired band pass, keeping the sound trap (rear adjustment on
this coil) adjusted for minimum response at 41.25 mc. (c) Tune the 3rd I -F amplifier plate coil (T-102) approximately to the center of the desired bandpass.
FM SOUND CHANNEL ALIGNMENT
PROCEDURE
1. Connect all test equipment to a common ground. Connect the TVchassis to this same ground after installing an isolation transformer between the power line and the TV chassis, which is necessary because one side of the line cord connects directly to the TV chassis.
2. Connect a 4.5 MC generator with 30% 400 cycle amplitude modAlation to the junction of L-106, L-107 (point IV on schematic).
3. Connect the oscilloscope through the Test Circuit shown in Fig 3 to the cathode pin 11 of picture tube (point (1.9 on schematic).
4. Set contrast control to maximum clockwise rotation and volume control to one-half maximum clockwise rotation.
5. Turn slug in primary, rear, (video amplifier plate winding) of L-108 (sound take -off transformer) completely out of coil, winding in direction away from chassis.
6. Turn slug in secondary, front, (4.5 MC amplifier plate winding) of L-108 completely out of coil, winding in direction toward chassis.
7. Turn slug in primary, rear, of L-108 into coil until a minimum oscilloscope deflection is obtained.
8. Remove test circuit and oscilloscope from picture tube cathode.
9. Connect oscilloscope directly across the secondary of the audio output transformer.
10. Change 4.5 MC generator modulation from 400
cycles 30% AM to FM with 7.5 KC deviation. 11. Set BUZZ CONTROL approximately 90 degrees
from clockwise stop. 12. Reduce generator input below level where output
limiting occurs. 13. Starting with slug completely out of coil winding
on chassis side, adjust quadrature coil, L-102, for maximum oscilloscope indication. Turn volume controldown as required to maintain pattern size on scone. 14. Adjust secondary, front, of L-108 for maximum output indication on oscilloscope. Reduce generator output as required to keep signal level below output limiting.
15. Adjust L-101 (sound coupling transformer) between 4.5 MC amplifier and sound detector grid for maximum output indication on oscilloscope. Reduce generator, as required to keep signal level below output limiting.
16. Increase signal generator output to level above output limiting.
17. Change 4.5 MC generator modulation back to 30%, 400 cycles amplitude modulation.
18. Adjust BUZZ CONTROL R-103for minimum indication on oscilloscope.
19. Change modulation from 400 cycles 30% AM to FM with 7.5 KC deviation.
20. Readjust quadrature coil, L-102, for maximum output indication.
21. Reduce generator output be low level of output limiting and recheck steps 14 and 15.
41.25 MC
z X4 2
mO o
NCO
EQUAL PEAKS
Fig. 5. Alignment Curve
NOT OVER IDB DIFFERENCE IN RELATIVE HEIGHT OF PEAKS, OR I DB SLOPE TO FLAT TOP -CURVE.
Fig. 6. Alignment Curve
56
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
hallicrafters
VHF
A 2003
CHASSIS B 2003
Chassis Type Number
Models Chassis May Be Used In
A2003 D B2003 D
17TS700M, 17TS71OT, 17TS720T
17TS700MA, 17TS71OA, 17TS72OTA, 17TS73OTA
ivERT HOLD
BRIGHTNESS
OFF -ON VOLUME
CONTRAST
CONTROL BRACKET
FINE TUNING STATION SELECTOR
T 104 VERT. OUT
VERT LINEARITY
CONTROL R138
VERT OUT
AUDIO OUTPUT
V2 5U8
OR
5AT8
DEFLECTION YOKE BRACKET WING SCREW
v104 588
V109 124%4 G A
DAMPER
HORIZ OUTPUT
V107 6SN7GTB
HORIZ. OSC.
L HORIZ.
HOLD
L102 OUADRATURE
0COIL
L108
LIMITER DETECTOR
VIDEO AMP 4.5MC AMP
AMAUDIO
0L106
COSUNPLIING
FRONT -SEC` REAR -PRI
BUZZ POT
0
UHF ATAL CLIPS MIXER
L2
A
A
Fig. 1. Tube and Alignment Locations for A2003 and B2003
-t
-1
-rear-
L5
L6
T2--
731-
C
5-3 3513C5
6
SAT8
See pages 58-59 for
circuit diagram and page 60 for alignment information.
R5 474
600MA B+I35V FIL 600 A GC
NOTE ALL CAPACITORS IN NUT
2 FEED THRU CAPACITORS 800 MAW MIN UNLESS NOTED TALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT UNLESS NOTED
CI8 1000
IC19
92
0IF._-_
OUT
Fig. 9. VHF Tuner Schematic 1D2653
57
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2003D, B2003D, Circuit Diagram
4124 470K
ENAA-1
I
CII2
I
1- -4; 1Z3-i
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lt -rI
1
ANTENNA'
I
I
-ct 1- -1:- °_,
VHF TUNER
IE 2653 B-2003
4I - - -- - - -1
1 47° I
L\AA,-/
RI25
470K
-1 - - 1- - 1-- - - -i
I
L
0102 3.0
VIOIA 1/2 6AU8 4.5MC AMP
RI24 470K
V104A 1/2 5B8 1ST IF AMP
* SUPPRESSOR GRID INTERNALLY CONNECTED TO CATHODE (PIN I I OF TRIODE SECTION.
9
TIO2
4i -1150V
Cii2 470
ANTENNA 0
S C113
470
JUMPER L
-1 YEL
BLK
470K
R 125
B-2003 CHASSIS ONLY FOR REMOTE
I
CI
CONTROL CONNECTION
L _ _ _
:7;
R149
VHF TUNER
IE 2632 A-2003
AGO
THIS LEAD REMOVED WHEN TERMINAL STRIP
IS USED
SR -101
BLUE LEAD
L109
20,.-r C129 - MED
RED LEAD
Cli7
ISO
4126 220 Gip&
OI MFD T
- C156
.25
I TO -3V AOC
1 \ 4." C 5 0.25 MFD
RI12 IM
C ,04II6%
8127 I5K
PIC- -2-63 -
C130 I 270
8128 I 330K
0132 01
RI3O 22K
I W
450 P -P
V
CI31 25
RI29
411. ISO
AGC
8132 I8K I W
461133
NOTES I. ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A VACUUM
TUBE VOLTMETER TO CHASSIS GROUND. 2 SUPPLY VOLTAGE 117 VOLTS 60 CYCLE AC. 3 ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC + POSITIVE UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4 ALL CAPACITANCES ARE IN MMFD AND ALL
RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED 5. INDICATES MULTIPLE SECTION CAPACITOR.
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2003D, B2003D, (Used in various models)
- - V1058
5B8
SYNC. CLIP
YI09
0131
V108
6
6
2
0159 .01
VIII V107 V106 V102
V103
V101
12 7
6
1
55
46
5
TUNER
VIO5 LII0 V104
CU0F0O7=1_1'0m'0F: D = MFD
SO -101 I--
RI50 I MEG
R.7I5K1
LIII HORIZ. HOLD
714 V107 6SN7 GTB " HORIZ. OSC.
RI32 IMEG
I MEG Ri53
CI46 001
B,
Ci45
001
MFD
CI
A I DUAL SELENIUM DIODE 27-226 ON SOME SETS 2 SELENIUM DIODES 27-227 ON SpME SETS
58
/ VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
V102 3BN6
R104 470
0107 001
R105 6806
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2003D, A2003D
TIO1
FM DET. AUD. AMP
1m,.N"
C01109 01
MFD
45
cu.
01
MFD
NOTE.
1
RUN
- MOUNTED ON SPEAKER.
I
RUN 2 -MOUNTED ON CHASSIS.
SP -I01
R109
I8K
R106
330K
ClIge
VOL.
Cill
10MFD
NOTE TICK N SPl01-A2003 RUN 2 8 82003
CONT
0101-1 8 SP101-1-82003 RUNI
GREEN
V103
14108 120
LEAD
1 2 L6
AUD. OUT
V 105A 1/2 5 B8 2ND IF AMP
TIO3
9
IC106
RIOT 10K ivd
0124 33
iv*A.311
4.5 V P -P
CRIOI 0120
L104
C123
020
L106
VIOIB
I/2 6AU8 17'71 ir8tn.r-.
VIDEO AMP 9
C122 C1 MFD
-2V
o(n--
a 643mFo
#A#0t 759 P -P
C126 OIMFD
LIO8
11154'
L107 R3!95K
RI20 47K
R 119
Ri2t 1206
V III 1 7HP4
2
IO 16
RII5 180
C121 10
CONTRAST CONTROL
5 91'12Es
-
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
P123 T 0127 1 MFD
C135
.002 WO
1(
9134 1006
HEIGHT
5MEG P142
0143 3 3M
6141 1006
69
Cr 36 40 3900
V104B
1ERt40
[134
V2 588 1006
.00i
VERT OSC.
R139
15MEG
VERT HOLD'
47' 40 P P R144
135 V
C140
01
1450
II
CI39
.047 MP()
1-1501
R145
- .0C41378
1.5
I MFD
MEG
T104 240''
II
1000V P -P
V106 12L6 VERT OUT
R,37 470K
R13e 200VP-P
2MEG
VERT
LI N.
WOK 0136
135V
V108 12 006 HORIZ. OUT
CAP
110V P -P
C153 -45V
820
4
5
52
45
RI60
10(
470K
R159
-7,501
4.76
2.5V IOU R -P
10157
7550.
1
R1581 120K1
:f>F1158
5/ A
NOT FOUND ON ALL SETS
12161
33K
0151 005 MFD
IF -
R162
2206
R163 100
75V. P -P
VIIO IX2B H.V. RECT
CAP
TIO5
1200V P -P
L112 135V
C154
Ci56
V109 12AX4 GTA
DAMPER
I- GREEN-
1
1 I
I ... I
WHITE
R147 6130
0148 680
1
I li
2201
I
I
I
BLUE
I
-- JI
L II3A VERTICAL DEFLECTION
COILS
A2003 SERIES CHASSIS
114
RUN I&2
82003 SERIES CHASSIS RUN I
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
COILS LII3B
R164
-V47\0A0
RED
1
C155 47
- _J ELK.
59
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HALLICRAFTERS Chassis A2003D, B2003D, Alignment Information
i. Connect negative terminal of 3 volt battery to point E and the positive terminal to the chassis.
2. Generator should be coupled to set through a 1000 mmf. capacitor. (mica or ceramic)
3. Couple scope to set through the detector circuit of Fig. 3 as required in chart. When no detector circuit is required, couple the scope through a 3300 ohm isolation resistor.
1000 MMF 50MMF
4-1(
150
3300
1N60
TO VERTICAL INPUT SCOPE
4-1(50 MMF
I MEG
IN 60
3300
/NAN
TO VERTICAL INPUT SCOPE
Fig. 3 . IF Detector Ckt.
I. F. ALIGNMENT
GENERATOR
1. Mixer Tube Shield (raise shield above ground).
2. 1st I.F. grid.
3. 2nd I.F. grid. 4. Mixer grid T.P.
MARKER FREQUENCY SCOPE
42.75 & 45.75
Det. Ckt. to "A".
,.
,.
,,
.,
tf
If
Det. Ckt. to "B".
"C"
Fig. 4. FM Detector Ckt.
ADJUST
Mixer plate coil (L3) and L 103 for curve in Fig. 5. T 102 for curve in Fig. 5. T 103 for curve in Fig. 5. Touch up all coils as needed for curve in Fig. 6.
APPROX. 80%
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1. Couple generator to set in at point "C" through a 1000 mmf. capacitor. 2. Couple scope to set through detector circuit of Fig. 4, as required in chart. 3. Set contrast control to maximum clockwise, volume control to 1/2 maximum clockwise,
and buzz control 90 degrees from clockwise stop. 4. Keep generator output below level where limiting occurs except as shown in chart.
Fig. 5. Individual Response Curve
SOUND ALIGNMENT
GENERATOR
1. 4.5 mc./30% 400 cps. AM modulation.
SCOPE
Detector ckt. Point "D".
ADJUST
Primary L 106 completely out of coil. Secondary L 106 completely out of coil. Primary L 106 into coil for min. scope indication.
2. 4.5 mc./7.5 kc. devi-
ation FM.
Across sec. audio O.P. x'frmr.
L 102 completely out of coil (toward chassis), and then in for max. scope indication.
Sec. L 106 into coil for max. indication. L 101 for max. scope indication.
3. Increase output level
If
Buzz control for min. scope indication.
above limiting. 4.5
mc./30% 400 cps. AM.
4. Output level above limiting. 4.5 mc./ 7.5 kc. deviation. FM.
L 102 for max. scope indication.
5. Retouch L 101, L 102, and L 106 for maximum scope indication.
OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE
Fig. 6. Overall Response Curve
60
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CHASSIS 411-21 is used in Models 21SF179, 21B179S 21P180S, 21M193, 21B194, 21P195.
CHASSIS 412-21 is used in Models 21U208-5, 21M351S,
21B352S, 21P353S, 21M363, 21B364, 21P365,
21M728S, 21B729S, 21P731S.
CHASSIS: 411-21, 412-21,
413-24. 414-24
CHASSIS 413-24 is used in Models 24W196, 24M196, 24B197, 24W370, 24M370, 24B371, 24P372.
CHASSIS 414-24 is used in Model 24U211-5.
,UHF
TUNER
v
116AF4/ _
6U8 FOR UHF
5U4GA OR GB ON CHASSIS
411 8 412
T 201 4225 MC -L201 39.75 MC TRAP
Z 202 47.25 MC TRAP
T202 45.3 MC
POWER TRANS.
6S 4 ON CHASSIS 411 8 412
T203 4225 MC
41.25M C TRAP Z203
1204 44.75MC
T205 43 MC
L101 4.5MC
TIOI 4.5MC
To .0C010s7
JUNCTION -R -I R 103-01013
TV.
P11 ONO
5 101 10
6106 500 6 VOLUME
CO:3°39
R107 33K
V103
TO S 301 6 AV6
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
CHO
.0047
WO% IM TONE
C108
11111 0047
L302
4.5MC
',CHASSIS '6V6 I 412 8 414
/ONLY
6806 ON
CHASSIS
411 8 412
_6K6 ON
a CHASSIS
111 413
Errn:7"\\ BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
R 111
2206
V 109
6K6GT
AUDIO OUTPUT
AUDIO SECTION OF
0 113
CHASSIS 411-21 8 413-24
T IOU
5102
-1102
P101
LS 01
BL
CH
.01
C 112 .01
R HO
4/01,
R112
560
RED
BLKJ
C 113 SOME
C 114 - DOME.
9 NOTE. SOCKET J102 VIEWED FROM RECEPTACLE SIDE. PLUG P101 VIEWED FROM PIN SIDE.
J 103
TO
JUNCTION R403-0405
61
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HOFFMAN Chassis 411-21, 412-21, 413-24, 414-24, Schematic Diagram
The major electrical difference in the four chassis aside from tuner usage is in the sweep sections and the audio section. Chassis 411-21 and 412-21 are electrically the same except in the audio section. Chassis 411-21 has single ended audio and a single
tone control. Chassis 412-21 has the Hoffman Hi-Fi audio section with separate bass and treble controls. The difference in the tube type used for audio driver
eliminates the AGC delay diode from the audio section.
A selenium diode is therefore used on Chassis 412-21 to provide the AGC delay voltage. One schematic
diagram plus a small schematic diagram of the Chassis 411-21 audio section can therefore be used for both Chassis 411-21 and Chassis 412-21.
Chassis 413-24 is the 24 inch version of Chassis 411-21 and has single ended audio section. Chassis 414-24 is the 24 inch version of Chassis 412-21 and
has the Hoffman Hi-Fi audio system.
R. F. TUNER
PART NO, 9838 (UHF -VHF) PART NO, 9839 CASCODE VHF PART NO, 98x1 (UHF -VHF)
42.5 MC
V 101
6 AU 6 SOUND IF
R102 22 K
F 6,3 V
A G.C.
R201
I6
+ 260 V.
C201
.005
R202 150
X1508
JO
P201
rl
I
I
0101 2.2
4.5 MC
.1
L101
IC102
T'8
I -
R101 150
PICTURE I.F.
201 42.25 MC. T 201
204 _ 7
0203 33
itL2309.175 MC
_
=C205 1000
JT.
R401 470
V(2.17
R207 CFO 45.3 MC. T202
G207 47
3 R206
47 CZOC" 1000
R208 ISE
6CB 6
2.4 PICTURE I.F. R 210 470
G210 2 470
C209-11000
#20
2I1
120
210.2. 361.1%919RE 1 . F.
0213
MC.
1000 =
11213
470
211
2K
7
1C2222
7770.
61
S
47 R 212 47 0214
1000
02
470
S
V.
6/138
4.*PICTUME 1.F.
150 V
44. INC. T 204
#210 470
9
'81
8214
'
Rie02151
C2I7 '000
_10 12210016 0218 470
R BO 330K
NOTE: Production Variations are indiceted by "A" "B", etc., on schematic.
01,W4E_
WITS
NN..
BELE
YEL CR
YELLOW
MACE
130
RED
RED
8_8
V901
GY
5U4 GB
POWER RECTIFIER
04.401
-6R"
V501
6C S6
8 SYNC.SEPARATOR
60 VPP
140612.
8505 390K
R504
ISK
V502
14 6AN8
2M 5411C SEPARATOR
-
U
45 VPP HORIZ.
#505 2211
R502
S. 260 V.
"5223,
*81908
SEE NOTE 740.9
.3
rD
> >>
R
4,5 4 4 9 IL 2 ,3 3 5
84
I
El
27
NOTES.
I. BUS VOLTAGES ARE FOR 117V.LIM E. ZERO SIGNAL. 2.ALLCAPAOTANC6 SHOW/1 AS DECIMAL FRACTIONS ARE MICROFARADS.T HOS SHOWN AS
WHOLE NUMBERS ARE MICROMICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL RESISTANCES ARE OVEN IN OHMS, K1000 CLAMS. M 1,000,000 OHMS.
18 VPP H ORIZ.
4, ARROWS BY POTENTIOMETERS INMATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION. UNSHIELDED ASSY OR UNSHIELDED TRANSFORMER.
B.
SHIELDED ASSY OR SHIELDED TRANSFORMER. INDICATES EXTERNAL
7Z' 2
SHIELD WHEN SHOWN AROUNDV NUMBERS. GANGED SWITCH SECTIONS.
TUNER OUTPUT ABLE SHOULD HAVE A NOMINAL CAPACITY OF 22 110 II 111MF
WHICH IS EQUIVALENT TO IP ji INCH. OF CAKE NO15195.
8204 AND V205 OCCUPY THE SAME ENVELOPE.
V401 AND v 502 OCCUPY THE SAME ENVELOPE
T.P. RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT TEST POINT.
9.GROUND CONNECTION FROM PIN I, V501, MAY BE REMOVED WHEN EFFECT OF IMPULSE NOISE MUST BE MINIM1ZED
R 510 1.71K
6A
HOROCwIT5AL
160 V
ea
ICIRRONTAK
tRA
C701
po,
oucef100K
17K0 4 1144
"*" RR;
647°7038
C704.
C706 - 10 MF
110
I
62
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HOFFMAN
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR MARK V CHASSIS 411-21 a 412-21
WAVEFORM DATA
411-21 with tuner No. 9839. All controls were adjusted for a normal picture on a transmitted signal.
Operating voltage was 117 volts 60 CPS AC, with B+
Waveforms should closely resemble those shown on
values as indicated on the schematic measured with
the schematic. All waveforms shown are sketches of actual oscillographs observed on oscilloscope.
a vacuum tube voltmeter. A negative 3 volts reading was measured across the video detector load, 4.7
Slight variations may occur because of type of scope
volts IF AGC, 4. 5 volts RF AGC. Do not take peak
used, signal received on the television set, adjust-
to peak reading at plate of V602 unless suitable test
ment of controls and chassis type variation. Receiver
used for producing these waveforms has Chassis
equipment is available to handle the high value of voltage spikes which are present at this point.
V 102
6AL5
A Y,rRATIO DET
B 4. o "1-
C
"1- D
/"BOTTOM VIEW OF T 101
T101
6-4.5 R t°3 MC 180 2
{C 104
.004
Ct
I
TV PlIONO 'N... 6101
TO 5301
0103
12AX7 iv Aug°
9304
6V6
V105
6V6
AUDIO OUTPUT
.260
ALDO OUTPUT
R116 33K
T102
C107
0J101
000
GF 1061 220
6104
C106
10K
6 106
YE
TREBLE TP
7 ,C10F5
0105
0109 .0047
2011
BASS Mr
.0047
AMEiLl 6109
66011
RII 470K
R7II4 4 0 K3
C117
.067
CII27 R C i4 .033 ;III
2 gg
df6ili
8
270K
2M
C110
0113
.UM
.0047
C116
.033
9120 2706
10K
0107 39K
RII0
0112
47K
6116 ppm 100K
C118 50147
6119 270
I
5102
6121 1.8
Ji02
0I 1402 .103 J 103
Z 101
L5101
TEL ..11
T
6A58
VIDEO DETECTOR
MC. .5
10
IIC
R 217 12
3.5 VPP
MOR
r 2.30.3 1
V401
C
BOTTCAt VIEW OF T 205
t 204
re'L
22051 ION L.70 0216 336
V301
4M5c
PKITER
128Y7 VIDEO AMPUFIER
60 VPP NORIZ.
6303
2301
T
47044
3 It
"IP"
Z 302 A G C
0405 4 7 0 K
yl
._1 0219 476
CLAMPING DIODE
'DSO .006 R301 33
17-:,
III
26240N3
RSO
600
ONTRAST
L. _Leo v
6404
12011
R407
4711
FrA ROOK56
004073 -
C
260
6410 3.3K
R611 50
6416
C 302 WOO
.TO $101
9306
220 K
1500.
TV r.9392
5301
BRIGHTNESS
t11305 506
R307 2 2 K
.0 303 .22
g NOTE;
SOCKET .1102 VIEWED FROM RECEPTACLE SIDE. PLUG P101 VIEWED FROM PIN SIDE.
F AUG 131./5 D WILD AGC
00 005
1.6 VPP FE RT.
0 501
1;513 R5I4 6315
2211
'1126
26
I
C303 .C504AK C505-. 002 .005 .005
O
0. 0502 0 0 47
46 VP/ NORIZ PINK
06 120K
OWE RTIO 506
M C710
C47 O9
R711 5.6 K
V601
6SN7GT
VERTICAL OSCILLATOR
vERTiCAL OurPuT
R602
IRO
8604
601
BOK
I
6 601 4.70
4 5 VPP '$60 VENT. 986
8603
K
0602 047
vER1 MOLD
8606 1,2 m
6604
v703
6906GT
HOIRIZMITAL OUTPUT
71z1
6713
10
106 VPP
MORI Z
F 5
0704 6 AX4 DAMPING DIODE
4260 V
1706
6714
470
0712 47
712
470 K
C 711
C 713
I 033
R413
4.79
1
1
6000PP
VERT.
(IL GRN
611
1506
0607 71 10 MED
TZ.V6
C80111
.022
-4
612
29 ? FOCUS
ALI
' ==-T1
MI
V 1
.::11 333
L-
0167 L601 DEFL
1
3 2701
864 560
KV. RECTIFIER
CTES
`.j1717?._C717
i_IC6674 L704
j
T 701
=°4771T421,119F
R 716 22
V302
CAP 6 4
2IAUP4A
21 '11
WIDTH
NV,
6716 2.7
PICTURE TUBE
(Alignment on page 64, over)
63
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
HOFFMAN Chassis 411-21, 412-21, 413-24, 414-24, Alignment Information
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1534
6. Adjust L303 (4. 5 MC trap in picture tube cathode circuit) for minimum indication on the meter.
Figure 14. DETECTOR NETWORK
SOUND I. F. ALIGNMENT
1. Connect voltmeter from junction of R104 and R105 (TP on schematic) to chassis ground. Apply a 4.5 MC unmodulated signal through a . 005 mfd capaci-
tor to the grid of the video amplifier tube.
2. Align the primary of T101 (bottom slug) and L101 for maximum indication on the meter. Keep the 4. 5MC signal from the generator to a level which gives approximately 4 volts reading on the meter:
3. Keep one voltmeter lead attached to T. P. as in step 1 and move the other lead from chassis to the junction of R103, C106, C107 (audio take -off
point).
10 K Mime
Shield
x.001 uf
0
0
VIDEO I, F. ALIGNMENT
Connect a voltmeter from the chassis to Pin #2 of V301 with 10K 1/2W resistor in series with the meter lead. Apply unmodulated R. F. signal to the grid of the tuner converter tube, with frequencies listed in Table C, below, and adjust for minimum or maximum indication on the voltmeter as indicated.
Note: In all steps of the Video IF Alignment the input signal level should be maintained at a value which develops approximately one (1) volt across the voltmeter.
To check the over-all response of the I. F. strip, use an oscilloscope with high vertical gain. Remove the voltmeter from pin #2 of the video amplifier and connect the oscilloscope through the isolation network (Figure 15). Connect a sweep generator with center frequency of 43.50 MC to the tuner converter grid. Slight readjustment of the I. F. transformers and converter coil may be necessary to give the best response curve. The 10% limits specified in Figure 16 should be carefully considered before deciding that further adjustment is necessary. This is especially important outside the normal reception area where sensitivity becomes more important.
Figure 15. OSCILLOSCOPE ISOLATION
4. Adjust the secondary of the ratio detector transformer (top slug of T101) for zero indication on the meter. Keep 4.5 MC input at the same level as in step 2. Tune in a station on the receiver and readjust Ratio Detector to point of best sound if any buzz is evident in the sound.
10% LIMIT ON /
TILT
IOX LIMIT Pi
DIP
10% LIMIT ON 404.150ED CORNERS
DOWM
42
50%
DOWN
45.75
5. With 4.5 MC input signal applied as in steps 2, 3 and 4, connect a detector network to the picture tube cathode lead and connect the meter across it. Refer to Figure 14.
FREQUENCY. we
Figure 16. IF RESPONSE CURVE
INPUT FREQUENCY
ADJUST
TABLE C TUNE FOR
DESCRIPTION
(1) 41. 25MC
(2) 43. 00MC
(3) 44. 75MC
(4) 42.25MC (5) 45.30MC (6) 42.25MC (7) 42.25MC
(8) 39. 75MC
(9) 47. 25MC
(10) 42. 25MC (11) 42. 50MC (12) Repeat Steps (8
Z203
Min.
T205
Max.
T204
Max.
T203
Max.
T202
* T-1
Max. Min.
T201
Max.
L201
Min.
Z202
Min.
T202
Max.
* T-1
Max.
and (9) as last step of the Video IF Alignment
Co -Channel Sound Trap 4th IF Transformer 3rd IF Transformer 2nd IF Transformer 1st IF Transformer Tuner Converter Coil IF Input Transformer
Adjacent Channel Video Trap
Adjacent Channel Sound Trap IF Input Transformer Tuner Converter Coil
*The converter plate coil of -All -Wave tuners 9838 and 9861 is L14 instead ofT-las indicated in the above table.
64
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TV
Manavox
600 SERIES (see pages 66-67 for circuit diagram and list of models)
ti
/-
i-_,...rc)
.Q..).- LL.
ty: ...
- 1I
0 1 01.g le
-1
i
ILI
...,..... L.,*
(:) ,e5 C)
,
.
. Ii e
c>..r,..)m=4. Tra.,. 01.4
.._..,
nw:
M- 075
650 SERIES (see page 68 for circuit diagram and list of models)
44111111111r
#410 4:11
lip 0
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT'0
_.-1
For 600 Series
Connect positive terminal of a tapped 4% volt "C" battery to chassis, -114 volt tap to junction of C213 and 8224, and -3 volt tap to junction of C212 and R223. Set "Fringe -Local" switch to local position and Contrast control fully counter -clockwise (min. contrast).
For 650 Series
r Note 2: Connect positive terminal of a tapped 4'4 volt "C" battery to chassis, -1'4 volt tap to
t junction of R201 and R204, and -3 volt tap to junction of C213 and R227.
SWEEP GEN. COUPLING
SWEEP GEN. FREQUENCY
MARKER GEN. COUPLING
MARKER GEN. FREQUENCY
CONNECT SCOPE
ADJUSTMENTS
1st IF grid (test point TP1 on main chassis)
43mc. Adjust gain so trap suckout is visible.
Converter grid. (Use test point lead wire thru top of VHF Tuner)
47.2Smc modulated. Adjust gain so pip is just visible.
Across vid. det. load R211. Place 10K res. in series with probe.
Adjust trap (top of T202) to center pip in suckout. See Fig. 1. Max. attenuation is at two core positions, use one with
slug furthest out.
43 mc. Set
gen. output
"
for approx .
"
21' P/P out-
put at scope.
Unmodulated 42.75 mc. 45.0 mc. 45.75 me.
Check for response curve similar to Fig.
2. Tune T203 for max. gain between 42.75
"
mc and 45.75 mc. Tune T202 (bottom slug)
to place 45.75 mc marker at 60% response.
Tune T201 to place 42.75 mc marker at
60% of response. Recheck 47.25 mc trap.
Converter grid
Loosely
(use wire test
couple
point lead fed
thru top of VHF
"
Tuner)
Some as above
Set VHF Tuner to clear channel (6-13).
Tune converter plate coil L3 for max.
gain with 45.75 mc marker at 50% re-
It
sponse. (See Fig. 2.) Tune 1st IF grid
coil T201 for max. gain and proper tilt.
Interaction might require repeating these
two adjustments until Fig. 2 is dupli-
cated.
VHF ant. terms. Channels 2
Use network in thru 13 R.F.
Fig. 4 if cable
"
is not balanced.
UHF crystal term. 43 mc. same
nearest UHF osc. gain
"
tube use 1K iso-
lotion resistor.
Same as above Same as above
Check all channels for bandwidth, slope
and position of carrier. Use oscillator
"
trimmer to set osc. at high VHF channel
for middle of fine tuner range.
Set VHF Tuner to UHF position. Adjust
"
R.F. amp. grid coil A41 for min. tilt
(slug of A41 is at top rear of VHF
Tuner). Response should conform to Fig.2
Round Corners
r'-- -
-
"
45.0 MC 95% to 100%
50 ohm Output Cable
100 ohm
60% 42.75 MC
45%
- 10% Valley Limit , 5% Round Top / 10% Tilt Limit
60% 45.75 MC 45%
50 ohm
To Receiver Antenna Terminals
,-
150 ohm
IMPEDANCE MATCHING NETWORK
47.25 MC
Fig. 1
SIG. GEN. COUPLING Couple thru .005 mfd. capacitor to terminal "D" of video detector transformer.
SIG. GEN. FREQUENCY
Unmodulated 4.5mc +.01%
Fig. 2
47.25 MC
SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
VTVM CONNECTION
Probe to pin 3 of 618 discriminator tube in series with 10K isolation resistor at probe end, low side of meter to chassis.
"
"
"
Fig. 3
ADJUSTMENTS
Tune primary of T101, L102 and 1101 all for max. output on meter. Keep reading between 6.5-7 V. for accuracy by adjust ing signal input or detuning section of T101. Tune secondary of TIO1 descriminator transformer for zero indication on meter. True indication is point where indicating voltage swings positive or negative.
65
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MAGNAVOX List of Models using 600 Series Chassis:
CTA440AA to CTA442AA, CTA475AA, CTA476AA, CTA479AA through CTA481AA, CMUA440AA to CMUA442AA, CMUA475AA, CMUA476AA, CMUA479AA to CMUA481AA.
11 NIP
V I 6107A Ls
UW r6 Ulir
IS 16
Cs
16
4;1
3314 C14
470
0 TUT
LUG
1101
c651=
SOUND IF
5104 6AU6
1255
5 12
r
cult
16670
eXt 6AU6
111,1,11,
53517( SEC
f(E VHF Yodel.
ONLY unr
ullr
C044-
66101 0094
WW2 0011
0202
RI 10014
470 R5 660
11=
.11404 CT 470 1-*
4
CIS 470
If C17
05C
V2a 6US
10
$32
Goo
TEST 15150E0 IF PO0INT 51201 6C16
1101
120
5
7201
1)(43.4 MC
310 00E01
5202 6C16
5 205
uc 41.43
c.1201
62
0201
1014
56
Cs2e0a2
0205
514
C203
56
C212±
R21063 j
0204
116
0204 470
620
C16
6
RI
22
1-
eo o
o
213
C611 I
FINE T16621G
11305
C612 1.610
L606 000
C4470T6.-
604
C613
161705C
V102 614
1.614
1.1004
TUT
POINT
717
I -I 1035 i-6
1613
470 1615
1611 Le.
4-
C614_
470
CI
" C1131-'
5502 0
22200
C302 150
573E SEP 265
5112 551.11159
5301 12AU7
Note ^A^
02041 100
R504
506
2w
4706 0505
211 R302 4.7 MEG
2205
14.101 Note "A"
5301
9
96304f
16307.e 116E01
220V
9311 220
C401 .001
ROM De
5401 6ALS
R416 2W
95403
41C01
95
C404
.047
T
l4.75M40C4G
5402 -
R.1 33
nor9010 .
2/05 2300 (TO VW TlallER
' NS. 4re used only on eh sss i s equipped wian
INI1 Tuner.
111 capacitance ...aloes are in 0...e'en-micro farads unless otherwise specified.
\II resistor alues are la ohms otherwise pecified.
vtsurements .remade with
2/05
66
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Magnavox (For list of models see page at left.)
600 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS
7101
MMP 91020 6Te
AUDO CUTPU1
0103 6W6GT
BLUE
T202 2
1113 AUG 11
V203 /30136
1809,
T203
4
3164 10
RFC
C206 .02
L202
070 4111
OR BLX OR
0212 LIEG
R223
1 MEG
R224 I MEG
R13 5.15K
MEG AMP
9204 6AU6
4
C502 Di
5
MUD 1:
0213 CONTRAST
L203 3404.1n
OR
000
6215
47n
330K
R 217 5.615
2W
66 4700
R 219 $ 270K
002313=
6 301 Ion
1.205 045011
0064
OR
0.2.9 E 1000
180v
9214
I W 30v
V205
PICTURE TUBE
21AL134A /203044
PC 301
T
a
A
-I C304 005
RN C
_. 141371K0 0300050 ^
60C PS
/20096,
M90, u0696.
C41o6CoI,vr.
KM OW
9302 6SN7GTA
0306 .I MID
yuT oifTPUT
0303 654
409
C304
.0027
60
6334 270K
110
R315 I.5 MEG
It
915000
BLUE
6320
- 30
T301,
MOM
C01.17101.
CD34077-
RL 0306
R317 MEC
R 321 1K
05010 SORArD GRN
.047100
1
631e 25mEG
mi. Han
RITI4
6430.221
CONTROL
8325
195
L 301
6323 50
RED
R324 ISO
6,44C,
00- 'I
140012 OUTPUT
6C U6 V403 OR
61106G
31
MEASk1
250 75
C0441071
T401
6412
tOK SW
04
CV _190T.itiZED NFD
f
T,102
0414
-T
HY RECT
v404 163GT
11:00,
WPM V405 6AX4GT
F 401 150 MA
8414 6800
67
1/2 6 T FS AUDIO AMP
V1028
r--", won ail
1
/2 6T8
JIs ,tmINATCR 91021
CIRCUIT L1560 IN '754704A 8 CMUE1470AA
6AU6
SOUND I -F AMP V104
6AU6
LIMITER
V ICA Is
LL
L10
6CB6
I ST VIDEO I -F
V 201
6CB6
2ND VIDEO I -F V 202
L20
1/2 6otiN8 SYNC SEP
V 204E1
Es
1/2 6AN8
SYNC SPLITTER
V 206B
Or
6 AL5
PHASE DET. V 401
21011.1t
I 1,101.
1/2 6T8
DISCRIMINATOR V 102A
NOTE SIOIC USED ONLY ON CHASSIS CTD47IAA 6 CMUD47168
m.
1678
AUDIO AMP V10213
MS.
6W6 GT
AUDIO OUTPUT V 103
C$0.0
7":
6CB6
3RD VIDEO I -F V 203
AUDIO CIRCUIT USED IN CHASSIS CTD47IAA AND CMUD47IAA
1/2 6AW8
r VIDEO AMP V 2044
J001
6 S 4 VERT
V O3U0TPUT
6SN7GTA
HO 05C V 4R 02
1/2 6AN8
A G.0 HEVER
V 206A HOIVOINPUT
V 403
PC 501
6SN7GTA
VERT OSC.
V 302
s
I B3 GT NV. RECT.
V 404
6A X4 DAMPER
V 405
(ador Mal*
Carr
4
2
en
act
cm
1tiA01
O
CD
CD U)
aat).
cr
0 4
Cn
a)
4
a)
co
0
cra
4
*'";----;-.7,- '."
'A=
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MOTOROLA
TELEVISION
CHASSIS TS -530
Model
Z1TZ5CH Y21T25CH
21T25PK Y2IT25PK
21T25TN
Description Table, metal: charcoal Table, metal: charcoal Table, metal: pink Table, metal: pink Table, metal: tan
RECEIVER MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
TV
Chassis
TS -530 TS -530Y TS -530 TS -530Y TS -530
Model
Y21T25TN 21K38
Y21K38 21K38B
`121K38B
Description
TV
Chassis
Table, metal: tan Console, masonite: red-brn mahogany Console, masonite: red -bra mahogany Console, masonite: limed oak I Console, masonite: limed oak
i
TS -530Y TS -530 TS -530Y
TS -530 TS -530Y
Circuit diagram of TS -530 is on pages 70-71, alignment information is on pages 72 and 73, service hints are on page 74, and waveshapes references are given in the circuit diagram and illustrated on pages 75 through 78.
REMOVING THE RECEIVER AS A UNIT
The back cover is held in place by means of metal friction clamps arranged around the edges of the cover and one self -tapping screw located between the serial number opening and the power cord connection. Once the screw is removed, the cover may then be carefully pried off with a screwdriver. Removing the receiver as a unit 1. Remove hex head screw in back cover (located between the serial number and the power cord inlet). Pry back cover off using a screwdriver. 2. Disconnect the speaker plug. (Remove speaker if equivalent field coil is not available in the shop.) 3. Remove the fibre L-shaped tie -down strip in the upper portion of the chassis (the strip bolts to chassis and edge of cabinet).
4. Working at front of cabinet: remove the glass retainer
located at the top edge of the safety glass. 5. Hold safety glass and remove bottom glass retainer and escutcheon plate. Remove safety glass and place in a safe location. 6. Remove the two Phillips head screws exposed by the top safety glass retainer removal. 7. Slide cabinet slightly off edge of working area so that bolts underneath cabinet may be reached. Remove bolts holding bottom pan to the cabinet only. Do not remove the bolts holding the bottom pan to the chassis7Zorrect bolts may be seen from rear of receiver.) 8. Remove entire front of cabinet with bottom pan, chassis and picture tube attached. CAUTION: Bending or warping bottom pan or cabinet front will make replacement of unit difficult.
CABINET FRONT
SIZEHORIZ
HORIZ OSC TEST RECEPT
OSC
GND
AFC
YOKE PLUG VERT LIN
VERT SIZE
AC Ulf
INTERLOCK
REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
AGUADAG
GROUNDING SPRING
BOTTOM "PAN"
69
YOKE
PICTURE CENTERING
DEVICE
ION TRAP YOKE
WEDGE CLAMP
RECEPT
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TUNER
114 TUBER COIMECTIONS
T3101MM ANT INPUT
0
VI
§2...Ar
RE AMP
t
RI IN R2 LM
N
OT
11
0 it 0 II
0 10 0 e
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
VIB
.V.Lga NIAR
34s
V
0T0o040.:0°.
4 v.,
'c'z 44
,)7.11:g
00
k't :-. k g Eq :1 . u
r.
,y,,,..
u , 60
4"g;'6-1
,4)
-
,
.8 t 0
',.°,
4.,
.0
i
:A ....
5
,,,,,
0'F0 A .74,
7,F-. '8.
a., "rEL
W5°0 ,.. . ..9 0 A 4 .,,,
: E_,
I-. E TA Li . x 1.,
rL:a2L4+.4;-?0o.t416dv--4-1-,41
oZ ..".b,l '' 2 ci t F ii -
, , E 'il .2 E w > c" 0
S 7o-.'
.....0 .-,L,
to-'1
F
-.9
1....22
CI I...
:',..1
,L,
Tr)
..-.
.
m 7.5 0 : m oA
O
.g u eIe., ccsst 111 -a' *g
.,.,..4
NCU 0
C N mm
.0
MI
..!,,' a,
itilli.,05, 00,0-.-.0600.0-....v.1.'e.4X.W1 A"
'O46.4X1P:111. 01.1,
1
<ka
LI
lie 00 5 -
INPUT
R5 Me
X
C IIO0II ^
E., IN
0
Vlf TIMM n -Hate
SI .41031 . NMI., 3 POSITION
07Oa
0
05
1151
POINT
04
,A
07
(
O.
t
-44
CY
01-
ti
C26 DM
5
§,E-F V,' j.
- &tzng 2,
Ouar
111111mmilmVIDEO IF
1151 POINT
111A 1st IF NAP
.not
V4 3BZ6
2nd IF NIP
VS
060 3rd IF MAP
± 02
0 V
8
R1 18
COT
11 21
LID4
14 VI
Tim
II - 1
1101 0117110
1105
CZ! LIM
VM
5".
1.109
I/2 b axe k
VIDEO AM, - 74'1 110 1.6:
1106
I
-4
1.110
61u, ix
iJ
9373 390
q
DV
CO
170 V6B
VI 6AUB
1 O I.
0
"4 M
000,
Al 01
70 V
U
11 IV
"" 1111
o
-0 4 7°,
0126 I
.T5M
RI25 1. ZIA
tr.
Rub C1211
25= PIA
1
W
'd
0
7. 2
14 Le.
>. 00
p.
't!
u my
O 0
~ a
'6o' '0
> N 47
Vu
ta fd ll
tt's
N
t --
o
04,k
F
F co o
-.;0-;.E°0;
N O
c.)
Ca
P:1
CAPACITOR ANIONS UNDER 1003 ARE IN AV*. ALL OTHERS IN Ni UNLESS OTif ANISE SPECIFIED.
NOTES
VOLTAGE MEASURENENTS I. Made with a VTVM Iran point indicated Sc chassis. 2 Line voltage - 117 setts (use Isolation Transformer,. 3. Antenna disconnected and input shorted across. 4. Channel teleclor switch on channel which develops least noise al pin 13 of test receptacle. 5 Contrast conita "al", maximum counterckcimise position. 6, All other contras in normal operating position. 7. voltages associated with variable-mmtrol circuitry will vary with control setting.
WAVEFORMS 1. Designated by We' pnlo and numerical reference 2 Photographs al weeeforms are on paws 3. Required circuit conditions are given with 4411 V1410111. 4. Na dorms observe] on wide-MnO oscilloscope
Waveforms are illustrated on pages 75 through 78.
MOTOROLA INC.
TELEVISION CHASSIS TS -530B-00
PLUG-IN
SELE611.111
eW
RECTIFIER
441U:24540
OR MI...Mtn-11w
4BKC8F0LRv4By07A
vi
MIXER
TUBE LOCATIONS
2AF4A
NF osci5U8 ON UHF MODELS 041.7
17A711500 FUSING
RESISTOR
F1L QTP
V 51
gilTA
1CCSUTUPBP=E2R00
VIDEO AMP
1446.9
V
VII
V6
VI6
0°0s8o12
'ST AUDIOAMP B PHASE DET
V9 VI3
12BH7A
vE RT 0sc
1P2
OuTPuT
VI2
70
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SOUND
VT
AMiUDIF
5 t.00
T201
Al RATIO DET
POWER SUPPLY
ED- =IT
70211ln
MDT
ZARA VD
V9
I 4
VII 012 UM VI UW Y2
4
VII 45
V6
VA
454
3
4 3 W "'DVS MI 04 LW' V3 UM 010
V15
014
4
TrE-TI 2
T T-±-1" T TI
cim C3.09 ciii2 4E1 CMS
0015 .0015 2
.001 100
C114 005
CB --55
470 470 co
12802
V94 74.U7
VIO 1216
III AUDIO NAP
AUDIO OUTPUT
LSI
140,
3'
T
HOT
194
2500 COLD
4,1
El
C202 Dl
I
FUSING
um RESISTOR
IIIV
MI 1.5
60C
MOB _./± MOW ^jC407C _12
2COMF
Catanet
bf 250
Ph 150 ROB 2. 274
001
Chassis
SYNC
VII
TAUT 157 6 2ND CLIPPER
an
R401 220
C40
004
VERT SWEEP
V12 125H74 VERT OSC & OUTPUT
20
4405 5M VERT SIZE
R404 100 2 stop
OE
1402
1
r
RED
5
4403 8.5C111-.- 3504
VERT HOLD
strip
0405 20 Mi 406 VAR
.
R409 750 VERT LIN
A
1Y0070KE DEFL TOM
R604 IODK
602 1
R605 2.211 MAP
12
C6041 05 C6031
0051
R406 104
VI7 PICTURE TUBE
21AL P4 21ALP44
0
IHORIZ SWEEP a H.v.i
DDEDEECT, F,ER;.1119
ROD DIE el
DO II OT WEEDER
WB
ELThE
PHASE DET
HOR II OSC TEST RECEPT
,e
R506 ICOR
5
1507 4 711
E
" AW
1501 V13
45717011 HOR1Z OSC
%Cad tIORIZ 6510 100K
C514 1 150
WIRING
6-
1-
1
11.068
aoo
V15 (NASA DAMPER
000
71
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, I. F. and Audio Alignment Information
ALIGNMENT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Equipment Required: Sweep generator: 18 to 220 Mc, 10 Mc sweep width linear and capable of .1 volt output. Accurately calibrated, adjustable marker generator and/ or AM signal generator. Variac Isolation transformer
IMPORTANT NOTES: NEVER GROUND THE RECEIVER CHASSIS DURING TESTING OPERATIONS OR IN -
S TALLAT ION UNLESS AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.
Keep marker generator output Iow at all times, to prevent the marker from distorting the response curve. Some coils resonate at two settings of the core; set cores as specified in specs.
Line voltage must be 117 volts; if not, adjust to 117 volts with variac. At 117 volts; B+ should be 145 to 160 volts and B++ should be a minimum of 250 volts.
IF AND MIXER ALIGNMENT
Equipment Arrangement I. Preparing Receiver
IF Alignment With sweep generator connected to IF Test Receptacle -
A. Remove yoke plug to eliminate horizontal interference. Connect a 2500 ohm 25 watt resistor from B++ to chassis ground to normalize voltages.
B. Connect a bias battery between pin #1 (IF AGC bus) of Service Test Receptacle and ground. Positive side of battery goes to chassis ground.
C. Disable tuner oscillator by grounding pin #9 of V-2
(5U8).
D. Remove antenna, set tuner to channel 13 and contrast control to minimum.
II. Preparing Equipment E. Connect sweep generator (through 1000 to 5000 mmf capacitor) to: IF test receptacle for step 1 : mixer test receptacle for steps 2 3 and 4 . Center sweep frequency at 44 Mc. Set sweep width to 10 Mc. Adjust generator output level below point of receiver limiting (approximately 3 to 5 volts peak to -peak at video detector load). F. Loosely couple marker generator to IF test receptacle. G. Connect oscilloscope to pin #3 of Service Test Receptacle (through 47K ohm resistor).
13 ADJUST T-101 to position 42.25 Mc marker (core tuned away from chassis) T-102 to position 45.75 Mc marker (core tuned away from chassis) T-103 to shape curve center (core tuned toward chassis)
With sweep generator connected to Mixer Test Receptacle - Short across R-12 (4. 7K)
19
PRE-SET mixer primary coil, L-16, by tuning away from chassis until coil's effect is moved out
of response. Failure to adjust core away from
chassis will upset mixer coupling and make it
difficult, if not impossible, to align properly.
a
ADJUST capacitor C-101, mixer secondary coil, L-101 and 41.25 Mc trap, L-102, to get response
and markers shown in "Mixer" curve.
To see trap clearly, it may be necessary to either increase the input appreciably or remove the IF bias momentarily. The core in L-101 is tuned toward the chassis and the core in L-102 is tuned away from chassis.
ADJUST mixer primary coil, L-16, so that it is tuned into the center of the IF response so as to place the markers as shown in "Overall" curve.
AUDIO ALIGNMENT AND 4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT
This alignment is made by injecting anaccurate 4.5 Mc signal into pin #3 of the Service Test Receptacle. The station alignment method which follows is practical in that an accurate 4.5 Mc signal is available, and should be used whenever possible. The procedure is the same whether the test signal originates from a station or from a generator. Preparation
Tune in station (or connect 4.5 Mc crystal -controlled generator to pin #3 of Service Test Receptacle). Connect VTVM from positive terminal of electrolytic capacitor C -124B to ground. Adjust signal input to maintain 5 to 10 volts at this point. Set contrast control for maximum contrast before limiting. (It may be necessary to short the plate of the 3rd IF coil to ground through a .01 mf capacitor.)
II ADJUST audio take -off coil, L-201 and primary (bot-
tom) of ratio detector transformer; T-201, for max-
imum reading. (The output of the generator should be reduced so that the meter reading does not exceed 10 volts.) CAREFULLY NOTE VOLTAGE DEVELOPED.
Connect matched pair of 100K resistors across R-206. Connect ground side of VTVM to junction of 100K re resistors; high side to junction of R-204 and R-205. ADJUST secondary (top) of T-201 for zero reading on
VTVM.
NOTE: The primary and secondary of the ratio detector transformer should be tuned with the core toward the outside of coil.
4.5 Mc Trap Adjustment IDCarefully tune receiver to local station and advance contrast control. ADJUST L-108 to find the two points of adjustmentat which beat is just noticeable on the picture tube screen. Rotate the core toward center of two points. Use minimum amount of inductance (core out of coil) that will result in no apparent beat interference.
72
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, I. F. and Audio Alignment Chart
41.25
OVERAeLL
30-38DB Down
MIXER TEST
16
RECEPT
6 V2
-r REMOVE ANTENNA
0
VI
0 0 0
4BC8 or 4BZ7
0
t
)
MP
0
42. 25MC 40-60%
45. 15MC
PRESET
M IV
CORE AWAY
FROM CHASSIS
la
TO MOVE
EFFECT OUT
OF RESPONSE
DIP LIMIT 10% C
41. 25MC
MIXER
SWEEP AND 'MARKER
GENERATOR
L102
40-65%
TILT LIMIT 15%
L101
C101
V3
IF TEST RECEPT
3 IF STAGES
V4
T101
3BZ6 2nd IF,
42. 25MC 30%
45. 75MC
0-0-T102
V5 3CB6 .,3n1 IF
OSCILLOSCOPE
SERV f>4-TREESCTEPT
A
T103
4.5 MC ID
TRAP
-L110
ADJUST
BIAS BATTERY
530-A 4.5 volts
530-B 6.0 volts
L201 V8
T1
/ (TOP) DAUDIO
ADJUST
T201 (BOTTOM)
AUDIO ADJUST
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
The HORIZONTAL HOLD control should have a sync range of approximately 30°. If the control is too critical, adjust as follows: 1. Set all controls for normal picture.
2. Short AFC voltage to ground and shunt HORIZONTAL. OSCILLATOR coil, L-501. to ground with a . 1 mfd 400 volt capacitor. This may be done with the chassis in the cabinet by using the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR TEST RECEPTACLE. 3. Adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD control to the point where
the picture almost remains stationary...as far as horizontal sync is concerned. 4. Remove the . 1 mfd capacitor shunting the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil and without turning horizontal hold control, adjust HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil to the center of the range in which the picture almost remains in sync horizontally. 5. Remove short from AFC voltage to ground and adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD control so that no fold -over appears on either side of the raster.
73
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, Service Aid Chart
SYMPTOM SET DEAD (tubes not lighting)
SET DEAD (tubes
are lit)
NORMAL RASTER (no picture) (no sound) WEAK PICTURE (insufficient con-
tract)
LOW BRIGHTNESS OR NO RASTER (sound normal)
CONTROLS Off -on & volume
CHECK OR ADJUST
TUBES
Is set plugged in? Is back cover on? Is AC line voltage available at outlet? (check with lamp)
Is speaker plugged in?-
V-10 Audio output
Channel selector (on station?) Contrast. Fine tuning. Channel selector on correct channel? Brightness
Antenna connections. Is station on air? (See chart on antennas) Antenna connections.
Booster and/or ant. dist. systems (if used) Ion trap magnet
V -1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
RF, osc-mix, 1st, 2nd & 3rd IF V-1,2,3,4,5,6,11 RF, osc -mix, 1st, 2nd & 3rd IF,
Sync & video amp V-13, 14, 15,16,17
Horiz. Osc, horiz amp, damper, high volt rect, picture tube
MISCELLANEOUS CHECKS All tube filaments
Selenium rectifiers Power fuse E-803 13+ voltage. RF amp. Osc, Mixer, IF amp. AGC voltage AGC voltage. Contrast contro1. RF, IF, mixer & AGC stages, Video amp. High voltage at picture tube anode. Drive voltage, pin 5 V -14. Bootstrap voltages. Solder connections at base of CRT. Voltages & waveforms in V-13 & 14 circuits. Horizontal output transformer & deflection yoke. Ion trap adj.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY AND/ OR SIZE.HORIZ. WHITE LINE (no vert sweep),
VERTICAL INSTABILITY, PICTURE ROLLS
Vertical size. Vert lin. Reduce brightness & return to normal when trouble is cleared. Vertical hold Vert lin, size &
hold
LOSS OF VERTICAL Horiz hold. Vert AND HORIZ HOLD hold,
NO HORIZ HOLD OR Horiz hold. CRITICAL HORIZ
HOLD
Weak signal. Antenna and lead-in. Horiz osc coil
V-12 Vert osc & output. V-11, 12 Sync Sep Sync Amp Vert Osc
V-11 Sync Sep Sync Amp
v-9,11,14 Sync sep & amp, Horiz osc, Phase det
Bootstrap voltages. Volt ages in V-12 circuit, Electrolytics C -407A & C-405. Vertical output transformer & deflection yoke.
AGC voltage. Voltages in V-11 & V-12 circuit. Interference. Sync clipping at video amp. Refer to tests under WEAK PICTURE. Abnormal power supply ripple. Insufficient bootstrap filtering. Video detector.
B+ and B++ voltages. AGC voltage. Refer to test under VERTICAL INSTABILITY & NO HORIZ HOLD
Waveforms in V-9, 11, 13 circuits. Refer to tests under WEAK PICTURE.
INSUFFICIENT HORIZ'SIZE
Horiz size
PICTURE NORMAL, Fine tuning
NO SOUND OR
Volume
WEAK SOUND
BUZZ IN SOUND
Fine tuning Contrast
VHF -NO UHF
UHF tuning UHF switch
Picture centering Excessive signal Antenna connections
V-13, 14, 15 Horiz osc, Horiz amp, Damper V-7 V-8,9, 10 Audio IF tube Ratio Det. Audio Amp. Audio out V-7, 8,9, 10 Audio IF Ratio Det Audio Amp. Audio Output
UHF osc
Bootstrap voltage. Drive volt
age, pin 5,
. Deflection
yoke and horiz output trans -
former
Speaker & speaker plug. Out put transformer. Voltages of V-9 & V-10.
Ratio det. alignment. Sync clipping in video section. Improper AGC action. Power supply filter & sweep circuit bypass capacitors. Heater cathode shorts in sound tubes. Tuner contacts. B+ at UHF tuner.
EXCESSIVE CONTRAST, NEGATIVE PICTURE
Contrast
V-1,2,3,4,5 6,13 &I7 AGC voltage and AGC cirRF amp. Osc-mix cuit. Video det. Video 1st, 2.nd & 3rd IF det-load resistor. Leakage Video amp. AGC between prim & sec. in tube. Picture tube. video a' coils. Proper
pulse from horiz output to AGC tube. Pulse coupling capacitor to AGC plate. RF AGC delay network.
74
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Waveshapes for MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, TS -533, TS -534 (See appropriate schematic)
The following photographs were taken at some of the more important points in the receiver. To facilitate photography, a Tektronix oscilloscope was used. The wave shapes will appear much the same, however, on the average wideband oscilloscope. When a limited bandwidth oscilloscope is used, some interpretation may be necessary to compensate for the wavesitape differences (rounding of corners, for example).
The input signal used during photography was a comparatively strong television station signal. Receiver contrast was turned to maximum; all other receiver controls were set for normal viewing.
Note thatwaveshape amplitudes are based on a 4V peak to -peak composite video voltage at the grid of the video am-
plifier. Variations in composite video signal are a result of var-
iations in the type of scene being scanned at the time the photograph was taken. In some waveshapes (18, for example) the video signal near the baseline is noticeable only because of the high contrast control setting.
Vertical gain of the oscilloscope was adjusted so that, regardless of the value of peak -to -peak voltage, all traces would be approximately the same height on the photograph.
Note particularly such items as peak -to -peak voltage, the amplitude relationship of vertical to horizontal portions of the video signal and the oscilloscope limitations. This will be important to the proper circuit analysis.
W1
Composite video signal, grid of video amplifier (pin 2, V-6). 4 volts PP (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
06411400"%eli****
W2 'Composite video signal, grid of video amplifier (pin 2, V-6). 4 volt's PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W3 Composite video signal, plate of video amplifier (pin 7, V-6). 110 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
W4
Composite video signal, plate of video amplifier (pin 7, V-6). 110 volts PP. (Os cilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W5 Composite video signal, grid of sync clipper (pin 1, V-11). 45 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
W6
Composite video signal, grid of sync clipper (pin 1, V -I I). 45 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
75
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Waveshapes for MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, TS -533, TS -534 (See appropriate schematic)
W7 Vertical sync pulse, plate of sync clipper (pin 2, V-11). 32 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
W8 Horizontal sync pulse, plate of sync clipper (pin 2, V-11). 32 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
riummomi
W9
Vertical sync pulse, plate of sync clipper (pin 5, V-11). scope synced near vertical rate)
40 volts PP.
(Oscilloz
W10
Horizontal sync pulse, plate of sync clipper (pin 5, V-11). loscope synced near horizontal rate)
35 volts PP. (Oscil-
c
W11 Vertical sync pulse, junction of 22K and .0047 in integrator network. 32 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
W12 Vertical sync pulse, junction of .01 and 10K in integrator network. 42 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate) (vertical oscillator tube in circuit) Note that vertical sync pulse is combined here with the vertical oscillator voltage which is "kicked back" into the network.
vi13 Vertical sync pulse, junction of .01 and 10K in integrator network. 42 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate) (vertical oscillator tube in circuit)
W14
Blocking oscillator voltage, grid of vertical oscillator (pin 4, V-12). 150 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
76
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Waveshapes for MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, TS -533, TS -534 (See appropriate schematic)
W15 Same as 12 but with vertical oscillator tube removed. 9 volts PP.
11/1111111iNI
W16
Vertical oscillator voltage, plate of vertical oscillator (pin 5, V-12). 70 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near vertical rate)
w17 Vertical output voltage, plate of vertical output (pin 2, V-12). 980 volts PP. (Os cilloscope synced near vertical rate)
W18
Horizontal sync pulse, cathode of sync clipper (pin 6, V-11). cilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
11 volts PP. (Os-
Note slight amount of video in waveform. This is the result of setting contrast
control on maximum with a high input signal.
W19 Horizontal sync pulse, junction of 6.8K and 2.7K in sync clipper. 11 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W20 Voltage at cathode of phase detector (pin 6. 11-913). 11 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W21
Voltage at grid of phase detector (pin 4, V -9B). 11 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W22
Voltage at plate of phase detector (pin 5, V -9B). synced near horizontal rate)
9 volts PP. (Oscilloscope
77
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Waveshapes for MOTOROLA Chassis TS -530, TS -533, TS -534 (See appropriate schematic)
W23 Voltage at horizontal oscillator coil connection to service test receptacle. 20 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W24
Horizontal oscillator voltage, plate of horizontal oscillator (pin 5, V-14). volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
38
W25 Voltage at junction of R-515 (470) & R-516 (IM) I30 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate)
W26 Voltage at pin 5 of yoke socket. 2000 volts PP. (Oscilloscope synced near horizontal rate) CAUTION: Do not measure with ordinary equipment.
W27
Voltage at junction of 470K and brightness control. synced near horizontal rate)
50 volts PP. (Oscilloscope
W28
Keying pulse on plate of AGC (pin 5, V -13). synced near horizontal rate)
520 volts PP.
(Oscilloscope
W29
Composite video signal at grid of AGC (pin 1, V-13). scope synced near horizontal rate)
60 volts PP. (Oscillo-
r
I
78
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MOTOROLA
TELEVISION
CHASSIS TS -533
Model
21C4 Y21C4
21C4B Y21C4B
211(41 Y21K41
21K41B YZIK41B
211(42 Y21K42
21K4213 YZ1K42B
211(43 Y21K43
21K43B Y21K43B
21K44B
RECEIVER MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
Description Table, masonite:red-brn mahogany Table, masonite:red-brn mahogany Table, masonite: limed oak Table, masonite: limed oak Console, masonite: red-brn mahogany Console, masonite: red-brn mahogany Console, masonite: limed oak Console, masonite: limed oak Console, wood: red -brn mahogany Console, wood: red-brn mahogany Console, wood: limed oak Console, wood: limed oak Console, wood: red-brn mahogany Console, wood: red-brn mahogany Console, wood: limed oak Console, wood: limed oak Console, wood: birch
TV
Chassis
a
TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533
Model
YZ1K44B 21K44W
YZ1K44W 21K45
Y21K45 24K10
YZ4K10 24K1OB
Y24K1OB 241(11
Y24K11 24K11B
YZ4K11B 24T4
Y24T4 24T4B
Y24T4B
Description Console, wood: birch Console, wood: walnut Console, wood: walnut Console, wood: gray mahogany Console, wood: gray mahogany Console, masonite: red-brn mahogany Console, masonite: red-brn mahogany Console, masonite: limed oak Console, masonite: limed oak Console, wood: red-brn mahogany Console, wood: red-brn mahogany Console, wood: limed oak Console, wood: limed oak Table, masonite: red-brn mahogany Table, masonite: red-brn mahogany Table, masonite: limed oak Table, masonite: limed oak
TV
Chassis
TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y TS -533 TS -533Y
Circuit diagram of Chassis TS -533 is on pages 80-81, alignment information is on pages 82 and 83, service hints are on page 84, and waveshapes references are given in the schematic diagram and illustrated on pages 75 through 78.
REMOVING THE BACK COVER
The back cover is held in place by means of metal friction clamps arranged around the edges of the cover and one self -tapping screw located between the serial number opening and the power cord connection, Once the screw is removed, the cover may be carefully pried off with a screwdriver.
ION TRAP ADJUSTMENT
To adjust the ion trap, proceed as follows: 1. Turn on the receiver and set brightness control at midrange. 2. Rotate the ion trap from left to right and position back and forth until the brightest raster is obtained. 3. Adjust for proper screen coverage regarding size, centering, tilt and shadow.
4. Readjust ion trap for maximum brightness with contrast control set for maximum usable contrast and brightness control set for proper black background in picture.
NOTE: The ion trap should be of the proper magnetic strength, so that, at the proper setting, the ion trap magnet is positioned between 1/8 inch and 1 inch from picture tube base. If trap position is outside these limits, full brightness may not be obtained, and the life of the picture tube may be shortened if the ion trap is not replaced with one of correct strength,
PICTURE CENTERING NOTE: The ion trap should be properly adjusted before
centering. To center the picture correctly, follow these steps.
Starting with the magnetic centering device arms together for minimum field strength, and turned horizontally
1, Separate the arms of the centering device to center the picture vertically.
2. Adjust horizontal centering by rotating the magnetic centering device as a unit one way or the other. It may then be necessary to readjust vertical centering by slightly rotating the relative position of the arms. 3. Recheck adjustment of ion trap after centering is completed.
FOCUS A marked difference in the focus can be noticed when the
ion trap, magnetic centering device and the shunting strap are properly placed. The adjustments are necessary because of gun structure differences.
To properly focus the picture tube, proceed as follows: 1. Adjust ion trap as described in Ion Trap Instructions. 2. Adjust centering control as described in centering instructions. At times, focus may be improved by rotating the magnetic centering device 180° and repeating the centering procedure. 3. Readjust the ion trap for maximum raster brightness. 4. Adjust shunting strap for best focus. 'The shunting strap is located on the base of the picture tube between pin 116 (focus anode) and either pin #1 (chassis ground) or pin #10 (bootstrap). Recheck steps #2 and #3.
RASTER CORRECTOR MAGNETS
Raster corrector (pincushion) magnets will be found on either side of the deflection yoke to straighten the sides of
the raster. They are correctly set at the factory but if moved in shipping, or if the yoke has been replaced, they
may require readjustment. Adjust in the following manner:
1. Reduce raster size so that its sides are just visible.
2. Loosen screws holding magnet mountings. 3. Move corrector magnets forward or backward so that raster sides are straight. 4. Tighten screws holding magnet mountings. 5. Magnets without sliding adjustment can be bent forward or backward.
79
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
90 ohm CO ANT INPUT (2)
TUNE R
C151 %
R5 IM
VI
V8
RF AMP
IT
TUNER CONNECTIONS
la
TO
01
06
05
04 ,,22
04
IFS RMIIJ
Uf
-
5
LINPUT
-vASM--41
RD 10K
gt
VHF TUNERS VTT-79 VTT 80
)))).:1;i r rvnil
ruv
RIO L 514
11( )-
AMMAIM, i.tcgo
C14150 vri-vi
C. 25.0015
VIDEO IF 11111111NIM
TEST
V3
6BZ6
1ST
AP
L101
0102
S1S2
a
23
:POINT
L4171.2
mc 41 7 TRAP TRAp
.4.-1104
fi
131
Va
.WL)
TIOI
OND IF NAP
7102
e*
COO
C114 .001
a
0716 147
y.) Trans
V3
V4
4^ 3
4
LIO3
1104
C417100=
0111 410
VS
1105 LL
C113A
Y5 .6C86
3RTWAMP
5
4110 18
CFI
1 3.
1 111 91 .W1
TEST RECP1
ST 6-a-
V It/gP
5
Pal IM PAY oun
=- 11179
8. MA
CD°
CAPACITOR VALUES UNDER IMO ARE IN WNW. All OTIERS IN MP UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
147165
VOLTAGE AEASUREMENTS I. Made wit), a VIVIA from pant Indl0
to chassis.
2. line voltage - 117 volts (use Isolation Transformer). 3. Antenna disconnected and input shorted mross.
4. Channel selector switch on channel tinkly develops Nast noise at pin 13 44 test receptacle.
5. Contrast control %ft, maximum counterclockwise position.
6. All other controls In normal operating position.
7. Voltages assalated with variable -control &runny will vary with control setting.
WAVEFORMS
I. Designated by "VW prefix and numerical reference.
2. Pholcgraphs ol waveforms are on pages
1. Required circull conditions are given with each IMINder.. 4. Waveforms observed., mde-band oscilloscope.
Waveforms are illustrated on pages 75 through 78.
MOTOROLA INC.
R126 189(
C128 470
VI) 6146 J-Ta.
4
TELEVISION CHASSIS TS -533C-00 80
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
V7111
7 10
10 IF
V1111 2m1 AUDIO IF
SOUND
RIOT 220
R203 33K
120.
VI
SALS RATIO DOT
C2I n 005
USA
41192 VOLUM/
IM
1511;61:?I5TMAP.
TONE R214 IM
WHEN 2 SPEAKERS ARE CONNECTED M PARALLEL EACH SPEAKER HAS 64 OHM VC
2NOSPEARER ON SOME CHASSIS
112
VIO 6W6
" 40010 OUTPUT 215
T2OZ
POWER SUPPLY
111V 60C
T801 VIA
50102 RECTIFIER
t LOW
SYNC
VII
1/S7/7 1ST 1 ND CLIPPER
10;
VERT SWEEP
VIE
CBI CIO
CIS
4401 2
cxn 000
CAOC
r1:42
C403..r. ,f5till
R403 ELSC/Kt- 7506
VERT 14.110
Ilop
R405 VERT SIZE
100 /T,MT. IM 549
C405
Hv
406 5 61(
2c
20 MF
. s
R409 750 VERT LIN
T402
FUSE F 801
R802 6
200
0101C
RIM
E501 5/10 AMP
FLOE
MIR
R604 ICOK
qvP
COOZ 1
R605 2 251
C6041( Ds
cwI
.0051
AV, 41306 IUK
V18 PICTURE TURF
21,6044 24DP44
V911 Al S5 PHASE
zg
aK L.J
-Tr TO PIO I Or VII
4506 1006
..1/W
" 'MN 4505 100K
FCT 1,11[1.
I I NHORIZ SWEEP a H.V.
140R12 OSC TEST RECIPE
VI5 SCD6 HORIZ OUTPUT
MY
59)'
V.1 163 2V RERECT
Nrq WEAst
R518 4 7 ALM
4501 4 7M
C505 0033
R515
470 ;
8510 IB
WIRING
65-
a-
0-
1-
VIE 64114 OMIPFR
I EN
WA
1505
81
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION MOTOROLA Chassis TS -533, I. F. and Audio Alignment Information
(This material is also applicable to Chassis TS -534)
ALIGNMENT
Equipment Required:
Sweep generator: 18 to 220 Mc, 10 Mc sweep width. linear and capable of .1 volt output.
Accurately calibrated, adjustable marker generator and/ or AM signal generator. Variac. Isolation transformer. IMPORTANT NOTES: NEVER GROUND THE RECEIVER
CHASSIS DURING TESTING OPERATIONS OR IN -
STALLATION UNLESS AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.
Keep marker generator output low at all times, to prevent the marker from distorting the response
Carve.
Some coils resonate at two settings of the core; set cores as specified in specs.
Line voltage must be 117 volts; if not, adjust to 117 volts with variac. At 117 volts, B+ should be 145 to 160 volts and B++ should be a minimum of 250 volts
IF AND MIXER ALIGNMENT
Equipment Arrangement I. Preparing Receiver
A. Remove yoke plug to eliminate horizontal interference. Connect a 2500 ohm 10 watt resistor from B++ to chassis ground to normalize voltages.
B. Connect a 6 volt battery between pin #1 (IF AGC bus) of Service Test Receptacle and ground. Positive side of battery goes to chassis ground.
C. Disable tuner oscillator by grounding pin #9 of V-2
(6U8).
D. Remove antenna, set tuner to channel 13 and contrast control to minimum.
II. Preparing Equipment E. Connect sweep generator (through 1000 to 5000 mmf capacitor)to: IF test receptacle for step 1 : mixer
test receptacle for steps 2 3 and 4. Center
sweepfrequency at 44 Mc. Set sweep width to 10 Mc. Adjust generator output level below point of receiver limiting (approximately 3 to 5 volts peak -to -peak at video detector load). F. Loosely couple marker generator to IF test receptacle, G. Connect oscilloscope to R-117 at pin #3 of Service Test Receptacle (through 47K ohm resistor).
IF Alignment With sweep generator connected to IF Test Rec, El ADJUST T-101 to position 42.25 Mc marker (core tuned
away from chassis) T-IOL to position 45.75 Mc marker (core tuned aawa from chassis) T=1103 to shape curve center (core tuned toward chassis) With sweep generator connected to Mixer Test Receptacle- short out R -16(4.7K). Response and markers should appear as shown in "3 IF stages" response.
O PRE-SET L-15 (mixer primary coil) by tuning away from chassis until coil's effect is moved out of response. Failure to adjust core away from chassis will upset mixer coupling and make it difficult,if not impossible, to align properly.
0 ADJUST capacitor C-101, L-101 (mixer secondary coil) L-116 bottom (bandwidth coil), L-102 (41.25 Mc trap), and L-116 top (47.25 Mc trap) to get response and markers shown in "Mixer" curve. (15% tilt is allowable). To see trap clearly, it may be necessary to either increase the input appreciably or remove the IF bias momentarily.
131 ADJUST L-15 (mixer primary coil) so that it is tuned into center of IF response so as to place the markers as shown in "Overall" curve. Note that it may be necessary to retouch bottom of L-116 (away from chassis)and C-101 to achieve proper marker placement.
AUDIO ALIGNMENT AND 4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT
This alignment is made by injecting an accurate 4.5 Mc signal into pin #3 of the Service Test Receptacle. The station alignment method which follows is practical in that an accurate 4.5 Mc signal is available, and should be used whenever possible. The procedure is the same whether the test signal originates from a station or from a generator. Preparation
Tune in station (or connect 4.5 Mc crystal -controlled generator to pin #3 of Service Test Receptacle). Connect VTVM from positive terminal of electrolytic capacitor C-213 to ground.
L-202, and primary (bottom)of ratio detector transformer, T-201, for maximum reading.
SET VTVM to junction of R-208 (33K) and C-210 (.005) and ground. ADJUST secondary(TOP)of ratio detector trans,T-201, for zero reading. NOTE: The primary and secondary of the ratio detector transformer, T-201, have two tuning points; one with cores outside the coils and one with
the cores towards the inside of the coil. The proper position of cores should be towards the outside of the
coil.
Adjust signal input to maintain 5to 10 volts at this point.
4.5 Mc Trap Adjustment
Set contrast control for minimum contrast.
Audio Alignment
H ADJUST audio take -off coil, L-201, interstage coil,
Carefully tune receiver to local station and advance contrast control.
ADJUST L-110 to find the two points of adjustment at whichbeat is justnoticeable on the picture tube screen. Rotate the core toward center of two points. Use minimum amount of inductance (core out of coil) that will result in no apparent beat interference.
22
VOLUME TV -11,
* OVERALL 41.25
30-40B DOWN 42.25 MC
PRESET CORE AWAY FROM CHASSIS TO MOVE EFFECT
OUT OF RESPONSE El
1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MIXER TEST RECEPT
REMOVE ANTENNA
47 25
40-50DB DOWN 45 75 MC
VI
0 0 0
0
DIP LIMIT 10% *READJUS1 L116, BOT. WHERE NECESSARY
SWEEP AND MARKER GENERATOR
z
-
3 IF STAGES
42.25 MC
30%
45.75 MC 30%
T101
IF TEST RECEPT
V4
(6BZ6 \,2nd IF
1102
- 0
V5 6C136
3rd IF
MOTOROLA
Chassis TS -533 I. F. and Audio
Alignment
(In the main, this information is also applicable to Chassis TS -534)
4.5 MC 3 TRAP ADJUST
-0L110
SERV TEST RECEPT
BIAS BATTERY 6.0 VOLTS
V8
T103
1201
V7 (1) 6AU6
1st AUDIO
W (2)
L202 2nd AUDIO
IF
T (TOP)
j AUDIO
ADJUST
(BOTTOM)
"Ell AUDIO ADJUST
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
The HORIZONTAL HOLD control should have a sync range of approximately 30°. If the control is too critical, adjust as follows: 1. Set all controls for normal picture. 2. Short AFC voltage to ground and shunt HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil, L -S0 1, to ground with a . 1 mfd 400 volt capacitor. This may be done with the chassis in the cabinet by using the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR TEST RECEP-' TACLE, 3. Adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD control to the point where
the.picture almost remains stationary... as far as horizontal sync is concerned. 4. Remove the .1 mfd capacitor shunting the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil and, without turning HORIZONTAL HOLD control, adjust HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil to the center of the range in which the picture almost remains in sync horizontally. 5. Remove short from AFC voltage to ground and adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD control so that no fold -over appears on either side of the raster.
83
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION MOTOROLA Chassis TS -533, Service Aid Chart
SYMPTOM SET DEAD (tubes not lighting)
CONTROLS Off -on
CHECK OR ADJUST
Is set plugged in? Is back cover on? Is AC line voltage available at outlet? (check with lamp)
TUBES
MISCELLANEOUS CHECKS
Filament fuse E-801
SET DEAD (tubes are lit)
Is Speaker plugged in? Replace any tubes that do not light.
LV rect (V-19) Audio out(V-10)
NORMAL RASTER (no picture) (no sound)
LOW BRIGHTNESS OR NO RASTER
Channel selector (on station?) Brightness
Antenna connections. Is station on air?
V-1,2,3,4,5. RF, osc-mix,
B+ voltage. RF amp. Osc, Mixer, IF amp. AGC volt-
1st, 2nd Crystal age.
Det.
V-13,14,15,16,17 High voltage at picture tube
Horiz. osc, horiz anode. Drive voltage, pin 5
amp, damper, V-14. Bootstrap voltages.
high volt rect, Solder connections at base
picture tube
of CRT. Voltages & wave-
forms in V-13 & V-14 cir-
cuits. Horizontal output
transformer & deflection
yoke. Ion trap adj. Power
fuse E-501
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY AND/ OR SIZE. HORIZ. WHITE LINE (no vert. sweep)
Vertical size. Vert lin. Reduce brightness & return to normal when trouble is cleared.
V-12 Vert osc & output
Bootstrap voltage. Voltages in V-12 circuit. Electrolytics C -407A & C-405. Vertical output transformer & deflection yoke.
VERTICAL INSTABILITY, PICTURE ROLLS
Vertical hold Vert lin, size & hold
V -11,12 Sync Sep. Sync Amp. Vert osc.
PRODUCTION CHANGES
TS -533A-01 thru C -00
Voltages in V-11 & V-12 circuit. Interference. Sync clipping at video amp. Refer to tests under WEAK PICTURE. Abnormal power supply ripple. Insufficient bootstrap filtering. Video detector.
Chassis
Coding A-01
A-02
Changes
To reduce white limiting at maximum contrast R-131 (18) added between center post of R -119A (contrast) and ground. To correct vertical line structure a shielded lead is added, in place of unshielded wire between R-510 (100K-Horiz Hold) and R-509 (82K), and the lead is dressed away from 1st IF.
Chassis Coding
B -06
B 07
Changes
To reduce slippage, tension is applied to drive belt by added Roller and Spring Assembly.
To reduce white limiting at maximum contrast setting with a weak signal, video amp circuit is changed.
R -131 (470) changed to 220.
A..03 B-00
B 01 B-02
B -03
L-502 (RF choke) removed. C-514 (100 mmf, 2 Kv) connected to pin #6 of deflection yoke. To reduce adjacent channel interference a 47.25 Mc trap is added. To improve video IF alignment an improved converter circuit is added. See TS -533B-00 schematic (Video IF Section) for above changes. The tuners change to VTT-79C and VTT-80C. C-514 (100) and C-515 (100) changed to 150 mmf
2 Kv.
To increase audio sensitivity R-201 (33K) remCoovmedp.oneSnhtisealdreardedleodcaotvederaTn-d2d0r1escsoendnecclotisoentso. to chassis. To prevent capacitor breakdown negative side of C-405 (20 mf) removed from high side R-409 (750 -vert lin) and connected to B++. New electrolytic C-409 (20 mf) added; negative side connected to high side of R-409 (750-vert lin) and positive connected to B++ side.
B -08
B-09 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 C-00
To eliminate sync compression and white limiting at maximum contrast setting, also to improve the video circuit, the AGC circuit is changed.
To reduce filament voltage on IB3 tube R-518 (3.3) changed to 4.7. This change affects "Y" versions only.
UHF tuner changed to OTT -37B. R-105 (8.2K) and R-111 (8.2K) changed to 10K,
4 watt glass resistors. To provide an external test point for audio alignment C-211(.001) changed to a Feed-Thru capacitor. Same as B-12. To improve picture quality C-102 (2.2 mmf) changed to 2.7 mmf; iron core of L-102 changed. To increase the protecting capabilities of the fuse the 3/10 amp fuse is rewired. See TS -533C-00 schematic.
B -04 To eliminate parasitic oscillation (snivets)in the audio output stage R-215 (100) added between V-10 (6W6 - Pin 4) and T-202 (red lead).
B -05 This change affects "Y" versions only.
To reduce hum R-411(470) is added between B++ and junction of C-405 (20 mf) and C-405 (20 mf). To eliminate Horizontal Pull C-503 (.001) and C.-504 (470) are changed to 10%.
84
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
MOTOROLA
TELEVISION
CHASSIS TS -534
RECEIVER MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
Model
Description
TV
Chassis
21T26B Table, blonde: metal Y21126B Table, blonde: metal
21T26BA Table, blonde: metal Y21T26BA Table, blonde: metal
21T26BR Table, bronze: metal Y21T26BR Table, bronze: metal
21T26BFtA Table, bronze: metal Y21T26BRA Table, bronze: metal
21T26CH Table, charcoal: metal Y21T26CH Table, charcoal: metal
21T26CHA Table, charcoal: metal Y21T26CHA Table, charcoal: metal
21T27B Table, gossamer blonde: metal Y21TZ7B Table, gossamer blonde: metal
21TZ7MA Table, gossamer mahogany: metal Y21T27MA Table, gossamer mahogany: metal
21T27PK Table, gossamer pink: metal Y21T27PK Table, gossamer pink: metal
21T28 Table, red-brn mahogany: masonite Y21T28 Table, red-brn mahogany: masonite
21T28B Table, blonde: masonite YZ1T28B Table, blonde: masonite
TS -534
TS -534Y TS -534
TS -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y
TS -534 TS -534Y TS -534 1S -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y TS -534 TS -534Y
TS -534 TS -534Y
WTS-534 Same as TS -534 except for addition of a pilot light assembly. NOTE: Some chassis, improperly coded TS -534, a.so have the pilot light assembly.
Model
Description
TV
Chassis
21K37B Console, blonde: metal
TS -534
Y21K37B Console, blonde: metal
TS -534Y
21K37BA Console, blonde: metal
TS -534
Y21K37BA Console, blonde: metal ZIK37BR Console, bronze: metal
TS -534Y TS -534
YZ1K37BR Console, bronze: metal
TS -534Y
21K37BRA Console, bronze: metal
TS -534
Y21K37BRA Console, bronze: metal
TS -534Y
21K39
Console, red-brn mahogany:masonite TS -534
Y21K39
Console, red-brn mahogany:masonite TS -534Y
21K39B Console, blonde: masonite
TS -534
Y21K39B Console, blonde: masonite
TS -534Y
21K40
Console, red-brn mahogany: masonite TS -534
Y21K40
Console, red-brn mahogany: masonite TS -534Y
21K4OB Console, blonde: masonite
TS -534
Y21K40B Console, blonde: masonite
TS -534Y
21K48M Console, mahogany- masonite
TS -534
Y21K48M Console, mahogany: masonite 21K48B Console, mahogany: masonite
TS -534Y TS -534
Y21K48B Console, mahogany: masonite 24T3BR Table, gossamer bronze: metal
TS -534Y TS -534
YZ4T3BR Table, gossamer bronze: metal
TS -534Y
24K9
Console, red-brn mahogany: masonite TS -534
Y24K9
Console, red-brn mahogany: masonite TS -534Y
24K9B Y24K9B
Console, blonde: masonite Console, blonde: masonite
TS -534 TS -534Y
Circuit diagram of Chassis TS -534 is on pages 86-87; for alignment information see pages 82 and 83 (this TS -533 alignment is applicable to TS -534); waveshapes references are given in the schematic diagram and illustrated on pages 75 to 78.
AGUADAG GROUNDING SPRING
HORIZ SIZE
FIBRE TIE -STRIP HORIZ OSC TEST RECEPT
ad
Os AFC
YOKE PLUG VERT LIN
"PAN" GROUNDING
NETWORK
VERT SIZE
AC LINE INTERLOCK
SERVICE TEST RECEPTACLE
INSULATING BUSHING
R-801 FUSING RESISTOR
PLUG-IN RECTIFIERS
BOTTOM "PAW Vas
REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
85
CABINET
PICTUREFRTUONBTE .-MOUNTING
BOLT
RASTER CORRECTOR
MAGNETS
YOKE
PICTURE CENTERING
DEVICE -YOKE WEDGE
CLAMP
ION TRAP
SPEAKER RECEPT
TS -534B SERIES
This receiver is electrically similar to the TS -534A except for the addition of a second audio IF amplifier stage and a physical interchange of the ratio detector and original sound IF amplifier tubes.
TV CHASSIS CODING SYSTEM
TS -534A-00
The original chassis.
A-01, 02, etc Minor electrical revisions of the "A" chassis.
A-01-0, A-02-1
B -00
Deviations from minor electrical revisions. First major revision of the original chassis.
B-01. 02, etc Minor electrical changes of the "B" chassis.
Prefixes such as WTS-534, VTS-534, etc....mechanical changes.
A "Y" suffix added to the basic chassis (for example, TS -534Y-00) indicates that the chassis contains a factory -installed UHF tuner.
R102 IR lMl
u
7101 C CAI OK
C --
'Ur 3
2
4I 414 d 113
71jUi
k
0
zC2
H
14
)/1
H
to
v. to
RIOI.SVLA1
1,0
t]
aH
1112 5508 ON
Rill L
540 CIA
AO
a
R110 CI
1104
14
O
m0
C
00000o00
CI 27 -112
C17 /5
-
Z
rn
szc
0d
4 Rusk
4 mu
AN 01/ 4.11
'14-1
RID Alt
1.14
00
2I 0015 COL4
C8.0015
000000000000
it
iyak
RA4
RAM. Arm
111 221A 4.V1
IL
Rd AI! /.°
B
07
5
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SOUND
POWER SUPPLY
VN 11
MIA IfI WICI IF
4-
1/1121 0.116 2nd MAIO IF
Oa
RAW VD
Rae DR 0210 035
VM I/2 4,90/ IST AUDIO MN VOLLIKE
SIT
EWE
AUDIO curio
ITV IOC LSI
MING
RESISTOlt
14
0 W. 0 ran I.
ucei
ION
TO FILS 110I
CIIVC=3:011i
SYNC
VII
I DO CLIPPER
1. OS
'
VERT SWEEP
1L2 VENT OSC A owns;
T
1140 /70 VERT LIN
HORIZ SWEEP & N.V.
NORIZ OSC TEST RECEPT
VRR
PICTURE TINE lIALP4A
NONA
144
87
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION MOTOROLA Chassis TS -534, Additional Service Information
TUNER TUBE SHIELDS
It is not necessary to completely remove the tuner tube shields from the chassis. Merely telescope the upper half shield down around the lower half shield for easy tube re-
moval. Make sure shield is returned to full height after
tube change.
FUSE REPLACEMENT
B+ and initial surge: Special 7.5 ohm plug-in resistor (R-801) located in the lower front section of chassis. This fuse is accessible by removing the cabinet back (See Figure 5).
Filament fuse (7-803) (one -inch of #26 copper wire)
To replace the filament fuse, the receiver must be re-
moved from the cabinet. of #26 copper wire, one inch long. lugs.
Replace with a piece Solder between the two
SERVICE TEST RECEPTACLE
A SERVICE TEST RECEPTACLE, accessible from the rear of the cabinet after the back has been removed, provides the following test points (see Figure 5):
Pin Connection to
1
AGC
2
ground
3
video detector output
4
13+
5
B++
These test points provide rapid checking of the power supply voltages --giving the approximate condition of the selenium rectifiers and the line voltage. Operation of the receiver from the antenna to the detector may be checked by the use of pin #3 (detector output). Pin #1 allows rapid checking of the AGC voltage. It is suggested that this voltage be checked and recorded at the first opportunity by the service technician using a receiver in normal operating condition. Such AGC voltage information may be invaluable when checking sets in which the AGC action is doubtful. This voltage varies according to the signal strength and may range from a very low value (zero) to about 11 volts minus.
V 17
HV RECT
V15
1B3
140RIZ OUTPUT
----
6CD6
\RF HORIZ SIZE V16 6AU4
DEFT YOKE SOCKET
SPKR PLUG
V0
AUDIO1 OUTPUT 6W6
VERT LIN
VII
1st & 2nd CLIPPER
6S
VERT SIZE
V9 1st AUDIO AM & PHASE DET
6SN7
V12 VERT OSC &
OUTPUT
6BU
V6 VIDEO AMP
12BYI
1801
V13 AGC
6AU6
IDTE DEv
GND. 2
COLLAPSIBLE TUBE SHIELD
VI
AMP ACI3R8For 6BZ7
G4,Be-
V2
MIXER OSC 6U8
(CHANNELT
SELECTOR
: "FINE TUNING
HIGH V CONNECTOR
_mak.
V3 1st IF
61,16
CONTRAST
=
ON -OFF
VOLUME
V4 2nd IF
6B Z6
V5 3rd IF
6CB6
BRT
R801
VERT HOLD
HORIZ HOLD
E801
I
-T
E802
BET V7121 2nd
V7(1)1st
6AL5
AUDIO IF 6AU6 AUDIO IF 6AU6
B+
4. SERVICE AGC TEST RECEPT
FIGURE 5. TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS
88
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Olympic
MODELS
BD CHASSIS
BF CHASSIS
C21BD35
C21BF21
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT
If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or
squared with the picture mask, loosen the deflection yoke adjustment screw and rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained, and then retighten the yoke adjustment screw. If neck shadow is evident or the corners of the raster are dark, the deflection yoke must be moved forward as far as possible and the wing screw retightened.
ADJUSMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
(1) Allow set to warm up to operating temperature. Select station operating normally.
(2) Short out horizontal Phasing Coil (L17)
terminals C and D. (3) Set horizontal hold control at maximum clock-
wise rotation. (4) Adjust horizontal frequency screw (L16) un-
til picture falls into sync. Turning the horizontal frequency screw (L16) clockwise lowers the frequency, (bars sloping downward to left). Turning the screw counterclockwise increases frequency (bars sloping downward to right). (5) Connect vertical input lead of oscilloscope with 5 MMF isolating condenser in series to terminal "C" of horizontal oscillator transformer and ground oscilloscope to chassis. Set frequency of scope to approximately 5
KC.
K21BD34 T21BD19
T21BF20
(6) Remove short from terminals of the horizontal
phasing coil (L17) and adjust screw (L17)
until wave shape as observed on scope is like
that shown in sketch. (See Fig. 3.)
(7)
Some further adjustment of horizontal frequency screw (L16) may be necessary to
keep picture in sync after adjusting L17 for
proper wave shape.
(8)
Remove scope from terminal "C" and retouch
L16, as per step "9".
(9) Turn horizontal hold control through entire range. Picture should not fall out of sync at
either end of rotation. At full clockwise rota-
tion blanking bar or jitter should be evident. At
full counterclockwise position picture should
not fall out. If this condition cannot be achieved,
it will be necessary to retouch L16.
Caution: It is important that the picture be centered in the mask properly with the horizontal hold
control in the mid -position, otherwise the set user may attempt to center the picture by means of the hold control. Under this con-
dition the control may be on "edge" and
impulse noise or change of camera will cause the picture to fall out of synchronization.
CONTEMNS MAGNETS
ADJUST FOR EQUAL PEAKS
ADASTMENT WES NUT FOE DEFLECTS/. TOSS
FIG. 2
ION TRAP (REAM MOM
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
FIG.3
ACCOMPANYING SOUND TRAP Insert a 100.000 ohm 1/, watt resistor in series with
the "Hot Lead" of the electronic voltmeter and connect it to the junction of LIO and C25. Meter switch
should be set to the lowest negative scale. Ground lead of meter should be connected to chassis.
Remove the shield of the RF Oscillator and Mixer tube (V2) from ground clips leaving shield resting on tube and connect hot lead of the RF Signal Generator
to it.. This will couple generator putput to mixer plate. Set the generator frequency accurately to 21.75 MC,
and adjust (L4) sound trap (See Fig. 8) Tube and Trimmer Layout) for minimum reading on voltmeter.
PIX IF COIL ADJUSTMENT
Align the overcoupled stage L301 and L5, before adjusting any other I.F. coils, in the following man -
56 Kft
Iowa .0015
TO V6 PIN 5
SCOPE
22OK11 330A
CRYSTAL PROBE FOR OVERCOUPLED STAGE ALIGNMENT
FIG. 4
(Alignment continued on page 92; other information on pages 90 and 91)
89
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION OLYMPIC Chassis BD and BF, Models C21BD35, K21BD34, T21BD19, C21BF21, T21BF20
OSCILLATOR SLUG ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANNELS 2 THROUGH 13
VERTICAL HEIGHT LINEARITY
OFF -ON VOL.
) PICTURE
VIA
) BRIGHTNESS
)
HORIZ. HOLD
) VERT. HOLD
)
TUNER
FRONT VIEW OF
PART #CL 3865 USED ON 8F CHASSIS
OSC. ADJ. FOR LOW CHANNELS
ERTICAL LI NEARITY
r
HE IGHT
MIXER
RF
V2
VI
SHIELDS
L5
(PIX IC)
24.5 MC) 11.11.F. L6
2SLE L7
3521.F
L4
(PIX LE
(PIG
23.25 MC) v4 25.75 MC)
V3
SOUND TRAP 21.75 MC
L3
(SOUND 4.5MC)
LI
(SOUND I.F. 4.5 MC)
LB (PIG 24.5 MC)
SOUND I.F. B
VIDEO AMP.
124U7
AUDIO
7\__
794 BUZZ CONTROL
)
ANTENNA BINDING POST
L13 (SOUND 4.514C) UNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS
SPEAKER SOCKET
OSC. ADJ. FOR HIGH CHANNELS
TUNER PART #CL 4042 USED ON BD CHASSIS HEIGHT
CHANNEL SELECTOR FINE TUNING
i/t/'
VI6 RECTANGULAR KINESCOPE TUBE
21AUP4 OR 21AUP4A
14/1/v
12BH7
VERT OSC. 8 OUTPUT
VII 6SN7 /GTA OR
/GTB HORIZ.
OSC.
L16 HORIZ. FRED.
60006
OR
6B06/tT
HORIZ. OUTPUT V14
6AX4 /GT
YOKE VI5
C67 HORIZONTAL DRIVE
L17 HORIZ. PHASE UNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS
LINE CORD SOCKET
CHASSIS WIG. BOARD
LINE CORD INTERLOCK MOUNTED TO MASONITE CABINET BACK
VERT. /
LINEARITY
.0112ONTAL ORIA
F PLATE ADJUSTMENT
MIXER GRID ADJUSTMENT
R F TEST POINT
A G C FILAMENT
+140V
ANTENNA INPUT
R F GRID ADJUSTMENT
L301 IF ADJUSTMENT
ave./
5 VIDEO I F
T
OLYMPIC TUNER PART # CL -3865 USED ON BE CHASSIS
OLYMPIC TUNER PART # CL -4042 USED ON BD CHASSIS
OSC. ADJ FOR LOW CHANNELS
SHAFT
L301
F
ADJUSTMENT
ANTENNA
TERMINALS 30011
OSC ADJ FOR HIGH CHANNELS
FRONT VIEW
TEST POIN TOP VIEW
FIG. 8
REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
TUBE AND TRIMMER LAYOUT
O
y9A
t
76 /5 CR3 by
V36 -Pi. 6 1013 CPS by
O
0
V10111 VFW 6
AO CPS
100.
@
0
1 \-
SI, Pim
TT CPS
.221/
(*)
OJTRUT -VERT INT .9,121
30 CP3
10 V
I F OUTPUT
FILAMENT
91.11CP
A 6C
LINE CORACO 105 - 120Y
CANOK, RAC.
REAR VIEW
yi0. pi. /
TOM .C.POR. OK TRAYS
T/3 6.3 100 y
yit -
T/5 CPS
Or
5U4 -G
T3
0)5
R64
02900 w°^ 105 +2600
0 +2 b
6.66.
63V 9.
c46
GMT.
Cr4o8/
330 V
90
Terminals marked
A,B,R,S,T,U, are
NOTES: RESISTORS
'A..,
1/2- 6AW8
V3A SOUND II AMPLIFIER
68N6
V4
DISCRINIMATON
R8
404 ow.
C7*
s, ogo auf
6%.16/6T
V5 0010 OITPUT
TI
AMP.
OUTPUT TRAMSFOR11111
SPEAKER
0
2400.
connected to corres-
pondingly marked terminals of power supply and tuners
oneene SPECIFIED
2 ALL MICA APO GERAM/C GORDEN.. 20 101SAMICE, URLESS OMER.. SPROIIED
ALL LOLTAGES MEASURED RETIVER11 POINTS IMIRCATED
MD GRASSI, OSING
VOLT... ALL
VOLTAGE READINGS IS., MEASURED PON AN INPUT
OF IIT VOLTS AO C/CLES A C WITN 11.011. ARAL AND MTN CONTRA. CONTROL Kr TO PM..
SO VOLTS PEAK TO IRAK AT KINESCOPE
CERAMIC CONDENSERS, DISC TPIE
L3 4.S.
C9*
11114
AeAvf i003 R93
Nth 1 250V
RIO
IC"
it;
R94
IL
SO
X
88
T°°
C6 A000
IRMA
11110M
1011
-so2 C12re,
S2
111V
SOO V.
as shown on page 90.
COof
or
+140 V. 0
R0
60V
In
R13
L4
C 17 ,11/4
-1
L5
c'15
6C86
V6 ILTIF
1354
R17
6CB6
V7 28 I F
135V
L7- IS FS RC. zr
1354 L1
6CB6
V8
311/ 1.F
ELD 125
.0 DETECTOR
CRYSTAL DIODE
GE NE IN. OP
. SYLVAIII In DPP
L8
L9
L10
1 1-"«.-/W 1
R241 ,oxn .10
L _J
Fgz,
iitf gfrJ
os5L1
1/2-6AW8
V 3388 VICRO AMPLIIIER
144
L12
L13
RAMC
TRAP
SOF.
ITOP1
10170211
cze
-0 29
C27
SO TO
C
''150/1
1;10.°14
S
_c; kTR1w13 000
X
R19 ..C20
1,00
16
A
C18
4711.
NOf
Pi* R20
4/11
Puf
V
C62
S
I 000
1411f
3,R325
C23
%SOO 11
C21*
1;7
R23 1,022
,000 /.a/f
wa
T
L11
R3I
830
1900
LS TIE.
R32
1.500111
R33
lS C26
331KEL
1I
*f
R92
C1.161)f3I 1:3E1MS1V11
R38
VODKA
RECTANGULAR
cn
21AUP4 OR
21AUP4A
VI 6
KINESCOPE
(71
3
H V I5KV
t
0
U0
I f
C13
tsocauf
0
+ 4104.
CD
00
ci
L19/4
VENTWAL DEFLECT.. COIL
PRINTED COICUIT VENTICAL iNTEGRATOR
12BH7
12BH7
LD
12AU7
12AU7
V94
I
V98
SYNC SEPARATOR
"1!C" r27I 3
-1
VIOA
KRT. GROLLATOR
voVC4oI ev
CV4.°2.
yew4108 nor 400V
MIT OUTPUT
TRFospo..,
R.RA6 MO2 R
.05/ ,033.
IW
5v
30V
32V.
R59
SOCIA1101.
R60
SAO .114101.
YOKE PLUG
L1813
YOKE VAL DEFLECT
C34
C35 SSO poi
cea
848
0.210011
-12
IOR
111T2
NCO
R39
R52
0021.10 V.
R99
R56
110.,4..,111
R40
C39 42004
224
IA WS
41OKIL
.00vearm. A1011
0-1
853
R96
400V.
R43
Rm4t5.
,.v. n..oomw/ 2i C36
R50
WOO AV.
"or
C43 osiwo
R95
R88 11.1111
C44
,A15011
td
17J
R41
wan
889 AKA
1.5.121,0%.12
R85 C65 *
140V.
R92 fffot.
844
11211,1 OMR
"846 11101
C40 .Vvoov
ra. FILLE01
Ne'12'4 R57 C45
R58
R61
4=,
es ./tOr
T MN 11
1-3
6SN7/GTA OR 6SN7/GTB VII
NORIZONTAL FC OSCILLATOR
"" r- 7 - L16 POWISONTAL
R74 11...111c,
L17
C57 01/60,0V
6CU6 OR
6806/GT
VI2
.1112011TAL OUTPUT
14
NORIIIMITAL OUTPUT
RION VOLTA.
RAMER
1B3/GT
VI
VOLTAM 112CTOOO1
6AX4/GT
V14
DAWES
C64 2/400V
V
11:IKE SOCKET
o4.9/
C50
120
41014 lamvffro -180
868 130.110%
56V LA
C54
LED
C60 R80
IY
11.
C58 001100v
22v
112V
R82
3.311,111
275v
co
887 10012001.
C51 ov.00v
R69
II
R71
11
C52 Amoy
vos.
I ILVEN1 IOGOV
R75
A M , I1LLR
E1.
C67
31111110
R83
r
R84
WM
A0
NOLO
LOP.. R66
R67
1501LO
.011
R72
R73
ii- 870
WORM.
WOO C53
*ff:'
VA,
wroow
56
R76 R77
R79
TORO
ouf R81
C61
17Vpov 1,:s
R65
6
B
1-3
+260
O
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
OLYMPIC Chassis BD and BF, Alignment Information, Continued
ner: Connect a jumper wire from junction of R13 and C14 (A.G.C.) to chassis and remove last I.F. tube (V8). Connect the I.F. Sweeper to the shield of V2
(as in Trap Adjustment) and the crystal probe (shown in figure 4) between the vertical input terminals of the oscilloscope and the plate (pin 5) of the 1st I.F. tube (V6). Adjust the tuner slug L301 and first I.F. slug L5 so that the 22.75 MC marker falls just on the trap
(2I.75MC) side of -the peak. Both slugs should be adjusted such that both peaks are of equal maximum height as illustrated in figure 5. Remove jumper wire and replace V8.
Note: After setting L301 and L5 DO NOT readjust
to improve wave shape.
Adjust the following slugs for maximum output at
frequencies and sequence indicated with meter and
generator connected as in "ACC. Sound Trap" adjust-
ment.
L6
23.25 MC
L7
25.75 MC
L8
24.5 MC
If oscillation occurs during alignment, temporarily
raise frequency of L8 by turning screw counterclockwise
until screw projects approximately 3/4". Oscillation is evidenced by high reading on voltmeter (- 5V to 20V) with signal generator OFF and no signal coming in through the antenna terminals. After properly ad-
justed L301, L5, L6 and L7 reset L8 to proper
frequency, if it had been necessary to detune.
22.75 MC.
26.25 MC.
Loosely couple output of RF signal generator by using shield on V2 and set frequency of RF signal generator to 26.25 MC (marker).
Curve shown on scope should be similar to the response curve shown in Figure 6. For proper setting of the pix carrier the 26.25 MC marker should appear on the curve at a point approximately 50% of the vertical height of the curve.
To obtain this setting retouch L8. Reset RF signal generator frequency to 22.75 MC and retouch L6 for correct positioning of marker on curve.
Recheck setting at 26.25 MC marker to make sure that position has not shifted on curve.
Disconnect bias battery.
4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT Connect voltmeter lead to Diode crystal rectifier as
shown in Fig. 7. Connect Diode crystal rectifier between C. R. Tube Cathode lead (yellow wire) and chassis ground. Signal generator is connected at junction of LIO and C25. Set contrast control at maximum and voltmeter to 3 volt scale (negative). Remove 6CB6 (V8) from socket. Use maximum output of generator at 4.5 MC. Adjust L12 for minimum reading on meter.
When it is necessary to retouch this trap in the
field, proper adjustment can be made by using the local station signal and turning the Fine Tuning Control to
bring fine herringbone sound beat into the picture. The 4.5 MC trap (L12) should then be adjusted to minimize this beat interference.
21.75 MC.
70%
NORMAL CURVE FOR OVERCOUPLED STAGE
FIG.5
Connect hot lead of sweep generator through a 330 uulcondenser to test point on tuner and connect ground lead to chassis.
Connect vertical input terminal of oscilloscope to junction of peaking coil LIO and C25 and connect
ground lead of scope to chassis. Connect 1.5V flashlight battery with positive
terminal to chassis and negative terminal to junction of R13 and C14. This point is AGC bias voltage. Set tuner to Channel 9 unless local station is operating on this frequency, in which case an adjacent channel should be used.
Set Sweep Generator frequency to IF sweep on the 20 to 30 MC range.
22.75 MC.
MC.
21.75 MC.
50%
STANDARD RESPONSE CURVE
FIG.6
Adjust sweep generator output to produce a curvt on the scope which is approximately 3 volts peak to
peak.
f" 220Kfl 10 I TO C. R. TUBE I CATHODE LEAD 4 i(fELLovi WIRE) 0Ut NN
VOLTMETER AND CRYSTAL DIODE
CONNECTIONS
FIG.7
SOUND DISCRIMINATOR (4.5 MC) ADJUSTMENT In view of the fact that the transmitted sound signal
from a TV station is probably the most accurate available, as far as frequency is concerned, it is recommended that a working signal be used for sound alignment. The set should be turned on, allowed to warm up for 5 to 10 minutes and then tuned to an extremely weak signal. A vacuum tube voltmeter should be connected to Pin 3 of V3A through a crystal detector probe and the meter set to the minus 30 volt scale. The bottom of
the 4.5 MC Sound IF Transformer (L13) and LI
should be tuned for maximum deflection of the meter. The Quadrature coil 1,3 should be adjusted for maxi-
mum audio output using the transmitted signal from a
TV station. This is done with the "BUZZ CONTROL" (R94) set to mid -range. An output meter
connected to the voice coil terminals may be used for this adjustment , or it may be done by ear since the coil slug must be set carefully for elimination of Buzz. Both
the "BUZZ CONTROL" and L3 coil must be adjusted for maximum audio output and elimination of
Buzz.
92
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Acia4dr.ffeff
Models 21103, 21202, 21401, Chassis T-1
ADJUSTMENT OF NON -OPERATING CONTROLS:
The following adjustments should be made while observing a station test pattern. Allow receiver to warm up
for ten minutes.
The HORIZONTAL DRIVE control is adjusted by rotat-
ing it clockwise until a bright vertical bar appears,
causing picture compression. Then the control is rotated counterclockwise until the compression just disappears. Recheck after adjusting width.
Adjust HEIGHT and WIDTH controls in conjunction with VERTICAL LINEARITY control so that the large circles in the test pattern are as round as possible, and so that the test pattern is slightly larger than the mask opening
The VERTICAL HOLD is adjusted so that the picture does not move up or down.
The HORIZONTAL HOLD control is set about halfway between the points where the picture tears.
V-13
V-4
L -17
V-18
S-6
FOCUSING is controlled by the voltage on grid four (terminal 6) of the picture tube. Grid is connected to either the ground, 280 volt, or 400 volt lead, whichever gives the best result. This varies with the picture tube used.
AGC LOCAL -DISTANCE I SWITCH:
A switch on the front panel is used to add "delayed AGC" to the tuner. In most areas this switch should be left
in the normal (local) position. In some weak -signal areas an improvement in signal to noise ratio will be obtained when operating this switch in the delayed (distance) position.
PICTURE LOCK CONTROL:
In all but extremely noisy locations this control should be left as set at the factory, in the counterclockwise position. In fringe areas, if noise affects the sync stability, the control should be set as far clockwise as possible without pulling or tearing the picture. When switching from a local to a distant station, the control may require resetting if strong noise is encountered -
TUNER 10534 C
Circuit diagram on pages 94-95,
and alignment is
on page 96.
V-10--
HORIZ DRIVE
...-- 5-13
LOCAL -DISTANCE SWITCH
LIST OF ADJUSTMENTS
S-1 S-2 S-3
5-4 S-5 S-6 5-7 5-8 S-9
S -1C S-1 1
5-12 S-13 S-14 S-15
Ratio detector primary Ratio detector secondary Trap, 47.25 Mc. Trap, 39.75 Mc. 1st pix I -F, 41.80 Mc. 2nd pix I -F, 45.50 Mc. Trap, 47.25 Mc. 3rd pix I -F, 43.30 Mc. Trap, not used 4th I -F, 44.50 Mc. Trap, 4.50 Mc. Sound I -F, 4.50 Mc. Horizontal hold Width Tuner I -F, 45.50 Mc.
:hassis T- 1, Top View
93
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
- -PACKARD-BELL Models 21103, 21202, 21401, Chassis T-1, Circuit Diagram
7 F,ecA/7" 674/0
1.-/
v -I
V- OA
V-2.5
Ag
//0Ya1Nr-Ro4/O0aR5ttU. 5HF
pRoO. MOO)
TUNER 5 1'- F AD./.
45.5
L
_J
G
0
AtaRMA 2
DELAYk
-.81/
1
6,4 U6 5-i
..CO/NO
iwov or
61
L
t.50
R/
L2
15-2
A 6715
RAIVO 4,67:
_ s v. r, ,005
470
/at-
7
_ 5AfF
30
v. CS
66
27A" .0p2tc2:0
R6
GS 0033
.7Y.
q- 500k)
400,7 t;44.t7(_.1
04:100022 47,44
Re
678
if .46C
95 V.
Z.ZOK
Rio
69.022
Cal_ 1 6007
0697
640
,6
500/e 1
TONE
/1.i/A
C1 /
Z-2
t330 s-si 4725
Z-3
39. 75-frfc 5-- 4
-
MC.
V-4
6C86
ZZ
/-A+"/62 V.
Cie 2.2 2.2 C
5
L-5 5-6
'WO v /0K 2w
3
C/6 6c3i/38.62v.
L 5 543-7
L. 264.
'ter
R 2 3
6Cv 8- 6
+175V. C
5
3.3 fel or I M NoVvv R.9 .0g r_e:g_71Q
11 11.4
56K
R 26
.5--//
-10
2-/Z
r
L-4 -,6V
7
0
by<
i.g/c
6 0
91
15 K
Zw
5-5 4/.8 Mc
+1.4 2x,0/ #16t 4b5ic.5
4-1.z
V
10K
A.,-3 8e 'a. 47.25AK 82
IK 43
/ K C/-9
4-6!
5-7
/K
C /7
433
44C
52--58
2 C/.2 -..2
="
ex.0/ '4-
I-- +2.9v,
R22240
le
5-10
L
8 CEO A
00F/ -- L-.9
I 76,:;hill
I
on,
I 39K 10ez C -. 9Y
3.3
R4.9
R/7
2.24.4
C21G/
It
39
-22
.330 K%v..
2.564. P/X L 00.t"
C32
,003
/ZOO
/2w /2s9
1_ /0044 <-
-T550v
k-
v-8 6C56
0,2
CeY6
ovY/V0
22644 R46
r- - - --
R4-0
V-78
RS/ 46,4A45
to k 330o
.vv:
/500 _9 v
--Sao
11'1
7,; t 7'
7
#1,04
k
v-9
641.5
ARC
.6
s 280V, 4-/4 POLO 11111--
0 0 0 0
/OK
C34/
K
RS5
-05
2
/00K
1096
#195 V.
*245V
5
330
044
C.,15.0e2 600v
II-- V-//
/5/c> Z$1/
222 /9'61
330 68476-6A
50K
007 -Rot -
5
5
C30
8roo
3
56K nv'soen.
-1.164!
/500
3,e3r0s0
C 28
P64
-I
- 4.7,4 470K j
Y-/3
/281/7 -0-400 v.
T- 4
/25V.
7-.3
-19V, 6
4800 7
64/
/1 C4
i2,.Coz4z4 .=
6a7
60o r
64r1 2 Z)Y ts 10/
-
- Ile'. 5 V.6 AC4:. 22503
:"z.:4 -
/ 0 R6/
m
CSA/7-6rA
N. 0.4C ,
637
I.022 40.,,e C 38 x'4520 3. =. a
3./520Kv-
046
52--1/.45 wiorN
680
.0/ SW
".".
=- L49
260V
,'Z8OV h
_9
Co42
/44
R73
k T4 "
05
R72
C95
C46
314 .11
Goa
1.544 R68 HOLD
//13
3M
tee/ser
K70
220K R6.9 470K
470K o r
/00K /77/
L 3M
V.Z./A/.
z e
/5
220K
R76
/ 27 7
820K
"gemesh
RHO
RS/
R82
6.20K 220K
-.00476
C47
94
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PACKARD-BELL Models 21103, 21202, 21401, Chassis T-1
V-- 3
6K-6-GT
r ..v.49vo .r.ur#270V C// .00421_ GOO
3
4,6V.
60 4
e5.41F.
C/0.4 .0E230 V.
ro Geoun/I3
#260.,o,C
4400v.
Co"
+.3ov
16
4 -/3 640/
#1.2tf
7
/8K
8
.9 t/5O6V.
CONT.
4R7P0/. R33
/OK R7
56.0 /00K
/2
ttl
4Z'3kv'1 /f3(
/OM A:
j 350% CZ4A
1
400
Au;
4700
ew
R3.9
77
56K
220/e
6
2 /O
R'! 2A
.5.0
5e/6R r
v-17
204 i-Pe f A
PRODUCTION MODIFICATIONS:
All changes have been incorporated in the schematic diagram in this manual (Fig. 9).
1. Resistor, 3300 ohms, was added across contrast control. (Reduce large contrast change of 5000 ohm control.) See modification 11, below.
2. C-48 changed from 56 to 120 mmf. (Reduce high picture tube anode voltage.)
3. C-21 changed from .05 to .22 mfd. C-45 changed from .022 to .01 mfd. R-71 changed from 270,000 to 100,000 ohms. R-46 changed from 1.5 to 2.2 megohms. R-50 changed from 33,000 ohms, 2 watts, to 18,000 ohms, 3 watts. (Improve vertical linearity and sync stability.)
4. R-9, R-22, R-26, and C-16 were added when delayed AGC was incorporated into the circuit. (Improve fringe reception.)
5. \ 1-11 changed from 6BQ6-GT to 6BQ6-GA. (Increase safety factor.)
/53-.67 vv ReGT
6. R-24 changed from 120 to 330 ohms, later to 220 ohms. R-25, 15,000 ohm screen dropping resistor added. This resistor was originally 470 ohms and also dropped
voltage to R-3. (Remedy sync compression.)
39 z 7
Rai" 500 -
.20K vi
C3.9
(15E
P6 R
/A/1
874v
.ecc
/M
'e,ArAA"v.
'1'47
7. R-14 added to circuit. (Eliminate beat interference.)
8. R-76, 220,000 ohms, inserted in picture tube grid lead. (Remove vertical bars in picture.)
-/ 7
/H
#290 V
061)0`
V-15
50R4e-c6T,
7-- .8
Zes VAC:
/004-1/, 850 V.
2
6
5Y3 -6r
L )4E477
.5.0 VA.0
ALL ,Z.AME/k175 70 r' EXCEPT A5
//VG:2/CATED.
X
VA,c.
561,/ T'Cfre On/ VOL.
Fig. 9. Schematic Diagram, Chassis T- 1 95
9. R-44, 330,000 ohms, was 150,000 ohms in some sets. (The 330,000 value improved stability.)
10. Resistor across contrast control was changed from 3300 to 2200 ohms. Later the control itself was changed from 5000 to 1500 ohms and the shunting resistor deleted altogether. (Improve contrast control.)
/ 7 VA. L.
60.1. ONLY
NOTE:
VOLT 6E5 meAsci,e6.0 TO G,20 /D. WITH NO 5/G/VAL, 1/7 VOL 75 LINE, AGC 5W/7Chi SET
AT WO/PMA z
t /AID/CATES C/SeT2 ON U. H. F. ONLY.
* APPROX. VOLTAGE /N cochvr5v-czoc,t-w/se
POs/r-/ON pAr LOCK. TN/5" VOLTA GE WILL VARV WITH P/X LOCK P0.51T/O/V
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PACKARD-BELL Models 21103, 21202, 21401, Chassis T-1, Alignment Procedure
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
GENERAL:
It is important that the service technician read and adhere to the alignment instructions in this section, especially in the case of the picture I -F.
Some service technicians may be accustomed to aligning the picture I -F response curve on the oscilloscope alone. This procedure is not recommended because it is actually quite possible to get what appears to be an acceptable curve and still be lacking in horizontal resolution.
Instead, the spot frequency alignment outlined below should be followed.
In this procedure the sweep generator is fed in through the antenna terminals, therefore the output impedance of the generator must match the 300 ohms impedance of the set. A matching network may be devised to accomplish this. Figure 5 shows a network for a sweep generator with 75 ohms output impedance. If the generator impedance is 50 ohms, change the values to 56 ohms for the shunt resistor and 130 ohms for each of the series resistors.
Loose -coupling the signal generator to the mixer tube (done in step 2, below) is accomplished by lifting the tube shield from ground and connecting the generator between the shield and ground. Keep leads less than 11/2 inches long.
Allow set to warm up for ten minutes before alignment.
75 OHMS SWEEP GENERATOR OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
ANTENNA TERMINALS
300 OHMS BALANCED
Fig. 5. Matching Network
PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT:
1. Connect a VTVM between point "A" and ground.
2. Loosely couple signal generator to mixer tube in tuner (see par. on R -F tuner). This is accomplished by connecting generator between tube shield and ground (keep leads short). Set generator output at maximum.
Sig Gen.
Step Freqncy Adjust
For
3.
47.25 Mc.
5-3 & S-7
Minimum
4.
39.75 Mc.
5-4
Minimum
5-3 & 5-4 appear similar; S-3 is nearer the power
transformer)
(The trap on the third I -F coil, S-9, is not used)
5.
45.50 Mc.
5.15
(mixer I -F in tuner)
MAXIMUM
6. 45.50 Mc. S-6
MAXIMUM
7.
41.80 Mc.
S-5
MAXIMUM
8.
43.30 Mc.
5.8
MAXIMUM
9. 44.50 Mc. 5-10
MAXIMUM
REPEAT STEPS 3 THROUGH 9
10. Connect oscilloscope to point "B", using a 22,000 ohm isolating resistor in series with the scope probe. Connect an electrolytic capacitor, 5 mfd, 50 volts between point "A" and ground, the negative lead to point "A"
11. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals through an impedance matching network. (Antenna terminals 300 ohms balanced.)
12. Rotate tuner to channel 3, and set sweep generator to center frequency of channel (63 Mc.). With a sweep width of 10 Mc., adjust generator output to develop about 2 volts of AGC.
13. With signal generator still coupled to mixer tube, adjust output to provide the markers shown on the illustrated response curve. Check position of the markers one at a time. Some slight touching -up of the I -F adjustments may be needed to make the curve correspond to the illustration.
IMPORTANT: The 45.00 Mc. marker must not exceed 97% response on channel three or picture may smear on higher channels.
47.25 MC.
SOUND
39.75 MC.
CARRIER
3-12%7'41.25 MC.
PICTURE CARRIER
50%
45.75 MC
977.
95%
MAX
45 00 MC 43.30 MC.
I -F Response Curve
ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 Mc. TRAP:
1. Connect signal generator between point "B" and ground through a .001 mfd isolating capacitor.
2. Turn contrast control to maximum.
3. Connect an R -F vacuum tube voltmeter to poi -it "C". If an R -F VTVM is not available, use a germanium crystal diode in series with the probe of a conventional VTVM.
4. Set signal generator to 4.50 Mc., with the output at one volt or more.
5. Adjust trap, 5-11, for minimum VTVM reading. NOTE: If signal generator is incapable of a one volt output, it will be necessary to adjust the trap by visual means. To do this, observe the picture and adjust the trap to eliminate the 4.5 Mc. beat.
SOUND I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT:
1. Connect signal generator between point "B" and ground through a .001 mfd isolating capacitor.
2. Connect VTVM between point "0" and ground. 3. With generator frequency at 4.50 Mc., adjust 5-12 and
5-1 for MAXIMUM. 4. Connect VTVM between points "E" and "F".
5. Adjust ratio detector secondary, S-2, for zero between positive and negative peaks.
6. Repeat steps 2 and 3.
96
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TIEIIITO
Chassis TV -330, TV -330U, TV -390, TV -392, TV -394, TV -440, and TV -444
PHILCO "D" LINE TELEVISION RECEIVERS
Philco "D" Line, 1956 television receivers are covered on pages 97 through 106. This factory released material is reproduced through the courtesy of the Philco Corp. The important facts and differences of the three basic chassis series used are explained below. To find what chassis, as well as what tuner and picture tube, any particular model uses, please refer to the chart below.
MODEL 1803020C 18D3020UC 18D3020G 1803020UG 18030201. 18D3020U1
1803020M 18D3020UM 1803122 1803122U 22D4030E 22D4030UE 22040301 2204030UL 2204032 22D4034 22040341 22D4136 2204136U 22041361 2204136UL 2204138 22D4138U 22041381 2204138UL 2204140 2204144 22D41401 22041441 2204148 22041481 22D4150 22D4150U 22041501 2204150UL
22D4152HM 2204152M 2204154 22D4154U 2204156 22041561 2204158 2204158U
2204159 2204160 22041601 2204162
22041621. 22D4164 22043201 2204320M 2204320T 2204320W 22D4324HM 22043241 2204326 2406018 24061201 2406120M 24061221 2406122M 24061261 2406126M 2406320C 2406320M
CHASSIS
330
330
330
330
330
330
330 330 390 390
330
330
330
330 390 392 390 392 440 440
330
330 390 390
330 392 392
330 392 392 392 440 440 440 330 330 330 330 392 392 392 396 394 394 394 394 444 444 444 444
TUNER PART NO.
C 76-9192-3 UC 76-8946-10 G 76-9192-3 UG 76-8946-10
L 76-9192-3 UL 76-8946-10
M 76-9192-3 UM 76-8946-10
76-9192-3 U 76-8946-10 E 76.9192-3 UE 76-8946-10 1 76-9192-3 UL 76-8946-10
76-9192-3
76-8946-9 76-8946-9 76-9192-3
U
L 76-9192-3 UL 76-8946-10
76-9192-3 U 76-8946-10 1 76-9192-3 UL 76-8946-10
76.8946-9 76-8946-11 76-8946-9 76-8946-11 76-9531-1 76-9531-1 76.9192-3 U 76-8946.10 76-9192-3 U 76-8946-10
76-8946-9 76-8946-9 76-9192.3 U 76-8946-10 76-8946-11
76-8946-11 76-9192-3 76-8946.10
76-8946-11 76-8946-11 76-8946.11 76-9531-1 76-9531-1
76-9531-1 76-9192-3 76-9192-3 76-9192-3 76-9192-3 76-8946-11
76-8946-11 76-8946-11 76-8946-9
76-8946-11 76-8946-11 76.8946-11 76-8946-11 79-9531-1 79-9531-1 79-9531-1 79-5931-1
PICTURE TUBE
17BP4A
178P4A 17BP4A
17BP4A
17BP4
21ZP4A
21ZP4A 21ZP4B 21AMP4A 21AMP4A
21ZP4B
21ZP4B
21ZP4B 21AMP4A 21ZMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A
21ZP4B
21ZP4B 21AMP4A 21AMP4A
21ZP4B 21AMP4A 21AMP4A
21ZP48 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21 AMP4A 21AMP4A 21ZP4B 21ZP4B 21ZP4B 21ZP4B 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 21AMP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A 24VP4A
Chassis TV -330 and TV -330U are practically identical. The chassis with the letter "U" contains facilities for the installation of a UHF tuner adapter. The circuit diagram of these chassis is on pages 100-101, and important alignment information is given on pages 98 and 99. The various waveforms presented in this section also apply to this series.
Another series is formed by the group of chassis TV -390, TV -392, and TV -394. These chassis differ in that the TV -392 and TV -394 are designed for the installation of Philco Automatic Tuning System, while the TV -394 also differs in the output deflection circuits since it uses a larger picture tube. The circuit diagram applicable to TV -390 and TV -392 is on pages 104-105, while a partial schematic of TV -394 is on page 106, and should be used with the balance of the circuit on page 104.
The custom series includes chassis TV -440 and TV 444. These differ only in that the TV -444 has output deflection circuits for a 24 -inch picture tube. The early circuit for this series is on pages 102 and 103, and there are also some brief service instructions.
OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS - TV -330 and TV -330U
These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for an approximate peak to -peak output of 4 volts at the video detector. The voltages given with the waveforms are approximate peak -to -peak values. The frequencies shown are those of the waveforms - not the sweep rate of the oscilloscope. The waveforms were taken with an oscilloscope having good high -frequency response. With oscilloscopes having poor high -frequency response, the sharp peaks of the horizontal waveforms will he more rounded than those shown, and the peak -to -peak voltages will differ from those shown.
12BR7 Sync Separator Plate, Pin 1, 53 volts, 15,750 c.p.s.
12BH7 Vertical -Oscillator Grid, Pin 7, 150 volts, 60 c.p.s.
(Additional waveforms are on page 102)
97
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PHILCO
TV -330 and TV330U CHASSIS
11/2 TURNS
r---'-- ---, I I/ TURNS
106
sAx
-.---......__.:
\
DIAL CORD "A"
i
i i
;-- ---. ---. ,
**----.
I
i..:Z
41/2 TURNS
I ':,
---.,.....
1
-".
1
i
1'1
SIGNAL
GENERATOR
106
0, u; r5 pAu )r
.n.
300 ANTENNA
A
INPUT
:.:-----11---;-:77.
21/2 TURNS '
1
I 1 '\
..
I
I:
150 .11.
1
"
:,:r- - - - ,, """ - 1 \ ...
1
s rr-
- _ -..-.
.......-
1: -"::.
`vd:::.,';',
--
-
-._-------...-.-..;.,
.......1r '......
..
\`' ", ss t. %\
.s .,....
1
I
I
DIAL I CORD "B" I
.......
..............-.-.
....--
"...
I
..-.. ....-.. ....
'._..
IIL%
I ei -- ..... --." .....
..... ...... ........
......."
...........-
\ ... 1` it 1
I I
'
Fig. 1. Antenna -Input Matching Network.
\
/ HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
1. Turn contrast down until blanking is visible. 2. Set Horizontal Hold Control (V11-4) to center of its range. 3. Short out the stabilizing coil, T1 (TP-1 to ground), with a .1 mfd condenser. 4. Adjust auxiliary oscillator control (VR-3A) until equal blanking exists on each side of raster. The picture must be de -
centered, first to one side -then to the other, by moving the
arr.."'"
I
\I
\IL.
"" ......".
wobble plate. 5. Remove the shorting condenser.
23 iiie
13 3/0"
6. Adjust T1 until picture is brought into sync with equal
two
deco blanking on each side. The wobble plate is used as in #4
=MOM.
DIAL CORD "A"
DIAL CORD "B"
above.
Dial Cord Stringing Arrangement, T -36D.
7. Check the pull -in by tuning the Horizontal Hold Control until the picture goes out of sync and then slowly bring
the picture back into sync. This pull -in should occur between
23i to 3 bars. If pull -in is incorrect repeat the above steps.
6-14
'IA
113GT MV RIC
f Ax4 ST
DARKS
RD
OS MC
5U
5 or GA
NOR OUTPUT
T P- I
NOR0 TEST
44710 DETECTOR IA MOO
T-5
4 SRC
ILA
SRS
ST
AUDIO
PVT
101".* SIP
Si f
Cyr -4. OT -3
4 5 14C 44 4 /4C
VC -IA 4725 NC
TRAP
TP- 3
5.4 vIP
_La
VIDEO .2S v2 OUTPUT
at.
SIMI
RO fL
VIDEO TEST
®T -7
4 5 RIC TRAP
PHASE CON. SYNC. SEP
TP -2
0
ADC TEST
Cr" 43.114C
24 DIP
Ti
5.0
Qvc-2
7 25 MC
TRAP
.VEST OUTPUT.
VERS 0 SL
2T
RORIE OSC
e VR -3A
P.T.
J -I O
TV -330 T- 38A
0
TV -330U T-36 D
TS $946
Base Layout - Top View - TV -330 and TV -330U Chassis.
98
CL11
r
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PHILCO
VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT
TV -330 and TV330U CHASSIS
A.M. GENERATOR: Connect to mixer test point, TP-2, through a mixer jig, and adjust the generator for approximately 30% modulation at 400 cycles. Adjust the output of the generator during alignment to keep the signal at TP-3 below 2.0 volts peak to peak.
SWEEP ( FM ) GENERATOR: After step 5 connect to antenna input circuit through antenna -input matching network ( see figure 1).
OSCILLOSCOPE: Connect vertical -input lead to TP-3, the video test point.
PRESET: Contrast control full on. Channel selector to channel position No. 1 for TV -330U and to channel 4 for TV -3.30.
BIAS: Apply 5.0 volts of negative bias into TP-2 ( AGC system ). NOTE: I -F Shield must be in place.
SWEEP (FM) GENERATOR
STEP 1
AM GENERATOR DIAL SETTING
47.25 mc.
SWEEP DIAL SETTING
2
44.4 mc.
3
43.1 mc.
4
45.0 mc.
5
45.5 mc.
6
42.7 mc.
7
Channel 4
(69 mc. with
' 6 mc. sweep
width).
MARKET DIAL SETTING
Run marker along curve checking against curve limits given in figure 6.
ADJUST
REMARKS
VC -2 and VC -1A for minimum output.
T3 -IF for maximum indication on scope.
T2 -IF for maximum indication on scope. T6 -IF for maximum indication on scope. T1 (tuner) for maximum indication on scope. VC -1 for maximum indication on scope. If necessary retouch T1 (tuner), VC1, T2 -IF, T6 -IF, T3 -IF.
It is necessary to keep generator out put sufficiently high that a null indication may be observed on scope; however, avoid overloading receiver by excessive signal. Adjust the output of the AM generator to keep the output at the second detector below 4 volts, peak to peak. (For convenience, the scope may be calibrated for this purpose beforehand.
Adjust carrier level with T1 (tuner) and T6, level curve with T-3, Position 42.5 mc. slope with VC -1 and T-2. CAUTION: Retouch only slightly.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
BIAS: For steps 2, 3 and 4 inject a -8 volt bias at TP-3.
IF
r
45.75
42.50
_ ____
_ ..N
-I
-
-
-- -- -
0
Z
bi 50
iwn
W
Ic-rw_s re
100
_.,
--. _
3.1nririf
-----1
-
\
/
67.25 VIDEO
68.875
70.75 50 %
CARRIER
CHECK POINT
FREQUENCY IN MC
Fig. 6. Over-all R -F, I -F response curve, showing tolerance limits.
A.M. GENERATOR: Connect the "hot" lead to TP-3. Adjust generator for 30% modulation at 400 cycles.
VOLTMETER: Use V.T.V.M. on 20,000 -ohms -per -volt voltmeter. Connect through a crystal probe to pin No. 11 of the picture tube in step 1 and to pin No. 3 of the 6W6CT audio output tube in the remainder of the steps.
STEP
AM GENERATOR
DIAL
SETTING
ADJUST
REMARKS
1
4.5 mc. modulated
T7 -Sound Trap for minimum indication.
Voltmeter through xtal probe. Plate of video amplifier.
a. Volume control
2
4.5 mc. T5 top for maximodulated mum indication'
full on. b. Voltmeter thru
xtal probe to
6W6 pin No. 3.
4.5 mc. T5 bottom for
3 modulated maximum indica- c. Keep generator
tion.
level low to pre -
vent overload.
"
4
4.5 mc. T4 -IF for maxi modulated mum indication.
99
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION PHILCO Schematic Diagram TV -330 and TV -330U Chassis
1_ - - _ __ (TV -330U) T36C VHF TUNER ADAPTABLE FOR UHF
..I ...l_zie
II TIFRAP*"
-30011
1 Itr_
- I [XI
I
BALANCED I
T --
INPUT
I
-113291R47I906
I
_
FRONT
T27
WS -5 TPI
UHF
INPUT
76-8946-4
BACK WS -5
x2
C8
0.62
C16
50 DISC
FRONT WS -3
CI7 RI7 3.3 2700
016 1500
AP.
130
RFC
5-9 6AU6
SIF
655
5
615
T4 2 1.211 4.5 MC
BRN EL
C34 .005
MF00
0
0 V
R 39 330
C344 .002 MF
20% ,7I
47 25 MC TRAP
X44
RED
0 xo
A
A
ORANGE
S-6 6C86 IST VIF
4.3 R32 m-
156
R31
1000 20% 6
F I
T2 GRN-TEL
4 57 6C86
R24 476
* C23
.002MF 20%
R34
C 21
-r .002 MF 20%
R9 470K 5%
CIO T5 SI
1/2 888 MIXER
BACK WS -4 LUG VIEW
BROWN RIB 501
ORANGE
HITE
FRONT WS -4
52
SI
6807A
629
C4 220
OR
1000 CI LHA_ 220
VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH A PHILCO MODEL N-8100 vT5M
ALL CAPACITY IN MICROMICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
DIRECTION OF ARROW THROUGH CONTROL ARMS INDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION A ALL CAPACITORS SO MARKED ARE OF CERAMIC DISC TYPE. CAPACITORS MARKED GMV HAVE TOLERANCE ;°00%. LETTERS ON TUNER SWITCH WAFERS READ FROM FRONT TO BACK OF TUNER.
ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT 10% UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED RESISTANCE VALUES NOTED FOR COIL AND TRANSFORMER WINDINGS ARE CC.READINGS.
MICA B CERAMIC CAPACITORS ARE 0% UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED INDICATES A RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN I OHM.
R134 220
ORANGE
Tp4 t VIEWING POINT
v, T
4,5.c.5 ate/
R12
8200
30.01
Ci3
680 -
TC0:2 1I---/VSA,---
9 -
RIO
8200
1000 T2A
OW
VC!
FINE
TUNING
FRONT WS -1
THRU
CONNECTION AT EYELET
Ril
476 IwT
BACK WS- I
*260 V
OR.
C
SYNC.
C41 .1
ISO
R52 390K
FAAA, B
1,2 i2BR7 PHASE COMP
TI
30-08
1700
1.55
BLACK
R22
RIB
4.7 MEG 220K
-+AAArgo-MiNf
651
MC18
680K
.001 20%
.0,
IC13301
G110
*C15
1(-- 7..4.001
CI4
.0033GT 4005
-A"N- 20%
50612K
IN
CI
.0114F
600V
BL ACK
6.3V H BLACK
1175 AC 609..
C
4
4
5
5
C2
O IMF
6005
2011
WH
R2 100K 2W 20%
POWER SUPPLY
BLUE BLUE 411
TEL 2811.
GRE E
2711 YELLO
100
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PHILCO
Schematic Diagram - TV -330 and TV -330U Chassis.
5-10 2 618
T5
DISC
kin 1 3 1-2
E 2
en
I
_ 2h1F0
R2
2
221
5
I
840 276
R26 390
6-10
i/2 818
R23
471
IST. AUDIO 8
AGC 0E1.41
5 GmV
'800 vas 2
2506
C20 1
VOLUME
C25
1500
1 .005
4
70V
7
AUDIO
R29 KJ 6E-3
20 %
R2B 1000 20%
C38
AIF
960
Ra, 2706
13 4 260
5 -II 6W6GT
255V
C 351 200
0i12F
4 2600 GM V
0T
BLUE
TO
1
SPEAKER
RED
3.2 .1).
35V
. R47
7
1.5 MEG
8
H 2
R46
MEG
R45 220
I W
8.140
N- 330 Tv- 3302
1713P4 A
7BP48
2 iIP46 212 P46
T6 YEL - BLUE
4.120v
T
TEL -VIOLET
44 1150
6
4
2
1,00
H
0 :
0 45.0 3 MC _
CZ9 650 7+7_ 20%
X2
RFC
SB 6C66
0
5 380 vIF
6
4
4
1SV
4
0
44.4 3 KT L MC = 1860
SET.
X3
n
22 1.1,11
660 20%
0234 .1 .75
C24
5
=7
R25 47
20%K. 0C23/A0F
20
R35 220
-C31
R92 .002MF
,r R36
44-AAA7-0-NAAI-'
330
470
20%
20%
.
/Y RED
C244
;M."
VCIA I-5
47 25
MC TRAP
TP2 A.GC TEST
El. (40V
VIDEO
C414 2.2
(
150 3-13
66 1.611
RFC
87 6.8.n
ISO
R50 470K 20%
2
7 OUT.
GRIV- RED
05 250 Lkh
GRAY R484
3300
6504
.047MF
4,5 6
200V MEG
6Y.E5LLOW
643 4701
2.2v
c1
0
"C38 R49
.0039
82
TP3
10%
#44 3900
VIDEO TEST R534 4.7 MEG
859
45 MEG
k C45 A R58
200V = R62
2208
*Cig
R61
6.8 MEG
2 2 MEG
T7 3
211 BRN- RED
C4I8
1060 68
/1
5EM3(F 500
T* E1139'
* C45 .005
GMV
R48 4700
R664 0 MEG, 5%
C TRAP
3 CONTRAST
C46
5K
68
250 YELLOW
i56 C44 400 vR7 .IMF GT
LLK
Ban GAN 0* 4000
#56
3.9K
R564 R63 1200 1508
VR6 1006 BRIGHT- = NESS
R64 220K
C43-1.0, T7,0
GM0
C3 .22MF 200V
R65 2200 20%
I (1121
LI' IX:
wR2 5.68 7w
AAA
R57 156 2w
655 8200
R54 1508
500
(2887 VERT OSC
3302
R15 15K
Ci2
R14
336
4000 .0068MF
VERT OUTPUT
6
I
av
C8i
.0
R2I 2.2 MEG
pSl.:
3 085
!MEG
:1
ev...N, VERT OLD
2501330
- VO
TED
Ci3
,-.
DUAL 20%
MIN
2 -5
20%
6, -Wan
VR1
6000
2
95
VERT LIN
8.7v
E1131
;Or
EL AC
pt,
BLUE vOT
88
I MEG
20%
3 HEIGHT
C6
=.0 3314
10%
R9 2K
VR2 2 2.5M
II 5'°
RED
VERTICAL
SWEEP
P9
O
.022 _Lopi
4000
YOKE (VERTI
Y6 1000
05
26 000
04 O
c4A .047 4000
2250
8 .4. 350 V
R20
150
476
E3121 1061F 3500
646 4.76
55 6CU6
3S9y0
5-4 12VUA
806
C7
OSC rr RIB
I6SY
C94 390m
C9 .001
1406 OUT
20%
PUT
-I( 6102
8 26
34
566 e
S
R11
WRIa
5000
7W
4 150 V
57
.01 M.
3 VR3
12.56 WIDTH
R1A
HORIZONTAL SWEEP
R6
390
E3 III I
2W
20MF
_ 4750 0
XI 60 MC
RFC I:1260V 2.413 5
1MEG
47 K
S-2
H
2 2506
OK 0R-4
20%
I W
F110
HOR HOLD
1200
V6-34
098
7.5
HORIZ OSC.
5-14 11336T 8V RECT
64X4GT DAMPER
71813
(50 ma 6-8V
LAMP
PL PL
II
273V
S
5240 OR 51.1464
FC 7811
1.0 H
260
EI(11
._._r_113064FD
350V
TO H V ANODE
YOKE (HORI
"
"n
520 V
2
F I FUSE
.7 AMP SLO-BLO
E I lot 40 MFD
00v
---
0(7
P3 I
7
12311
Y3
L__
PH
101
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING THE 440 AND 444
CHASSIS FROM CONSOLE CABINET
I. Remove channel selector, fine tuning, tone and volume control knobs.
2. Remove the 2 Phillip -head screws and the bar assembly over hidden knobs.
3. Remove the five small knobs. 4. Remove the two hex -head screws holding the panel In
position. 5. Press the panel towards the back of the set until you have
sufficient clearance from the trim at the front. Hold the panel at the volume control and channel selector positions and pull the panel forward and up so that you clear the trim. Panel is now free and can be laid on its back on top of set. Be sure to place a cloth on top of cabinet so that panel will
not mar or scratch finish.
6. To remove off -on switch and stepper switch from brackets on panel, press dovetail end of switch unit down firmly and slide free of mounting bracket.
7. Remove back from set complete with antenna mounting
board.
8. Disconnect speaker leads. Remove AC interlock bracket
and "Remote Touch Tuning" socket.
tom
9. Remove the two side brackets from chassis and the three
chassis bolts from the bottom of cabinet and chassis can be
removed from the cabinet by sliding straight to the rear and
ti
then tipping forward so that the top controls clear the built-
cn
in aerial switch and top cabinet rail.
on
SETTING UP "TOP TOUCH TUNING"
The Tuner can be set up to touch select any or all of the VHF channels plus one UHF channel by using the following pro-
yC
;7,
cedure.
FOR VHF ONLY
.0
1. Remove cabinet back and aerial terminal panel. 2. With long nosed pliers, remove all nylon buttons at rear of
rn
VHF Tuner EXCEPT those buttons numbered with the
channels to be received.
3. Manually select highest channel to be received (incremental tuner must be adjusted hi to lo channels).
4.
Set fine tuning adjustment at the center of its travel. (Approximately one full turn of knob is full travel and stops
can be felt at each end of travel before friction occurs at
de -clutching of the drive cord).
5.
Remove channel selecto.r knob and fine tuning knob care fully so that center position of fine tuning shaft is main-
tained.
6.
With insulator tipped screw driver inserted through cabinet front and corresponding channel hole VHF tuner carefully
adjust trimmer for best picture and sound.
7. Change channel selector to next lowest channel to be re-
ceived and repeat above adjustment.
Schematic Diagram Tuner of Philco TV -440, TV -444
(Points A, B, HI, connect to main schematic, page 103)
8. Continue as in step 7 until all VHF channels to be received have been adjusted without changing fine tuning setting.
9. Check all channels by touching tuning button. If instructions have been carefully followed, each station should deliver good picture and sound.
Caution - voltage across aerial input lead-in
During servicing of the 440-444 chassis, a caution should be observed by not allowing the aerial input lead-in to contact the stepper voltage.
MOD MPS
412.1101
2.00
RCS
110{4
1101111
01.400 I0C
C.3M3, .t 0=t
401.1111
meow
n-s.M.
SG
r
70010
ors
1130.
1111111LNLINIA GTO 100
V0.:0,0409.
HI
IV MEP CHCILIA1010
C 10030..0%
V0,100
:r11/.!
Si ...11111
Philco Chassis TV -440 and TV -444 Schematic Diagram
E. -
..01.10 1141
.401%. 1.11i wit. 1../0 b." ftif
tang .o.Vt al(01.4.1006.0: ...41114
MOO .0a. env/01W Nefte
catemos
Lt
111.
an +we mtliarKg
Sa.tew
*Ca*
= '4 ....COCK CM 'N.M.
Itit COW. onr.ves $01. 10% loon.110.
(See page 102 for circuit of tuner and important service instructions)
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION PHILCO Schematic Diagram TV -390 and TV -392 Chassis
S-1, 64U6
SIT
49V
BALANCED INPUT
WS 5
FRONT
127
X5
TP-I
UHF
IM1 OUT
WS-5 BACK
92
230v
1-4
C40
I B
WHITE AGC
2 2
C34
330
*O0341AF
R45
20N.
lloNT
T21
W5-3
6so
RITA
CH -13 27 7
1" C3 -1-
'5°T
WHITE
PRINTED WIRING
IF PANEL
41 25
TRAP 75 6.0
VE203
X201
8204
- 0 0203
X200
2202
109 v 45 5MC
1ST VIP
680*
S.=
110V
16K R204
P 202
20%
C202
MO0i5MF
- 330 20.
RP OI
5-10 2 12867
SYNC SEP
C30 150
BACK WS -4 LUG VIEW
BACK WS -3
BACK WS -2
Tp- 4 VIEWING POINT
4 50 ",
C13
MC2
680
SI
11'
1/2648
TP -- 2 TEST
POINT=
9 MIXER RI2 8 26
RIO
684'
FINE
TuN1NG
ORANGE
FRONT VIS-
VC6 VC7.
Si
6x8
OSC
-I.5V -3.0V
12 C5
VC FRONT WS -1
mort
T4 AT& NOTION/WU
T -314-I 0,15901
II7V
AC
BO
220
VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH A PHILCO MODEL NO 7001 V1VIA
RI3A
ALL CAPACITY IN MICROMICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
DIRECTION OF ARROW THROUGH CONTROL ARMS INDICATES CLOCK-
WISE ROTATION
1000
ALL CAPACITORS 50 MARKED ARE OF CERAMIC DISC TYPE CAPACITORS-MARKED GMV HAVE TOLERANCE ,;°..N.
I fijL-
LETTERS ON TUNER SWITCH WAFERS READ FROM FRONT BACK OF TUNER ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT 10% UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED RESISTANCE VALUES NOTED FOR COIL AND TRANSFORMER
ORANGE
WINDINGS ARE DC READINGS. MICA B CERAMIC CAPACITORS ARE 710% UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED FOR SETS WITH UHF SEE WD -2105 FOR UHF SCHEMATIC
T374 TUNER
5-10 1/2 12847 PHASE CORP
6
47 MEG
-1(--220K
001MF
C20
.014 I®
20 - 602:321:7j
R50 390K
70:01MF
CIS
0010
L MF
PT :00'0
BLACK
6 3V RIBS
BLACK -I--
BLUE BLUE
OIMF 600V
WM
100K
2I0A% 65A
POWER SUPPLY
104
VOLUME TV -11, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PHILCO
T- 2
3
1
4 5 MC 276 R49
5-B ',26T8
DISC
AUDIO
!112
!
L_
228
1
R31
T2 MFO
-=
S-201 112 V 42.8 MC 6DE6 2ND VIE
C203
6/180p/M 311
0206
RFC
S-20218 V440 C
1/2 GAMS (P1.21
3RD
6 VIE ..i.. T202
9
=> MEM
4 i.OV
CC27°8
8208 68
C206 0015ME
;220,
20% a- or
330 0015 ,x
a,F, 86468 (DI
1/2
5
290 DE T
A GC.
i40
VERTICAL SWEEP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM-PHILCO-TV-390
R38 470
=13?
C33 0033
R39 390
R63 686
044 * OIMF
S-8
11/2 6Te
1ST AUDIO
8 AGC DELAY
028
7
0059IF
8
8 5 GMV.
R28
68V
g
R29 2701
7 5
83 0 1000 20%
AND -TV -392
C27 0033 ME
GMV
ST 6WEGT
AUDIO OUTPUT
125V 5
2558
3 4 SO V
BLUE O.
C26033MF
600V
II
RED
YEL
=
R26 7 2 8 I.5 MEG
1456 -=
R27
MEG
3211
C6
.22
45 MC TRAP
C
200V
BR -RD
68
T3
44
GRAY
I 1445 8-9
1200
X-3
GRAY
C29 1/264W8
IW
9 452
K-4
RFC
22
GR. RED
5x02,LA
1347MF
2008
VID. OUT
250,a,
R24 3900
YEL
035
8-5
4TOK
20%
R37 3531.1
Ww
R 34 3900
0 2b0g0NVIF C36
L R36
VIDEO
WRITE ORANGE
R32 4701
oeirPfisr°
4.6C TEST TP-2
Al
loomem
200v
59 R25
250A1, 26Aw5 220 YEL NOISE iNV 1W
R42 ,5 C35 K 005MF R47
16 V
4m;
I 2 5%
CAS OI
3291
053 566 5% R43 228 20%
C42
470 048 2206
R55
336Iw
R54 471
6 IM
140V
R57 20%2 R46
MEG
5% 661
048
613
13 45
5.6M
15
R66
R60 e 2 MEG
EAR
NORMAL 0 STRONG
WEAK
NORMAL
0 STRONG 2
q64 2200 RANGE 20% 3WI.CH
633
2 261E0
2G
44*
C46 ;10%v
ORE K 0 UN( AMA_
A
0 9G NG
T1 2602 C47 2R.883
.IMF CONTRAST
R2273 6 0
106
8 26
I 004MF
t
.OIMF
C24
30-6008-I
IOK .011.1F
TI lizoc, SM Ri5 5-6 8 26
a
)0MF
3505
E-3 (31
RIB 3.31
156
124074
RI
15 Sv NOR OSC
C21
390
6
155V
SM
.-- C25
Ri6 S 9
6 7.0 V
2 5.
4
1200VR
- RID
2506
NOR HOLD
50
390
RII
686
oR - HOLD
2 vR-5
150MA
O6 -By
2
680
LAMP 1..PFL 270 V
S -I
5u4G8 6 0E0 T
4400121
011 EH 2605
0
F C
BOMFD
350V
TE-11I1
124u74
C18
5-5
OR
12A07
50 R2I
VERT OSC 2206
4004 0% 0033
i4
ISO
MF IBM
8
I
3M
IM
20%
2 O
=-
--JI
`11,390
5%
3
033 200V
VE RT HOLD VR-6
9/ 4
5 14
R6 4700
1176 AT 65. C 7606 AT 25. C
5-3 6S4 VERT. OUTPUT
014
6001MEv
395V BLUE 9
8 +260V V 0 T
BLK
RED
I
047 MF
05 106
RN
42
5
H
14.5V
,0ml 1500 1051,K,
2 5M 4706
V
VERT LIN
YOKE VERT,
fl
1000
I0 ,Y5
2611
1000
pe
Y4
- - - -
10
C9
022MF
RIO1MEG
20%
C to 6002
T 022MF
HORIZONTAL SWEEP
§/C251 OR 5-2
6904MA
NOR OUTPUT
T3
700 0
OOSMF GMV
C II
8-4 6806
C8 IMF 200V
2:1:11
60 MC RFC
x -e
232
I5 5V
3
VR-3
2 WIDTH
H 1251
T11
22 T2
IV/
068 250
T6
WR-I T.GIBE
5000
c2
210
7
Ti
13
2511 °=",F,
X-9 60MC
RFC
854102
F117
508
*
Cl
82
40005
IK
P7 RI
YOKE
PS
YI
el
7
R4I t 506
S-4
DAMPER
WR-2 8.26
IOW
L v_ J
!ILE
3002
07 680
2w
40MF
_ 3008
2-3111
260V 6016C
RFC
14
12
I83GT NV RECT.
STEPPER MOTOR
LUG 6
0
088
3.911.
TO 1.15 ANODE
8
F -I
FUSE 7 AMP SLO-8L0
4091FD 400V
E-1(41
105
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
PHILCO Chassis TV -394 Schematic Diagram
(This partial schematic of TV -394 should be used with complete schematic of TV -392, on
VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH A PHILO:, MODEL NO. 0100 yrs,. ALL CAPACITY IN MCROMICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DIRECTION OF ARROW THROUGH CONTROL ARA15 INDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATOR ALL CAPACITORS 50 MARKED ARE OF CERAMIC DISC TYPE CAPACITORS - MARKED GMv NAVE TOLERANCE -0 100 % LETTERS ON TUNER SWITCH WAFERS READ FROM FRONT BACK OF TUNER. ALL RESISTORS
ARE '4 WATT 10 UNLESS OTHER WISE NOTED RESISTANCE VALUES NOTED FOR COIL AND TRANSFORMER WINDINGS ARE DC READINGS MCA AND CERAMIC CAPACITORS ARE 10 % UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
pages 104-105.) I 3Er-e6
944
T-2
390
5-A
65V
6T6
303.5 119
C28
2 5 5V
S
9416a AUDIT MOOT
C27I
50V
*Lt __ 20%
!
T,
_J
;179 MC
R59
276
- E-2
+ T2 NED
R45 229
LAIN 1
933
27D6 R 34
R33 120000%
1230'
200 V
531 54E4
L, R 32 WA
150V r1.30 Ho
6.28 20%
140 V
1;4:0 SOL
1
:r.:11
RED
A. 24VP4A
C6
REI
R62
L.22 NF 2000
4.5 MC TRAP
41
4 5. 3 NBC
3-201
2 -wt
42 AMC
t
I C
202
44.0
FYI
250
15 5 V
66 X6 TEL +6Aw6
II
3
I"GGRRAYAYc 3, +64.0 .047Nr
RFC
0001
x 2
36 woo R5S
R47 itgSE PIV
IN
.005to
C 33
.001 IT 2
R 50
E6
C49,
SC
511113E SNITCH
R66
02
1 It 260V
811 CONTRAST
C 202 w
Mr
330 20%
201(- j
C 32j_ R6I AA
cj
2V 7201 tso 203
T202
sAo C 209
330 20%
R203
C 206 .00.5
RIF
2.011
j1205
220
st.0015,0 trG 204
16 20%
206
/1 RAMO 1012413
2. DET. C 3
5-202 0 C
II*140 0o
VERTICAL SWEEP
e R29 I
27K
109
9.2 9 R26
14011.16
01
/IF
- C25
L30-6006_1
R IV
4 250mA X 3
3R93700
',\MA/-170. 3900 4709 20%
R 42 93166 s
R 40
1.2V
34R,
.0047
_I_ 10%
2000
-
R.39
4706
VIDEO
RFC BLOE-GRN,
R18 1.6
105 V
ea
a 22K 2 W
5-3
6096vE111:/17
130V C3 5603
140v
SLUE 160
304
R58
5.111.1E
sx
WAN. 367( ' 4 01,:omis"
5.69
1EG 11 CA7
= sFisi:
152 Ctr3
_it.11106
R3/I
..144
4.2 NIS
II
0 Igm.
NOIYAL
.1
7 0 1 sTR0A6
Ii // R57 !
2
SW -1
ne.
R64 1
5 0 62AN
NORMAL °STREWS
R29 150A.
575 Int .0 RII RI2 C16
-- T
v0.11
Ha 3
C6 JR,
eBLAJCKV-3i4I
--- VENT
MOLD V VR -
13 DIMS" 033W
SD%
240V Two V 0 T
R 1
RD
10K
- 9.50
asc
TWA AT WYE 111617
VR-2
IOO 111/
2.5E-4
NEE
4709 R17
VERT LIN.
VR-I
1000
-
.000
022MS 010
R7
150K 2000
R71/4 VR-7
41- 1X
R 73
9 R9
MEG .07 20%
J
4.7 MEG
T-1
Wes
so s
RED
25
2/17 II 5-6
S. #27 w;4 OSC
339
R20
21 799 155 V
-r M OT
_I...R-3(3)
HO RI Z 0 N T AL SWEEP
6s6t9
i 0 20 141,
rit'S 6:1(441T
DAMPER
601c SIC
ITA
1W
A15
2:0A
.0016,
4.005W
: 21 .0,4 .6009-3 fir
C
C11
2 1,0
6.6V
R13
4
R14
2
10K
'203
2500
AuX HOL
MOLD
VR-A SOK
R-3
rUH X11
It0
1LS
AC,
PL
r5
4011
ORANGE... RED 270V
4x1 Ov
SIN
ilLuE
O
s- I
FC
60 oro
11(I)
SU__11112
530V AC
0 .1.1.0
Fl 50- 000
o 40 RAO Apor E-181
HT
TA 100 u1
Tit
6.X60015sT-it-0--
AEC
W-W01 7J11
R74
5-12
19307 HV RECT.
ro
TT
T. T6000
ACTUATING SW.
STEPPER MECHANISM
J2
IS MECHANICALLY COUPLED
AT THE REAR OF IRE TUNER
REMOTE
REMOTE
?
CALE
PLUS
106
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RAYTHEON
2IT40-21T41-21T13-21T44-21T45-21T46 CHASSIS
MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART
Model
M -210-B
Chassis 21740
Speakers One
I Tuner
VHF
M -210-M
21T40
One
VHF
UM -211-B
21T41
One
UHF -VHF
UM -211-M
21T41
One
UHF -VHF
UC-213-B
21741
One
UHF -VHF
UC-213- M
21T41
One
UHF -VHF
C -214-B
21740
One
VHF
C -214-M
21T40
One
VHF
UC-215-B
21T41
One
UHF -VHF
(Circuit diagram is on pages 108-109; alignment facts are on page 110.)
TUNER BACKVEIW_j
0
1200 1201 T202
L206 T204
®
L100
BUZZ CONTROL
TIO0
UC-215-M C -216-B C -216-M
21T41 21745 21T45
One
UHF -VHF
Two
VHF
Two
VHF
8 @
SCOPE TEST POINT
L
UC-217-B
21746
Two
UHF -VHF
UC-217-M C-218 UC-219
21746 21T43 21744
Two Three Three
UHF -VHF VHF
UHF -VHF
HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROLS
The top control (R606), must be capable of producing an out -of -sync condition (equal number of sloping bars) at either stop position. If not, follow alignment procedure below.
1. Set top H. Hold control (R606) to center of mechanical range.
2. Short out H. Stabilizer coil (L600) with a clip lead. 3. Adjust H. Blocking transformer (L601) until picture
is in sync. 4. Remove clip lead from L600 and connect a scope
with a low capacity probe at the scope test point* (junction of L600, L601, C606 and R609). Wave form illustrated on schematic must be obtained. 5. Adjust H. Stabilizer coil (L600) until peaks of wave form are equal in amplitude.
* Pig -tail connection provided on rear of chassis.
ION TRAP MAGNET The position of the Ion Trap Magnet MUST be over the
screen grid of tee picture tube (second cylinder from the base identified by a flared forward lip). If the adjustment is necessary, rotate and slide along the neck of the picture tube until the position which gives maximum illumination is found.
REPLACING SELENIUM RECTIFIERS Replacement of selenium rectifiers may be accom-
plished without removing chassis from cabinet. Loosen one hex nut (each rectifier) and move rectifiers to one side. The terminals may then be unsoldered.
Top Chassis View
CIRCUIT BREAKER
The receiver is equipped with one of the latest electronic devices, a circuit breaker. The circuit breaker is located in the low voltage power supply circuitry and protects the receiver in case of an overload or circuit defect. In the event that +he receiver appears to be totally in-
operative, as if no power is applied, turn the on -off switch to the off position. Wait approximately one minute, then if the button on the circuit breaker, locatld
on the cabinet back, is in the out position, press in as far as it will go, release button and turn the on -off switch to the on position. If a click is heard after a moment and if the receiver is inoperative or if the circuit breaker
button is out again, check for a circuit defect in the
receiver.
A G C CONTROLS
Two AGC controls are provided at the rear of the cabinet to adjust the operating characteristics of the receiver for optimum performance. The two controls should be adjusted as follows:
Rotate +he tuner AGC control completely counterclockwise until a click is heard. Next, adjust the Master AGC control for the most satisfactory picture and best stability. If, in strong signal areas, picture instability or interference is noticed, rotate the Tuner AGC control clockwise until the best picture is ob-
tained.
NOTE: For best results, adjust +he Master AGC control while receiving the strongest available channel. Readjustment of the Tuner AGC control may be neces-
sary each time a different channel is tuned in if
variable channel signal levels are being received.
107
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
FINE
TUNING
L9
V 2
6AT8
CI4
CONV OSC
V -7A
6018
AUDIO IF AMP
C114
IF
30
OUTPUT
r.
ILO
0 TEST POINT
R11
47 T c 100
CI 15) 000 500V
ION
500v
-- 6BQ7A
R F AMP
240V 1m.11+
FIL 6.3V AGC
6CB6 IF INPUT
V -
PLUG
C200
100
let I F 4L 25
201
- L200
i4OV
721)0
C5 6 UHFL.Am.
7 -ANTENNA
r
.LIME
C I
II
e
TI I
-138V P. P
CIO
'Cijg:'151-11
CI!
MG*
R3C4 11/
75V
P -P
0305 -
22 2000
*200 4700
$201 , 1000
R203
1000
C203
5000
1_500V
VERT 15dv
!
P
95v P P
gd4 dg4 )
C
'2 V
OSC
SO
V
-55V
OUTP1
T
rr~-
I
L-_
c sod COUPLATE, PC -263 -
-----1
50S 100K
304 It 305 IN 150K
-VMMN-4 1000
V
$2
5000
21
ate1/1?
2000 500V
R403
150K V HOLD
$404 2500 V LIN
C2I9C 5OMF
50y
/()'ANTENNA
L
TERMINALS
-a------, 485.702 KID D,
113--NAN--41M5°. L _
_u_ i
4701$
CIRCUIT BREAKER
L505
SELENIUM FC 11F IE RS
NTERLOCX
-I - -BR-AC-KE-T462 -
SAFETY INTER LOCK
C504 t -0505
i5OPAt 150v
,50V
125V
'T.
+155V
SOURCE
A
+ 240V ScOUNE
170V SOURCE
C-
+130V
PILOT LIGHT
R504 700
3vo
Ffe:
.:51350V
R305
2500
5W
62 V'
C2 I 9B
1n0omtv I -II
C6i822
5,00v
*601
1120K
0601
112
5004I
220K
o
ON-CFF SW TCH
ON
VOLUME CONTROL
I
0506 5000 I
500V
WAVE FORMS WERE TAKEN INITN A TRANSMIT TED SIGNAL B PICTURE IN SYNC AT ALL TINES TIIE WAVE FORMS /I PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGE READINGS MAY VARY WITH STRENGTH OF SIGNAL,P1CTURE INFORMA-10N REINS TRANS -
MiTTED. b ADJUSTMENT OF VARIOUS CONTROLS. VS DENOTE!, PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGE READINGS WILL VAR', wiTm SIGNAL
601112
047411 200v
-.20C02.60203ivor
100K
108
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
02 ,0 22 -o,
1,199
NOTE, CAPACITOR VALUES IN MMFD AND RESISTOR WATTAGE IN I/2WATT
UNLESS OTHERWISE MARKED.
V-10
6BN6
AUDIO 061 X AMP
0 105
c106
1900000,1
.OIMF
400V
NOTE( COIL RESISTANCE READINGS NEAR COILS ARO TRANSFORMERS KIM TAKVI WITH AN OHMMETER DIRECTLY 601036 COIL 11E11111 MEASURED EXCE/T THOSE
INDICATED XY AN ASTEMSKI*),ONE LEAD WAS DISCONNECTED. 0011.11 MOWN
WITHOUT A READING HAVE A RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN ONE OHM. VII
6 BK5
AUDIO OUTPUT 7101
0103 T Olt_j
-7300 -+-
11104
2166
RIC/5 220K
TiO4
r =50!O0KV
VOUIME CONTROL R1066
116
RIII 226
4.5V
8108
-14-
ISO
IW
7.-.
0108
0,002V2
RI 15 10
TONE GONT
13+ A+
21 T40 (SPEAKER
21745 2 SPEAKER
CABINET
6237
311
21143
3 SPEAKERS
240V
TIAGIER
r 6C86 4725
Ind IF
FAT -1 C233,
V-5
6CB6 314 IF
rzoz
C6-706
00
0, 0 inOV
C210
011
500V
11206 1000
T CV' 18206
1000
ISO
0212
R209 1000
L202 7 SuIl
. 3.
. pie
8./
022
1(n.
525.1 10M
1--r-i =11
39 I
7 200V R230
I
1.215
V -6A
6AWB
VIDEO AMP 0 BEV
=Z.
V-161
1g9,,,§
#214 1700 SW
2 DS to 270V
8231 2700 2W
C231 1dF
1.5V
85V
PIP
P P
'VW* 10404 R407
IMF 33M 400V
413 i
206
VIM I
R 408
311 V. SIZE
BLUE
tt
RAID 1008
RED
R405 4700
SW
BOOST
570V
450V
P -P
R606
NOR
SUM
N HOLD
I2AU7 C605
. 047 MF
V-12
AF' 6 NOR.
-400V0
OSC
75V
2V
265,
I 15v
.4.
TCZ? 500V
I
VERT
C408 .005
1501
C423i 2
5006
16
112213
1006
"Mk
046019
2679
It 218
506
111065 1006 5008 BRIGHTNESS
(206
-in 41
_ _114. _ 7203 5-6 4
R 24 11225
'
040 560
Ct288
711 '1
V-17 21ALP4A
MASTER S 2401
RE( 45V P -P
PICT LRE TUBE
21A1 P4
C616 5dIF
6617 4700
0225
02210 600V
T
1
1_._
iC227fitirl
1--
246V
0820
120
11223
5KV
- - - 336
F.
r
4 -.÷- 300V
8616
8608 336
V
SCOPE TEST POINT
ij
_I
10057 .6E-110613
J5W
20CH
1600
I B3
INK
LA.
8609 33
MI
.35V
0.
00
0
0 0 10
69p6
N PULSE nmP ?20V
6AX4
DAMPER
LSO/ SUN
8
0
10.5
C409
N. V RECT
-41-7.70-4
L5,.
C607 270
C606
,00110
OIMF600v
600V 8611
1610 8612
0621 .005
4708
04704F 5600
L
I
400V SW
500V
9.2n
H STABIL 2E#
'8"
0911
.1mF
BOOST
0gI:. 1 'V'
7 500V
600
SOURCE
160v
P
.11616°
4 HIE-
570V
II 1* >.1":167
21T40 - 21T43 - 21T45 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
109
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RAYTHEON
21T40, 21T41, etc.
SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
1. Tune in a TV station and adjust fine tuning until
sound bars just appear. 2. Turn 1204 primary (furthest from chassis pan) slug
all the way out (counter -clockwise). 3. Turn same T204 slug in (clockwise) until the horizon-
tal scanning lines are smooth and continuous. 4. Readjust fine tuning for best picture with adequate
sound.
5. Reduce signal strength at antenna terminals by use of an attenuator or similar device until a "hiss" ac companies the sound.
6. Adjust sound pick -off transformer (T204 secondary), interstage transformer (T100 primary and second ary), quadrature coil (L-100) and buzz control (R102) for maximum clear sound and minimum buzz.
7. If "hiss" disappears during above adjustments futher reduce signal strength.
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT
1. If sweep generator does not have a balanced output,
as close to test point as possible.
connect a 150 ohm resistor in series with the ground lead and 150 ohms minus the internal resistance of the generator in series with the hot lead.
3. Connect signal generator through a 1000 mmf capacitor.
2. Connect a 1000 mmf capacitor across scope terminals and a 10K ohm resistor in series with hot lead
4. When aligning the IF Amplifier be sure tuner is set to channel 10.
Signal ,Step Generator
No. Freq. (mc.)
Sweep Generator Freq. (mc.)
1
44.3
2
47.25
3
45.4
4
47.25
5
43.0
6
43
42.5
7
45.6
43
Signal Input
Output
Remarks
Adjust
Response
Point
Point
Pin 1 of
V3
VTVM at Adjust generator for junction of output of not to ex-
L205 -R212 ceed 2 volts on VTVM
T202
Maximum Reading
Pin 1 of
V3
VTVM at Adjust generator for
junction of output of approx. 2
L205 -R212
volts on VVTVM
T201
(top core)
Minimum Reading
Pin 1 of
V3
VTVM at junction of
L205 -R212
Adjust generator for output of approx. 2
volts on VTVM
T201
(bottom core)
Maximum Reading
V3Reading Pin 1 of V3
Pin 1 of
VTVM at junction of
L205 -R212
VTVM at junction of
Adjust generator for output of approx. 2
volts on VTVM
Adjust generator for output of approx. 2
T201
(top core)
1200
Minimum Reading
Maximum
L205 -R212
volts on VTVM
Pin 1 of
V3
Scope at Keep generator out junction of put as !cw as possible L205 -R212 Adjust for flat response
1202
25
s.6
Pin 1 of
V3
Scope at junction of
L205 -R212
Markers should be 60% down and response curve should be as shown. If
not, repeat steps 1 thru 4
Check point only
42.5
45.6
8
41.25
9
42.5 45.6
Converter grid
VTVM at
!lunc.,.Tion 02z
L205 -R212
Keep generator output as low as possible to ob-
fain required response.
.(.topL2c0o0re)
Minimum Reading
43
Converter grid
Scope at junction of
L205 -R212
Markerswna should
responsebe curve50
should be as shown. If not repeat alignment.
L200 (bottom core)
T' uner Cony. Coil (L8 or L9)
25
456
L200 (bottom core) has a band width control effect and should be adjusted for marker positioning. NOTE: A very short lead from the generator must be used to prevent regenration. Picture IF frequency 46.75 MC -Sound IF frequency 42.25 MC.
VIDEO TRAP COIL (L206) ADJUSTMENT
1. Tune in a TV station. 2. Adjust fine tuning until sound bars just appear.
4. Turn slug in (clockwise) until horizontal scanning lines are smooth and continuous.
3. Turn L-206 slug all the way out (counter -clockwise). WARNING: The chassis of this receiver may be at the line voltage potential. Use an Isolation Transformer to elimi-
nate shock hazard and to prevent possible damage to the test equipment.
110
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA VICTOR
The service material on pages 111 through 116 is applicable to a group of similar chassis used in a great many models. Models 21T6082(U), 21T6083(U), 21T6114(U), 21T6115(U), 21T6117(U), 21T6225(U), 21T6227(U), 21T6255(U), 21T6256(U), 21T6257(U), use Chassis KCS-96, KCS-96B, and KCS-96D if intended for VHF reception only. The tuner is KRK-22F, and the models are marked less (U). The models marked with (U) are for UHF -VHF reception and use Chassis KCS-96A, KCS-96C, KCS-96E, with tuner KRK-30F.
Models 21T6125, 21T6127, 21T635, use Chassis KCS-97 with tuner KRK38. Models 21T6125U, 21T6127U, 21T635U, use Chassis KCS-97A, with tuners KRK-38A/KRK-36., for combination UHF -VHF reception.
Models 21D641(U), 21D645(U), 21D647(U), 21D648(U), 21D652(U), 21D667(U), 21D670(U), use Chassis KCS-97D, KCS-97F, KCS-97J, with tuner KRK-38 or
KRK-39, if marked less (U), and use Chassis KCS-97E, KCS-97H, or KCS-97K, with tuners KRK-38A, or -39A, and KRK-36, if marked with (U).
Models 24T6142(U), 24T6285(U), and 24T6287(U), use Chassis KCS-97N,
or KCS-97R, with tuner KRK-38F, if marked less (U), and use Chassis KCS-97P,
or KCS-97T, with tuners KRK-38E/KRK-36, if marked with (U). Models 24D655(U), 24D658(U), 24D673(U), 24D676(U), 24D679(U), use Chassis
KCS-97U, KCS-97AA, or KCS-97AC, with tuner KRK-38, or -39, if marked less
(U), and use Chassis KCS-97W, KCS-97AB, KCS-97AD, with tuners KRK-38A,
KRK-39A, and KRK-36, if marked with (U).
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first video amplifier grid, pin 7 of V108A (terminal "M" of PC103) in series with a .01 mid. capacitor.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, connect the calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier,
pin 2 of V106A. Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 mc. (pix carrier)
and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at pin 9 of V108A and amplified through the sound i-f amplifier.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 7 of V102 (terminal "F"
of PC101). Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum
d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst." (Peak with core at end of coil away from chassis.) Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for 5 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R106 and C105
(terminal "D" of PC101). Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero
d -c on the "VoltOhmyst." (Adjust with core at chassis end
of coil.) Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 7
4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the signal generator in series with a .01 mf. capacitor to pin 7 of V108A. Set the generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30% with 400 cycles. Set the output to approximately 0.5 volt.
Short the third pix i-f grid to ground pin 2, V106A, to prevent noise from masking the output indication.
Set the picture control R107A to its maximum clockwise
position. Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to ter-
minal "A" of PC103. Adjust the core of L104 for minimum output on the oscillo-
scope. Remove the short from pin 2, V106A to ground. As an alternate method, this step may be omitted at this
point in the alignment procedure and the adjustment made "on the air" after the alignment is completed.
If this is done, tune in a station and observe the picture on the kinescope. If no 4.5 mc. beat is present in the picture, when the fine tuning control is set for proper oscillator -frequency, then L104 requires no adjustment. If a 4.5 mc. beat is present, turn the fine tuning control slightly clockwise so as to exaggerate the beat and then adjust L104 for minimum beat.
*e0
of V102 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of R106 and C105. Make the final adjustments with the signal input level adjusted to produce 5 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at
pin 7 of V102. SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. -Connect the signal
generator to the first video amplifier grid, pin 7 of V108A
(terminal "M" of PC103).
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed as above.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 7 of V102 (terminal "F" of PC102).
Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst." (Peak with core at chassis end of coil.)
The output from the signal generator should be set to produce approximately 5 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when the final touches,on the above adjustment are made.
FASTEN BRACKET TO CHASSIS HERE
NOTCH THE SQUARE TUNERM BRACKET
ORMODELS WITH FRONT TUNING SHOULD BE FASTENED TO THE SAME POINTS INDICATED BELOW
IGHT SIOE OF CHASSIS
111
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA Victor Chassis KCS-96, -A to -E, KCS-97 with various suffix letters, continued
INSTALLATION CHECK LIST
1. Check position of ion trap magnet and readjust for maximum raster brightness if necessary. 2. Check raster for proper framing (tilt) in mask. Adjust yoke position by rotating. 3. Check AGC and Noise Limiter control settings. (See information at head of next column on adjustments.)
4. Check width and horizontal linearity, readjust width and drive con-
trols as outlined below, if adjustment is necessary. 'S. Check for 1.ormal operation of horizontal (freq.) control. Should hold sync for two full turns or more of the control. 6. Check centering of picture. Adjustment is made with the centering lever on the focus magnet. 7. Check height and vertical linearity, reset controls where required for
1 1/4 " overscan.
8. Adjust focus control for maximum overall definition in fine detail areas of the picture. 9. Check RF oscillator adjustment on all channels. Readjust if necessary, starting at the highest frequency channel, proceeding to the lowest. Do not adjust the UHF rf oscillator in the field. 10. Adjust the FM trap-where FM interference is encountered-for minimum interference in the picture.
'Width, Horizontal Drive and Sinewave Adjustments A. Set width coil fully counter -clockwise. B. Adjust drive for overdrive line, then clockwise until line just disap-
pears. If no line appears set fully counter -clockwise.
C. Adjust width for 3/4" overscan at each side, with normal line voltage and normal brightness. Repeat Step B.
D. Turn horizontal hold control to the left, out of sync., to the point where interrupted oscillation occurs.
E. Adjust sinewave core, as the horizontal hold control is rotated to the left beyond the locked -in position, until 3 to 4 bars occur between the fall out point and interrup ed oscillation.
rt
co
0 a. pdH
a
o0.
0 "6 .9
.zt to
m m
-g
l2yoe 0
-5 tiet)
2 70.
4
;i1
r
ni
a.
112
0 0
CD b-
CD C1-I
sp
P CCDD
RCA Victor Main Chassis Diagram of KCS-97D, -E, -F, -H, -J, -K
R234 150
C2I6 0 I
T lo1 SOUND TAKE OFF TR
:0,33
violA
6U8
SOuNO i-F AmPL
47 K
113
G
,12.100,
OK
T loZ RATIO MT
TRANS.
v102
6A L5
RATIO DET.
z
174-C'214
F41
!
ef- D EJ.o 05
II (103
I.01 PC 101- A
RIo
4
o
C106 000
C105 .0027
-4-11
JRDH
F p
Rio6 39K D
5103 FRONT AND REAR
SECTIONS VIEWED FROM
FRONT AND SA10,00 IN
-MAX COUNTER CLOCKWISE
POSITION NO. I 6101
9 51123 -REAR
01.5
i
J 104
PHONO NPUT
POS. I _TV MIN HIGHS 23 --TTvVNMOIRNMLAOLWS 4- PROMO. AN. HIGHS 5- 1,000 NORMAL 6- PHONO MIN LOWS
5,0 2
5103.R
_C101
v101 B
6U8
1ST AUDIO AmPL
.0i _o.
CII2 .0022
v 5,3
6A 0-5
AUDIO OuTPUT
:1U0U8
OU TPUT TR.
12170 ,1131.QI BLU
104 1ST. PIX 1-F TRANS
C .027
CII9
.001 I
6DE6 ST PIX. , AMPL
TIO5 2N2 co;
TRANS 43.0 MC
Vjf
v los
6DE6
2/40 F AMP*
TIG
3RD.O PIA TRANS
45.5 MC.
v 526 A
GAS8
300 Po< I- F AMPL.
117
0124 R 102 001 22
+131 v 6.252v
044 7680
0v
0173 0047
127 V -
9
0130
+I37V 3 .
V
5
ff7306
.1'72
C1213
220
L102 361W 11
ORN.ORN 8LK
,or,8
6AW8 NOISE CANCELLATION
0108A
6AW8
1ST VIDEO
-.'11,.
+132V
L106 0192 180 1411.11
39 YEL311. BLK
v109
GAGS L105
010E0 120 MU -H OUTPUT TEL -TEL -TEL
i,
..11 1
224 (199
C.I
104
020L
NR
1;TRliAtP
470K
- L 11 8
300 NU- 11 TEL-YELORN
13
PC 103- B
R1076 2500 PIK CONTRAST
0231 270
+ 265v
8191
1500
To
195 8 .1- 10 NIF
0193 47K
vlo713
6U8
0.5.0
RECT.
+1.600
0201
E. -.C1188
R201 I MEG
IOTA
6U8
'ST SYNC AMPL
33.5V.
C182
RI8E3 R195
C186
7
0.471 56K 3305 T0039
5J
r6 R539 8216 1
I
270K 1 MEG 9 ,
C165-
01 I
8187
1AMYEG
2, ;
,______,
48
-II
8
7
C187 C1134
I
Ratl 330
330
45
IR.?., G.,'
#W,
L9,1 Lri'LliER' ;ET wOR8 .j
PC 103-A
I
"3
ti
Ft -F A G.C.
A
C205 CR 101 F -C181
1.001
A.DC
DELAY
T0,47
R138 220 K 265v
R 96 Soo
A G C. CONTR .
R628203 113a0c1m14o0.
13 0
7
ID_
c 14(
V110
6CG7 C wz '''''IAACT
V110 B
6CG7
VERT. oSC
6 o:scli
I AN _2411_10 + 59. 5 0 z,. 0. 0K, .C. .1 4z4.,
AAA 5 :2.7,04:6 ZI,: g-,1,3
- 6 62V 7
RI;
C 14S
0
Cy:8 1..0:
861,5,27.
1
IPC 104.
1Z,11,3 mEG
,I2M5E9G
,G
OR _17
..--
Scv. 3 Vs/3.2
'
i
4o 4'" 4K
32650
vt:ZTVEIGo I D CONTR
S'E .2 45
6,A0D, Z
i_i i .C4.2 'OA . R212.508., 1..
C .01516
s.
TRANSIROUTPUT'' -
,,, .2,,,,,,VEIT+':::H. 13LU 1- - 7
7. : NJ
7. c08! :2,K5
-24.9 V.
..w, .001- I R154'5 5j
C12S21:;.,7 v'
cf:,ILI:
9229 C203 C202
, 32218 Ir °,.,' _ Rno IC201 155. T.0047 v 4
I 6-1C 17
.047
00..4971.K02,48B
_
R161
'3'3n V14,!,
'I'S'O'K'
4
;232 S8::: z MEG3 ? In V f ,,,in
''''''''''
3
..-20011;
13=4E35 0745,
v116
ZIAMP4A
KINESCOPE
0
. ,,,,2t,1v ,
II EJ 2 0, J. lo
L107 NOR. NOLD COEITR
6C 7 V112. G
HOR. WEEP 0O5S0C. CONTR
22.2v
9151 .199
C154 68
RI69 820)3
M7,
_
C18,5
R171
015.6
82K 1.022
0,114,77 5
R172 3900
° L108
SINE wAVE
v113
GBG6 GT B
No, SWEEP OUTPUT
265V
8 RI77 CiGt 395 .0012
PC. 105 I
22V
62
HoR. DRIVE
rC168
.047
C165
0.27 I
110 1.5 Nu
0F.3IO4I0-C, TI6r,9
+265V.
-3-
los TR 0197
a 0.68
iDTK109 A02
265
14
183-GT
1,V RECT.
0136 1000
C167_ R184 330 :220,11.
vERT COILS L112
GKK
RISS 560
R186 560
TEL
/65 Rep
0210 50
R189 470o 1102.F REAR
V 117
SU4GB or
SA54 T . RECT RED
GRN.R.E0
SLK RED
003Z4SRN
RI42 100K
BAN -5102.
mTERLoc
ICI010/34.16F II00 195N6F 4-265v
11.5V 60A SUPPLY
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION RCA Victor KCS-96, KCS-97, etc.
VII) 612060TB NOR OUTPUT
I N4T
L109
WIDTH COIL
R156 HEIGHT CONTROL
RI60 VERT. LINEAR.
CONTROL
C162 HORIZ DRIVE
\I
\(J
I
P.)
,53
1-
R207
RIGS
NOISE
AGC
LIMITER CONTROL
CONTROL
\
/ \ /
00
J104 PHONO INPUT
O
REAR CHASSIS ADJUSTMENTS
TI MIXER TRANS
CS OSC. ADJ.
C7
MIXER GRID CHAN .6
C20 R -F GRID CHAN. 8
TP2 TEST PT
)
CIS 114 PLATE
CHAN. 8
kJ" Cliv21
C2 FINE TUNING
ADJ.
AE:A
C5 OSC. INJECTION
ADJ.
LOS FM TRAP ION REAR)
CI9 43.3 MC I -F TRAP
L45 R -F PLATE CHAR 13
E
PAINTWTIRCUIT SOUND I, 6 AUDIO
ASSEMBLY
0
TRANS
SOUND 6 1ST
AUDIO AM
TIOS
0 TRANS
PC10) PRiNTE0 CIRCUIT viDEO 6 1ST SYNC
ASSEMBLY
e NOISE
L
,t?csolc J
1
ROSS VERTLUTPUT
PGIOA
PRINTEDIRCil
SYNC. OUTPUTCU 6 VEST OSCrOUTPUT
ASSEMBLY 6<41 SY NC OUTPUT vERT OSCT
MSC
L
SINE 'RAVE COIL
\s
PCIOS PRiNTED CIO
ya
SYNCHRO GUIDE
ASSEMBL
osc
e CONTROL
4,7,P,T
sX°4.
i.F TRANS
2IW
RAMST
TA TRANS Ole
61CSI NW PIP
yv. CI
END DV
6"670"E.6..) ''IZAaYr
PRINT:IS'26CuIT PICTURE IF ASSEMOLY
0 wnr:,- , \IC)
CI ;;611-12.'6
TO TUNER ASSEMBLY
CIO SANDWICH
LI THROUGH L11 INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL
OSC. ADJUSTMENTS
L42 OSC CHAN IS TRACKING ADJ.
L3
MIXER GRID CHAN. 13
L58 R -F GRID
TPI
L44
TEST POINT
MIXER 60110 (OSC. INJ.)
CHAN.6 (R -F ALIGN.)
L46
R -F PLATE CHAN.N
KHIOS or KRIC39 TUNER ADJUSTMENTS
NOkIT'HOLD CONTROL
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
RIP)
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
1
8155
VER HOLD CONTROL
6103 Tv-PHONG
TONE SW
MOUNTED ON TUNER ...ET
SI01 6 RIOTS
ON -OFF SA a VOL. CONTROL
PIN%
CONTROL
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
PICTUARpE pI -lFicTRaAbNlSeFOtoRMVERHAFDJmUSToMdEeNlTsS.o-nly.
Connect the i-f signal generator, in series with a 1500 mmf.
ceramic capacitor, to the mixer grid test point TP2.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R119 and R188
and to ground.
Turn the Noise Limiter control fully counter -clockwise.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Note: Improper alignment will result if the above controls
are not set as indicated. If the horizontal circuit is disabled during alignment, a bias of -20V. must be applied to the
grid, pin 2 of V108 and the AGC control must be fully clock-
wise to avoid damage to V107 and V108.
Obtain two 7.5 volt batteries capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000
ohm potentiometer across each. Connect the battery positive
terminal of one to the chassis and the potentiometer arm to
the junction of R119 and R188. The second battery will be
used later
Set the bias to produce approximately -5.0 volt of bias at
the junction of R119 and R188.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to terminal "G" of PC102 and
to ground.
Set the VHF signal generator to each of the following fre-
quencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximum
indication on the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce
the input signal if necessary in order to produce 3.0 volts of
d -c at terminal "G" of PC102 with -5.0 volts of i-f bias at
the junction of R119 and R188.
44.5 mc.
T107
45.5 mc. 43.0 mc.
...... T10T1506
Set the VHF signal generator to the following frequency
and adjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at
terminal "G" of PC102. Use sufficient signal input to produce
3.0 volts of d -c on the meter when the adjustment is made.
47.25 mc
L101
For combination UHI'-VHF models.
Connect the i-f signal generator in series with a 1500 mmf.
ceramic capacitor, to the mixer grid test point TP2.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R119 and R188.
Turn the Noise Limiter control fully counter -clockwise.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Note: Improper alignment will result if the above controls
are not set as indicated. If the horizontal circuit is disabled
during alignment, a bias of -20V. must be applied to the
grid, pin 2 of V108 and the AGC control must be fully clock-
wise to avoid damage to V107 and V108.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-
ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm
potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal
to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R119
and R188. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indication
on the "VoltOhmyst."
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to terminal "G" of PC102 and
to ground.
Set the VHF generator to each of the following frequencies
and with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjust-
ment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." In each
instance the generator should be checked against a crystal
calibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.
During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary in
order to produce 3.0 volts of d -c at terminal "G" of PC102
with -5.0 volts of i-f bias at the junction of R119 and R188.
44.5 mc.
T107
45.5 mc.
T106
43.0 mc
T105
Set the signal generator to the following frequency and
adjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at terminal
"G" of PC102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 volts
of d -c on the meter when adjustment is made.
47.25 mc.
L101
(Continued on page 115)
114
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA Victor Chassis KCS-96, -A to -E, KCS-97 with various suffix letters, continued
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PICTURE I -F. -
Applicable to VHF models only.
To align the mixer plate circuit, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2, in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible. with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the top of the tuner.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Clip a 330 ohm resistor between pin 2 of V106A and ground.
Preset C118 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R119
and R188. Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal "J"
of PC102 to pin 6 of V104. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to terminal of PC102 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Adjust Tl (top) and T104 (top) for maximum gain and with 45.75 mc. at 75% of maximum response.
Set the sweep output to give 0.3 to 0.5 volt peak -to -peak when making the final touch on the above adjustment.
Adjust C118 until 42.5 mc. is at 70% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in Figure 11. Maximum allowable tilt is 20%.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and the 330 ohm
resistors. Connect the oscilloscope to terminal "G" of PC102.
Figure 11-
KRK38 or KRK39 T1 and T104 Response
Figure 12 -
Overall I -F
Response with KRK38
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 to 5.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown
in Figure 12. Increase sweep output ten times and check attenuation at
41.25 mc. Adjust T105 and T107 to set 41.25 mc. between 25 and 35 times down with curve as shown in Figure 12.
Move the sweep generator to the antenna terminals. Connect -3.0 volts bias to terminal "F" of PC103. Adjust T106 and T107 slightly to correct for any overall tilt while switching from channel to channel.
For combination UHF -VHF models.
To align the mixer plate circuit, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2, in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the top of the tuner.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Clip a 330 ohm resistor between pin 2 of V106A and ground.
Preset C118 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R119
and R188. Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal "J"
of PC102 to pin 6 of V104. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to pin terminal "J" of PC102 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Adjust T2 (top) and T104 (top) for maximum gain and
with 45.75 mc. at 75% of maximum response. Set the sweep output to give 0.3 to 0.5 volt peak -to -peak
when making the final touch on the above adjustment.
Adjust C118 until 42.5 mc. is at 70% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in
Figure 13. Maximum allowable tilt is 20%.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and the 330 ohm
resistors.
4575 MC 75%'-5%
425 MC
41.25 MC 4575 MC 450 MC
90%
45 75 MC
45%
Figure 13-
KRK38A or KRK39A
T2 and T104 Response
Figure 14-
Overall I -F Response with KRK38A or
KRK39A
Figure 15-
KRK38A or KRK39A
L9 and C308 I -F Response
Connect the oscilloscope to terminal "G" of PC102.
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 to 5.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown in Figure 14.
Increase sweep output ten times and check attenuation at 41.25 mc. Adjust T105 and T107 to set 41.25 mc. between 25 and 35 times down with curve as shown in Figure 14.
To align the I -F amplifier circuit of the KRK38A or KRK39A, connect the VHF sweep generator to the front terminal of the 1N82 crystal holder in series with a 1000 ohm resistor and a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, grounding the sweep ground lead to the tuner case.
To do this, remove the crystal cover and connect the resistor, after insulating the lead with tubing, to the crystal front terminal.
Set the VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR switch to the UHF position, and the UHF TUNING between channels 68 and 69 at 800 mc.
Connect a 220 ohm composition resistor and a 1500 mmf. capacitor in series between the plate, pin 1, of VI 6BQ7A and ground with the capacitor connected to pin 1 and the resistor to ground. This point is accessible through the hole in the left side of the tur.er. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to the junction between the resistor and capacitor.
Couple the VHF signal generator loosely to the diode probe
in order to obtain markers.
Connect the potentiometer arm of the second bias supply
to terminal -F" of PC103 on the tuner and ground the battery
positive terminal to the chassis. Adjust the bias potentiometer
to produce -3.0 volts of bias, as measured by the "Volt-
Ohmyst" at terminal of PC103.
Set the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volt or less peak -to -
peak on the oscilloscope.
Adjust C308, on the UHF section, and L9, on the VHF sec-
tion, of the tuner for maximum gain with 45.75 mc. and 41.25
mc. markers as shown in figure 15.
Move the diode detector to test point TP3 and adjust L27
and L43 for curve as shown in figure 15.
Remove the resistor, capacitor and diode probe from TP3
and connect the oscilloscope to terminal
of PC102. Use
3.0v peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Connect the VHF sweep generator to the VHF antenna terminals. Keep the AGO bias at -3.0 V and the I -F bias at -5.0 volts.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first
picture I -F amplifier.
Switch through all VHF channels and check for proper
curve shape as in figure 14. Retouch T106 and T107 slightly
to correct for any overall tilt that is essentially the same on
all channels.
Disconnect the VHF sweep generator and connect the UHF
sweep generator to the UHF antenna terminals. Check on all
UHF channels for proper wave shape as shown in figure 14,
retouching L27 and L43 if necessary to correct any overall tilt.
Do not retouch C308, L9, T2, T104, T105, T106 or T107.
Remove the sweep and marker generators and the bias
supplies.
115
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA Victor Chassis KCS-96, KCS-97, etc. (Continued)
C306 OSC
CHAN.83 (LEFT SIDE
BOTTOM)
L311 OSC, GRID
LOOP (LEFT SIDE
TOP)
W301 F CABLE
V301 BAF4-A
UHF
OSC
C307
OSC
CHAN 14 (REAR)
C21 MIXER GRID
CHAN 21
c11 R -F PLATE
CHAN 8
TEST POINT R -F PLATE
(PIN 1)
TP2 TEST PT F ALIGN
.15 MIXER TRANS
\ V2 xe
03T'
MIXER
J2 F INPUT
JACK
CS R -F GRID
L5 FM TRAP (ON REAR)
L 20 R -F PLATE CHAN 13
TP3 TEST PT (MIXER PLATE)
OSC2CSAD
C22
OSC 131J
C27 FINE TUNING AOJUSTME NT
L50 THROUGH L63 INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL
OSC ADJUSTMENT
L49 OSC. CHAN 13
TRACKING ADJ.
L43 I, ADJUSTMENT
L4e MIXER GRID
CHAN 6
TP1
TEST POINT (OSC !NJ )
`L32 R -F PLATE
CHAN 8
KRK3BA or KRK39A UHF/VHF. TUNER
,-F ADJ
LI4 R -F GRID
CHAN 6
CI6 BAND WIDTH
L36 MIXER GRID
CHAN, 13
PC103-VIDEO 3 1ST SYNC UNIT LAYOUT
r T107
lc 30 ( '1111rf-
f E
" ,2E?
Y°
131
EMU
J L114
cl 1.11
RI
Izz
y 6123
iyiB
IA
92.4411: 2
jc-744".
CtTja L
LuT
?-\
12120
\11 C175
IMPORTANT WIRING NOTICE
Many of the wiring connections in these receivers employ a new type solderless wire -wrap connection. These connections consist of six or seven turns of tightly machine -wrapped wire around special square studs. They are both electrically and mechanically equal or ruperior to conventional soldered connections, and should not be considered to require soldering. However, where rewiring is required or the original tightly wrapped connection has once been unwound, conventional soldering methods must be used.
PC102-PICTURE I -F UNIT LAYOUT
PC104-VERTICAL & SYNC OUTPUT UNIT LAYOUT
AGC AND NOISE LIMITER ADJUSTMENTS.-Careful adjustment of the AGC and Noise Limiter controls is very important for the proper functioning of the receiver. Overload or non-functioning of the noise circuits will occur if improper adjustment is made.
Turn the Noise Limiter control fully counter -clockwise. Adjust the AGC control until a bend just occurs in the picture then counter -clockwise 90° from this point. Set fine tuning for barely perceptible 4.5 mc. beat. Readjust the AGC control 45° counter -clockwise from picture bend. Set horizontal hold counter -clockwise as far as possible without making sync unstable. Advance Noise Limiter control until horizontal shift or bend just occurs then counter -clockwise 30° from this point. Reset horizontal hold to center of holding range.
C 155
43 R168 R170
OMIT IN
KKCSa94n
K
6
C154
I67II
0173
7
5 0157
C161 CI60
.1 R176 lw DE
PC105-HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR UNIT LAYOUT
116
PC101-SOUND I -F UNIT LAYOUT
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCAVICTOR
The 17" Models 17S6022, 17S6025, 17S6027, 17PT6962, use Chassis KCS-94, with VHF tuner KRK-32B. The 21" Models 21S632, 21S6052, 21S6053, employ Chassis KCS-95 or KCS-95A, both with practically identical circuits to KCS-94. The 17" Models 17S6022U, 17S6025U, 17S6027U, 17PT6962U, use Chassis KCS-94A and are identical to KCS-94 except for the use of a UHF -VHF tuner KRK-29K/36A. The 21" Models 21S632U, 21S6052U, 21S6053U, use Chassis KCS-95C having a UHF -VHF tuner KRK-33B or C.
The service data on these sets are presented on pages 117 through 121. The circuits of the two main tuners used are shown on page 118. The main schematic is on page 119, and is exact for 17" sets, but is applicable to 21" sets as well. On pages 120 and 121 are alignment facts and additional service information.
INSTALLATION CHECK LIST
Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver antenna terminals.
Plug the power cord into the 117V. AC outlet and turn the receiver -ON-. The receiver should operate normally. However, a check of the following adjustments should be made.
1. Check position of ion trap magnet and readjust foi maximum raster brightness, if necessary.
2. Check raster for proper framing (tilt) in mask. Adjust yoke position by rotating. '3. Check width and horizontal linearity, readjust width and drive controls as outlined below, if adjustment is necessary. '4. Check for normal operation of horizontal hold control. Should hold sync for two full turns or more of the control.
5. Check centering of picture. Adjustment is made with the centering levers on the centering magnet, or by rotation of the entire magnet.
6. Check height and vertical linearity, reset controls where required for 11/4" overscan.
7. Check R -F oscillator adjustment on all channels. Readjust if necessary, starting at the highest frequency channel, proceeding to the lowest. Be sure to replace the guard and disc behind the fine tuning knob. *Width, Horizontal Drive and Sinewave Adjustments
A. Set width coil fully counter -clockwise. B. Adjust drive for overdrive line then clockwise
until line just disappears. If no line appears set fully counter -clockwise. C. Adjust width for 1/4" overscan at each side, with normal line voltage and normal brightness. Repeat Step B. D. Turn horizontal hold control to the left, out of sync , to the point where interrupted oscillation occurs. E. Adjust sinewave core, as the horizontal hold control is rotated to the left beyond the locked -in position, until 3 to 4 bars occur between the fall out point and interrupted oscillation.
KINESCOPE AND SAFETY GLASS CLEANING.-The
front safety glass may be removed to allow for cleaning
of the kinescope required.
faceplate and the
safety
glass if
To do this remove the clamp under the bottom edge of the metal front trim and allow the safety glass to slide down.
The kinescope faceplate and the safety glass should
only be cleaned with a soft cloth and -Windexcleaning agent.
or similar
CHANNEL SELECTOR
KNOB
FINE TUNING KNOB
SAFETY GUARD
REMOTE KNOBS BY PULLING !EMARDOFF OUT SAFETY GUARD A ND
INSULATING DISC
OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT CHANNEL NUMBER
KRK32B R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS
T2 MIXER TRANS
C25 FINE TuNING
ADJ
CHAN .5
T1,2 TEST POINT
t iF AL iGN 1
CHAN
L5 FM TRAP ON REAR I
RF PLATE CHAN 13
CIB BANDWIDTH
L44 THROUGH L54 !NO tOUAL CHANNEL
OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS
L31 MIXER GRID CHAN 13
L42 MIXER GRID
CHAN 13
KRK32B VHF TUNER
TP1 03C INJECT IR-F ALIGN 1
li-ELG.R ID CHAR B
L30 R -F PLATE
CHAN
YOKE AND CENTERING MAGNET
PC101-Sound I -F Unit Layout
117
RR rimm uSoNG CON61NATION UNF-VNF ANTENNA,
r-ANT. MATCHING UNIT
CONNECT TRANSM. LINE TO WM TEROWNLS
FOR SEPARATE UHF AND OAF ANTENNAS, DISCONNECT WS2 . AND CORRECT TRANS. LINES
L5 e4/1
L.,
LI
OTO RESPECTIVE TERMINALS.
C40
7
TR,L.,..1. TRAP 02
TRAP
.001
O
TUNER
UNIT
c
KRK 29K/36,s_ "
T1
JI-F
ANT
TRANS _L
P51.4
Tlit1 Cal
.001 R52 12K
R57 1C41 1000 T.001
E Sf.'E R7EAR FRONT Is
KRK-29 K
VHF SECTION I
7
5 51
SD VHF CE
L61
38 3
UO
RI
VHF uRF
VI
6N60v0
R -F A.G.0
'"
J2 L9 °
INPUT P302
4RE,a7:4 104
L6
,ocosoT
R20 loces
R. C9
I MEG
11000
256V
The schematic is shown in the latest condition at the time of printing.
All resistance value in ohms. K = 1000.
All capacitance values less than 1 in MF and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise
noted.
Direction of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst- and with no signal input. Voltages should hold within -4-20% with 117 v. a -c supply.
SI.0 REAR
SI. C FRONT
1.--4
ANT. MATCHING UNIT
0116
ANT
039 1321 2.2
T2
CON,
J
TRANS.
SI-13 FRONT
142 IS
02 k
0,135
L47 116 129 L3
145 3300
S
C 27
REAR
4,1:4.4.
.3 C21 "4 0.8-3
L49
51.4 FRONT
L50 1151 152 L53
CHANNEL SEL CTOR .SWITCH SI FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL NO 2 POSITION.
TUNER UNIT KRK-32 B
7
° L7 LIS
LI4
402T
L9 LIS
o 112
SIC FRONT
'E
POINTS
15 FAA
iF
TRAP TRAP c
LI TRAP
JI.F PI071.1
L_
loo K
C111 001
Si HA REAR
-w
^ 9
013
1000
0=
A2500.
270
VI
.3CBG
, c,
22K y1000
3 RFAGC
076v
c 2o
T
OV.
012 5 RI4
TAN
0.
r109 101 1470 I
.2564
n
UHF SECTION
C306 7 7.---0-f
)1 i'''' /W OMITTED IN
C303 C303
SO UNITS
1 cR 3.,
313
A 4_49/
uo3 on11 ,,,
,52
r C 30i
KS DOR , 11482
, L309
MIXERL
1-11.4
0301
moo T
2AF4 1
C OS
7 I
,
I
,
C 304 7
/II V/
0302A L
-P ri-
1-P_
LL7C-3101
I
Il
L302 IL301
I
®C3
r- ov
;GO
2A4Al --4
1
°sc. I
L307
COILT 1; icC,_3so0p8- -/ I -F L309
iL 0 T8 2
I
C 311
-OW301
rTP 1
RG
019
100K FS,LIIIT
IR1700
39,A.,
6
Lis
L341
R,. su8
56005 050. 4
MiNER
VTR°AVS
R8
L 960.
_°11
_c22
L431
25 GINS TUNING CONTR.
L34
LS3 521
SIA FRONT
SIA REAR
sre-4.5V.
RII 1024 C 2 3 1
100 1006112
CHANNEL SELECTOR SNITCH SI FRONT ARO REAR SECTIONS VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL N0.2 POSITION (54- GO MC.)
Either of these two tuners is used with main schematic shown on page 119.
PC105-Horizontal Oscillator Unit Layout
PC103-Video & Sync Unit Layout
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ICCS 94A CHASSIS
See page 118
for circuits of tuners used with this main
schematic.
Orr TRANS
V10,4
sSOuUNbD
1-F AmPL 7115 V
L1-0.5/ AdT' 1r1
Le e C 217 .001
R A71T0.2Orr TRANS
'-esTrtc ov
u ,
8192 12K
EISN
5
RI1 ,a00
C103 .01
14.
150V
w 103
RIK
ICON
7104 MT PIN IF TRANS
v
ClItt )11.101 Acrzo IS
R1113 221t
Tg7
18010109(
3CF6
10P1
S^AmPL
TP101
" v.
TINS 2ND. PM 1F TRANS 43.0 MC
PC 102
+121
470
66021
L
8.1; 7g1,
R193 5rA6P0JK
T. PC -103
Tew..ti
2561.
PC 101
wtol
1100-
1000
1+206 C107
0.611 .00212 TRF
R 10G 39 K
To DI
C105
.0027T
121016 MEG
L
CONvO TR.
W102
2000 5109 471(
C.01'10
1su Av.Ua .
AmPL
30.3
C109
.7 _0790
0,08 10 MEG.
661616
- 0110 33015
V 103
SAQS OU010 TPUT 196
C112 .01
ev
4R7I0II0 0112 470
7103 AUDIO
BLUOUTTRIIT
0213 C114C 800 .0047'1.10 MY
YEAKER
CONTROLECKE
I RI98
470K
C.1°15
+256 V.
9105
T to6
23.CPM1376F AMPL
M45V.P5Pm.' r
Mov
256V.
UK. A
5A58
3R.mP ". I.
21
r;11107 MCS
44.5 MC
521A06558
2N0 CRT
-0.4v -41 rr
0126 C214.-
PC 103
v 10713
,,,,,,,.4..7__-1.7 ez:48 1104...... 3,.0111a..ll 0,,14°
-0.4 v .M17,
%4, ST
6A We
MT. SYNC -
8133
9
I MEG
0134 2200
6
C C137-..RI19 my 27
1116v.. ,7,45
2.,0,,
5L,01,0.0..,2,5g1. ,j.e.a.-, C137
R1313 56K
moa4'.5''0'8
0.22
C139 'T 390
330
R133 OV.
33K
1 C 116
0.47
196 ttigR
R242 1.5 1406
144. 1.554E0
8146 390 K
fi
L 4]
3
301000704I 2860
TAP
PIS COI
c1133 1000
38320000 isov. 02560
3 814
200 K
130162,1155 CONTROL
SO V.
IC01.341
To
TZ
R194 1.8 MEG
R195
2 7.514E6. LOCAL
rI C 151
Q22
I DISTANCE
(A.G.0
3, coNTR.
TO PCJOS TERM. E
PC 104
C2.2142
VI08 A
6CG7
IF o ,
____3_4+1510V. CHI .033
L'060 --11--1 corr PUT
....... _ ....,,,,,,,....,v
R141 360 K
,
0 -1.1V a
,,,-.2k T .0, icCO.013242 113K 5-
3
33K
t0014.7
18150
8 153 6.6 MEG
v lose
6CG7 'WUP 03C
-:91,T
Le'
R159 I MEG
ci76 22
c ,s0
0.-0022.
;.0.013589
KR ,...0215
I
.-C0-4P7471I
c,e5, 19
C"
ORCZ
8200
OA
c.0I5217
Tek
v0,1
SAGS
T100
VERT GwEEP OUTPuT
SLouuTr-0111/4
*74" CrS2 1
.001 1
51
_ IMO
470 K °K
___J
.0017725 IC179
220 T.047
141641
0114
17AV P4
251016000E
7256V.
R15/ 3 0155
8160 25016
47025
1.5 MEG. VERT NOLO
LIR
CCOONNTTRR.
C166
PC 105
6C67 V110
1107 42m...R-H°L°
rstro%
F
CONTR.
3
0182
27025
I2BQ6GTB IF -
-I
ONEEP OUTPUTOUTPUT
.256V
C163 511
nt-t 0
RMIS
*2" '7
fmr
F
R175
-JJoewtt
1106
me 500 WAVE
0176
82014 c3.2
{i0
0 I oE I
I4I7IJ, -22.1
6183 4.7171 v 661+
33 0.
iG2
C67,4.., b115,5 NOrc 628
0.47 C56 R112
3900
I_ .. 0-7.1-1---t1EarIi-v--...-1':'41
,
C1511
330
C159 .01
_
' ici;i2i2vE
22N
1022
7.
./..4"--
R117
.
..294._111 f...._. I
0170
L
30
0113 150K
. .,4
0 6.16 WEI
C lit .0012
C
J
2s5v
0,3 AMP
206
111.4rt
R197
R151 470 K
156
0156 1000
DEFLECTION YOKE
E +171
ISO
R165
560
0516606 1Iv.,.
ctio SO VAR
UHF TUNER
VHF TUNER
PC 101
1113[4Cn.7O5:o2o.7 121 L305
r--7,02
L3061 I,
AIWA
3X0
I
1.33 4.
.iicr.z., 41 1
AM C32 C30 T11S
T
341.3
a T470 roo.
11000
Ft21 120
I I
21470
1134
T.001
0101
Sue 4
PC103
5405
SAWS
4 I 14
L
JJ
129
T410
PC 102
PC 105
PC 104
11.-,a.4.116 43 "17 4
3
1
1
sgW 51 14 5 3 4 1 2
01
ICTID
C162C
Tool''
*I
C.0.04
r- 16,000V.
58101 0112
RECT. ISO MF
Ri6e 5,6
3101 ON -OFF SW
010 RECT2
40R0I10-80C1 X7WAP-25-301-0-2oh,1 INTERLOG
CIMA C1145
IIST4 11001AF IVO 0F
+256V.
1500.
115 v. 607 SUPPLY
.0117-
C/12
0190 38
R191
4390.6564 2.37.0
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA Victor Alignment Procedure for Chassis KCS-94, -A, KCS-95, -A, -C
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -
Applicable to VHF sets only.
Connect the i-f signal generator, in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor, to the mixer grid test point TP2.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R117 and R119 and to ground.
Obtain two 7.5 volt batteries capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across each. Connect the battery positive terminal of one to the chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R117 and R119. The second battery will be used later.
Set the bias to produce approximately -3.5 volt of bias at the junction of R117 and R119.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of RI30 and L102 and to ground (terminal "G" of PC102).
Set the VHF signal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary in order to produce 3.0 volts of d -c at R130 and L102 with -3.5 volts of i-f bias at the junction of R117 and R119.
44.5 mc.
T107
45.5 mc.
T106
43.0 mc.
T105
Set the VHF signal generator to the following frequency
and adjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at
R130 and L102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0
volts of d -c on the meter when the adjustment is made.
47.25 mc.
L101
For combination UHF -VHF sets only.
Connect the i-f signal generator in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor, to the mixer grid test point TP2.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R117 and
R119.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction RI17 and R119. Adjust the potentiometer for -3.5 volts indication on the "VoltOhmyst."
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R130 and L102 and to ground (terminal "G" of PC102).
Set the VHF generator to each of the following frequencies and with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." In each instance the generator should be checked against a crystal calibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.
During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary in order to produce 3.0 volts of d -c at R130 and L102 with -3.5 volts of i-f bias at the junction of R117 and RI19.
44.5 mc.
T107
45.5 mc.
T106
43.0 mc.
T105
Set the signal generator to the following frequency and adjust the picture i-f trap for minimum d -c output at junction of R130 and L102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 3.0 volts of d -c on the meter when adjustment is made.
47.25 mc.
L101
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PICTURE I -F. -
Applicable to VHF sets only.
To align the mixer plate circuit, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2, in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the top of the tuner.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4. Clip a 330 ohm resistor between pin 2 of V106A and ground. Preset C118 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -3.5 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R117 and R119.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V104 to pin 6 of V104. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to pin 5 of V104 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Adjust T2 (top) and T104 (top) for maximum gain and with 45.75 mc. at 75% of maximum response.
Set the sweep output to give 0.5 volt peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope when making the final touch on the above adjustment.
Adjust C118 until 42.5 mc. is at 70% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in Figure 7. Maximum allowable tilt is 20%.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and the 330 ohm resistors.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R130 and L102. Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible. Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 to 5.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope. Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve. Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown in Figure 8.
Figure 7-
KRK32B T2 and T104
Response
Figure 8 -
Overall I -F
Response with KRK32B
Increase sweep output ten times and check attenuation at 41.25 mc. Adjust T105 and T107 to set 41.25 mc. between 25 and 35 times down with curve as shown in Figure 8.
Move the sweep generator to the antenna terminals. Adjust T106 and T107 slightly to correct for any overall tilt while switching from channel to channel.
For combination UHF -VHF sets only.
To align the mixer plate circuit, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2, in series with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the top of the tuner.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Clip a 330 ohm resistor between pin 2 of V106A and
ground. Preset C118 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -3.5 volts of
bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R117 and R119.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V104 to pin 6 of V104. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to pin 5 of V104 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Adjust T2 (top) and T104 (top) for maximum gain and with 45.75 mc. at 75% of maximum response.
Set the sweep output to give 0.5 volt peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope when making the final touch on the above adjustment.
Adjust C118 until 42.5 mc. is at 70% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in Figure 9. Maximum allowable tilt is 20%.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and the 330 ohm resistors.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R130 and L102. Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.
41 25MC 4535MC
45 75 MC 75% t 5% 42.5 MC
4575 MC
Figure 9-
KRK29K T2 and T104
Response
Figure 10 Overall
I -F Response
with KRK29K
Figure 11-
KRK29K L9 and C308 I -F Response
120
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
RCA Victor Chassis KCS-94, KCS-94A, KCS-95, KCS-95A, KCS-95C, continued
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 to 0.5 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch TI05, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown in Figure 10.
Increase sweep output ten times and' check attenuation at 41.25 mc. Adjust T105 and T107 to set 41.25 Inc. between 30 and 40 times down with curve as shown in Figure 10.
To align the I -F amplifier circuit of the KRK29K, connect the VHF sweep generator to the front terminal of the 1N82 crystal holder in series with a 1000 ohm resistor and a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Use the shortest leads possible, grounding the sweep ground lead to the tuner case.
To do this, remove the crystal cover and connect the resistor, after insulating the lead with tubing, to the crystal front terminal.
Set the UHF CHANGEOVER switch to the UHF position, and the UHF TUNING between channels 68 and 69 at 800 mc
Connect a 220 ohm composition resistor and a 1500 mmf. capacitor in series between the plate, pin 1, of VI 4BQ7A and ground with the capacitor connected to pin 1 and the resistor to ground. This point is accessible through the hole in the left side of the tuner, Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to the junction between tne resistor and capacitor.
Couple the VHF signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Connect the potentiometer arm of the second bias supply to the AGC terminal on the tuner and ground the battery positive terminal to the tuner case. Adjust the bias potenti-
ometer to produce -3.0 volts of bias, as measured by the "VoltOhmyst" at the AGC terminal on the tuner.
Set the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volt or less peak -to peak on the oscilloscope.
Adjust C308, on the UHF section, and L9, on the VHF section, of the tuner for maximum gain with 45.75 mc. and 41.25 mc. markers as shown in figure 11.
Move the diode detector to test point TP3 and adjust L27 and L43 for curve as shown in figure 11.
Remove the resistor, capacitor and diode probe from TP3 and connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R130 and L102 Use 3.0v peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Connect the VHF sweep generator to the antenna terminals. Keep the AGC bias at -3.0 V and the I -F bias at -3.5 volts.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first picture I -F amplifier.
Switch through all VHF channels and check for proper curve shape as in figure 10. Retouch T106 and T107 slightly to correct for any overall tilt that is essentially the same on all channels.
Disconnect the VHF sweep generator and connect the UHF sweep generator to the antenna terminals. Check on all UHF channels for proper wave shape as shown in figure 10, retouching L27 and L43 if necessary to correct any overall tilt. Do not retouch C308, L9, T2, T104, T105, T106 or T107.
Remove the sweep and marker generators and the bias
supplies.
SEQUENCE Of SIONES CONNECT!. WATERS
M -1
T2
110i:fli101C
PC
PRINNTED CIRCUIT 3NOCNRO WICK
ASSEMBLY
O
npli t*.
CONTROL
c ,.,
1:1RIYUVIi"'L" 11''"
VIDEoW2,
\
I lf
RC ,03
PVRaIgN,TEDavCIISRTCSUYNI CT
rC
-,,
''''''Th
102
° gi 43ESIMITIM
41% c Rt.* R
1,104 PRINTED CIR.,
eic:AT RUT
431EtARLY
ox 1.CG7
ER
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
PC102-Piause 1-F Unit Layout
121
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Sentinel
SENTINEL RADIO CORPORATION
(Service material on pages 122 through 127)
MODELS
1U-1101
1U-1136
1U-1111
1U-1137
1U-1121
1U-1145
1U-1124
1U-1147
1U-1126
1U-1155
1U-1127
1U-1157
1U-1131
21101
1U-1134
21121
21145
PICTURE TUBE TILT: Grasp deflection yoke and turn in direction of tilt. ION TRAP: Maximum brightness and focus will be determined by the positioning of the ION trap. Advance brightness control to its center position. Adjust ION trap for maximum brightness and best focus.
FOCUS: Focus contact spring connected to pin 6 and between either pin 1 or 10 of the picture tube socket compensates for any variations of picture tube. To obtain best focus connect to pin 6 and to either pin 1 or 10 of picture tube socket.
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CENTERING AND CORNER SHADOW: Adjust centering tabs (part of deflection yoke) so that picture is centered both horizontally and vertically without corner shadow. Readjust ION trap after centering adjustment is made.
PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Place cabinet face down on a soft clean cloth. 2. Remove chassis, by disconnecting 4 yoke leads, H.V. connector, picture tube socket, antenna terminals from cabinet and speaker leads. 3. Remove only the four bolts holding the picture tube strap assembly to the cabinet. 4. Remove picture tube and complete strap assembly from cabinet as a unit.
C-93 a .01 mfd. 600 volt capacitor and R-101 a 470,000 ohm 'A watt resistor must always be connected between harness assembly and metal bezel or picture tube strap assembly. Ground clip must always be connected between pin 1 of picture tube socket and harness assembly.
HARNESS ASSEMBLY: Models with metal bezel do not
have picture tube strap assembly.
The picture tube mounting assembly has been designed to simplify servicing the receiver.
A few of the many advantages are:
1. Yoke can be removed without unsoldering any leads.
2. More accessible to service tubes on the chassis.
3. Eliminates the handling of heavy and bulky chassis. Much simpler to handle during shop work.
4. Leads from picture tube socket and deflection yoke are long enough to do servicing of underside of chassis.
5. Simplifies checking the stituting a 5AXP4 picture
picture tube.
tube in the home (5AXP4 picture
by subtube is
a direct substitute for any size picture tube with self
focusing, requires no ION trap, small and light weight,
especially designed for servicing.)
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
All circuits are very stable and will seldom require adjustment. Only when major parts of the tuner or the video I -F strip have been replaced or tampered with will it be necessary to realign the receiver. Generally under normal conditions only the INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL TRIMMERS in the tuner unit may require adjustment by the service technician.
CAUTION
One side of the chassis is connected to the power line. Therefore, test equipment should not be connected to the receiver unless an isolation transformer is used between the power line and the receiver. DO NOT GROUND THE
RECEIVER CHASSIS UNLESS AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.
SOUND AND TRAP ALIGNMENT
Sound and 4.5 MC. Trap alignment is made on the sound carrier of a TV station.
STEP 1 (METHOD 1) 4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT Adjust Fine Tuning control so that sound appears with picture. Adjust T-14 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC. beat on picture with a station signal.
SOUND ALIGNMENT When making alignment by ear, a hiss must accompany the sound when aligning T-14 (bottom) Sound Take -off and T-15 (top) Sound I.F. Simply reduce station signal input to the receiver by spray feeding or attenuation method. Set Contrast control to minimum (fully counter -clockwise). Set Buzz control R-58 to its center position. Adjust T-14 (bottom) and T-15 (top) for maximum signal.
NOTE: Further reduce signal input to receiver if hiss disappears upon reaching maximum signal level. Connect antenna to receiver for normal receiver operation. Adjust T-16 QUADRATURE coil for clearest and maxi-
mum sound. Turn Contrast control to maximum (fully clockwise). Adjust R-58 BUZZ control for minimum buzz.
4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT Connect Crystal Diode probe between VTVM and junction of pin 11 of V-17, R-86 and C-51; ground side of probe to chassis. (VTVM on low -DC scale). Set Contrast control to maximum (fully clockwise). Connect Signal Generator thru a 1000 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V-7 12BY7A. Accurately set Signal Generator to 4.5 MC. (maximum output). Ground pin 1 of V-6 3CB6. Adjust T-14 (top) for minimum reading. Remove equipment.
SOUND ALIGNMENT Connect Crystal Diode probe between VTVM and pin 2 of V-9 3BN6; ground side of probe to chassis ground. Reduce station signal input to receiver to produce a weak signal. Set Contrast control to minimum (fully counter -clockwise). Adjust T-14 (bottom) and T-15 (top) for maximum signal reading on meter. Disconnect Crystal Diode probe.
STEP 1 (METHOD 2)
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: VTVM, SIGNAL GENERATOR 4.5 MC. (within of 1% of 4.5 MC.) and 4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT CRYSTAL DIODE PROBE as shown in fig. 7.
Connect Antenna to receiver for normal receiver operation. Adjust T-16 for clearest and maximum sound. Turn Contrast control to maximum (fully clockwise). Adjust R-58 BUZZ control for minimum buzz.
122
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
..o.,
a)
-0
1
..Z...
..-.0
ay kea)l tasi
g .R ..E "C0'
- R4-0'
.
-,
aI.) C.) c- as
.)-) X csi o
8,Ts ci 04' -'-' ci)
t0 'cfl e' 5S.
0.0 cu .4'
EL),.--b. .1)
03 *A
as 0
0
P-c-oa
60
0
T.:., ...
ba 0 o
o
Eti
mixa
..sz 03
.4
"M -S'
= ru -,' -0 '73 Q 2, a)
3
1.. ",,,R
u . = <-, 0,-,
ewt
.5
..,
=ao73. 401..=-. ..0.z).°, ,,4)
fg 41.4E -5,.
o5 03 t'., .) 0 0.,
,t, L.
1Z- WE-4Eco
"ci5l,-.-'E. pcf)'HU04P,
P.
0
111X
F)--E=.a44' pj ''4'
MIS dad4,4A 9-1... Il 0 .1 ,
-,->
.., '
5alaicmrc4' gE:-: ....E1.g99-5E-,"-40, VTI.,,2,E'rg°2E.0E-1V,q'-
01
XP!112°114 K'o.. 4,033 Zw0-1'4..27zw:e..
g
'117'
c.,
G<.1.) rV.,.r.;i:)?.,-.T.),car-ES-,-/1C;g'.W3.)0cr0tn>'r0u.r°4-3,
TO JUNCTION
500 MMF
PIN IIOFV-17, 61
R-86 8 C-SI
68K
SENTINEL
1U-1101, 1U-1111, 1U-1121,
IOOK
TO INPUT
OF
1U-1124, 1U-1126, 1U-1127,
SCOPE......-,..., 1U-1131, 1U-1134, 1U-1136,
CHASSIS GROUND
1U-1137, 1U-1145, 1U-1147, 1U-1155, 1U-1157, 21101,
FIG. 7
DIODE DETECTOR
VOL ON -Off
a r
CONTRAST
21121, and 21145. R... R.-. II BRIGHTNESS
ELI
VMP
E.NETWNG
F
STEP., TLNER CON,
I
.T -I. CT.E. TV 44 5 MC
sore
STEP'S.°
REALIGNMENT
TRIMMERS
1.16
O
z
STEP B 510
T-.04515MC
STEP 5 2No. VIDEO LE
. 4515 MC
FOIE CUM,
STEP 1 BUZZ CONTROL
R.56 45 MC
IS
FIG. 8
LOCALITY
MMfY
ra
LOCAL,. AO4
VEIETSIE VERT SIZE
ER1. L
0
2 K032
ci do 0 0
DOTTED LINES INDICATE
VARIATIONS
.NT
CONNECTIONS DEPENDING
MTITEOETLAERVSED
tn
* 60
a9
FIG. 9
LI -FINE TUNING
LIME
123
6*16.169M 1140RI1$40L0 OVEEMMOLD
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION SENTINEL Models 1U-1101, 1U-1111, 1U-1121, 1U-1124, etc., Continued VHF ALIGNMENT DATA-(Cont.)
PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT
Step
Connect Signal
No.
Generator to
Sig. Gen. Freq.
Connect Voltmeter to
Miscellaneous Instructions
Adjust
Ungrounded converter 44.0 MC. 1 In series with 47,000 ohm res. to Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias T -I3 (top) for
2
tube (5AT8) shield
junction of R-46 and L-15.
across C-47 positive side to maximum reading.
ground. See Note I.
See fig. 8.
Ungrounded converter 42.8 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. to Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias 1-12 (top) for
3
tube (5A18) shield
junction of R-46 and L -I5.
across C-47 positive side to maximum reading.
ground. See Note I.
See fig. 8.
Ungrounded converter 41.25 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. to Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias 1-12 (bottom) for
4
Tube (5AT8) shield
junction of R-46 and L-15.
across C-47 positive side to minimum reading.
ground. Repeat Steps 3 & 4. See Note I.
See fig. 9.
Ungrounded converter 45.75 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. to Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias T -II (top) for
5
tube (5AT8) shield
junction of R-46 and L -I5.
j across C-47 positive side to maximum reading.
ground. See Note I.
See fig. 8.
Ungrounded converter I 47.25 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm res. to Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias 1-11 (bottom) for
6
tube (5AT8) shield
junction of R-46 and L -I5.
across C-47 positive side to minimum reading.
ground. Repeat Steps 5 & 6. See Note I.
See f g.9.
Ungrounded converter tube (5AT8) shield
44.5 MC.
In series with 47,000 ohm res. fo Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias P1-2 or CT -2 or
junction of R-46 and L -I5.
across C-47 positive side to TU-2 (fop) for
7
ground. See Note I.
maximum reading.
NOTE: Detune T-10 by turning
See fig. 8.
slug out as far as possible.
Ungrounded converter
8
i
tube (5AT8) shield
45.75 MC.
In series with 47,000 ohm res. fo junction of R-46 and L -I5.
Tuner on channel 3, 3 volts bias
across C-47 positive side to
ground. See Note I.
T-10 (fop) for maximum reading.
See fig. 8.
NOTE I: FOR MODELS WITH LOCALITY ADJUSTER CONTROL: Locality adjuster control must be in the STRONG position when making the Video and RF alignment adjustments.
NOTE 2: For visual check of IF response curve (see fig. 5) connect signal and sweep generator to ungrounded converter tube shield (5AT8). Connect oscilloscope in series with 47,000 ohm resistor to junction of R-46 and L-15.
TUNER R -F ALIGNMENT
NOTE 3: NEVER ADJUST (PC -4, PC -9, PC -I4 PENTODE TUNER), (CC -I, CC -I2, CC -I6 CASCODE TUNER), (CU -2I, CU -27, CU -38 VHF UHF COMBO TUNER) UNLESS ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY. They are factory preset by special equipment.
Step Connect Marker
Marker Connect Sweep Sweep
No.
Generator to Gen. Freq.
Gen. to
Gen. Chan.
Connect Oscilloscope to
Miscellaneous Connections
Adjust
Loosely couple fo 205.25 MC.
sweep gen. leads.
and
209.75 MC.
9
Antenna terminals.
12
Test point on tuner. Tuner on channel 12 Adjust RF trimmers
See fig. 8.
3 volt bias across for max. response hay -
C-47 postive side to ing linear peaks with
ground. See Note I. picture and sound
markers at 90% maxi-
mum response. See
fig. 6.
OBSERVE RESPONSE CURVE FOR ALL CHANNELS USING CORRECT FREQUENCIES AND CHANNELS.
10
A SLIGHT COMPROMISE SHOULD BE MADE WITH RF TRIMMERS IF MARKERS ARE BELOW 70%.
NOTE 4: RF OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT: Set the VHF channel selector to the station needing alignment. Set the fine tuning to the center of the fine tuning range. Carefully adjust the individual oscillator slugs for best picture detail. NOTE: USE A NON-METALLIC
SCREWDRIVER.
NOTE 5: 40 to 45 MC. TRAP: The 40 MC. trap, located on tuner (see fig. 8) (VHF -UHF tuners have adjustments on side of tuner), need only be adjusted when local interference from 40 thru 45 MC. affects the picture. Adjust for minimum 40 MC. beat in picture with a station signal.
124
1._9mf N T.
.NT.
T
20
1000021.,
'11-) CC -6
120 MY CC -2
BOO Our CC-6
B00e0
CC-7
100
BOO 4NF
CC CC
00
800 MM CC -16
60 MO CC -.5 220.000., CR-S
800 MR
CC -17
a 1,0001.
CR-8
I - ,000 Neor CC -,8
e
ZOO
1000 0.
WASSRVA
Oiv
j
ot;4Lou
^ii}g
.0 MNF
3900,
0
10000n -9
_CC -20
7'44f CC 2, FINE TUNING
4111CC 22
44.tr CC -21
g11
r6.470
CC -24
00
BOO IAMF PC -6
900 MIFF
PC,
100
8.2 ule
vc-e
M
.4 i
14
-4Im 15 IXmI
-4-
L
1
.022.,.aP0W( T-'
0 up.
pC i6 0 mo.,F
3900.,
PC .7
PR 8
FINE TUNING
H/I PC -18
01uelF
--)43
VIDEO F 45.75 RC 10
lm
Terminals marked A through E connect to corresponding terminals of main schematic on page 126.
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION SENTINEL Schematic Diagram of Models 1U-1101, 1U-1111, 1U-1121, etc.
V9
3CB6
IST. VIDEO I.F. A
48
3CB6v5
25.0 VIDEO I.F.
4725 MC
cq O cq
C11 Cl)
A
4to a1a2s.0
ray
o
s.
o0
r,
V
0
oa
0.5
.30
co
130
GOD
C.)
14F
C-92
VS
I[-0.6 00.6 5..30 6 .30
660
SEE ROT E
.44)c)
C
4,c.. NI' NM
17.64
V6
30B6
300. VIDEO I.F.
4125 MC
06 130 .30 IT GOO
150v
64 0 MC
14 VIDEO I. F. T-1
I- -,
R6
1
I'd, I
5 IPIIF
C-
00000 b-
V7
I2BY7A
VIDEO AMP.
.5 MC TRAP SOUI/0 I.F. TAKEOFF
T.
I Mr C-46
.25 RE 47
716,90 0 6190
150V
r
CP
- -
ipsT , <6
L.L.Ig
,
-
2 5U8-
SYNC SEP.
I
S
13 T
<.1
047 Mr 2
H
C.62
OV. 160 CYCLES
V11
6SN7GTB
PHASE SPLITTER a HORIZ.
Miv V12 6SN7GTB HORIZ. OSC.
5V.
two
390 WO C.69
G 50V. 60 CY- CLES
- - - CP.2
470 IMF
6
ORB
a 50 a-17
7:
v 11
.05
Vi6
I2BH7A
VERT. OSC. a OUTPUT
VIZ -0.3 2 215
133
120v
STOP AT I MEG VERT. SIZE S OFEG
1000015. 0.90
NOTE II 2 2 000
6..02 18 000.n.
P-90 27/
V13
I2CU6
HORIZ. OUTPUT
72'6' 00°" I
V15
I2AX4GTA
HORIZ. DAMPER
.F A"
L,7
3 3.0 0 0
R 82
013
V15
.-430
255
VERT. BLOCKING
OSCILLATOR TRANS. T-202
9204
01 MI
210.15.
VT5
..-4p
A VP"! 1.IEG.n. VERT. 1401.0 15700,AT 35011
VIS ARO
2 C5-22
3 600
PRO Ales
R91 VERT. LIN.
5600n 2w
R-SZ
126
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SENTINEL Schematic Diagram of Models 1U-1101, 1U-1111, 1U-1121, etc.
V8A
f5U8
4.5 MC SOUND I F
...
V9
3BN6
AUDIO DET d AMP.
98
c§a
VIO
I2L6GT
AUDIO OUTPUT
DUAL SPEAKERS NOT USED IN ALL MODELS
SP- 2
PM SPEAKER PM SPEAKER
iCHASSIS
GROUND
--,
70,000.,
-WNWAVArli- it,
.0i iwt_ir__._2i.liEmMETOLUBNETZIENLGOBRAPNICDTURE C93 600v
SEE NOTE I
0-
yea
09
2
11128111
90
90
5'45
6 0
C 51
2550
22,000..n. 005 OAF
AMWMA W.H0
-0--c1-1910---
50V
SEE NOTE 9 55
30, 1w 1 3
R-1,2
LOCALITY ADJ.
o SWsIwTCi H WEAK SIGNAL MEDIUM SIGNAL STRONG SIGNAL
o o
9
3.4099S IN STRONG POSITION
V14
IX2B
H.V. SECT
H0912. OUTPUT TR
2 2.". WHEW*.
R-05
NOTE II
RER
fg
T21.
12
L- -
=;9= 1---T
- 000
82 MIXF 66 MMF
C"'.
Op
T
'4 Erel
-6
1211/21
DEFLECTION YOKE T -I9
100000,
SF
R-86
PiCruRE TUBE BASE
10
2 I1)
3500v
V17
0
0-300
300 C.35
330.000.n.
560,000,
R-85
I
20 t
1,0
iiTal
3 .40 8 .50
I C-93 AND R-101 CONNECTED BETWEEN CHASSIS GROUND AND METAL BEZEL.00 PICTURE TUBE MOUNTING BAND.
2 VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER BETWEEN SOCKET LUGS AND CBASSiS GROUND, wiTH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND CONTRAST AT MINIMUM. INPUT vOLTAGE II7V AC.
3 ALL VOLTAGES ARE D.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
INDICATE VOLTAGE VARIATIONS WITH CONTROL SETTINGS.
5. ODO NOT MEASURE AT THESE POINTS. 6. LOCALiTY ADJUSTER SwITCH NOT USED IN ALL MODELS.
USED WiTH MODELS uSING LOCALITY ADJUSTER. SW -I, R-110,
R-812, 0.1,3. AND C-90
r
X CONNECTED TO
TERmINAL A' OF TUNER. R -E3 NOT USED. 7. 0.63 CONNECTED BE TwEEN TERMINAL 'A' OF TUNER AND POINT Y
FOR MODELS WITHOUT LOCALITY ADJUSTER SWITCH.
R -Ii USED WITH CASCODE v1IF AND vHFuHF TONER.
C -9I AND 0-100 NOT USED IN ALL MODELS.
10. MOUNT FOCUS CONTACT SPRING BE TwEEN PIN 6 AND EITHER PIN I OR PIN ID OF PICTURE TUBE BASE TO OBTAIN BEST FOCUS. HaPC9TAN, ALMA, REPLACE GROUND CL:19 CONNECTED TO PICTURE
TOTE STOOP ASSEMBLY, TO PIN 1 OF PICTURE TUBE
C-95 OMITTED IN SOME MODELS AND WIRE JUMPER USED IN PLACE
11.
OF CAPACrTOR. i2. RESISTANCE vALLAS OF COILS SHOWN IN BOXES IS RESISTANCE OF
WINDING WHEN REMOVED FRO.. CIRCUIT. RESISTANCE VALUES OF COILS uNDFR I OHM IS NOT SHOWN.
13. 11,02 01.1, TED IN SOME MODELS.
60 CYCLE
.W2M20..04, 5 Mr" "'200 Ali
VA) 0 30 _E_ 1109, AC
AfV)4.14V
F TER CHOKE
°WOO
L-20
SELENIUM RECTIFIER 265V.
R96
FOSE RESISTOR C-131
-132V.
SELENIUM RECTIFIER
R-2
ON.OFF vOLUmE SW
34.A. 20 960 AC
B00 MMF
'
1500
12AXGTA 860.AC t2CU6 730 AC 2L6 600. AC
319E5
SATO
10 Mr
II
"30 AIF
C.00
W1713V.
n n: 200 ME
1.110 ME
-.C4'7° I
.001
00132
.00i A1F
528. AC 3C25 41, AC NOS ASV. AC
OH. AC N2IT7A
5
6, AC
2.11/. AC 22, AC 33V. AC 12, AC
370. AC
127 I
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
STROMBERG-CARLSON
SERVICE NOTES
MODEL K-KH21-22 TELEVISION RECEIVER Service material on Models K-21, KH-21, K-22, and KH-22 is printed on
pages 128 through 132.
KH -21a 22 KV-21a 22 V-19 KINESCOPE- 2IAUP4A
ON
Q KVii 22
UHF OSC.
KH -2 2 ONLY
IXER OSC.
ON 22 SERIES
V-2 IS 6U8
©T-2 ON K-21 SERIES 1-5 ONK-22SEMES
ON 22 SERIES V-1 IS 8 827
It VIDEO IF AMP
2" VIDEO I F AMP
3'd VIDEO I F. AMP
R.F. AMP SOUND TRAP ON
22 SERIES ANTENNA INPUT r 01122 SERIES I° 1.--)
CONY. SEC .8
Pf VIDEO I.F. TRANS a
ZRFIVID I.F. TRANS.
firfrAgEr
V9 I2L6GT
AUDIO
RATIO DET
RATIO
OUTPUT 8 AUDIO AMP DET.
POWER RECTIFIER
FILTER CHOKE
SOUND
0TAKE OFF L-60 m-7
V ER T. OSC.
VERTICAL OUTPUT
3HIVIDE 0 TRANS
a DE T
V6 12A07
IT' AUDIO 16- AMP 8 K.A.G.C.
VIDEO AMP a SYNC AMP.
SYNC. PHASE INV.
8 PHASE DET.
V II
CS6 SYNC. SEF!
HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER
POWER TRANSFORMER
FOCUS
SOCKET 275V
V 14
6 SH7
HORIZONTAL AMP
2 AMP SLOW BLOW 250 V. M-2
SPKR. I 8 2
(o 0)
INTERLOCK
R- I 2 5
O
eR-149
VERTICAL
VERTICAL
SIZE
LINEARITY
KINESCOPE LEADS
0L-140
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY
HORIZONTAL DRIVE
HORIZONTAL SIZE
AG C CONTROL
128
60,1,
282 'a)
R-125 6M
230V
VERT
SIZE
60
185, I36V
VERT. 0 SC.
V-12
6C4
1,5
w
4
3
CC
Y RE
1-120
C-121 .047
x600
R-124 IM
C-122 .22 MFO 600 V.
R-127 I MEG 8.2K
VERT OUTPUT
V-20
6S4
R -I26
BLUE R-121 I M
C-165 068 MFD.
R-123
10K
VERT
_ HOLD
R-122
I MEG.
I K V.
R-428 C-424 100
.1x200HNC
5V
VERT.
LIN. R -449
BOOK
R-451 47K
IM
HORI Z. OUTPUT
V -I5
6CU6
R-1153 68
4
x DAMPER
-I6
6V4^ X4
7B
81,,`PD 400V.
R -a2
1- 5 - 750,1,
10IV
C-145 470 MMF
R-150 4.7 K
C -I51
.047 400V.
R-155 56K 2 WATT
R-156
47K
2 WATT
33
2W R154
j .22x200 C-150
C-162 220 MMF
SPECIAL NOTE
Early run receivers employed vertical linearity circuit shown above. Later series receivers used vertical linearity circuit shown in main schematic on page 130. In the circuit above vertical amplifier bias is secured from the bias supply for the 6CU6 horizontal amplifier.
Adjust horizontal drive before vertical adjustments.
P
o >c c
1. rtr- 7,1
04 n
000
0
'yINU
r qq
Cs.1IA
.11
J
I /\
x- NN 0-
M-
1)
111f-
33 c° r-
< :74 0)
NI-
O)
cD
rn
N
111 cNo3 X
c.
/
,I, 0
>-,1
I
CD
I
,
R 5'
I
I
011-1
9 o0 co
icIHrfy
0
I
N
0$
X ,A
'6 I a,
r
-0 -AAA
X j,
N co
t 0 0 0 01 o
I
gm <+
I-ZD
co
C)
om
8
c->
A
0°
0in X 7,1
cn m
m0
rzn zz
k 000
-c rrn-
I
000' t"
San
A N
g
4-0 0$ A. X
1H I-.
xa
,- 2
VOLUME TV -11, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
L ¢:3
aN
vile
2
...COQ
0000 0000 ..92,x, ..a0«
000,0Z
0P4
VVN.,
4
The terminals marked A to E, connect to correspondingly
marked terminals of the K-21 VHF tuner schematic shown
on the page 129.
On the 22 -series models these con-
nections are made to K-22 VHF -UHF tuner whose diagram
is shown on the next page.
STROMBERG -CARLSON Models K-21, K-22, KH-21,KH-22
S
-.DOD 0000a- N000,
130
H,
NOTE: Socket voltage measurements were taken with the receiver operating on strongr
local signal (approximately 1500 microvolts). The contrast and brightness con trots were adjusted for a normal picture. All measurements were made with a V.T.V.M. and are positive unless otherwise noted. D. C. resistance measurements of coils and transformers were taken without removing components from their respective circuits.
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Stromberg-Carlson Models K-21, KH-21, K-22, KH-22, continued
VHF -UHF COMB. TUNER
RE AMP v -I
6BZ7
K-22
7,F -r-21-37
L300
BALANCED INPUT V,H.F
I.F. TRAP T -I
R -I4 270K
-2IC-17 1000 MMF I 2% 3 R -I2 180K
5
[ ';%1-93.5 I
PAW
a
1
-- /
1 1
C -I8
100
IC -20
1.51
MMF T47
MMF
C4) R -I3
680
-4-
I
C -I0 WAIF
1
lz 11
I
C -I1
68MMF C -I2 68MMF -
III
L
L-3
SLUG IN CHANNELS 2-6 ONLY
2 T -2A-1
\6
6
1
1
1
L-4
.,-.
3
I
11
R -I0
22K
III
i05_i_C-13 --r- 6.8 1 VAMF
-
II- C -I6 C-15 "--3.6
MMF
7445
R -II
41 MC I.F.47K
O INPUT
_
I
I
L
1(1,
1 1
I
13
R-210 3
33
IW
2
1
C -2I2
1300 T
C-21
MMF __L
1000 I
C-2
MMF
1
I
VFH.OSC. MIXER
UHF- I.F AMP I
V-2
C-22 4j MMF
1
R-20 15 K st._ C-23.-8-3.5 MMF
6U8
ri_5
100K
:
OUTPUT TO I.F.
0
- 1 R10-201K-.1..7..1C23-2204
1
11
T.F!
R-22 100K
L -2e1
MMF -.-
-1 ---1 -,
R-24 8.2K
C -28I
-4
FINE TUNING MMF
C-25
R-25 10K
- II!
7 527
MMF /1.1.--
%
0 "."-- C-26 9
R-27 IOMMF
150K
R-26 3.3K IW 000 F
66Z7 5 j\--14
t Lgro .,
-A 6U8
4, 5
TO PIN 4 OF T-30
A 1
--C-14
C-210 1000
MMF
C -21I
-4-.-
m80i0mF_______i
AGC Too TO- C-67
-
UHF ANT 300-"-
1,13 1..._ _
R.F. LINE
I PA tC:3F
-I1
" F1L63\1,,C ! TO '.V"
B. i 50 V. 0E11 TO 150V
8. I
225V i±DA 70 R -I84 1 --1 41 MC. LE STRIPS
_,
C-217- R -2I 1000 IMF 2.2K
kll 000,--
UHF OSC
6VT-42I '
IN82A
411AC le -1
tz7 = - - - =t-otrrPuT _a___4;
7::
_ -=/ ) Li2 C -2I5
7-,
33MMF
I I
I
T T.
I. 08-20103 -r
141AF
1,7 18C0-02I6
MMF
I
L.
OSC. LINE
-.----
v.
6
1000MMF C -2I8
1:10
L
4 L9 -
1:8 0214 .5
MMF R-2121
82K
1=
UHF TUNER CIRCUIT
I
I
.
1
-I---J
ANTENNA
INTERSTAGE
COIL STRIP
COIL STRIP
ii.-FZi -1 r7.
T -4B
-911
I
1
1
I
12
1
18
101
1
illo
3°J
I
I
1
1
40
112
I
I
I
1
1
11165_:____T_J,
ILI ________I1
i
I
NOTES
L T2 A &B ARE VHF. DRUM SEGMENTS
I
2.74.41MC. LE. COILS SWITCHED IN FOR
I
U.H.U.H.F.RECEPTION.
I
ALTERNATE TRAP ALIGNMENT
IF THIS METHOD IS USED, IT SHOULD BE PERFORMED BEFORE THE IF CURVE ALIGNMENT
SIGNAL GENERATOR
CONNECTION
1. Connect modulated 400 cycle 39.75 MC signal to junction of 7-6 and 1-30.
2. Connect a modulated 400 cycle 47.25 MC signal to grid of 1st IF tube, pin 1 of 6CB6 (V-3).
3. Same as Step $12 except use a modulated signal of 41.25 MC.
OSCILLOSCOPE OR VTVM CONNECTION Same as Step :1. (above)
Same as Step #1.
Some as Step $11.
ADJUSTMENTS
1. Adjust top slug of 7-30 for minimum
response.
2. Adjust top slug of 7-40 for minimum
response.
3. Adjust top slug of T-31 for minimum
response.
131
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Stromberg-Carlson Models K-21, KH-21, K-22, KH-22, continued
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
A variable bias supply of approximately 4 volts is applied to the AGC line. Oscilloscope should be calibrated to read 1 -VOLT per inch vertical deflection. Maintain the output level of the sweep generator to obtain a second detector output of 2 inches peak -to -peak.
NOTE: To Perform IF Alignment it is not necessary to Remove Picture Tube. Use a non metallic aligning tool such as Walsco No. 2526 or equivalent which permits all slugs to be adjusted from the underside of the chassis.
SIGNAL GENERATOR CONNECTION
OSCILLOSCOPE OR VTVM CONNECTION
ADJUSTMENTS
1. Output of 40MC sweep generator Input of scope to grid of 1. Adjust top slug of T-30 for response
'
to junction of T-6 and L-30. Use video amp., pin 8 of
of 39.75 MC as shown on curve of
39.75MC marker.
V -10A 6AN8 thru 47K
Fig. 1.
ohm isolating resistor.
39-1.5" 4425
FIG. 1
2. Same as Step J1 using 41.25MC Same as Step 1$1. marker.
1. Adjust top slug of T-31 for response of 41.25 MC as shown on curve of
Fig. 1.
D.
47.25
FIG. 2
3. Some as Step t1 using 47.25MC Same as Step 11. marker.
1. Adjust top of slug of T-40 for response of 47.25 MC as shown on curve of
Fig. 2.
7./7\ .
4-2
4s.75
..rov
,
\ 50%
i...... 0/ " :
4125
\ a 4725
FIG. 3
4. Output of 40MC sweep generator to grid of 1st IF tube, pin 1 of 6CB6 (V-3) through 100 MMFD
isolating condenser.
Same as Step 1.
1. Adjust bottom slug of T-31 lst IF transformer for low frequency of 43.5 MC (approx.).
2. Adjust bottom slug of T-40, 2nd IF for high response of 45.3 MC (approx.).
3. Adjust bottom slug of T-50, 3rd IF for intermediate response of 44.5 MC (approx.).
4. Maintaining the above relative frequency positions of the individual stages, adjust the slugs to produce a curve shown in Fig. 3 with the 42.75 and 45.75 MC markers at 50%
response.
42.7645.75
-ray.
..r o%,
FIG. 4
5. Raise converter tube shield from ground and connect output of 40
MC sweep generator to shield.
Same as Step II.
1. Adjust bottom slug of T-30 and T-5 (K-22) or T-2 (K-21) tuner assembly to produce a curve as shown in Fig. 4.
6. Connect a 400 cycle modulated 4.5 MC signal to term. 3 of vid.
det. assembly.
Connect VTVM across C-83.
1. Adjust L-60, L-61 and bottom of 1-70 for maximum reading.
7. Same as Step :J6.
Parallel C-83 with pair of 100K resistors. Connett VTVM between cen-
1. Adjust top of T-70 for zero voltage.
NOTE: Voltage must swing positive or negative as core is varied in or out.
ter of 2 100K resistors
and junction of R-80 and
C-81.
Ji
132
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA ELECTRIC PRODUCTS INC.
SYLVANIA
r
UHF I ANT.
UHF PRESELECTOR
IN 2A
UHF MIXER
VM ANT,
V19 2AF4 A UHF OSC.
UHF/VHF MODELS ONLY
-J
V2 SATE 0 SC./
MIXER
V3 31326
I ST VIDEO
IF AMP,
CHASSIS 1-532-1,-2
MODELS: 21T101,211102,21T104,21C401, 21C403, 24T101 SERIES
v7(A)
Gag IF AMP
Ve 3 AL5 RATIO DET
1,o 3 AV6 AUDIO AMP
VIO
5A05
AF
U
(SOUND)
V 5(A) SAMS 3RD VIDEO 1F. AMP.
(AG CI
V5 (B) SAME
VIDEO
DE T.
6SAS VIDEO AMP
SPEAKER
VIA PICTURE
TUBE H V ANODE
VII(A)
7AU 7 SYNC.AMP.
vit(e) WISE
NVERTER
V7(13)
Sue
SYNC. Cult
V13 12W6GT VERT. OUT PT
117V, SOURCE
L V. RECT. (E)SELE
!UM DIODES
+ 260 V. +140 V.
VI4 (A) 6SN7GT8
HO R. AFC
V14 (11) 6SN7GT B
HOR.OSC.
VI 5 25CD6GA NOR. OUTPUT AMP.
T400 HOR.SCAN
TRANS.
CHASSIS BLOCK DIAGRAM
VI6
12 AX4GTA DAMPER
PR-
V IT 11336T
H.V. RECT.
0_ 0-9 R3151=0
t
v7e**-7-"\\
5U8
\a SOUND IF AMP.
2
SYNC.
CLIPPER
3
C
T100
4A
I 4
5
4=1 RIOSira
0 vlo
t 0 TOP
Voltage readings can be taken directly at the tube socket pins and most major components on either the top or bottom sides of the panel. When voltage readings are necessary on any printed circuit wiring, they should be taken at any soldered point on the foil. It is advisable to take readings at these points instead of on the foil itself in order to prevent damage to the protective coat-
ing.
PRINTED CIRCUIT SUB -CHASSIS LAYOUT
- s C309 -1A, R315
fej Col°4 R314 9-).
c.
5A05 R109
11-
5U8
tieRII2
..`"\ ,i.:.,..!:. N
Z.. V 9
VI
. :cui ,..,
N_
z_
iS iT6 CHO '
RIO 31', 1
,-?..--1A
:.-.
,..':. ...,
., v8
' ..at'; , ,1,
3AL5
.
N.,,,,,,,,
0107 A__"R--,_`01606 ,,...o:08'40ai- \
FILAMENT +160V. B+ VOLTAGE *140V. 13+ VOLTAGE
kft\O B- (MOUND
MISCELLANEOUS
BOTTOM
Continued on pages 134 through 137.
133
- - -- -
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR I -532-I,-2 TV CHASSIS
CAUTION
SPECIAL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT' GENERAL SCHEMATIC MOTES
USE POWER LINE ISOLATION THAN 'FORMER WHEN SERVICING THE CMASSIS. PICTURE 'USE HIGH VOLTAGE 400E LEAD MAO HAVE PO-
°
,,.
COMM T IONS,
too., 101140,144 40(GATED
ULIZASF:=1.72
TENTIAL OF20,00000LTS. OBSERVE LL HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE CHASSIS. DO MOT OPERATE
,--,,.., ..'"'s/vartLessioccopetf scm.
"F VOILWSIC141101&
DOE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COVER REMOVED
, ., '400,
y;,, cy
,,,,,_
KV 0% TO TR'S
USE SAFETY GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN GANGLING THE PICTURE USE.
,,T; W:
17R USED FOR 1A7:111;.$0,ETRE
3 4144010 1104(10141,0C,D DRLYS
FIEVIINEJETIONS
CAREFULLY AND OGSERVE
CONDITIONS NOTED WHEN
V.,
,..... ,.
. ftysiffliaMFAMEMBLT
car , -(944, SELECTOR DV TO STROM
Cr'' I '- 71, kkrgni'ITK'LaZiart
gra IT' "SJO/(tt:=01):
ort=ggt,=TVP, 0:13
TOEAKING VOLTAGE READINGS OR OBSERVING WAVEFORMS.
VOLTARE MEASUREMENT CONENTKRIS UNLESS OTHERWISE
Pm 1 cm D:
IZZgv:IlittrJ;0?=DrIT
V
N
._ ,,c,a,m,..V.I4DE..D.SnOsDoDmRIT.NTIRrMCDT Fgo:gi)247,74"7
zr,,,,...,I, s .5g OR 04 I , ,- ,Wc7Wc I LI
"imers 'COMA
I9m:4m40o MWTT..
100 itt
1( 4 To WOO( MEI MOANCor
No uoN
ADT 0044%,,,, DIT, 78 L44.:4.141 '
PETER
all(940 V1314101"71.
(ALI TOO afi,V.,-;:t,!'aga.. BT.;
TOLENDKDS.
RI00
N
rt.
Cl p' Oppld
07A SOUIVP AMP
L100 4.500
.0047
C103 1500.
1.0047
C100
PRINTED CIRCUIT SUB -CHASSIS
VG
3ALS
,, RATIO DET.
v9
3AV6
AUDIO AMP.
5AVIO0-5-,...-.-..-1 T101
CI
R109 AUDIO OuTPUT_
,
Al
IK
R1013 47011
RHO
2206 0110 100,0.00
Rill 270A
R112
470A
, 05030
60.41Id 3000.
SPEAKER
0105 2506 VOLUME
CONTROL
+2600U
Cn1y12fd V O
MEN
03
CUE4M/
3BZ6
IM VIDEO IF AMP
T200
(
) 42 C
RF
VHF TUNER t
ANT. (VHF
7-- SECTION) .--2500.111
VI
4BOTA
FIL
V2
5ATB A
F1L R231
R232
R204 47A
R? C/i2,
c2c.f- 620,
_C203 75010
4°1 4.70
0204
va
3BZ6
2nd VIDEO IF AMP
201 45.0
(.1.5 )
1R272606
iS;
ff
R4270A9
04, 40-21015 = .001
0206
7,7 ..1:7500*''''
v5 A SAM 8 3rd VIDEO IF AMP
1 1
To
L201
058 Mae --oip. L203
SAME
VIDEO DET.
L202
4.5 MC
R215 566
C209
--6211 10,0,00
4-01213 47jijilI
_0212 r
110yyld
OEDW&O RESISTOR
OMIT ON Soma 6217 1 ME
L.224
0216
3-36
.001 0210
112113
750.11 CONTRAST CONTROL
FRONT
MGT.( TUN
R230
SUPPORT
V6A
I MEG
6 BAB
INCTURE
VIDEO AMP L205
0216
u Low
TIMM MOuNT,
STRAPS
VIB
PI1
2 I AT P4
1-3
24Y P4
PICTURE TUBE
z
R223
%11
6.0 A.
AVE
+140V
%KOK
ti)
+111,000V.
LJ
111EG. 006N i21104*"
4.330R1.21C.21SO1 TVORPV15
tx1
C218
.1
47or,
C2C10
-
R2,9;
2.2ME0± 0202
1.22
t R2011 2.2 mEG.
*1400
+1400.
Z5500 +Nov.
IRNuMe
6SN7GTB
1200 d_c2i/
VERT OSC
1,1:g
r -1,401.1401T Gmova
Tao
r149?; PLUG
m metuRE MAE Moe
SWITCH
INTERLOCK PLUG
R500
F500
4.7 /1
NyN
214 AMR
FUSE 125000,000. 460mA. ma
C501 ,
R5OIS 1.66;" +1400
SR500 T 430 Atka'
135w0v,f.d...2n0o0..,0,,a,=.
300V.
,1+16001
02500131d* ,-
mo, 30001
HSiOsCkKlEtTilr
VI6
r5
12AX4GTA 25CD6GA
V13 12W6GT
, NALRumer MORT M. R.O. ....
I
,..
VID ''Z'W.
6SN7GT13
F 0 RV TUNER
V2
56T6
!01
v, 4007A
50,
c. L. 2AV1F94A'''''---EHASIS10IS44/O1/N11L4Y
-,
)
Boo
L503 co.
h,
11100,w/P
z?,
cSu
J
VS DAMP
CSM .001
CSI3 .001
31326
306
a
L504
43 31326
CS.
CM
.001
.001
.001
VP
yy4
GNAW 6SN76Te
VII TAUT
V18
PICT. TUBE
VIO
V9
V8
5405 3606
3AL5
SUN
0515 1.001 'PRINTED CATX9U9-0.990
III 8303
156
PAZ", MN
IR5°I
+2570. .,_.J.1.257 C50313
0p /Q
7Avi01 ll'7C.:fi°M'
NOISE INVERTER Et SYNC. AMR
0303 .001
004, 0304 0305
.01 220,4,10
TO L201
cve.ELf,A,
113,000,,
410,vold
R301 330
R302 IC302 R306
396 .01
.20
+260u
1 MEG
0306
4706
22),(4.1
CA05
0408
riNTEGRATOR PLATE 8312
26
00,101,7I .005
PART OF lI PRINTED T CIRCUIT SUB -CHASSIS II
V7B SUB 5 SYNC.'1
CLIP
TOP'
1C310
I.01
R316 IOOK
+2600
31,
14323=5600
11100 4141.10.,. 411/44.1
_J
031
319
.01 /0312
+2600
031 51
D
,::.; 0313
6320 3.96
0316
A -H__,.
1K
T132
33K
R3111q022 TO INN 2
C317 .047
PICT. TUBEc,14 71 R_322 4709par I MEG
$ t
R324 1.5 MEG HEIGHT CONTROL
v,3 17300: I2W 6GT to .vguT
-... 8327
R3 6
1.56
VERT LOC CONTROL
120n.
11- C60211
,'" 100,Kfd 601*
PDV144
DOTI, 14,11
+2570+
014
6SN7GTB
R400 3306
AFC8C13.RAC.
II
6401 11201(
C401
CAO .4
T40,3
R.0420221 02K
R430.496I
R403 1006
1506
L01 40140TEP OP CORMLOT DOVP41948
L400 HORI2 HOLD
11
02auda
DOT
0 sA-
W47Z6 KndL..,,:a61f3f./4/
0.7
338;51 .-
276 +260.
220 R4I0 )44d 10K R.
L401 HOME
2.26
+1400.
mwESNAPE,
curoprE
015
ImuLArKa
25CD6 GA
MOBS. OUTPUT
R414
22on.
T0411
016
I2AX4GTA
DAMPER
=.L404 8151
8408 1606
R407
6.8MEG.
0407
G409
II .001
1300,vidai
R4
'AA MOE R4,9
2206 04'0
3417
I:1
06
2706
0B+ BOOST 1+550.1
CAP
017
I B3GT
NV RECT.
ro
PICT
TUBE TG
STAR
IMRE PLUS 0100110.010 YrN DTAI =I 4". "alT440 11.011480 I
YOKE SOCKET
YOKE PLUG
DEFLECTION TONE DEFLECTION
L405 WIDTH CONTROL
R421
eao.n
600 1.2600,
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT
Chassis 1-532-1, -2
STEP
ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES
1. Connect 3. 5V. DC source (-) terminal to junction of R208
(2. 2 meg. ) and C202 (. 22 mfd.)
and connect (+) terminal to chassis.
Set VHF tuner to signal -free VHF channel with minimum interference.
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP
SIGNAL GENERATOR - to ungrounded tube shield on VHF Osc. /Mixer tube (5AT8).
VTVM - across R216 (3. 3K) Video Detector load re sistor.
ADJUST
For MINIMUM reading: L200 (top core) at 47. 25 MC. T200 (top core) at 41. 25 MC.
Use maximum generator output, initially; reduce generator output as required to keep VTVM reading between 1 and 2 volts.
2. Same as step 1.
Same as step 1.
For MAXIMUM reading: T202 at 43.7 MC. T201 at 45.0 MC. T200 (bottom core) at 42. 5 MC .
Reduce generator output as required to keep VTVM reading between 1 and 2 volts.
3. Same as step 1.
42.4 MC
1-
70%-15%
41.25MC
45.75
4
MC
40% +5%
t___
4. Leave 3. 5V. AGC voltage con-
nected as in step 1.
Set VHF tuner to signal -free high band VHF channel that causes minimum distortion of response curve.
SWEEP GENERATOR - through . 01 mfd. blocking capacitor to pin 1 of V3 (3BZ6). Set generator to 43. 5 MC with 10 MC sweep.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - loosely couple as a marker to sweep generator lead.
OSCILLOSCOPE - across R216 (3. 3K) Video Detector load resistor through 33K isolation resistor.
SWEEP GENERATOR - to ungrounded tube shield on Osc. /Mixer tube (5AT8). Set generator to 43. 5 MC with 10 MC sweep.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - loosely couple as a marker to sweep generator lead.
OSCILLOSCOPE - across R216 (3. 3K) Video Detector load resistor through 33K isolation resistor.
a. Adjust sweep generator out -
put to produce response
curve of 3V. peak -to -peak.
b. Recheck trap settings by observing markers.
c. Adjust T201 to place 45. 75 MC marker at 40%.
d. Adjust T202 to remove tilt. e. Adjust T200 to place 42. 4
marker at 70%. f. Adjust T202 to remove tilt. g. Repeat steps c to f until
45. 75 MC marker is at 40%
and 42.4 MC marker is at
70%.
h. Recheck traps.
L20 (VHF tuner) and L200 (bottom, core) for response curve shown:
110% MAX.DIP
42.6MC 70%
45.75
MC
40%
41.25 MC
47.25 C
Adjust sweep generator output to produce response curve of 3V. peak -to -peak.
If impossible to obtain response curve by L20 (VHF
tuner) and L200 (bottom core) adjustments, make SLIGHT readjustments of T202, T201
and T200 (bottom core).
5. Repeat step 1 trap adjustments.
6. Repeat step 4 adjustments. 135
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA Chassis 1-532-1, -2, continued
STEP
ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES
1. Short pin 1 of V4 (3BZ6) 2nd Video IF Amp. tube to chassis.
Connect RF signal generator through a 47K isolation resistor to junction of L202, L203 and C100 (4.7 mmfd.). Set signal generator to 4.5 MC (preferably crystal calibrated or controlled).
OR
Connect a good antenna to receiver and properly tune in a strong station.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP
VTVM - Ground or "Common" lead to junction of two matched 100K resistors connected in series across R106 (22K). DC Probe through 100K resistor to junction of De -emphasis Plate terminal 1 and R103 (220 ohm). ISOLATE VTVM FROM
GROUND.
PARTIAL TOP VIEW
of
PRINTED
CIRCUIT,,Je
SUB-CHASSM
.. T100
VEI
347-1g
\-./DET. R106 22K
I
8103
DC PROBE VTVM
330J1.
ala ! ,V411Rik. DE -EMPHASIS la PLATE
I.
GROUND LEAD
107
! v2 MFD.
100K
I 100K
=.-. CHAssIs
ADJUST
For MAXIMUM reading: T100 (both cores) L100
Then, for ZERO reading: T100 (top core)
Set VTVM to zero center using
lowest meter scale. At the correct settingfor the top core of T100, a slight turn of core will give a reading either up or down the scale.
2. Remove test equipment, resistors and short at pin 1 of V4 (3BZ6); then, tune in a WEAK STATION and adjust top of T100 for optimum signal-to-noise ratio.
..m.
RECTIFIERHOR I SR 500 SELENIUM
0 Ilk
7 V16
qG
DaMPE s
i
Vt5
25CD6GA
0
L40
WIDT5 H
OUTPUT AMP
t
r
..--
--4---
L403
R418
ITh
.?,
C502
o
100MFD. 200 MFD.
,-'
---,
'-7400 2211
}z°
I
o
1
1
'
0
I
1300
VERT. SCAN
V 18- - -
FOR. SCAN
a HIGH
VOLTAGE
)
VI7
IB3GT
V RECT.
2'
1
I
,
I
-, ,_..,
1--21ATP40.24YP4
0
PICTURE TU
, I
I
0 A/011%ES*
L _ _ _ '' HV SHIELD
S _ -_TI_NG SWITCH
C500 150000 i
C501 150 MFD.
SR 01 SELENIUM RECTIFIER
01500 2.5 AMP FUSE
1
'
-V2 AT 8
7 ozu),
RF TUNER -1
VI
]1
d
-I41A UHF/VHF Utt2,SC. CHASSIS ONLY
-
,
t
VI3 T
,
R324
_.., HEIGHT
N
FOP LIN s' -
4..N N
Arn
'
VaA---i
YOKE SOCKET
.
0 0503
L401 akS HAP E
/rl-.1)B .-- -111-1111-11'
SN7G -
' vii ei
7AU7
/ "Z..' NOR AFC. /2. AC INTERLOCK
stMEINVER/ER /
K-UG
NSOUND V\E,R..T..O..S,C/. '
V6
6BA8
VIDEO SYNC SEP
V7
5U8
IL 203
IF AAIP
1
45 MC TRA P FLS1O00UND TAKE -OF
1.1)3411151-1P
5
Ini UZI
2
10
I
MO
11011
fai 1Wag 111213 4 138
EOM
-TI=121
8
Al
I
u, ' -A.-
. - - - ______i_I,DED.DITz._
'
J
vs 4 3AL5
R..A..T..1.0.-K..T=. <:.
s v6
AF
...;Aup.
\
-,
/
R200 FRINGE
/
317
%Up
45
L400
UHON. HOLD
R2I8
CONTRAST
.___-1
---------------
VINDICATES TUBE INDEX
LINE FOLLOWS SERIES FILAMENT SEQUENCE
SWITCH R 2
_/
HALO LIGHT
C.KET
r
CHASSIS TOP LAYOUT 136
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA Chassis 1-532-1, -2, continued
4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT
STEP ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES 1
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP
ADJUST
1
1. PERFORM "SOUND ALIGNMENT' PROCEDURE BEFORE PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.
2. Short pin 1 of V4 (3BZ6) 2nd Video IF Amp, tube to chassis.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - through 2.7K isolation resistor to junction of L202, L203 and C100 (4.7 mmfd. ). Set signal generator to 4.5 MC (preferably crystal calibrated or controlled).
VTVM - RF Probe to pin 11 (yellow lead) of picture tube.
L203 for MINIMUM reading.
3. ......,
Remove test equipment, resistor and short at pin 1
of V4 (3BZ6).
ALTERNATE 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT
Connect a terference picture.
good antenna in the picture.
to
the receiver and properly tune in a This interference takes the form of
strong station. Adjust L203 for minimum 4.5 MC a "grainy" appearance or a fine line pattern through
inthe
o
°
VS 2SC06GA
QM
SZCIII ,,
12A X4GTA
0 0
H V SHORTING
SWITCH
VI, 11335T
ELER
LAOS
0 WIDTH COIL
,kaii..
I
r'H..
\._I) 0
0
.n
F
r...0...'
0
0
8+
FILTER
CHOK E
..1
42.
CI I
FS00 FUSE HOLDER
. ...1.,
.10K
'''' I :
SOCKET
.;).
ErD
. ASH/WM
0
*. . 1 IMECIrl
El365117618 as *V
40;i
v I 41 MU?
40/le H2"=,"
NIV. O 1Q1 4S,41, 6111. 8
VI2
vE1230
UN
44,
El
I-
vio ,
,I 51211 / ....,
TIOI
, , SAGS,
. I; Ea 1112." Ie.1I I 1
L
,),40 0LC2a0,3.L:...., I= ,.....
°It' CLEM
AUDIO OUTPUT
IiIM
Law IOW Olt RES. NM
3 NO
WEN
HIS
I W6GT
if R324
HEIGHT
r=I
CED 0
120 VHF IF OUTPUT
VHF ANT. TERM.
UHF MIT TERM
..
, VI S, SAYS ; '' --
' i' V''' I- \
3AL5,1 -- ...
0
NALOUERIT SOCKET
PRINTED CIRCUIT
SUB -CHASSIS
0
0 o
It ON
WITCH
R105 VOLUME
0
0
1-1-1
lin 'Ob KS VII 010
\ i \
ti V5
5ANI3
- 0 0C.O 4F5
0
0
,t\ italk
a- N.> '4a4"3E3112r6d01
ff.18.7:
"
!Ka
oL400
! c, .. I _IL_
^1_-.-----.<3 CONTRAST' ' IGE.,
1
1
VERT. HOLD
-
MI le lim
'I
TUN
MI Q
Doi
[203
FRiNGE
0 0
Is 0
0
.0
r
CHASSIS BOTTOM LAYOUT
C501 150 MFD
C500 1504/F0
137
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA ELECTRIC PRODUCTS INC.
SYLVANIA
CHASSIS 1-533-1,-2
MODELS 21T201,21T301,210501,
21M/2,210601,210802,
24T301,240601 SERIES
(Service material on these models is printed on pages 138 through 142)
UHF ANT.
533-2 CHASSIS ONLY
UHF
PRE SELECTOR
V23 -6T4
UHF OSCILLATOR
IN 82 A UHF
MIXER UHF TUNER
RF[ AGG
v7 (A) 1/2
12 AU74 I ST SOUND IF
SYNC. AMP
L100
SOUND TAKE OFF
V9-6AU6 1.... V10-6AL5
2 ND SOUND
RATIO
IF AMP
DETECTOR
VII- 6AV6 V12-6405
1ST AF AMP. .11.1 AF OUTPUT
AOC CLAMP
AMP
SPEAKERS
r -
it VI- 68074
VHF RF AMP ANT
V2 6 xe
OSC /M XER
RF AGG1
ff3+
SR 501 L V SELENIUM
ECT
ISE( 500 LVI
SELENIUM RECT
AG 117V ISOURGE
[SYNC - SOUND]
V3-6 BZ6
1. I ST VIDEO IF AMP
I
[[SYNC]
LC
IS:
AGC}--
vi0A11/2 6A1N8
--{RF AGC]-
AGC AMP
V4 -68Z6
2 ND VIDEO F AMP
4
V718)1/2 12AU7A
NOISE INVERTER
V5 -68Z6
3 RD VIDEO IF AMP
VI3 (A)1/2
SYNC SEP
V6 (A) 1/2 6AM8
4 TH VIDEO IF AMP
V14 6SN7GTB VERTICAL OSCILLATOR
vo(e)1/2
12AUTA NOR. SYNC CLIPPER
SYNC. NOR AFC
DISCR.
VI8 6SN7GTB HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
V19 6CD6GA HORIZONTAL
OUTPUT
HORIZ.
SCAN TRANS.
[HO R PULSE]
v6(8) 1/2
6 AM8 VIDEO DETECTOR
V15 6W 6GT VERTICAL OUTPUT
V20 6 AX4GT
DAMPER
PICTURE TUBE 21ATP4,24VP4
414 V8-I2BY7 VIDEO AMP
NV
6AN8
A
VERTICAL
N
BLANKING
SVEWRTEEP
D E
[S,12.p1-
V21 I B3GT
H. V RECT
AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT*
The AGC control should be readjusted according to the following instructions whenever the receiver is connected to a different antenna installation. 1. Connect antenna to receiver.
2. Tune in a strong channel. 3. Adjust Contrast to minimum, Brightness to max-
imum.
4. Adjust Vertical Hold control to allow picture to roll downward slowly, or to stop picture with blanking bar in center of screen.
5. While observing the vertical blanking bar, turn the AGC control, R312 clockwise until the sync pulse starts to become lighter or the blanking bar becomes as black as the sync pulse. Then retard the control (CCW) to the point where the sync pulse becomes prominent on the blanking bar as shown in the illustration below.
VERT. SYNC. PULSE
VERT. BLANKING BART
*HORIZONTAL AFC CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: Connect ISOLATION TRANSFORMER between
power line and AC input to chassis. Before attempting this adjustment, the AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT should be performed.
1. Tune in a strong channel.
2. Adjust L404 Width control for approximately normal scan.
3. Remove V17-6AL5 Horiz. AFC Discr. tube.
4. Set R415 Horiz. Hold control to mid -range.
5. Adjust R413 Horiz. Range control until picture moves back and forth across the screen with the blanking bar vertical.
6. Replace V17-6AL5 Horiz. AFC Discr. tube.
7. Rotate channel selector to a channel on which no signal is received then return to the original station. Picture should immediately fall into sync. If the picture does not immediately fall into sync, slightly readjust R415 Horiz. Hold control and repeat this step.
138
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
1Y1
1 ets
att
it Pi-.
7110
11,11 z
--1;.
z
1:1
F.
r
139
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA Chassis 1-533-1, -2, continued
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES
Preliminary Instructions
Rod of H. V. Shorting Switch must be pushed forward to the non -shorting position. Hold rod in this position by positioning the shorting switch Catch over the end of Rod. Remove Horizontal Output tube V19-6CD6GA to eliminate pickup radiation from Horizontal Output stage. Receiver should warm up for approximately 15 minutes
before alignment
Place a shorting jumper across antenna terminxIs unless
otherwise stated. Adjustments of top and bottom cores of Transformers and Coils in the Video IF and Sound strip can be made from the underside of chassis with nylon hex alignment tool. In cases where there are two coils to one can, cores must be adjusted to insure the greatest separation between them.
Video IF Alignment
STEP AUGNMENT SETUP NOTES
1. Connect 3.5 V. battery to IF AGC bus -negative terminal to
junction of R201 (1K) andR202 (120K) and positive terminal to chassis ground.
Set Channel Selector to any free high VHF channel.
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP
MARKER GENERATOR - to ungrounded tube shield of V2 -6X8 Osc. /Mixer tube.
VTVM - DC probe to pin 2 of V8-12BY7 Video Amp. NOTE: Use maximum Marker Generator output in-
itially, then reduce output as necessary to keep VTVM reading between -1 and -2 volts.
ADJUST
For MINIMUM reading on VTVM: L200 (top core) at 39.75 MC. T200 (top core) at 41.25 MC. L201 at 41.25 MC. T201 (top core) at 47.25 MC.
For MAXIMUM reading on VTVM: T203 at 44.0 MC. T202 at 42.0 MC. T201 (bottom core) at 45.2 MC. T200 (bottom core) at 43.2 MC.
2. Connect 3.5 V. battery to IF AGC bus -negative terminal to
junction of R201 (1K) andR202 (120K) and positive terminal to chassis ground.
Disconnect IFlnput Cable during this step from tuner.
Calibrate the Oscilloscope to indicate 3 volts peak -to -peak by feeding in a 3 volt peak -to peak signal from calibrator into vertical Input on scope. Adjust vertical gain on scope to get a 3 or 4 inch deflection of this signal (4 inches will give a good size response on a 7 inch scope). Do not touch vertical gain controls of scope throughout remainder of Video IF Alignment. See Note under "Test Equipment Hookup" column.
SWEEP GENERATOR - to pin 1 of V3-6BZ6 through a . 01 blocking capacitor. Set generator to 43.0 MC with 10 MC sweep. Adjust sweep generator output to give a response curve on scope that is 3 volts peak -to -peak. (See notes on Calibrating the Oscilloscope in the first column of this step.
MARKER GENERATOR - loosely coupletoSweepGenerator lead near pin 1 of V3-6BZ6.
OSCILLOSCOPE - to pin 2 of V8-12BY7 Video Amp. through a 33K isolation resistor.
NOTE: If calibrator is not available, an approximate peak -to -peak signal can be obtained by connecting a 470 ohm and 100 ohm resistor in series, feed a 6.3 volt source to the 470 ohm resistor and tap off the signal across the 100 ohm resistor and ground. See illustration.
4707
FEED IN 6.3 V. AC (17.6 V P -P)
TO
100
SCOPE
Readjust sweep output when necessary to keep response amplitude at 3 volts. Decrease output if either IF or scope amplifiers overload (indicated by severe flat top on response).
For RESPONSE CURVE shown:
4hV
T
70%
4125
MC
45.75
MC
I50% 4725 MC
If the above response curve is not
obtained, readjust the following cores
as specified. a. Adjust T201 (bottom core) to place
45.75 MC marker at 50%. b. Adjust T203 to remove tilt from
curve. c. Adjust T202 to place 42.1 MC
marker at 70%. d. Adjust T200 (bottom core) to re-
move tilt from curve. e. Adjust T203 and T200 (bottom
core) simultaneously to remove
hump or dip from curve.
f. Repeat step "a" through "e" if
necessary.
g.
Recheck 41.25 MC trap: Adjust T200 (top core) and L201 to place
41.25 MC marker in valley. h. Recheck 47.25 MC trap: Adjust
T201 (top core) to place 47.25 marker in valley.
3. Same as step2, but remember to reconnect IF Input Cable to tuner.
Set channel selector to a free high VHF channel making sure the response curve is not distorted by outside interference.
If perfect response curve cannot be obtained from this step due to inadequate range of bandpass, do not readjust IF transformer cores.
SWEEP GENERATOR V2 -6X8 Osc. /Mixer
to ungrounded tube shield of tube. Set generator to 43.0
MC with 10 MC sweep. Adjust sweep generator
output to give a response curve on scope that is
3 volts peak -to -peak. (See notes on calibrating
the oscilloscope in step 2. )
MARKER GENERATOR - loosely couple to Sweep Generator lead near ungrounded tube shield of V2.
OSCILLOSCOPE - to pin 2 of V8-12BY7 Video Amp. through a 33K isolation resistor.
NOTE: There are two positions where L16 will give a properly shaped response curve. The one giving optimum results is the position where the greatest amount of brass screw is showing out of the coil.
Upon completion, remove all test equipment and 3. 5 volt battery.
For RESPONSE CURVE shown:
L200 (top) 3975 4125
MC Mc
L200 (top core) - Adjust to place 39.75 MC marker in valley.
L200 (bottom core) and L16 (VHF tuner) simultaneously to place the 45.75 MC marker at 50% point and to make top of response curve flat. Check position of 42.1 MC marker. If it is not at 70i position, readjust L200 (bottom core) and L16 (VHF tuner) to give best compromise of proper marker location and minimum tilt.
140
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA
Sound Alignment
Chassis 1-533-1, -2
STEP ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP
ADJUST
1. Short pin I of V4-6BZ6 2ntl Video IF Amp. to chassis ground. Connect Marker generator to junction of L203 and L204. Set generator to calibrated or crystal controlled 4.5 MC.
OR Connect a good antenna to re-
ceiver. Tune in a strong sta-
tion.
VTVM - DC Probe to pin 5 of V10-6AL5 Ratio Detector; Ground Lead to pin 7 of V10-6AL5 Ratio Detector.
Set VTVM to 3 volt scale
VTVM must be insulated from ground.
For MAXIMUM reading: T100 (top core) sec. T100 (bottom core) pri. L100
Repeat adjustments until maximum reading is reached.
2. Same as step 1.
VTV1Vf - DC Probe through 100K to junction of R104 and terminal 1 of de -emphasis plate. Ground Lead to center junction of two matched 100K resistors connected in series across pin 5 and 7 of V10-
6AL5 Ratio Detector.
V10- 6A15 RATIO
TIO
OCT
2
-=-
Figi6,
VTVM MUST BE INSULATED FROM
,.0 GROUND
% + MI
!'
0108 K CIO
2141c1
.001
Set VTVM to zero center, use low est meter scale.
Adjust T100 (top core) sec. for ZERO reading on VTVM. At correct zero
reading, a slight turn of the core will give a positive reading in one direction and a negative reading in the other direction.
Upon completion, remove VTVM and 100K resistors.
_ ._I
1
7
RI. s
330
\ 1. -
1006
UND LEAD
.1/.
TO TERM'NAL I OF DE -EMPHASIS PLATE
DC PROBE
-J
2.5 AM P 4, FUSE
H ON RANG
F500
:HON ;HOLD
VERT HOLD
.J
V23
674
UHF OSC
FILAMENT TRANS. SR501
CIO AV PI Air AOJ
C18 MIXER GRID ADJ.
VI
6E30 7A RE AMP
v
6x8
osc
MIX.
L7 UHF INPUT
L16 OUTPUT
O
IF INPUT CABLE
INNER, FINE TUNING
OUTER: CHANNEL SELECTOR
FL 2001
SR500
V3
6BZ6
I ST. VIDEO IF AMP
VIS
6W6G)
VERT. OUTPUT
V14
6SN7GTB
VERT. OSC
(1-1L65
HOR AFC. DISCRIM.
0T40I rill 6AN
AGC AMP & VERT. BLANKING
O L400 HOR. FRED, COIL
YOKE SOCKET
L207
VARIABLE V8 PEAKING 125Y
COIL VIDEO AMP
-1 I-1 T2001
V4
6BZ6
2 ND. VIDEO IF AMP
111r -----s-172011
VS
6BZ6
3 RD VIDEO IF AMP.
WIDTH
6SN75TB
HOR.OSC.
7,3-\
L204
12 AU 7A
-#kI
4.SMC TRAP
SYNC. SEP 8
HON. SYNC. CLIPPER
I ST SOUND IF AMP 12 AU7A SYNC. AMP. 8 NOISE
INVERTER
O
V6 6APA6 4TM VIDEO IF AMP & VIDEO DET.
T203
V2
IB3GT
H.V. RECT.
L100
SOUND TAKEOFF
7-1
17100 1
VIO
I
141
CHASSIS TOP PARTS LAYOUT
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SYLVANIA Chassis 1-533-1, -2, continued
4.5 MC Trap Alignment Using Station Signal
1. Tune in a local station. 2. Misadjust the Fine Tuning Control until sound bars are
seen in the picture. Maximum 4. 5 MC signal will be fed to the picture at this setting of the fine tuning control. A fine grain -like background will be noticed in the picture.
3. Adjust L204 (4. 5 MC Trap) until the 4.5 MC grain -like interference is eliminated or is at a minimum.
4. Readjust the Fine Tuning Control to obtain a normal picture. There should be no grain -like interference present in the picture.
VHF TUNER
1500 FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
8413 HOP. RANGE
R415 NOR, HOLD
L500 5+
CAME
VG GAPAO 4TH VIDEO IF AMP VI000 OCT.
I am ets
SHORTING SWITCH
POWER INTER
LOCK
C50i 6C
5334
R330 VERT.
LIN.
\JOOUTPUT
vwt
AANMRB
AL
T
PT OLP.
6AL5
5312 AOC
vu
6S NTGTB
OR 05C
L404 WIDTH
N.V. SHORTING SWITCH R0
SHORTING SWITCH CATCH
5111
TONE
R107 VOLUME
HALOLIGH' SOCKET
VI9 6CD6GA
HOP. OUTPUT
CHASSIS BOTTOM PARTS LAYOUT
142
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TRAV-LER RADIO CORPORATION
In general the service material on Trav-ler sets in this manual is applicable to all sets listed in the table below. The two circuit diagrams included are exact for many models and are similar to others, as stated. In some instances, the differences are in type of tuners used, or physical parts placement, or in other minor variations.
Chassis No. 412E4, 412E5
412F4, 412F5
412G5 412K5 412L5
417E4, 417E5 417F5
417G5 419E5 510A4 511A4 513A4, 513A5 514A4, 514A5 518B4, 518B5
Used in these Models:
Circuit pages:
517-82, 521-79, 521-80, 521-81, 5210-60 Exact, 144-145
5210-61, 517-100, 521-110, 521-115
524-84, 524-85, 524-86
Similar, 144-145
521-R90, 521-R91
Exact, 144-145
517-82, 521-79 to -81, 5210-60, 5210-61 Similar, 144-145
521-R90, 521-R91
Similar, 144-145
517-82U, 521-79U to -81U, 5210-60U, -61U Similar, 144-145
524-84U, 524-85U, 524-86U
Similar, 144-145
521-R9OU, 521-R91U
Similar, 144-145
521-73
Similar, 144-145
517-56, 517-67
Exact, 146-147
521-75, 521-76, 521-77, 521-78
Exact, 146-147
Same models as above for 511A4
Similar, 146-147
Same as models under 510A4
Similar, 146-147
524-83
Similar, 146-147
OUTSIDE ANT.
ANT. INPUT 300 OHMS
4.5 MC I.F. AMP.
VT -8
-0-
4.SMC F.M.DE T.
VT -9
lit. AUDIO
-84- AMP.
VT -I0
AUDIO
-9- POWER AMP.
VT -I1
SOUND
4
R.F. AMP.
VT -I
-0- -0- MIX ER /0SC
i.F AMP. VT -3, VT -4 IR
VT -2
AVT-5
VIDEO DET. 5 AOC VT -6
VIDEO AMP.
VT -7
0
CABINET ANT
SYNC. SEP. VT -12
A
SYNC. PHASE
INVERTER 0 1/2 VT -13
VERT. OSC.
VERT. AMP.
-IP -
VT -14
VT -IS
1
LOW VOLTAGE
RECTIFIER
VT -20
HORIZ. PHASE DET.
1/2 VT -13
HORIZ. OSC.
VT -IS
HORIZ.OUTPUT VT -17
-0- DAMPER
VT I
N.V. RECT. VT -IS
FIG. 1 Circuit Block Diagram
ItaOhemNiaoTxnRimAtrPuapmA.DTcJlooUccSkhTweMciksEeNthpTios-s-aiTtdihojeuns.btTmrihegenhttf,natecusersnoatfnhdtehpPeeIprCfioTcrtUumrRaeEntcuaebneodfwBthiRlelIpgGilHcotwTurNebErtiuSgbShetlcdyoeinpftertnhodelss,ilolaonrcgtaertaleypduiospnosentthtephreforapodnejrtulpsyta.mneeIfnl,ttthooef picture tube does not appear to be bright enough or if the tube dims when the brightness control is turned in a clockwise direction, the ion trap must be adjusted. Remove the cabinet back* and set the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS controls to a maximum clockwise position. Rotate the ion trap, sliding it back and forth along the neck of the picture tube, until the position is located that causes the picture tube to glow with maximum brilliance.
'NOTE -Removing the cabinet back disconnects the line cord. An alternate test cord must be substituted for this adjustment.
143
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
L-8
LI 01
U.H.F
DIAL CLIP
02
3of
2-10 C-4
Nc 4 4C-5 .5-3
VT -1 6
77
9c6807A
C L-3
7 8
90
010
011
I
J
FINE
C-8 20
,-
TUNING VT -2
0-7
R-8 6J6
10
10K
R-7
L.
10K
FEED THRU CAPACITORS 800uur EACH **PO 4ER RECEPTACLE FOR RADIO-PHONO
UN.T 051'412G5 CHASSIS ONLY. * TWEETER USED ON 412G5 CHASSIS ONLY.
tea
R-22
1004
TA -18 TUNER
2.2
2 3
_C -I _C-2
6.8 6.8
497-100 0
Oa
H
7
5i ,
=2C2-9
C-6
.5-3 C 10
L-9
8.2
j L-6
6807A 6J6
C6-112 -4
I
_Lc_
1500z-29,,
WEETER P. SWEARER
3 c
VT -11
265v 51/6GT
C 61
68
/59W
75v
:0r5:7 4T
4704
2uf
EC -17B 4044
110
EC -17A
]:
450 v
R-66
°U
R-5 7
220
bio
300 -FL ANT.
T -I
R-6 680K
220K
R-3 R-2
820K 560K
R-5 155
OTP
Flor-fiB C oD CE
R-I9
4700
2W
R -I8
4700
2W
R-104 AVON iptur H040c51,44
C-11
R-68 *00
R
--'' .101 !
cyo l°
tw76o9-,
HOXII WIDTH
CS 47
CAPACITORS ARE SHOWN IN MICRO MICRO FARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R-102 C-93
15000
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 W. CARSON UNLESS 'OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
. wt1.511
7445'c160
E vT-20 SU4GA
L,
OW
vOLuNI CONTROL
3450
CHOR WIXOM
R -I15
500
/
,.-..4L2;'/**
by
A
ECI6
40 uf 450v
4500
20W
-2: EC .2 5A
10 500
IoSt
SAW.
C-98
e5go'y'
3Me 54.0 P.O
ay
FUSE
CABINET
INTERLOCK
113V
VT -I9 6AX4GT
Z
R-100 220K
HEATER CHOKE DETAIL
TRAV-LER RADIO CORP.
CHICAGO ILL.
ORLEANS IND.
CHASSIS NO. 4I2E4,412E5,412G5
VT3
&ALAS
VT -4 6AIJ6
VT 5 6AU6
0.239
278
103
Coo
L-22
L-22
VT- 6 6AL 5
C,3513
47 DIAL A LIGHT
R.FC.
RFC
I.LINE VOLTAGE II7V.AC. ALL VOLTAGES DC. 2. ALL. VOLTAGES MEASURED TO CHASSIS AND ARE POSITIVE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 3. VOLTAGE READINGS TAKER WITH ZERO SIGNAL INPUT
AND PICTURE CONTROL SET MAX. CLOCKWISE. ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL
OPERATION.
4. VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH AN
ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER. L-38
144
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION TRAV-LER RADIO CORPORATION (Continued)
Schematic Diagram (Chassis 412E4, 412E5, and 41205)
VT -3 R26
750
41C5- 2u5,
C-28
two
V T5 6AV6
too
0V
a 6
x7 0
C -26
100r3
4V
t28
47
P31 4799 224
C- FA 430 1000 too
R-21
220
R-29
C-30 00
47 35"
:14" 000
031
5coo;_
v T-6 64L5 0V
-6
20
TV
3v
-36
x.
.1R,0-308
R-37
I5K 2W
L-14
C-37
VT -7 6AH6
2
7
.104
M41
56
VC -60A PICTURE CONTROL
283V
I 7V
C-33
.100
C-36
1000
I 5000
LOCAL
FRINGE qO AREA SELECTOR TV -SW -18
f:3 L-168,
C -400Xr
C -4I '265
601306-1/
Low 1r
Lo
A
to
L -32A
R-47 664
R-46
226
R-45
IMIONTrit SS
4700
2.32
404 2206 VC -62 R-49
6
P-48
iDOK
VT 10 400 6AV6
T/0C066
R-64 03 a
VC -60.8 T
1 MEG. VOL CONTROL_
G-62
IV
.01 U F
VT .9 -
6415 2
5
II
6
R-63
MOO
2.2M
I
X1SLIF
C 55IC 54 R60
12020
3141
59C ;coo52
C53
.4.61
L,17
50
VT -8 1938 6AV6
R58
2w
190V 2 C-51 g
zoo
C-50 50001
1050
3
4 050
Y1
R-57 3
Lis
C-47
33 $.438
P.55
L-16 A
C2-2404 -
1.0
R52 22M
R-55 4706
VT -12
6C4
C-46
'
17V
e00lir.
-
7
R-50 4-W1M-4
476
46130K
4.53 470K
Sao 26
tkueFt ac
j 45eo
.0646T
4 3 VT I8
7
_C-49
3003
+EC2513
V
P-85 5600
R-54
vx4T KA_ 01./1A0? 44 MICMAC,
VC -59
2 5M VENT HEIGHT
1050
C 7 81 .1 U.? -r foe vi_ R5-39762*
.05uF 0-76
R -I01 181 1W
355V VT -IS
654
21V
ES;27
20v 39
220
vuOTC AL Lim( ARo1 x
0.0
C-80 .tour
1100v
VISIT1CAL
V T.14 6C4 1758
at 00000 09CM.LATOO AMIXXIMER
-450 4;C° 4 C'82
R.74
)e. 63
.OLD
4111
R-75
CC -26
R- 79A R-7913 R.79C
6200
9200 224
A C'878
1/2 VT -13 r1/2 65N7GT
2
C-89.= 2290
R-84 2,00
R -7t
vT-17 6CU6
R-96 5 27,-"av0lwo
6-96 R-95 41 4706
1W
C77
470 Il
T C.11
T470
aoaf rem val. omvt
VT16
C-84 4700
68F
R-76
000 2200
1/2 VT -13
1/2 6SN7GT
-I 65N7i,T
P6-29040
c
400
81
r-
700
380 4
P8
-6 V !OM,
-83 -02UF
R-92
6a
7
-9- 9v C -8S
R-91
rir:LoT
R80
R -9C soon
3304
R-88
334
C 86
/L-18 .1."'"
IV 4
R -8I too.
C-88
Tuo 4.
PI -82
OOK
300
f\-HORIZONTAL
HOLD
C-91
R-87
R-86
C-901
.OIut
-01,1
600.4
010901.-oWsuIr-CT:67- 337\A.
10- 4 5iLL,
R-83
iss
CHASSIS PRODUCTION CHANGES
1. Early models using chassis 412E4 and 412E5 contained a TV -TA -18 tuner with Q channel tuning strips. The oscillator adjustment is found to the right of the fine tuning shaft. Later production models contained a TV -TA -18 tuner with C channel tuning strips. Ilere the oscillator adjustment is found above and slightly to the left of the fine tuning shaft.
2. Early models using chassis 412E4, 412E5 and 412G5 contained either a TV-X -130A or TV -X -130B high voltage assembly. Later production models contain the TV-TR-15 horizontal output transformer.
3. Early models using chassis 412F4 and 412F5 contained either a TV -X-152 or TV -X -152B high voltage assembly. Later production models contain the TV-TR16 horizontal output transformer.
4. Later production models containing chassis 412F4 and 412F5 have resistor R-115 increased from 210 ohms 5 watt to 500 ohms 20 watt (TV-WR-18) and condenser C-90 decreased from .015 mfd. 600V to .01 mfd. 600V (TV -PC -15).
145
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I
VT -I 6BC5 RE AMP
7
Sri
C-3
.5-3
FIF TEST POINT
VT -2 6J 6
mIxER OSC
L-10
Mn
L-7 R-8 47K
3
IK 2
L-5
C -I0
--1C-18
1000
it C-12
FINE TUNING
)R -IL
1511
°C-14
C -I5
°c I71
L-6
IC 7
10
I. LINE VOLTAGE 117 V. AC. ALL VOLTAGES AC.
2.ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED TO CHASSIS AND ARE POSITIVE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
3.VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH ZERO SIGNAL INPUT
AND PICTURE CONTROL SET MAX. CLOCKWISE.
ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
VT -3 6AU6 120V
4.VOLTAIE READINGS TAKEN WITH AN
ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER. L-36
R-22 WVVII
1006
Ri
4
C 2
low
426
101
5.30.301
I
EC.I7B 4001
0.104
P-67
390
W
VT -II
3104. 6V6GT
C68
0
105
325V
126
R-66 220
I W
120V EC -174
C 67 Oita' R65 R-64
410K 410K
TV -TA -15 TUNER FOR CHASSIS NO. 5I0A4 TV -TA -16 TUNER FOR CHASSIS NO. 5HA4
Y
CAPACITORS ARE SHOWN IN MICRO MICRO FARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 W. CARBON UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
tmAPtOorWoIiMtuOt
LINE
V06,436 CO......
/
3 NJ, 54.0 113.0
CABINET
USL
IN TERLOCK
6 J V VT.20 SU4 G
C NOR[
3900
EC -I6 40 OF 450V
4-
40uf
450V
R -I15
210
5W
EC -25A
I4TO WI 50v
rust
C-981
.2 5UF
6004
.o A3v
R-20
470
Ur HOMICKUU,
G-11 ""
140 2
1
R.68 Pula
1000
4 s sso
Sgp
3.0112.6110114
20.---
OK 4 7
S00% t 4 3:
R.102 C-93 VT -16 isoov
VT -I9 6AX4 GT
1 C-97
our =
11000
R-100 2203
HEAT ER CHOICE DETAIL
VT -3 6AU6
VT -4 6AU6
C23B
I.: 2 2
1--42713 L-22
VT -5 6AU6
VT -6 6AL 5
c_. -103
C-156
000
L-22
TR FC A
RFC
551.5FC.
PEED THRU CAPACITORS 800uur EACH
*511A4 CHASSIS -C-90..01 UP PAPER CONDENSER
Schematic Diagram (Chassis 510A4 and 511A4;
TRAV-LER RADIO CORP.
CHICAGO ILL.
ORLEANS IND.
CHASSIS NO.'S 510A481511A4
146
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TRAV-LER Chassis 510A4, 511A4, etc.
C-24
.11..,
VT -4
6
...
Ae..g., f
r
-S5V t'
V02117
142B13
1 1205
4V
R28
47
1465
C-26 i000
C- 00074
F429 221f
C-28
Imo
VT -5 64U6
1105
(acv4ZCvitt
C-59
4 +-rLalll
47
430
mo
R31 156 195
R-21 20
C-31
5000
C-30
11100
VT -6 6AL5
0 5
-23
R-35 max
a -75
.36 113.8 4700
C-33
6AVHT67
106 1.
C-41 245
CL -32A
R-46
22K
R-45
R-47
SOK
1.100617wESS
4700 2W
.006 VC -57
2206 R-49
540V
-0
R-48 IOU(
VT-10 v. 6AV6
R-63 2.2N
VC 5I 1 R-6
V
VT -9 -,Iu 6.415 12
5
C-25
.011.11,
R6I
Moo
CEirCo 204-.F
+-.1v
05u2
C551 C S4 R 60
4V
pr -,4 C-52
4, at.
3352
C 53
..T67
I 17
VT -8 215 V 6AU6
5. R.58 .22;
21
C-SI woo
C-50 5000
1
V
1 OV 120
KR
R-57 z
OS t
_C-49
5000
C-
220
C-47
1.0 33
48
R-56 085
L -I6 A
4- EC 25E1 U f
V
R-55 470K
'`esox
VCOTIC-SL OUTPUT TIIKK3/070001
VC -59
2.514 5(107 HEIGHT
3605
VT -I5
654
19V
EC27 . Waif
25v 30
6 4 C;7_ 3 VT -I4 to VERT.0 AL
gLINICfili
0.V
_C-80 - 2545 3
UO
VS PT.c AK.
111.00040 OSCILLATOA Toinuroutakx
-5
4700
C-82
P-74
1.3M
vC- 56 vcat.cas.
601.0 1.54.
CC -26
R- 79A R-798 R -79C
0200 A
6200
C-878
22K C -87C 2000
1405. 4
C-78
.1 L4%401
R-97-
33142W
0.1Cuf C -7E,
R -I01 18K IW
220
R-71
VT -17
6CU6
R-96
5
-2" 100
C- 77 470
7011
R-95 R47 -98,
/
jC-79 T470
1.1001iONTAL CA155
VT -I6 155N7GT
P 94 1555 Roo C 81
3-90
P 93 /006134
'f'°' R-92
R-75
C-84
.11.45
2°0v
4700 R.76 2200.
0V
83 --.01 ur
24 c -86T
R 91
900 tI
500
P-80
R-90
3000
1.5636
R-88
336
zit...18 12C5u8,6
..`c.
fHORIZONTAL HOLD
C -9I
1/2 VT -13
1/2 6SM7GT
2 -14V
3V 1
1006
C-88
A
P-82
006
P-87
R-86
4 700 4-
6 00u
e000 C"92 - 336 w zita F
3 AMP SLOW BLOW FUSE -TYPE 3AG
0 0 0 (:),
A.0 SOCKET
VERT. LIN.
(47!) WIDTH CONTROL
VERTICAL
HEIGHT
9
HORIZONTAL
8DRIVE
HORIZONTAL HOLD
1/4 AMP SLOW BLOW FUSE -TYPE 3A0
Side Cabinet and Rear Chassis Apron Controls.
147
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
TRAV-LER
PRESETTING IF TRAP COILS USING AM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND VTVM
Connect the negative lead of a 3 -volt battery at point (B) shown on the schematic diagram; connect the positive lead to the chassis. Connect the signal generator to the grid of the 1st IF tube. Connect the DC probe of the VTVM at point (A); connect the negative lead to the chassis. Set the picture and fine tuning controls fully clockwise. Set the receiver to channel 13.
DUMMY ANTENNA
Direct
SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING
To lst IF grid
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
20.6 Mc (Unmod.)
CHANNEL 12
CONNECT VTVM
DC probe to point (A). Common to
chassis.
ADJUST
Bottom adjustments of L -42B
and L -42C.
REMARKS
Adjust for maximum voltage at VTVM.
CAUTION-Once the IF trap coils have been preset, no further adjustment with these coils will be necessary. Proceed to the overall IF response as described below to complete the alignment.
OVERALL IF AMP. RESPONSE CHECK
Connect the synchronized sweep voltage from the sweep signal generator to the horizontal input of the oscilloscope for horizontal deflection. Connect the sweep generator to the loosely coupled shield of the 6J6 tube, making certain that the shield is not grounded; connect the ground lead to the chassis.
DUMMY ANTENNA
Direct
SWEEP GENERATOR COUPLING
SWEEP GENERATOR FREQUENCY
MARKER GENERATOR FREQUENCY
CHANNEL
High side
24 Mc
21.75 Mc
12
to loosely
(10 Mc 26.25 Mc
coupled
sweep)
shield of
616; low
side to
chassis.
CONNECT SCOPE
Vertical amplifier to point (A). Common to
chassis.
ADJUST
L -13A L -42B
(top)
L -42C
(top)
L-6 L-38
REMARKS
Check for response curve similar to Fig. 5 with markers as shown. It is generally necessary to retouch settings of L -13A, L -42B (top), and L -42C (top) for proper response. Note that the adjustment of L -13A will affect the video side of the curve, L -42B (top) the audio side, and L -42C (top) the intermediate range. It may be necessary to touch up settings of L-6 and L.38 for proper symmetry, flatness, and bandpass. A pass band width of 3.5 Mc measured at the 50% response points is recommended at this point.
------ -
TO RECEIVER R ANT. TERMINALS
SIGNAL GENERATOR OUTPUT CABLE.
R -I50 OHM LESS ONE HALF THE OUTPUT IMPEDANCE OF SIGNAL GENERATOR
TO TEST POINT
1000MMF.
1N34 OR EQUAL
TO CHASSIS
TO DC PROBE
OF VTVM1
100.000
- COMMON
FIG. 3. Dummy Antenna Detail
FIG. 4. Diode Detector Detail
SOUND IF AMP ALIGNMENT USING AM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND VTVM
DUMMY ANTENNA
Direct
SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING
High side to point (A).
Low side to chassis.
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
4.5 Mc (Unmod.)
CHANNEL
Any channel unused locally.
,,
CONNECT VTVM
Dc probe to point (C). Common to
chassis.
DCro probe(E to
Common to chassis.
ADJUST
L -16A
and bottom adjustment of L-17.
Adjust top slug of L-17.
REMARKS
Adjust for max. voltage at VTVM.
Adjust for zero voltage. A positive and negative reading will be obtained on either side of the correct setting.
CHECK ON SOUND IF AMP ALIGNMENT USING FM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND OSCILLOSCOPE
DUMMY ANTENNA
Direct
SWEEP GENERATOR
COUPLING
SWEEP GENERATOR FREQUENCY
MARKER GENERATOR FREQUENCY
High side to point (A).
Low side to chassis.
4.5 Mc (500 Kc sweep)
4.45 Mc
4.5 Mc 4.55 Mc
CHANNEL
Any channel unused locally.
CONNECT SCOPE
Vertical amplifier input to point (C).
Common to chassis.
ADJUST
REMARKS
Touch up the adjustments of L-17 mainL-17 taining max. amplitude while adjusting
for max. steepness and straightness of the slope. See Fig. 6. Note that the 4.5 Mc marker pip tends to disappear as the correct setting of the top adjustment of L-17 is reached.
148
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
TRAV-LER RADIO CORPORATION Service Alignment Data Continued
4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT
DUMMY ANTENNA
Direct
SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING
High side to point (A). Low side to
chassis.
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
4.5 Mc (Unmod.)
CHANNEL
Any channel unused locally.
CONNECT VTVM
AC probe to cathode of picture tube point (D).
Common to chassis.
ADJUST L -16B
REMARKS
Adjust for minimum voltage. A crystal detector shown in Fig. 4 may be used with the VTVM in place of a corn mercial AC probe if desired.
Audio MAO.,
IF rap Martyr
65.0width
Video Marker
53.4
-100%
FIG. 5 IF Response Curve
FIG. 6. Audio Response Curve
FIG 7. Overall RF Response Curve
TV -TA -IC IC
PLAICTI colt
VT -2 MIXER OSC.
6J6 C-6
L-8
0
C3
VT -I 61307A REAP.
0C-3
R E AMP TRIMMER
A. C. RECEPTACLE raiR RAcic-pLiOND UWE
SPEAKER PLUGS
T -I0
MIXER TRIMMER RE AMP TRIMMER
TO0 P.IF AMP COIL TRAP
\13 TOP -IF AMP COIL
BOTTOM -LE TRAP
L-I3A
L-426
0L -3e VT -3 0 VT -4 I FAMP
0
VT 5
COIL
0L -42C
LE AMP
0
SECONDARY LINK COIL
LE AMP
IF AMP
0
VERTICAL BLO CK INK OSCILLATOR
V T-14
VT -I2
VT -6
VIDEO DET. ARC
0
AUDIO AMP VT II
RATIO DET
0 CA
AUDIO
OUTPUT
4.5 MC
(,.-)
SOUND TRAP
VT -7
VT El
4110
VID50 AMP
L PICTURE TUBE
4.5 MC TRAP
VT -17 POUR
4.5 MC 14 MOUE
SEC. ADJUST
PRI. ADJUST ON SOTTOM 4.5 MC LE AMP
VERT OSC. VT -IS
SYNC. SEPARATOR
1/T-13
TRIO. OUT PUT
VT -20
VERT AMP
SYNC. PHASE INVERTER a HORIZ. PHASE DET.
LOW VOLTAGE RECTIFIER
VT -I9 DAMPER
DEFLECTION YOKE SOCKET VT -15
HORIZ. OSC.
,1/40 lJ
VT -IS
153
HIGH VOLTAGE
41 RECTIFIER
VERTICAL NEWT A.C. SOCKET
TYPE 3AG DAMP. SLOW BLOW FUSE
VERTICAL LINEARITY
HORIZONTAL HOLD
HORIZONTAL DRIVE
HORIZONTAL WIDTH
TYPE DAS 1/4 AMP SLOW SLOW PUSS
FIG. 8 Alignment Adjustment and Tube Location Chart (Chassis 412E4, 412E5, and 412G5)
'AREA SELECTOR 6V/ITCN
149
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION TRAV-LER RADIO CORPORATION Service Material Continued
TUNER ALIGNMENT
Connect the synchronized sweep voltage from the sweep signal generator to the horizontal input of the oscilloscope for horizontal deflection.
Connect the negative lead of a 3 -volt battery at point B) shown on the schematic diagram; connect the positive lead to the chassis.
DUMMY ANTENNA
Two carbon resistors. See Fig. 3
es II
ee
te ll is et et te
ee
II
SWEEP GENERATOR
COUPLING
SWEEP GENERATOR FREQUENCY
To receiver
antenna
207 Mc
terminals. (10 Mc sweep)
se
213 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
II
201 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
et
195 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
es
189 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
n
183 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
et
177 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
se
85 Me
(10 Mc sweep)
et
79 Mc
°63(10 Mc sweep)
et
69 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
II
57 Mc
(10 Mc sweep)
MARKER GENERATOR FREQUENCY
205.25 Mc 209.75 Mc
211.25 Mc 215.75 Mc 199.25 Mc 203.75 Mc 193.25 Mc 197.75 Mc 187.25 Mc 191.75 Mc 181.25 Mc 185.75 Mc 175.25 Mc 179.75 Mc 83.25 Mc
87.75 Mc 77.25 Mc 81.75 Mc 67.25 Me 71.75 Mc 61.25 Mc 65.75 Mc 55.25 Mc 59.75 Mc
CHANNEL 12 13
CONNECT
SCOPE
Vertical amplifier input to point (A). Common to chassis
eI
ADJUST
C-3 C-5, 13
C-6 Osc. 12
OSC. 13
11
ee
Ose. 11
---n.-- 10
e
Osc. 10
--a- 9
Osc. 9
8
Osc. 8
7
Osc. 7
-11- 6
Osc. 6
5
0-7--',.
--a- 4
Osc. 4
3
Ox. 3
2
N
Osc. 2
REMARKS
Adjust C-3 RF amp. trimmer, C-5 RF amp. trimmer, and C-6 mixer trimmer on tuner containing C channel tuning strips for proper passband and symmetry. These adjustments are respect ively C-13, C-3 and C-6 on tuner containing Q channel tuning strips. Adjust oscillator coil to place the video marker at the 50% response point. Refer to
Fig. 7.
Check frequency response for symmetri.
cal peaks as above and if necessary touch up the RF and mixer trimmer ad. justments. Adjust oscillator coils so
that the video marker will be at the 50% response point of the curve. Note that the mediator adjustment screw is found above and slightly to the left of the fin.
tuning shaft on the tuner containing the C channel tuning strips. The oscil. lator adjustment screw is found to the right of the fine tuning shaft on the tuner containing the Q channel tuning strips. These adjustments are made ac cessible as the channel selector is ro. tated to each channel.
FOCUS AND CENTERING -The picture tubes used in these chassis are electrostatically focused by means of a focus electrode in the gun assembly connected to the primary B+ in the receiver. The picture is centered to the escutcheon by removing the cabinet back and adjusting the centering device at the rear of the deflection yoke. The ion trap adjustment described under ION TRAP ADJUSTMENT should be made before proceeding to center the picture. To shift the picture, rotate the centering device and adjust the two tabs which project front this device until the pattern is centered without shadowed corners.
OSCILLATOR TRIMMER ADJUSTMENTS -The oscillator trimmer adjustments have been set at the factory so that the picture just begins to appear and the sound is at maximum when the fine tuning control is about centered. Check the reception on all active TV channels in the area. When the oscillator trimmers are properly adjusted, the fine tuning control should not require readjustment when switching from channel to channel and the control should be about centered when optimum picture quality and sound volume are established. If extensive use of the fine tuning control is necessary when changing stations, proceed as follows:
1. Turn the receiver on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.
2. Select the desired television station by rotating the channel selector control. Set all other controls for a normal
picture.
3. Set the fine tuning ,control in the center of its range.
4. Remove channel selector and fine tuning knobs.
5. The oscillator adjustment is found to the right or above the fine tuning shaft. Insert a non-metallic screwdriver with a 1/4" wide tip and about 10 inches long and adjust for best picture and sound. The slug requires a slight rota. tion only. Should the slug be turned too far, it will fall into the coil. If this happens, it will be necessary to remove the chassis front the cabinet. Remove the bottom cover of the tuner and remove the coil. Hold the retain. ing spring to one side and lightly tap the open end of the coil until the slug slips out. Then replace the slug and reset the retaining spring.
6. With the fine tuning control still set as in step 3, repeat the procedure in steps 4 and 5 for each active television channel in the area.
150
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
lv eZ uP7
sue-
-0 (7-14RDNE CO (Material on pages 151 through 154)
21" & 24" TABLE & CONSOLE RECEIVERS
L.200 INPUT GRID
,S,18.8 ,200 TOP Or CO, 428 MC
1505T05.71" COO 4/ 514C
7 - 201 2 ND PIN ,
TOP OV COIL 45 1 MC BOTTOM Or COIL
4125 AK
1,203 SOUND
4511C
TARE -OFF
TRAP
4 514C
R-IO2
,I..,-.161
BUZZ OLADRATIZA
List of Models:
324A59C-A-576
324A59U-A-576
0 0 ,'0. 7-'
V6
v,
3G 66 3CB6 3CI36
121307-A
,sv 1,v I -v Oun 8,v
\ 8808,v vv ' v,1E0 V W
T-202 1R5 Pll Pi
BOIT= COIL
V 14 V.IB OUR
0?u0,101,
...............
T-100
0
SOUND , Scut SEP
;VV,., 5;;.65
ROOlO OUTPUT
2324A59C-A-560 321A59C-A-554 2321A59C-A-556 321A59C-A-504
2324A59U-A-560 321A59U-A-554
2321A59U-A-556 321A59U-A-504
2 A F4
2321A59C-A-508
2321A59U-A-508
(VHF's)
(UHF -VHF's)
".Rir
1882-A
CRYSTAL Ux CONvIPTE
AREA SELECTOR SWITCH
I2W6-GTONTPuTR vE
00
NOD, VERT LIN
"MZW""
O REMOONLE NO 5,100 roSE,
6V5IT8A 7.GT
MOP 1.111,
12606 -GA
e 1211o.1u21rv,
MOP OP
TOP
12AX4-GTA
DAMPER
83.GT
RUT
A three position switch is provided at the rear of the receiver to provide optimum performance in strong, medium and weak signal areas. In strong signal areas turn the switch to the LOCAL position. In me-
dium signal areas turn the switch to the SUBURBAN position and in weak or very weak signal areas the switch must be turned to the FRINGE position. For example, bending or S-ing will occur if switch is in fringe position and the receiver is operating in local
Fig. 1 -UHF -VHF Chassis Tube Layout and Trimmers
area.
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION ONLY -If only horizontal deflection is obtained as evidenced by a straight line across the face of the picture tube, it can be caused by the following:
1. V -8B or V-9 inoperative. Check socket voltages. 2. Vertical oscillator transformer defective. 3. Vertical output transformer open or shorted. 4. Yoke vertical coils open or shorted. 5. Vertical hold, height or linearity controls may
be defective. 6. Capacitor C-422 defective.
WRINKLES ON LEFT SIDE OF RASTER -This condition can be caused by:
1. Defective yoke. 2. V-14 defective. 3. R-420 or C-421 defective.
SMALL RASTER -This condition can be caused by: 1. Low +B or line voltage. Check selenium rectifiers. 2. Insufficient output from V-12. Replace tube. 3. Insufficient output from V -8B and V-9. Replace tubes. 4. Incorrect setting of horizontal drive control. 5. V-14 defective.
RASTER; NO IMAGE, BUT ACCOMPANYING SOUND This condition can be caused by:
1. No signal on picture tube grid. Check V-7 tube and associated circuits.
2. Bad contact to picture tube grid (lead to socket broken).
BUZZ IN SOUND 1. Check buzz control setting. 2. Check sound I -F alignment. 3. Defective V -1A or V-2 tubes.
BENDING OR S-ING 1. Check capacitors C -402A & C -403A. 2. V-12 or V-1 1 B tubes defective. 3. Check V -1B, V -8A and V-7 tubes. 4. Incorrect setting of area switch.
RASTER ON TUBE BUT NO PICTURE OR SOUND -This condition can be caused by:
1. Defective pix I -F tubes V-4, V-5 or V-6. 2. Defective pix detector crystal or video amplifier
tube V-7. Check tube, crystal and their asso-
ciated circuits. 3. Defective R -F amplifier or oscillator mixer tube
in the tuner.
POOR FOCUS
1. Improper setting of ion trap magnet. 2. Defective picture tube or picture tube socket.
PICTURE JITTER
1. If regular sections at left of picture are dis-
placed, replace V -11B. 2. Vertical instability may be due to loose connec-
tions or noise received with the signal. 3. Horizontal instability may be due to unstable
transmitted sync. 4. Check receiver AGC system for proper operation. 5. Check V -1B tube. 6. Incorrect setting of fine tuning control. 7. Improper adjustment of area switch.
151
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I
WELLS -GARDNER
Circuit Diagram (See page 151 for a list of models)
L -I00
SOUND TAKE -OFF
COIL
5VU-IA8 zsv
SOUND I -F
1-1/
C. -1I609
-0 6 V
28V
85 -01009'
68 K
0100 22 5001'
TwC-I07 500V
C -I01 00
500 V
R-100 00
T-100
SOUND I -F TRANS. 4.514C
j I4 L
J
I ad
r ) 9'
'1.,.,_
11C-102 22 500 1' 2
GREEN Dor
R-101
828
V-2
3BN6
AUDIO DE
6
V VAR
8-102 Oro 500
BUZZ CONTROL
AREA SWITCH
T-200 47 25 MC
T -20I 41 23 MC
0
LOCAL
Si/80584w
R-225
R-226
I ST RIX I F COIL
0204
56
500v
2ND PI -F COIL
C-207 500 v
7-0/n/ce-
2 2 MEG. _ _ 2.2 MEG. .4.44A
V-4
O
F ma -Pt/ r
*C-221
01
130 v
3CB6
1ST FIX I F
c. 428
130V
V-6
3CB6
3RD PI% I -F
ro R -F YUNER
L-200
130
124
-.E
ERM1NAL5 ON TONER
1°
80
75 MC
L -20I
C -20I
50047v
R -2001 566
0.56V
VAR
2 0 5S v
R 201 C-203- R-203
47
680 T 470
-0560
R.
2
R 204 t 686
R-206 47
-CI6-28005K 478-0207
C 2D61
470
3V
R209
180
C5-26008I1
396,
000 V
SOO 11
500
cp
C-202
00
14C7-200
soov
IC -220 500
ELN
500 v
R-427
R 202
25009 .WA
v1AAA.,-
-1
58
R-2
R-300 1506
C300 330 500 v
C-301
5
500v
R -30I 2 2 MEG
V -I8
5U8
SYNC. SEP.
4 "°-,r 13 V
8.303 820
C-303 .047 400Y
15-110V P -P 60 CYCLES
R-304 680
V -8A
7AU7
SYNC. AMP
-0.8 V 0 25 V
R-305
B
47 6
"4,
R-306 6.8 K
18
500V
37 SI P -P 60 CYCLES
T -30I
RED
1R-307 4.76
VERT BLOCKING 05C TRANS.
13-3084 R-3088 R -308C I
1 "onk
I'
21
IC -3054., -C -305[31C -305C-
.002T
.005T !
CUE I C-306 .01
400V
L
/
I
150V P -P
60 CYCL ES
FEN YELLOW
a c -r -c7( 5
R-310 680K
\/_/
IERLOCr
C
ON- OFF SIV/7Cp
0-400 7.5 FUSIBLE
15-/I0VP P /5.750 CY CYCLES
-1--
/:7
0-400 ,50,00,
0=1
0-401
140 AO. /50V
SELENIUM RECTIFIERS
300 MA
ofP -P 15.750 CYCLES
250v
L-401
FILTER CHOKE
402 A
300Mr F
a
0-403 A 300V
R -31I 1.5 AIEG
VERT HOLD
1:53.°4_.°P4_17 HORIZ HOLD
723.;3-78-n-CLES- -
CONTROL
8-407
8-408
120 6
506
R-409 476
C-4038
-160 MF.
300V
C-407 40ov 047T -36V
R-406 330K
140V so
S
8-114
6SN7-GTB
I HORIZ. AFC
.3.11-0-205V
o C-423
0-404 82
500V
R-405 8206
R-412
3.96
01
1.50011
HORIZ. SWEEP AND POWER SUPPLY
/SOL ArE0
E
8RACKErs
.1.0-405
R-404
to,0o0l, 'C 2206
R -4I1
3306
«
121306 -GA
R -40I
/17 V AC
0
R-402 25
on
124 X4 -GTA
12CU6
90VACA
77 VAC
1+-9
V -8A g V-88
V-7
I2W6-GT
7AU7
64V ACA
52 VAC A
I2BY7-A 48VAC
V-3
5AQ5 42 VAC
VOA IV /8
V4
SUB
3006
37 yACA 33 VAC
V -S
3CB6 JO VAC A
V.4 3C86 27 V AC
87
27
27
9 485
43
3
4
C
-406A 16
T500V
0.4068 "
18 sooy
4 .1
-C
OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS
C
NOTE-Area Switch used
The waveforms shown on the schematic diagram are as observed on a Tektronix
CC
only on models stamped
type 524D wide band television oscilloscope with the receiver tuned to a reason-
21A59C and 21A59U.
ably strong signal and a normal picture. The voltages shown on each waveform
0z
24A59C and 24A59U.
are the approximate peak to peak amplitudes. The frequency accompanying each waveform indicates the repetition rate of the waveform not the sweep rate
of the oscilloscope. If the waveforms are observed on the oscilloscope with a
152
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
SOUND I -F AND AUDIO
NA/VVv
R-104 680
R-103 4 7 K
C -I04
15
500V
C -105I R -I05
I
3306
500V
L-101
4.5 MC
QUADRATURE COIL
I06 I MEG
VOLUME CONTROL
A
3
5AQ5
AUDIO OUTPUT
C -403C 40 lel F 506
IJTV
C -I08 .0047 600 V
T -10I
AUDIO OUTPUT TRANS.
cue I,
APPROXg 500n
RED
3.8V
R -I07 330
+mC -402 C 1. 20 MF. 3007
R-108 470
0 .250V
WELLS -GARDNER
T-202
3RD PIX I -F COIL
C6706 on 1660 L-206
CRYSTAL
JO Mu H.
1111
II C
C-210 5
soo V
C-2II 5050v
02121
5
50071
L-207
JO MU. If
1111
APPROY.
R-2II 470
C-209
Xi,
pi "41141'1
Na' ,-":4 R-214 226
R 212 I MEG.
.7
C -2I3 0.41
2001'
8-213 3.9K
C-21-61
5001,v5
L-203
4.5 MC TRAP
0-214 CCOV 047 z o v 2001/
/.5 V
L16-200.W2 422,5"
1 MEG
-00.01)
"" V-7
12BY7-A --1"17 30
7 VIDEO AMP
118V
I.6C-219 IK sour
R-219
6.86
R -2I6 47
R -2I8 226
C 215
R -2I7 .54070,
1K
CONTRAST CONTROL
R-2241 2.2n
L-205
VIDEO
L-204
350 MU H
11, II
C-218 10.1
400V R -22I 3.6 K
f'18202,,°
R-222 500
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
22-140 V P -P 60 CVCLES
-307 -
022
ROO V
P -PI
CYCLES
VERTICAL SWEEP AND SYNC.
BLUE
V-80
7AU7
VERT. OSC.
075 V P -P Q0 CYCLES
6a8OCV, P
I V-9
I2W6-GT
VERT. OUTPUT
1-302 1.4
VERT OUTPUT
TRANS.!Z'
L-300
GR N
OC-26 V To
-56VI
"A I"
R -3I2
226
R -3I3 I I.4EG
IC-310 047 400V R-315
8.26*
C-3Il
0.1
400 Y
C -3I2 100
710 V P -P DO HOT MEASURE
VERT. DEFL. COIL
,V044
C-402 B
R-317 2.2 MEG
JO V VAR.
R -3I8 680
1100 ME
"4- 30'
R -3I9 1.5
R-322 156
VERT. LIN. CONTROL
RED #250 V
C-308 .1.
600H0E.1IG7' H28T-53CIA1OE4NGTROL'C0-34079
T60°'
R -3I6
4706
BOOS
+250V
0
4;401,
IJI V
R-223 1006
f - YELLOW 258V ORANGE 6
I
I I
50v P -P 60 CYCLES GREEN
/0
I58V
RED
V -10
21 AT P4
/6 Rv
5 V P -P 0 CYCLES
195V
" 6SN7-GTEli
50
OSC. I"
R -4I4
226
it
621' TO
67V L-402 HORIZ FRED COIL 77"
9-C-413
MI 4001'
L-403
HORIZ WAVE FORM
135V P -P 15.750 CYCLES
ROOST
0
R-4I5t
I MEG
1-
/20 P -P 15,-50 GVCL 5
C -4I6
V -I2
128Q6 -GA
128U6
HORIZ. OUTPUT
T-400,
HORIZ. OUTPUT
220
4300V P -P
DO NOT MEASURE
500V 4
R-417 68
IV
/52 V
L
ion
R -4I3 100 6
C.41I 220 500 V
HORIZ WAVE
FORM TEST POINT
R-416 t
C -4I7 R-421
56K
5 7. 58°2°°:1H0(566121- 4701CC-4I9 DRIVE
CONTROL Al F
/as v
T.047
400V R-418
100
R-419 10 K
+250 VP -11
JOY
R -F TUNER
,
OSC. R -F AMP.'
I
SAT 8
4607-A1
DI Z4 VAC
/9VAC
B /5VAC
V -Z
3BN6
cl038
3
16 T500,
V -//A{ Y-118
V.10
65N7-GTB VAC A 6.3
87
Y
AC
2IATP4
II I
BOOSTO
poor high frequency response, the corners of the pulses will tend to be more
rounded than those shown on the schematic diagram and the amplitude of any
high frequency pulse will tend to be less.
DC SOCKET VOLTAGES
All DC socket voltages shown on the schematic are measured with a high impedance VTVM and under zero signal conditions.
16
P -P
V-13
183-GT
N.V. RECT.
16 AV
V-14
12ADXAMAPIER-G T A
256 V
R-4201 5.66
I
I
1L404112_ C -42I
HORII Z
DF
I
C_ -42I
56
56
5 AV
41 Xv
1-422
047
L-405 g
CHOKE 15 MCI II
40101V
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS.
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN MF. AND ABOVE I 0 IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
COIL RESISTANCE VALUES LESS THAN I.0 OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.
6.1000
153
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
WELLS-GARDNER Alignment Material, continued
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
40 Mc I -F ALIGNMENT -Connect sweep output to un-
grounded shield of R -F oscillator & mixer tube in
tuner. With short leads connect crystal diode detector
(Fig. 6) to plate of 1st I -F tube. Connect -1.5V to A.G.C. line (Junction of C-220 & R-205). Connect
oscilloscope to detector output. Adjust sweep output to give adequate deflection.
C. After these adjustments have been made recheck
the peak to peak output on the oscilloscope. If the shape of the curve is not as shown in figure 8, it will be necessary to retouch the adjustments. A small fraction of a turn is all that is necessary if
the strip is operating correctly. The position of the 44.5 Mc marker is critical (98%). The 44.0 Mc transformer (3rd I -F) controls the symmetry of the top. The 45.3 Mc transformer (2nd I -F) controls the height of the 45.75 Mc marker. The 42.8 Mc
transformer (1st I -F) controls the height of the 42.4 Mc marker. This adjustment will very seldom need retouching.
A. FREQUENCY
ADJUST
100 %-----
45.75 MC
1. 47.25 Mc 1st Pix I -F Coil (T-200 Bottom of Coil) to center notch over 47.25 Mc marker.
2.
Converter Plate Coil (Top of Tuner)
Input Grid Coil (L-200) and Input
Coupling Coil (L-201) to give the re-
sponse shown in figure 7.
The converter plate and input grid coils control the shape of the top. The input coupling coil controls the position of the 41.25 marker. This adjustment must
Ibe made accurately or the sound rejection will not be
correct (41.25 Mc 31 to 36 db down from top of overall P.I.F. response). 45.75 Mc marker must be set exactly on peak or the position of the 44.5 Mc marker in the overall response curve will not be correct.
X rA L D/ODE
1000 MMF.
330.n.
293IA
10 KA. OUTPUT
100 K.
40%--
0'/0--- 41.25 MC
4725 MC
2929
Fig. 7 -Input Circuit Response
/00 %- - -
44.5 MC
I
%
44.OMC 45.3 MC
42.8 MC
50%
42.4 MC
45.75 MC
0 %--- --40X DOWN 2.5%
.71[25 MC
47.25 MC
2930A
Fig. 8 -Overall Response Curve
DO NOT RETOUCH the converter plate coil or the input grid coil. These coils MUST be adjusted correctly with
the diode detector. Recheck position of 41.25 Mc and 47.25 Mc markers. Reset if necessary.
Fig. 6 -Crystal Diode Detector
B. When the input circuit is aligned place -4.5V bias on the AGC line. (Junction of C-220 & R-205).* Re-
move the crystal detector and connect oscilloscope and VTVM to the 2nd pix detector load resistor R-213. Adjust sweep output to give 2.0 VDC at detector.
FREQUENCY
ADJUST
1. 42.8 Mc 1st Pix I -F Coil (T-200, Top of Coil) for
maximum height of 42.8 Mc marker.
2. 41.25 Mc 2nd Pix I -F Coil (T-201, Bottom of Coil)
for minimum height of 41.25 Mc
marker.
3. 45.3 Mc 2nd Pix I -F Coil (T-201, Top of Coil) for maximum height of 45.3 Mc
marker.
4. 44.0 Mc 3rd Pix I -F Coil (T-202, Bottom of Coil)
for maximum height of the 44.0 Mc
marker.
These adjustments may be made with a single frequency generator if it is more convenient to do so.
VIDEO
With 4.5 Mc unmodulated signal into grid of the video amplifier tube and VTVM on picture tube cathode, tune 4.5 Mc trap for minimum response. VTVM on 0-10 V AC scale. This adjustment can also be made while observing a picture from a station. Tune trap for least 4.5 Mc beat (grainy appearance) in picture.
AUDIO
1. Tune in a TV station and reduce signal strength at antenna terminals by use of an attenuator or similar device until a "hiss" accompanies the
sound.
2. Adjust sound take -off coil (L-100) sound I -F transformer (T-100) quadrature coil (L-101) and buzz control (R-102) for maximum undistorted sound and minimum buzz.
3. If "hiss" disappears during step 2, further reduce signal strength.
154
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Westinghouse
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY V-2318 and V-2328
Several different variations of the V-2318 and V-2328 chassis are used in current production. The differences wial be found in the type of RF tuner and CRT used. Chassis assemblies V-231835, V-2318-45, V-2318-31, V-2318-41, V-2328-301 and V-2328-401 are used in combination TVRadio-Phono models.
MODEL INFORMATION
The V-2318 chassis will be found in the following models:
H-853K24A(V) H-853K24A(S) H-854K24A(V) H-854K24A(S)
H-869K24A(V)
H-869K24A(S)
H-870K24A(V) H-870K24A(S) H-875T24B(V) H-875T24B(S) H-876T24B(V)
H-876T24B(S) H-877T24B(V) H-877T24B(S)
H-881K24A(V)
H-881K24A(S)
The V-2328 chassis will be found in the following models:
H-853KU24A H-854KU24A
H-869KU24A H-870KU24A H-875TU24B
H-876TU24B H-877TU24B H-881KU24A
The following models will contain a V-2318 TV chassis, V-2189-6 Radio chassis and V-9840-5 Record changer:
H-888C24(V)
H-888C24(S) H-889C24(V)
H-889C24(S)
The following models will contain a V-2328 TV chassis, V-2189-6 Radio chassis and V-9840-5 Record changer:
H-888CU24
H-889CU 24
CRT CUSTHON ADJ UP-DOWN.FRONT.BACA ,ME ADS tOURDAG GROUNDING SPRING CENTERING MAGNETS ADJ.
ION TRAP MAGNET FL YOKE ADJ.
UP -DOWN -FRONT -BACK TOME ADJ. CRT CUSHION ADJ. CRT CLISHKRI
MONS.
LORTA
N.1114.
Fig. 1 CRT Adjustments
Circuit diagram is on pages 156-157, alignment data are on page
158.
155
..1500
soo
Fig. 6. Top View of Chassis
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Circuit Diagram Chassis V-2318 and V-2328
w- i ..cli to V
P, . i ./1
O
U
..4.
I
C
2.7
c73
E 'E
00
..c
to
GJ
0.1
6.1
U...1C -cc
1.
(.7
U 0 -. O
-5 CI
I.
._co.,l E
E
64
7
62 C0
. . t .2-. -5. e
a O U 444
''S (0)
CA _,
C "..
w
c6 6 0 .0 .-w
2 .7) 44
...
N
Ta at
-o0
OS
a7
o..
. . .5
u
G
ti
4.)
U
0.7
ta. 9..,
-Da
Is i c u. :. t .1:j
o ..FE
,...
tn
-c)
in
a 'V
. Ac 0-
E
-.,-. 77)
06!- . :c7
V , 65 > O
-5.c C ^03
g tA
N
0
CO
-a ;c:. vs .4
>s
.a1 0........
Co..'M:
0
Ej (.1
t0o
*C0c 0 a..
o.
64 0
4) X ..'
E
VAi
., 0
cV.
C0
U
v
vo
0.7 0u3
>, to
7 E .0 0521 0 N
-7
44
C
0 i-c
C .V-I ia' 40 V. U 0
.0 U
CO 02 a+ O U)
W OF
802
3
ANT.
6827
OR
6807A
SECTION R -F
6AT8
I
R.2 Ml
MIXER VOL
oon
1100
10011
200V
-42I.0
600
000
6
5
23v
#200
1 O00
C202
3
6
20
NDI
`17' I
7508
000 TIP_
C 207f1
.0
1K
680
-\4A70A.
1158
1,000
47
00 0
FINE TUNING
00 05V
9.2 K
0 _5
R. TERM
roe O
0
1000
TUNER for V -23I8 -31, - 41
6A T8
5
.000
6807A
O 5
10 L.TERN
60066
00'4.1'7
I2AU 7
HOR11. MULTI,
6645 OtClt,
6AN8
YN
6C136
F
6C B6 2 NO IF
6C86
31,22 IF
7
4.3 v.
4 1.501 L502 3
5
4
01
01 Li oh
1.603
--err-.1 ... AP
---
6.3V.A.C. 0
12AU7
VERY. 14.11.71.
9 4
1284
SEE NOTE 7 68146
VERT.
C.R T.
F
OUTPUT
SET,
4Y 5 2 l L 5003 4
LI w.
®TAMER
Roo
1213'07 VsIDipE,O
6 5
PLOT LIGHT
6CS6
SYNC SER
4 \3
6AU467
DAMPER
B
FS
6AU6 6AL5
KEYED
HORI2
A.G.0
A.F C
4t 4 713
P502
T 500
Y. POWER TRANS.
2751,
al-
L 504
VOs 20i A40 0
255 V
11702"
OFF - ON
Sw 500
V C. 6.3 V. A.0 .
L.V. RECT.
PART OF 2 401 80612.
NOTES:
I. VOLTAGES WILL VARY WITH CONTROL SETTING tz4.416.11140 CONTROL. 4. -PICTURE CONTROL. 1+ VERT.HOLD CONTROL. $4 VERT, 1.16. COMTROL +A .SWIC
2. PEIH;7(a PEAK WAVEFORMS WERE OF 60 v AT THE CATHODE OF C.R.T.
TAKEN WITH THE PICTURE CONTROL SET FOR SIGNAL LL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE.
3. PARTS TOLERANCE AND RESPONSE OF TEST EQUIPMENT MAY CAUSE SOME VARIATIONS OF THE PEAK TO - PEAR VOLTAGE READINGS.
D C VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS GROUND USING vTam AND NO SIGNAL INPUT READINGS SHOULD BE AS SHOWN S 20%.
5. ALL CAPACITANCE VALVES IN MED AND ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN 0,116 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
R. WATTAGE RATING OF ALL 1/2 MATT RESISTORS IS NOT SPECIFIED, OTHERS AS INDICATED. 7. ON v. 23,831,33,35 AND v-2326.301 CHASSIS USE 24084. OH v - 23.8 -41,- 3,- 49 AND V.2320-40, CHASSIS USE 24 oP4A
SECTION 5 POWER and HEATERS
N EARLY PRODUCTION w1108.10S *ERE
AS SNOW,
156
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
CHASSIS NO. V - 2318 -11,-12 ,-2I,-22, 31,-32,- 41 - 42 V- 2328-101,- 201,-301 a - 401.
Westinghouse
Fig. 5. Schematic Diagram
N8
5 if
F M DE T. 4203
MMF430- 600
470
s Atv.v
203
6 2
201
0104 005
300
L. 202 35026
= 1 40-3V 0206
L 200
0201 680 iw
.0051005
0202
1'0. 500 OUIETiNG
-_- CONTROL
R204 271
4209 560 2 m
gg: SECTION 2 SOUND I F and AUDIO
Audru TP2
2159 5
3
6
eB 6 C 2 12A
30
1 201 011156 THAN,
0
92200
5V
1
121397 VIDEO AMP
52201
^']
.-M-ITC. == = -
45 185 -2409
I
' 1,5V
-..770
3 9
H0.
J200
I
RED
1 UNE 40
jiC.-30V
SV TO
20 5C07
VOLUME CONTROL
1290 7 110E0 AMP
6 4
at 47
JEWEL
8210
0K
F
"13 THIS SECTION
0500 AND P50i
AP51.1E9 TO
.01
TNE FOLLOWING c145515:
209 LOT60 005.1
10 B. 14K
ov,
0.2329 . 301, 01 .
6 AL5
PLOT
To°'YuNER
PIONT 55
10LET
R0001 4-
3
4
600
w
SR nl
PNI015874 5
P502
.0t
255
L 504
TO
B. 2'SV
C 5wA°
390 -10
BM
1
C 500
L300
0 0 0 s
03: 5O" 302 0301 1,58 .02
6CB 6 E IF AMP,
500
5 '66 01D
0t
631
2
I
6C86
2 NO IF Amp
310
4."
306 00
C305 2.2
1000 I 5
a
C 30
304 0306
3
58
0309 106
L302
6CB 6
1 302
390 IF AMP, nff f L
CO 700 -
303 I 0316
'4 25
210
1
0312 4,70
95V
COO BOO MMF
4
I
sv
630 9315 kW
50
70
SON,
1726 AN B SYNC' SOuNO AMP.
33043
C302
R303 750K
AMC CONTROL
[3051
900
MMF
#306 000
1206
R 307 1 470
I C 307
BOO
MMF
0310
BOO
I MMF
SECTION 3 VIDEO
R314 470
C 313
T-005
159
R 317 IOU K
VICIr 050 P -P 60
12807
v IDFO AMP.
165 - 2aov"05
I5
3
1306 L307 70.0 29020 292.1,
0-30 R319 0
#320
K
PICTURE CONTROL
C 314 56 NW 1159
R 321
229
'A-,
C ,5
470 now
'
R 323 3300
R 322 3306
L 306
0324 3.90
5
8325 100K
Ft 326 !CIO BRINK THESS CONTROL
0377, 1.5
00-1304
U 3300
6 R23*29
R 300 15
4 FOCUS -CON ROL
SEE OTF 7\\\
318
C.R
3.3R
6090.1 60 0.. = C 317
LO
400
600
8*
R 401 226
6 A U6
METED AOC
450
C 400
8403 249 IOU
3402 226 1W
CHIING.G MIME
R402 To 10K
9.403 TO .2.7K
6AL5
HOR1Z. A.F.C.
R 424
5
Co
2
67
ill18V P -P
15,750.9
r"It -01
#407 6.66
R404
R 405 2708
5M
SYNC
CONTROL
- c 04 62 MMF
7003.6 60
B
SOU,. 60,,
0445 8450
6C S6
8408 to
75r(
MIIIMI1
I2AU7
SYNC SEP.
C402 35V 5
6
R409 7 3 409 666
450
1.01
2 400
VERY. A6 LT1.
1
00-1109
8420 2500
HEIGHT
0449 CONTROL
226 6.20 6.2 13
0
359
2
12 64
vEIRT.OuTP 210- 2400
,==
0406
IM
R 4441, ow pm .005 I
540!
T- 2 - 1.
454
10K
129P P 60N,
8412 680
29 R413 7306
R418 2.2M 4.6
20-55v
VERT.
IFOLO CONTROL
R 415
5K 2 W
4-A
R44i-]_
680
0444
05
VERT. PIN. CONTROL
C 4099 150
R93
i209 P -P
410
28
041113
30 -
8452 6.20 7 400 VERT.
OUTPUT TRANS
2
R42 560
2
8451
Z 401 43
909 P -P 16,750.9
C 413 68
31919
C 4I5 390 MMF
3426 276
R 432 14
ei 1 400
IC 470
RINGWG
3900
COL
MMF
110 421
7 8440
27
2 We
1
I B 3GT 0.9.RECT.
45- 791
I
C 416
.005
425
-11
R42
8428 #429
220
4704 47K
-
C 417 C ale 1 0419
R 1J1
566 IN
12497
_ - - NOW. MULTI .
#436 3.66
6CD6G
1,0012. OUTPUT
01
650
-/-1.12C 423 -C 425
5.90
01
20V
MMF
-30v
-22V
\ 5
7 1 R 433
0453
44
3 3.5V `8,:g
B
8434
270K C424
W. 11
.:'gN
150
..C4261
3
r-
C426
409
.05
.05
R 442 1000
6200
IIV P -P 15,750
l_
60 1,
Fo0Ril. HOLD COMM%
1403 WIDTH
-
2143
1
0447
T 01
2 3,3
2500
64DU4EGTT
SECTION 4 SWEEP
- 5 =C431
157
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
WESTINGHOUSE Alignment Information for Chassis V-2318 and V-2328
ALIGNMENT CHARTS
COMMON I -F SECTION
Rotate the channel selector to channel 13. Connect the oscilloscope to the video test terminal, point "B" (Fig. 5) through the decoupling network shown in Fig. 2. Connect a 9 volt bias battery to the AGC line, point "A' on Fig. 5. Couple the marker generator output to the sweep generator output. In the steps that follow, use the marker to check the response curve at the frequencies indicated on Fig. 4.
Step
Alignment Signal
Remarks
Adjustments
1. Remove the RF amplifier tube.
2. 44 mc. sweep to 3rd IF grid
Connect detuning clips Pri. of T302 for max. re to 1st & 2nd IF plate spouse and sec. of T302
for symmetrical curve shown in Fig. 4A.
3. 47.25 mc.amplitude Use sufficient signal L302 for min. response
modulated to 1st to produce sine wave
IF grid
response on oscillo-
scope.
4. 44 mc. sweep to 2nd IF grid
Connect detuning clip to 1st IF plate
Pri. of T301 for max. re sponse and sec. of T301 for symmetrical curve shown in Fig. 4B.
5. 44 mc. sweep to 1st IF grid
6. 44 mc. sweep to 1st IF grid
Detune L103 or T100 when V-14130 tuner is used
Pri. of T300 for max. re sponse and sec. of T300 fcir symmetrical curve L103 or T100 when V-14130 tuner is used for "suck -out" at 44 mc. (center of curve), See Fig. 4C.
7. Replace the RF amplifier tube.
8. 213 mc. sweep to antenna terminals through network.
Feed in 213 mc. marker and adjust the local oscillator (fine tuning so that the marker appears in the center of the response curve (44 mc. on response curve 4D. The fine tuning control is then set at mid -range.
Feed in 215.75 mc. marker and adjust the 41.25 mc. sound trap (L301) for "suck -out° as shown in Fig. 4D.
B
Ci 4L25 At T 4 3,0Mc 45,0f4c 47.25Mc 42 .2514c 44 0 Mc 45.75Mc
D
209.75Mc 212 0Mc 214.0Mc: 2,5!75MC 211.25Mc 21 3.0Mc 2147511
Fig. 4. Response Curves at Various Stages of Alignment
SOUND I -F SECTION AND 4.5 MC. TRAP
Connect the signal generator to the video test terminal (point "B' on Fig.5) through a .001 mfd. capacitor.
Step
Signal Generator Frequency
V VTVM Connections
Remarks
Adjustments
1.
4.5 mc. unmodulated RF probe to point "C" on Fig. 5 and common lead to chassis.
Use strong signal from generator
L305 for minimum voltage
2. 4.5 mc. FM 7.5 kc. Dev.
Across volume control
Use strong signal from gen- L203 for maximum output erator
3. Same as step 2
Same as step 2
Use weakest signal from generator.
L200, L201 and L203 for maximum output
4. 4.5 mc. AM 30% Mod,
Same as step 2
Start with weak sighal increase as adjustment is made.
Quieting control for dip to zero.
158
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Westinghouse
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY V-2340, V-2350 AND V-2341, II -2351
Chassis V-2340 uses a 17" picture tube. Chassis V-2341 uses a 21" picture tube. Chassis V-2350 and V-2351 are corresponding chassis using VHF -UHF all -channel tuners. Minor variations are indicated by different -dash numbers. See pages 160-161 for circuit diagram, and page 162 for additional service material. Alignment for these chassis is similar to material printed on pages 164, 165, and 167.
MODEL INFORMATION
The V-2341 Chassis (VHF only) will be found in the following models:
H-924T21A H-924T21C H-927T21C H-928T21C
H-929T21C H-965K21C H-966K21C
H -974T21 H -975T21 H -976T21
The V-2351 Chassis (VHF -UHF) will be found in the following models:
H-924TU21C H-927TU21C H-928TU21C
H-929TU21C H-965KU21C H-966KU21C
H-974TU21 H-975TU21 H-976TU21
The V-2340 Chassis (VHF only) will be found in the following models:
H-916T17A H-919T17A
H-920T17A H-921T17A
H -978T17 H -979T 17 H -980T17
The V-2350 Chassis (VHF -UHF) will be found in the following models:
H-916TU17A H-919TU17A
H-920TU17A H-921TU17A
TuTICO RISSILO, GAITS
MTK OSC
H-978TU17 H-979TU17 H-980TU17
.5.08
-1
vIS900.1 UHF StCTION viS10.1
30CS
NE SECTION RISEISO-1
SELENIUM RECT.
RS00
"OP
r
I -
_J
e. 3C66
128074 RIO. OUTPUT
CATHODE Rea fUel SOCKET
-.a- 0 0
r 'I'LL
RESISTOR
1B3GT Kr RCM
F-1 3056
StMc StP
4
*
4I
_J L _ _
5488 won SC..
REPtO ROC
BRUT Oft 6AUTA is 7111/7
NORII
12885 MAIO POMO
124 04574 I
DAMILI R
T
RE MOVE FON Sitr
12806611
0012E10613T
012130136T0
0.12606678
iJ
0012606
12540 vI.R. OUIPut
NOR,/ (MP Ul
Ii
LI
LI
LI
U
FRII"CgUNTR SWIG 'CT:1M NtIoN7.2CLTIR
vERII"L'n CONTR.
Pig. 12 Top View of Sockets for Heater Check
LOCATING OPEN FILAMENT TUBES
The drawing, Fig. 12, can be used as a guide in making these checks.
Step 1. With the back cover off, remove the 3BN6 as shown as Step No. 1 in Fig. 12 and check the tube from pins 3 to 4 for continuity. If the indicator does not light insert a new 3BN6. If the original 3BN6 filament is good, connect the clip lead of the indicator to any convenient B- point and insert the indicator pin into the No. 4 position of the 3BN6 tube
socket. If the indicator does not light, the open filament lies between the 3BN6 tube and Band can be located by checking at successive tube sockets between the 3BN6 tube and B- in the order shown by the dotted line in Fig. 12. If the indicator lights, continuity exists between the 3BN6 and .3- and all the tube filaments be these points are good.
Step 2. Remove the horizontal output tube (See Fig. 12) from its socket and insert the indicator pin into the No. 2 position of the horizontal output tube socket and the pin of the clip lead into the number 5 position of the 3BN6 tube socket.
If the indicator does not light the open filament lies between the horizontal output tube and the 3BN6 and can be located by checking at successive tube sockets between the horizontal output tube and the 3BN6 in the order shown by the dotted line in Fig. 12. If the indicator lights, continuity exists between the horizontal output tube and the 3BN6.
The horizontal output tube should be check-
ed for continuity between pins 2 and 7. If
continuity does not exist replace with new tube. If filament string does not function, the resistor R501 should be checked for proper resistance value.
TUBE REPLACEMENT
In cases when tube replacements are necessary, care should be used when extracting or inserting tubes. The printed board is well supported on the chassis and is quite flexible and will withstand some bending, but will crack or break if pressure is excessive.
159
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
0)
& (^4 0.. V
z ca u
00 4,4
0
ff -.5
u al ea
a 7; 0Ee
v
00 0 .00
O E N l0 y -;";
4 v ;4 7:4
ca
0
0 0v
-oCrj -I0570)0. .8 E -
t") C Eat
.5,
0
8 v "cu -a.
§" 1 cis
0 I-. U o
,04 t1
EA
v)
U 00 0
-,71,
"II u1-; es -5
E
0- . vE
WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2340, V-2341, V-2350, V-2351
C100 330
ANTENNA R100 2200
8101 22014
CIOI y 330
ALIVE
3 BC 5 R.F. AMP.
1000
ISO IS
2 ?.2.2
66
24
If
TEST POINT
0
2206 10K
30
5 U8 MIXER OSC
105V
679 3i
NV. c. 276
a
1000
GSV 6
70 LiOi
T. IS
6.8 FINE
TUNING
Qi L103
I82 1000
1I.66 '-
100
I s500000 0wI_ 0
30V HOC
t- '000
-0-®
0
5U8
H 1,00
21000
011Q,-
6.8K
NA,
NOTE 1. 614 CAPACITANCE y ALEES IN MME, ALL RE&ST410E vALUES INJ OHMS B 1/2 w4TT RATING UNLESS OTHER.'SE SPEC,FIED
3 BC 5
11/ IS
1_- 1000
TDDD
RSOE
41-20.
12 8 0 6 A
SECTION I, TUNER
121104 3Ti CP./.:R
6AU 7' 6 7A
12(31(5
OR
7Au7
AUDIO OUT. 40.: WTI.
3A_5
-RIZ.AEC
31306 or
3 C S 6
SYNC SEP.
2 a 4.
ERT. 001
5AN8
:TED -.G .C. .ERT SCM.
0301 030
156
5
C3
1 03
A g. I e, c..
... 1 .1,.,,
,...,
F....--,
..,
cd
..
In
t. es ft. 1,..) ua EU
" V 4,
..at IA
u)
IS,- pVa0.VI00
.0o°00cTto-.a..
V
u
1 uL's
t'.1.
a. 2..
u
W02 .g0,0-,.0ou.W, 0-0a50c-vS,
MI V
.T.;
O
1.... .4.4**6
4 la'
Ta..
v
w .. U .,9 2 ..0,
. p
:g1 ;,-, u U
a
.4 ,.,
1u3
..-,P:_ 0.cd..
#
-u0 =0Is
i0n E
EE NC -E 5
C
3 B Z 6 Si iF
;TT
T 0505
.K,
.Ir
GATES
RA,S
IPA; -01 SW3001 OFT -ON SW500
0-
'4 T v
4
500
1
1.4 4v
1,2
TuNER
5-E
SEC -
4r)3
R50 0506 60 40
FuSE..E RESISTOR
450?
2650
0501
RECT.
COTTA ISO
TI
11..--INDICATES 8-
36Z6
2119 IF
3
ICSC._ AMMFBC
3CB6
3RD IF
A
3
4
'503
2.,400F I
12 8070 V,DEO GIB
rAP,
41
33N6
O PET.
31 IN
8503 1330-15W
R502 20-4w
R504
wM IRO -IOW
RS05 IX 2W
..vx
c1.9. 30
...I
CtOBB 30
1'I 05100
150
+_TI 6c0e.
3 V LO a 2.00 AUDIO B 2.0K HI B 230v V RT OUT. B
NOTES, I. DC VOLTAGES MEASURED PROM 8- WITH NO APPLIED SIGNAL USING A VTVM.
2. PEAK -TO -PEAK WAVEFORMS WERE TAKEN WITH PICTURE CONTROL SET FOR A 60 VOLT PEAK,TO,PEAK SIGNAL AT THE C R T CATHODE. ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN mFD, WHILE ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
4. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, RESISTORS ARE I/2 WATT.
T. v-2340-15-25 AND v2350IC4-204 USE 1280667, 1280650A. 06 '2806678: 02341 15-25 AND V235-104204 USE
1280654, ,2806GT,128015GTA. 17806GT13 DR 12006.
2
r
T 300
S. USE I7ATP4 OR 17AVP4 ON 12340-15.02350.104. USE 174114A )R itAVP4A ON 02540-25. 02350.204. USE 21ALP4 ON V2541-15, v2391-104, USE 21ALP4A ON 02341-29,/2351.204.
41.
2ORN
DOT
R. 4 SYMBOL I-1 EXPRESSES LOCATION OF PART. EXAMPLE: ROOS SPECIFIES PART IS LOCATE 0 ON I.F. BOARD_ R3i9 IND.CATES THE P4RT IS Or THE SHEIP BOARD. 0505 NO 57600% I 1NOiCATEs PART IS LOCATED ELSEWHERE.
SECTION 5 POWER a HEATERS
y SIDID
DOT
3;
CIRCUITRY VARIATIONS FOR 1300;1300
160
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2340, V-2341, V-2350, V-2351
.6I-CTION 2 SOUND 1-1, rid AUDIO
' 313516
4.4 0E7
N 201 470
7 22V TO -220,7
-
..4 MS
4 5.141
7.201 150
-L20, '
MAU
1--2011
6
I, 44 v
,
-0 TO 3.5V
.1.._ C208
II '--
I- i."4.3d,
V46 C209
121340
T700
.022
44/010 01,074,7
0441PUT F444444 TRANS.
,., 72717
-1.0022
..44.-1 4-1 <
240V
1 .0020114]-
?
.7,
VOL',,L514147 -m--250V
RFC,
t- -
CONTROL'
6V
R205
, R2011
illi
- 6C200
..00417
4S.4.744
330K
44144F
7.-
) 6202
R204 -22K
I
'4 211 TING
7,, CON 'Rel.
I
-250V
SECTION 3 VIDEO
250V
0c9 iI 'IVi2 4-1
3826
, ST IF AMP
125
I
i I
:
GORD7
1 loy
ST1
113012 ), ION 4,
i
5
T300 45.2 mc
1, [..
P
Z iD
3041 C68 1 rTM hlf ,
1
-3
,,
a
a306
16 4 5v
GRN DOT
TC 3013 2 2 Urea
;./2'
C309 .,...47
1.4F
47.25 Mt
_U306
36Z6
2ND IT AMP 1250
`8?Li s
GRN
T301 007 3CB6 r CRYSTAL
' I'.3.4,4. - o al
., Z
3 RD 0 AK4P I -T,70,,,,
2
it 1254 '43.9A4c ---1
a 1
:
2
L303
Au
12 KOAF
,
I
,
_ 1.4
I
5
M
F
1
7
252
125v
[1
2 .5V
infi
IA
25v PP 30n.,
47
11305 0.66
-,14307
., 470
V: 9,0
8.26
'
P- 47 i 1 4
-deg
470 I 44444; 6320
RZ3
R315
8'2
470 T ZiP
-
.0015
lav
GRN
0305
L.306 1.307
DOT
004 -M1-1T..
1000, AV., SZV
OV
1:
39
I
-.6, 2
LSeoll :I lZra
h 1 220
,'o To
3328 , 1.5Y 3.31._.
12BY7A V,DEO OUT
130v
_C315
'
1
1.63071E302
C30i -.^.022 R304
4310 1204
." :,`,TF -.
3904
A
--1._ .6313 =.0041
. R333
100
40v PP 30,u
IT:
pcluRE
CONTROL
8320
0316 .22
*-57:45/5/5,-"' -711;';---,/,-,2.,y.,-.."
)
R326
h 824 S03w000
VR 2W
123..1:
. R327
____: 10014
-'--5 aRiGNTNESS `LOX TROL
'2%1 3, --
II- 55 TO soy
._=;*
150K
1300
10
5608
C317 -
\ i6.3
Iy
Nv
C.R.T.
SEE NOTE 5
1225AN8 KEYED AGC
IN'
"
A 0:24 57NC CONTROL
8
50v
2000
c=4-%. 7
.7-
/II 250V
R03
15K
VW(W.
1 C400
R54402
1 w
6000 pp 7875,..
I4164:.,7
C.402
2:1,;:16
A
PP 7875.,
3BY606 3CS6
SYNC
P.
C10 ......150 ..,1mm, -72 7
50v
5 6
.Inl' 25V PP 30,4
oloK 88I0ON0 2w 2400
1125AN8 vERT. DISCHARGE
7:r
17M4 42V
1-22-1,
8 .2-4 8 . -24
. - (C3o0?1;
,002 .05- ,
005 '
TO 768 INV
, 10 To 10v
1.107
,
Et445 W " R411
4106
r004
1242
." ...".. ' '
4011
)I
INV
12B4A VERT OUTPUT
9 200 TO 2500
, ,_ _ _
7,4C4034
I 1.-
0042320
.i,70').
'4::
r.g4
.....__
700v PP 30...'
25 TO 35V
-'--
nr-
40v PP 7875'2
rIrl
120v PP 304,
-4 8151i ...OVELROT. I CONTROL
r
,,0, pp 30,
,C4098
150
R4i5 I.2K 3/4,Y VERT.
CONTROL
7,7,:,
2
a
W.
0419 -2.2h4
T400 vERT. OUT.
TRANS. rE , L 0 w
lg....
om -,
IB3GT
9432
0.8. RECT
T.-
1
424
im
3AL5
HORIZ. AFC o.5v
5
1
:CV PP 7875"
c4I5OR IM,12
Cat3
\,_\\
652 PP 78 252,
1.400
RINGING COIL
4
6420
, 0424
3900 mu,
1-1. IO
!-
#45, 6AU7,6AU7A
R-54635
,:,.1 ,
390
Rz4,206
'3'8.g
59. 70u7 MORI, Mut, i
c425
2
050E0E,, .N 00 To k, ,70
8425
.g1467
0424
T-390
95V
4-
C422 I
4,44.4F
(-
C423 -320
5-80
MMF
1145'
150
. 1650
0414
-
7:!,2,7.,
:4429
, :14g:
-Wv--
-6-
--W417.4,
_ c4,7 1-.0,
, .0,
,
4,
8
--r4-
II- C.4,'9 _r_
POV
MI
WV"-
48
4 /OK
R440 8.2N
9W
I ' 17464 -_,-
0427
[II_
''',/. -
r-.':.:,7.,
1
(,--1
-
52 FP )675,
ISV Of 70754,
I
12AX4GTA
--' rT401 I Wa 61441 7 2
DAMPER
I
4.'
tt
CAUTION
m1:4,0A,14,TRT,
-r-1
Ee r
I
My 5
0.044278
ai
I I
( L401
___12_
3.3u
o
.
' L,'_ -.4
1 I
431
7420 5m
HEIGHT CONTROL
C412
r".... -----
110V PP 30^,
2401
r
3 DEFL. TONE
z'24 a g,
hir7422 11423 -
560 560
,
VERT.
I
M8I08'1I2lf. is
'.3
t a- 30
_...1
020
RED
11443
6604
Nehh.
0442
100K
IVI
04411
w.thl
SECTION 4 SWEEP
Fig. 20 'Schematic Diagram /or Chassis Assembly V-2340-15, V-2340-25, V-2350-104, V-2350-204, V-2341-15, V-2341-25, V-2351-104, V-2351-204
161
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC
(Chassis V-2340-15, V-2340.25, V-2350-104, V-2350-204) (Chassis V-2341-15, V-2341-25, V-2351-104, V-2351-204)
4
Fig. 18 Bottom View of Sweep Printed Board
Showing Top Components Symbolically
URN. WIRE TO
on
2 2
z 300
TRAP AO, 41.25 Me
RP TUNER 7300
I 45.2 Mc
TRAP ADJ. 47.15 Ma
T301 43.1 4i4
Sill
W RE TO FINNS I15Y7A
1305
43.9 Ma
....I
I. F. INPUT PROM
RP TUNE
.------
35 SRN.
007 47 AV 5
30 80K
1
4
Tee.
I
-I- 125V3BZ6
I
R305
7 125V
5.6K
I 4---44-4 0It5o051 \
R3I0
.-1(-811101(
0307 680
0313 0047
"41311
47
I
0504
SO
34
3826 --1- 1255v
7 115V
ISO
0301
1I0
SRN.
IV 3
I -3CB6 4
?03,g, T I __t_ I25V 5
7 Italy
OKTOCA
SRN. DOT
501
T uo 030411 cguastoo-l't \S314
470
470
Rerit
0512.11.4 1500
3316
,1170
11.304
100uh
0302
.11
J/ WHITE WIRE TO
0316 -R304 -ASO
DRAM WIRE TO ORANGE WIRE 130V II+ 05095 0 TO R503
Fig. 19 Bottom View of IF Printed Board Showing Top Components Symbolically
ORS. WIRE TO R316
162
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Westinghouse
CHASSIS V-2342, V-2352 and V-2343, V-2353
MODEL INFORMATION
The V-2342 television chassis will be found in the following 21" models:
H -934T21 H -935T21 H -938K21
H -939K21 H -941K21 H -942K21
The V-2352 television chassis will be found in the following 21" factory equipped UHF models:
H-934TU21 H-935TU21 H-938KU21
H-939KU21 H-941KU21 H-942KU21
The V-2343 television chassis will be found in the following 24" models:
H -950T24 H -951T24
H -954K24 H -955K 24 H -956K24
The V-2353 television chassis will be found in the following 24" factory equipped UHF models:
H-950TU24 H-951TU24
H-954KU24 H-955KU24
H-956KU24
CHANNEL SELECTOR FINE TUNING
VERT HOLD CONTR. 8413
BRIGHTNESS CONTR. R327
HORIZ. HOLD CONTR. R434
OFF -ON -VOLUME SVI500/SW 300 - 8207
R333 PICTURE
V15580-1 VHF TUNER 0104 L203 QUAD COIL L201 L305 Z 300 T300 .1301 T302 (CAP REMOVED SHOWING) CRYSTAL DET
SELENIUM RECT
CHASSIS RAIL
TIO0 I F OUTPUT ADJ. L102 HI BAND ADJ. L101 LOW BAND ADJ.
ANTENNA BRACKET ASSY.
DEFLECTION YOKL
YOKE COVER WITH CENTERING RINGS
- YOKE CLAMP ASSY.
ION TRAP
mo- CHANNEL RAILS
1400 RINGING COIL
R507 FUSIBLE RESISTOR
A -C PLUG
Fig. 1
C423 TRIM.
R4I5 VERT. L1PL R420 HEIGHT R404 SYNC
R202 OUi.'ING
Rear View of Chassis
(Continued on page 164 through page 170.)
163
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Alignment for Chassis V-2342, V-2343, V-2352, V-2353
The video IF system uses staggered tuned transformers to obtain the required bandwidth. In this type of system, both the meter and visual methods are used.
A suggested alignment procedure is given in the following steps:
1. Connect a V.T.V.M. (5 volt range) to point "B" as shown on the schematic diagram Fig. 17 or printed board layout Fig. 13.
2. Connect the RF generator, capable of
of providing frequencies ranging from 40 to 50 mc. (unmodulated) to point "D" as shown on Fig. 17 and Fig. 14. For suggested RF generator coupling and termination see Fig. 3.
3. Apply -3 volts bias to point "A" as shown in Fig. 17. A simple bias source is
shown in Fig. 4.
4. Adjust T302, T301 and T300 as given in the following chart.
Signal Gen. Connect Gen. Frequency To Point
43.9 mc
"0" Fig. 17
43.1 mc 47.25 mc 45.2 mc
"0" Fig. 17 "D" Fig. 17 "D" Fig. 17
Adjust
Output
Top then bottom Maximum of T302
Bottom of T301 Maximum
Top of T300
Minimum
Bottom of T300 Maximum
6. Remove the RF signal generator from point "D". See Fig. 17 and 14.
-3 VOLTS FOR 1.F 'S
-1.5 VOLTS FOR TUNER
Pig. 4 Bias Supply 7. Couple the marker generator output to the IF sweep generator output so that the two signals are applied together to the points specified in the steps that follow. Some sweep generators have facilities for connecting the marker output directly into the sweep generator. With other sweep generators, the marker can be coupled to the sweep generator by wrapping a few turns of insulated wire around the center conductor of the sweep generator output cable and connecting the marker generator to this wire. The loose coupling obtained in this manner is desirable be-
cause excessive marker signal injection will distort the response curve.
8. Connect the IF sweep generator to point "D" as shown on Figs. 17 and 14. The observed wave form should be as shown in Fig. 8 with markers as shown. A tilt in the response curve can be corrected by adjusting the primary (bottom slug)of the 3rd IF transformer (T3021. To correct
The output of the sigrial generator should be adjusted to provide a constant 1 volt output on the V.T.V.M.
NOTE: To adjust the slugs in the IF transform. ers Z300, T300, T301 and T302 a special tool is required. This tool must /it into the 3/32 hex type bole in the slug. An incorrectly designed tool will cause chipping of the slug. A suitable tool is shown in Pig. 5.
SHIELDED GENERATOR LEAD
099
.099 -
Pig. 5 Alignment Tool the bandwidth, or to set the markers, adjust the 2nd IF transform& (T301) to correct the low frequency side and adjust the first IF transformer (T300) to correct the high frequency side. If
more than 3 turns are required for any of the touch up adjustments, the preceeding steps should be repeated.
RI CI = .001 MFD
RI = DEPENDS UPON GEN. OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 52 n- _ 72 n etc.
Pig. 3 RP Generator Coupling
5. Remove the V.T.V.M. and connect the vertical input of the oscilloscope to point "B". See Fig. 17 and 13, using the isolation network as shown in Fig. 7.
20 imPEDNGE Or SWEEP GABLE
TV RECEIVER
0
300 INPUT
0
0 50 72 -0,
RI
P2
56
120
82-"
Pig. 6 Impedance Matching Network
164
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
WESTINGHOUSE Alignment for Chassis V-2342, V-2343, V-2352, V-2353
9. Connect the RF sweep generator output cable to the antenna terminals with the proper impedance matching network. (See Fig. 6)
OSCILLOSCOPE
T ()
GENERATOR
CI, ASSi GROUND
Pig. 7 Oscilloscope Connections 10. Set the channel selector to channel 13 and set the sweep generator to sweep channel 13
frequencies.
11. Adjusting T100 on the tuner for maximum amplitude of the response curve and the bottom adjustment of Z300 to correct the tilt, the curve and marker points should be as shown in Fig. 9. The bottom adjustment of Z300 is made correctly when the response curve rocks about the center frequency of 213 mc.
The top adjustment of Z300 is the accompanying sound trap (41.25 mc) and should be adjusted to to fall as shown in the response curve (Fig. 9) at 215.75 mc. After adjusting the 41.25 mc trap it may be necessary to retouch the bottom adjustment of Z300.
41.25 Mc 42.25 Mc
45.75 Mc
4.5 mc. TRAP ALIGNMENT
Signal Gen. Connect To
Signal Gen. Frequency
Connect RF Probe of V.T.V.M. To
Adjust L305 For
Point "B" (Fig. 4.5 mc (unmod- Point "C" (Fig. Minimum
17) Lowside to B. ulated)
17) Lowside to 13 -
NOTE: The accuracy of the 4.5 mc frequency is very important, it should be crystal controlled if possible and should be strong enough toproduce t h e proper null.
Depending upon the setting of the brightness control, point "C" potential may he as high as 150V, so the RF probe should contain a blocking capacitor.
HIGH -FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT
If the 5U8 oscillator tube is replaced the different inter -electrode capacity of the new tube may change the oscillator frequency enough to necessitate re -alignment.
Alignment of the VHF oscillator for the high and low band channels is accomplished from the top of the tuner. The adjustments are as follows:
1. Rotate the fine tuning control to the middle of its range. The flat of the shaft will be at the 1 o'clock position.
2. Set the channel selector to the highest channel in the high band (7-13) operating in
your locality. 3. Using a non-metallic alignment tool (See
Fig. 10) peak the hi -band oscillator slug L101 for best picture detail and sound quality.
4. Set channel selector to the highest chan-, nel in the low band (2-6) operating in your locality.
5. Peak the low band adjustment slug (L100) for best picture detail and sound quality.
6. Check the previously made adjustments and if tuning has changed, repeat the above procedure.
43 Mc
45Mc
Fig. 8 I.F. Response Carve
6 DB DOWN OR 50%
215.'5 MC
2 3.0MC
21i.25n4C
2,1.0n4C
2I2.0MC
Pig. 9 RE Response Curve
-
Fig. 10 Alignment Tool
SOUND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
To use an "air" TV signal for alignment: 1. Tune the receiver to a TV station and connect an attenuator between the receiver and the antenna so that the strength of the signal can be varied from weak to strong.
(Continued on page 167)
165
REDS BLACK WIRE TO C421A
YEL WIRE
TO 04098
BLUE WIRE
TO T400
JUNCTION OF
-11 SIDE R413 VERT HOLD
ORANGE WIRE 130V LO RF-IF- SYNC
RED WIRE 220V AUDIO B,
RED -WHITE WIRE 230 V HI 84 05100 RF TUNER TER *8
et ACK-ORANGE TO C 403A
)4 SIDE OF C209
RED WIRE TO
SW 300-R326
ORANGE WIRE C T ARM
BRIGHTNESS CONT R327
BROWN WIRE TO PiN*i CRT
IK
R43' 56k
R432
C .c1. 11
3900
.1
C419
GREEN WIRE TO
HI SIDE 8434 HORIZ HOLD
C423
GREEN WIRE
L40,72,
-R43 2
TC42
56K
1 W
"31T-C140202
41K 13425
13
WIRE
4
BLUE WIRE TO
TER 4 OF T4
3 6AU76
2 41"-=.3
7AU 7 'a
,
TO R437.04 "
9 484"2(8
lilo
1--.-.0C044I67 4
110-W38-0
H4 2KE,
22.
S
IC425
220K
R 427 .01
/6 0
C 417
7-1 C40_14
C64813
4
4i4
5
2 3AI-6 6.
R4 36 3.9 K
C 24 390
0
I.
8425
BROWN WIRE HEATER TO
PIN'S 128X5
R412 33K
R446
47OK>
T.001 0430
C400
1022 100K R 41i
56K
IW
a(R407
R406
10 1(
2W
22K R401
.6015 IKV C408
89
1284A
6f
I
5
2
43
6-111/4.
7 88403
6
9
f5AN18
5
4 7-
52
150 R
7300)
t. 304r
's
#326 6"--AA,d3T2b4
12K
7
6, K
o_RIr4,7
fib ---24.-;\ A.,--.
22K
22K
2W
R204
C ZO7
.0022 -*7-
L2°3 .,,.
?. --1-- 56
f C3I4
t5 1-
470
\). R406
:Bi R203
IN 4
,0144E.-*- ,
/7
I
2
7 3C9S6 3
b
4
24o0 5
I
C2011 6
5
7
.4 3806
t -7-- -I'
. i . .t* 2
7 15 .. i8322107-.p.
:c40044 5:1 2,
ei
418
N ,,
tv 1A,I, ,
..._ _ _ TO0 POI CONT nr----1."'HI SIDE R 3 33 --- \--CT. SIDE 11333
4t\ 409
R418
22M
R4I6 470
2W
R4I4 24K
BLACK B WIRE TO VERT-LIN
R 415
C.T. ARM HEIGNT
R400
TEL. WIRE CT ARM VERT L IN
8415
130 V TO SYNC R 404 a HEIGHT R420
CONTROL
GREEN WIRE TO IF BOARD L304
`'BROWN win HEATER PIN,4 3C96 3rd IF AMP
W TE WIRE
90KC , t
IF rLO- CRJ3U0N9C-TRIO3NI0 -C307
GREEN WIRE TO SYNC
CONT. 8404
YEL. WIRE TO HI SIDE
OF R202
CT ARM OF
R 202
QUIETING CONT
WHITE WIRE TO JUNCTION OF C431 TER 3 OF 7401
WHITE WIRE R -F TUNER
TER9 A GC
FIG. 13 BOTTOM VfEW OF SWEEP PRINTED BOARD SHOWING TOP COMPONENTS SYMBOLICALLY
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2342, V-2343, V-2352, V-2353
2. Set the quieting control (R202) located on the back of the chassis approximately to its mid -position.
3. Adjust the 4.5 mc. IF slug (L201) for maximum program sound. If peaks occur at two different positions of the slug, use the peak that occurs when the slug is farthest counterclockwise. Reduce the signal to its lowest usable level and recheck the adjustments.
4. Apply a strong signal to the receiver, and adjust the quadrature coil (L203) for maximum program sound. If peaks occur at two different positions that are widely separated, use the one that occurs with the slug farthest counterclockwise. If two peaks occur within
a narrow range of adjustment, sufficient signal is not being applied to the receiver or the quieting control is not set at the desired position.
5. Apply a very weak signal that allows noise to be heard and adjust the quieting control (R202) for minimum noise. The position at which the noise is minimized depends on the strength of the signal; therefore, the weakest usable station in the area should be used for this adjustment. This control determines the AM rejection characteristics of the sound system, and its correct setting is normally about mid -position. Do not leave the quieting control set at its maximum counterclockwise position.
R -F TUNER
TERM*2 - =53
I.F. INPUT B.
BRIT WIRE TO 9 F TuTIER TERM 7
BRN. WIRE FIL.
TO SWEEP BOARD
PIN* 6 12BY74
2300
T300 45.2 Mc
T 301 43.1 Mc
TRAP ANL 4L25Mc
TRAF ADJ. 47.25Mc
C504 680
R306
308 0309 R31t
...I
C.':g3 47
3
". 10K I
2.2 41
3
2
4
2
36Z6
B
I
7301
s1 F
6308 C3042
a m p
6
800 68 11 5F.I63K05 7 -.,1k
R310......,...... C305
1206
680
.1 k
.C307 .-)1--.
680 0313
.0047
' 2 ntt F
v"
47 1319
47 6
.3.---.3i2 4--". 82K
R307 470
.- (.6306 .-) F.
680
8309 8.26
0310 680
R314 470
C302
.22
T 302 43.9 Mc
0503 660
3 4
3C86
3,11.1 5 orrip
C312.) 1500
C87064
R3I3 470
L304
I
WHITE WIRE TO R304 8 0301
ORANGE WIRE 130V LOW 84-
Fig. 14 Bottom View of IF Printed Board Showing Top Components Symbolically
GRN, WIRE TO R3I6
T
0
S R
Q P
0
N
M L K
J
H S F
D C B
Fig. 15 IF Board Component Location
Fig. 16 Sweep Board Component Location 167
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Schematic Diagram Chassis V-2342, V-2343
VHF ANT.
5I K An.7A
IISV 6
2300
II5V ,000
476 7306
1000
TIO0
3 7
ARC
2300
830V
112
1-N1112.281 Al/KEIT OSC
r
0001
13
5054.
FINE 1W TUNING
Tt- ,000
-o .....
,5 o..
...r te
(.41.' U0
.t
-S
id
-6 -5
g ...
It.te
c,
ov
E
Li
Li u
U ^E,
l4 V.:-03:
i w2 0
1 l' 0
E;
.. 7. = .2
to
2 E 0 "N ,c. "
eil C a.
ui u
N"c5 Vc'" P'' u'42 .6t4 -7
. -0 0
b^ 5 -80 .1 .2
1i 1 E -E
UHF AN
C102 330
Ci5 2 2204
31031 3301
3.3
0006 41-20W
2A KOWA
DAMPER
15018
1000
1000
15
1000
.000
5867A
11F AMP
5U8
m RER 05C
4 Ntr3
000
1000
i000
T000
2 AF4
OAF OSC
IOOOT
'SEE C505
2-6
800
1280620 12865
RORIE. OUT AUDIO OUT
2 A F 4 UHF OSC
NOTE ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN 84/4F.
SECTION I TUNER
6807. 611U7113
3AL5
OR
7AU7
1284A
0312. AFC HOPI.. vERT.
5 A N8
KEYED A G C HERO, SCH.
3056
SYNC. SEP
. A13
SEE NOTE S C.A.,
3BZ 6
IF
/\
8500 2206
C050055 1.48,
DILATES CHASSIS RAILS
TO T UREA @
SEE SECTION I
R501
75
C306 .60
4
3
,PART OF SW3001 OFF -ON SP500
FUSIBLE RESISTOR
SEL.
RECT.
4501Z_
8188
_-7C50670A
,17v
A F..
C500
.01
8.4108
_H.-INDICATES 8-
3826
2ND IF
A
3C86
NFL) IF
12BT7A
VIDEO DUO
3856
TO DEF.
3
1.4
E6506401-
MMF
C503
.L) -T_
R503 2000.I5W
R502 620 Aw
8504 180-.0w
IC4098 30
-; 30 T-1. C46088
30V LO 8 2200 AUDIO B. 2300 HI II
0505 -T ISO
_IT+
ca.
60
2300 ERT. OUT El
NOTES: DC VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM 13- WITH NO APPLIED SIGNAL USING A VTVII.
8.
2. PEAK -TO -PEAK WAVEFORMS WERE TAKEN WITH PICTURE CONTROL SET FOR A 60 VOLT PEAK TO PEAK SIGNAL AT THE C.R.T. CATHODE. ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL PICTURE.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN MED, WHILE ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
4. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, RESISTORS ARE I/2 WATT.
5. USE 2IALP4 ON V2342,4, V2352-104 CHASSIS
USE 2IALP4A ON 02342-24, V2352-204 CHASSIS
USE 241)P4 ON V2343.14. V2353-104 CHASSIS
USE 24DP4A ON 02343-24, 02333.204 CHASSIS
6.
ALINOSOCYASMTTEBIIDOHOOL NL(-II-IIFNFIDBIIRIOCEAARSTDSE.ESSPa3LA0OR8C1TAIISNTIDLOOINCCAOATFTEEPSDATREHTLES. PEAWRHTEIRSEO. NI
VSOS SPECIFIES PART IS THE SOUP BOARD. 8506
SECTION 5 POWER a HEATERS
FIG 17
168
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Schematic Diagram Chassis V-2342, V-2343
SECTION 2 SOUND I -P and AUDIO
38N6 Phil Ott 027003
7 SO 2207
1,203
IS 11
10-0.60 czos
.0cm.;
8002 600
QUIETING CONTROL
1
_J
$204
2.
02.06.
8207 5008 yammer comrno1
;.00022027
gzos 3308
12865
AUDIO OUTPUT
p209
0"
3.7
2100 CW7
zos
2.10 8208
91
T200
OUTPUT TRNS.
i 300
13031 .5 1
ai Nair 00 NM, 0306
4125 Ye
60
11.12
C309.,
4305 5.60 )0
3BZ6 1ST if .4P
DIAN
11
DOT
TUI130K1
5,000
7300 45.251
589 DOT
SECTION 3 VIDEO
3BZ6
202 fir AMP 1107
GROI
730 :1_3.116_,
Ba_rOOT 3C
1302
-
CRYSTAL
3
tp
I'
...I
I
CK706-IN69 43.96Ic
11240662
1
IC23209 2
11111F
ill318
4
1:11AF
17.2
1211321:
nor
2
1 !... I
4 13
12011
I
1 1
5
Im
817
1
1
II -6111F
611.7fT I,
4
20V 0c,--
4Kv
I.2V 2
8306 47
E305
11.02
mm;
47 050 470
I
0306 03091 VAC; 6.26
20
9311
47
9
1---E301
3V
._LE310 1.001
'2' 7E itt'f I
150 I
,3 SEE C505
R315 .612 970 1500
007 6001
Ls. 022 304
3900
113,0 cz_LI. 1,502
1200
.22
'00043123
L305 L306 1.307
4.l Ye
170011
230.11
1304 10 On
316 220 3 9
6.308 35066,
56001132111
125-1609
I2BY 7A
V1DEC) OUT
111
1300
14c;
-- 0315
T 0.1500
11
8320 11
/
3.30 'I0_10
11.!
S1.0333 IOU
600 PP 6000
CONTROL
0328
200
8325
532, 2 70 28
0132, 9
11.'r34 500
C3.6 22
0.322.6
500300
0327
10011 BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
6 30
SEE NC 'E
',25AN8 4E0E0 44C
300 650
^C400
L_
0 0403 15.4-
9402
SOT
R404
5.4
SYNC
c6 2
CONT1301-M
9405 2700
STNS SEP.
C410
.50
60V
5
4V 7
9409 120
7,44
R4011 iON 2M
1227
200
621. 8.2.
00 .005
-.005
IOUSAN8 VERT. DISCNANGE
80 ins,
C0400457
-35 to 00V 0445
1700
20
2
if
450 PP 15,750.
C 4036
3
1430 .022
1200 PP 0001
3 ALS 70012 ACC
IV
5
43, P 15,7500+
___N
ssOn
1400
82611Af \.......\,..._\,........I.I 901610
TOO 15730+143
'.''3 c..,5
6,
...Nr
390
riamf
0i,4,2,6
-193493,6,
I
(
Avae. 6
Ane
_L G.4,;. .00v
T C416
MIT
0047
- CO1O1,
0 1"
_L gzo _I`C,Iiin
R 433
T,FF7,6L-7:- f 5117
.1,60 ....175.4tp'L.
700 -0I16.1
12 BO6GA
OR 1213065T on 12806GTA on 12 806 GTB OR ,2C1.16 00011 OUTPUT
.230. 320
530
IQ 750 m
4.22 MAO
C423
5-60
RIME
-21110
0437 50-
0433 2200
0434 608 60112 0010 CONTROL
$1/11
4
1200 PP
0440
5 011 8,i 2.6
11
C427-mI
.1
15,7913no
1284A
CRT. OUTPUT
8419
Ir3.420 54
O
CONTROL
9.124. 4
0411 1008
C0011 .0015
10V
200 2300
6250 PP 1800 60.0 VERT OUT.
BARS.
100 OP 60P,
C406 .001
13412.
731.
0 -'24121/I
0413
i.51A VERT.
NCOOLONTROL "" PP 6"
r
0C4098
- ISO 0415 .26 3/48
VERT.
contnot.
044016 2 7/
21108
.41
1: ,.1
4
9L14 -014T
'11
TRACER
Z0, DM. POPE
..,, 45 8423
560
VERT 00811.
113 3 G T N. RICO
2 1310
RED
12004570
DAMPER
CAUTION
0
DO NOT MEASURE
C420
2300
soo--1
L401 1.3.66
0440
0431
SECTION 4 SWEEP
1
V-2342 AND V-2343 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
169
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION WESTINGHOUSE Service Data for Chassis V-2342, V-2343, V-2352, V-2353
LOCATING OPEN FILAMENT TUBE
Fig. 11 can be used as a guide in making these checks.
STEP 1.
With the back cover off, remove tube No. 8 (3BN6) and check the tube from pins 3 to 4 for continuity. If the indicator does not light insert a new 3BN6 If the original 3BN6 filament is good, connect the clip lead of the indicator to any convenient point on
the chassis ( B - ) and insert the
indicator pin into the Number 4
position of the tube socket No. 8. If the indicator does not light, the open filament lies between tube No. 8 and B- and can be located by checking at successive tube sockets between tube No. 8 and B- in the order shown by the dotted line in Figure 11., If the indicator lights, continuity exists between tube No. 8 and B- and all the tube filaments between these points
are good.
STEP 2. Then remove tube No. 16 (1.2AX4GTA) from its socket and insert the indicator pin into the No. 8 position of tube socket No. 16 and the pin of the clip lead into the No. 3 position of tube socket No. 8. If the indicator does not light the open filament lies between tube No. 16 and tube No. 8 and can be located by checking at successive tube sockets between tube
No. 16 and tube No. 8 in the order shown by the dotted line in Fig. 11. If the indicator lights, continuity
exists between tube No. 16 and tube
No. 8.
STEP 3. The Damper tube No. 16 (12AX4GTA) should next be checked for continuity between pins No. 7 and 8. If continuity does not exist replace with new tube. If filament string still doesn't function, the resistor R506
should be checked for its proper resistance value.
CRT REPLACEMENT
The following steps are used as a guide in
removing the Cathode Ray tube: 1. Remove the television chassis from the
cabinet. 2. Remove the CRT socket. 3. Remove the ion trap. 4. Loosen and remove the aluminum clamp ring
securing the yoke cover. 5. Slip the yoke assembly from the CRT neck. 6. Loosen and remove from each channel sta-
bilizing bar one 3/8" nut and lock washer allow each stabilizing bar to be free from the CRT mounting strap assembly.
7. Remove the six (three on each side) 1/4" self tapping screws from the chassis side rails securing the CRT cradle.
WO TUNER
MS 41 N. eow
0
i
I
2AF41 I UN, ow.l 1
C)CATNOOE RAW TORE SOCKET
10
16
38Z6
I 1/ I F AMR
REMOVE JUMPER FROM SOCKET WHEN ROOMS VIII TUNE.
I.- 3
r
3BZ6
M if AMP
1
3C86
3F8eNm6.
5AN8 REIM S.C.
MKT. MICK
O@
I-
6AU7o1 6AU7A 7AU7
mom!.mmn.
12AX4GTA Dawn,
L
REMOVE
12BY7A .X0 OUTPUT
3CS6
SYNC SCR
-I
12B4A
vERT. OUTPUT
1213066Ao. 126060Ton 126066TAo. 12 BO6GTBom 12CU6
OUTPV1
3AL5
momm.mmc
1.0$ LISA 'MIRA Mt SIMI.
1B3GT Ww NICE.
117..6
Pig. 11 Top View of Sockets for Heater Cbeck
170
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
FAWN
1956 TELEVISION RECEIVERS
CHASSIS 16X20 - 17X20 - 17X22 - 17X23 19X21 - 19X22 - 19X24 - 22X20 22X21 - 22X22Q
Chassis:
Models using this chassis:
16X20 17X20 17X22 17X23 19X21 19X22 19X24 22X20 22X21 22X22Q
X1814R, X1816E, G, L, R,
X2220R, X2222E,G,L,R,Y, X2224E,R,Y, X2232E,R, X2247E,R, X2248E,R, X2280E,R,
X2636E, R, X2670E, R, X2229R, X2230E,R, X2256E,R, X2258E, R, X2264EQ, RQ, X2254M, X2257, E, R,
X2640E, R,
X2359E, X2360R, X2362E,H,R, X2365EQ,RQ, X2383,R,X2391EQ, X2671R, X2672E, X2674EQ,RQ,
X2994EU, HU.
SUFFIX "U" FOLLOWING ANY MODEL NUMBER INDICATES A RECEIVER EQUIPPED WITH THE ZENITH CONTINUOUS TUNER
SUFFIX "Q" FOLLOWING ANY MODEL NUMBER INDICATES A RECEIVER EQUIPPED WITH ZENITH FLASH-MATIC REMOTE
CONTROL
The vertical type 16X20, 17X20, 17X22, and 17X23 chassis described in this manual are similar in design. Alignment and adjustment procedures are identical. The 17" 16X20 chassis utilizes selenium rectifiers and series connected filaments. One side of the power line is tied to the 16X20 chassis and the use of an isolation transformer is recommended in servicing. The circuit for 16X20 chassis is printed on page 175. The 21" 17X20, 17X22, and the 24" 17X23 chassis are equipped with a power transformer. See pages 178 and 179 for these circuits. With the exception of the IF amplifier and its alignment procedure, these receivers and 16X20 are the same as their "T" counterpart described in Supreme Publications volume TV -10, Additional 1955 Television Servicing Information, pages 181 to 185. The alignment differences are covered on the next page in this manual, page 172.
The alignment and adjustment procedure for the horizontal type 19X21, 19X22, 19X24, 22X20, 22X21, and 22X22 is the same as for the "R" models described in Supreme Publications volume TV -9, Early 1955 Television Servicing Information, pages 173 to 183. See this earlier volume for additional information needed. Circuit diagrams for these new chassis are printed on pages 176-177 and 180 to 189 in this new 1956 TV manual.
171
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH RADIO COPR. Service information
VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER
16X & I7X CHASSIS
The video IF amplifier is stagger tuned, using three single tuned and one (4th IF) double tuned circuit. The first IF tunes to 43.6mc, the second IF to 42.75mc, the third IF to 45.75mc, and the fourth IF (both cores) to 45.5mc. One trap is used. It is part of the 1st IF assembly and tunes to 47.25mc. Attenuation of the 41.25mc associated sound carrier is controlled by adjusting the band width.
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT I6X & I7X CHASSIS
A sweep generator must be used for alignment work.
A slight deviation from the above mentioned frequen-
cies is permissible to obtain the proper band pass,
however, the order must be maintained.
OANUAL I
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER (000)
IN TV SET -
10001
;
-< SP
AUTO
A
_1
A10001
BLUE
GRN
To align the IF, it is necessary to disable the tuner local oscillator. This can be done by removing the 5U8 or 6U8 tube, wrapping a bare wire around the oscillator grid (pin 9) and inserting the tube. Ground this wire. On "U" models it is only necessary to switch the tuner to the UHF positions.
1. Connect the negative lead of a 5 volt battery or a low impedance bias supply to terminal "E" (Fig.7 ) and the positive lead to chassis. Ground point "F".
2. Connect a calibrated oscilloscope through a 10K ohm isolation resistor between terminal "C" and chassis.
3. Connect the sweep generator through a terminating network to test point "A" (Fig. 7) and adjust attenuator to obtain a 3 volt peak to peak detector output. Do not exceed this output level during any of the adjustments.
Switch the oscilloscope to 10X the gain used in the above steps to "blow up" the trap slots. Adjust the scope centering controls until the base line is visible as in Fig.21. Adjust the 47.25mc. trap and check the position of the 41.25mc. marker. If the marker is not in the approximate position as shown in Fig.21, or nearer to the base line a slight readjustment of the 1st and 2nd IF coils may be required to move it into position.
4. Adjust the fourth (both cores), third, second and first IF to obtain a response curve similar to Fig.20 . It will be noticed that the 1st IF coil has the greatest effect on rounding out the nose of the band pass.
ORANGE
0-1
* SOLENOID SWITCHES SW I AND SW2 SHOWN IN -ON -POSITION
VIOLET
*SW I
GOAT
SW3 r -
GGY4`.,1
SW8
PIN END VIEW
ORANGE VIOLET
P3 117V AC
POWER PLUG
TI
313
NAV A C
22K
A
130
.S -I
1000
CI 5 MFD 4 1000
VI
V2
2D2I 2 D2 1
-
3
LL
--.
c T
2X001
oc
2.2K
6.8K 0%
V3A
Y2 6BX7GT-
C4 5MFD 000
C3 2X 001
154
RI
2506 MOTOR CCW
gra SENSITIVITY
IBM
R2 2500 MOTOR 14 SENSITIVITY
MAI
t RAI<
-N10, -*--"\AA22610% 476 10%
T V CHASSIS
POWER SOCKET WIRING
TERMINAL
S3
ENO VIEW
A C ON -OFF SENSITIVITY BALANCE CONTROL
CHASSIS
22K 10% - I1Y DC
47K 10%
DG
PI MOTOR
PLUG
PIN END VIEW
RS
772506
MUTE SENSITIVITY BALANCE CONTROL
V ESCUTCHEON ASSEMBLY
SW 5 CCW
0.-L0. -4.
SW 6 CW
O
L
PCI ON -OFF
RED
TV POWER TRANS PRI.
SWITCH ON TV VOLUME CONTROL
117V AC
ARROWS ON CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
Schematic Diagram Flash-Matic Remote Control.
PC2 CC
0
PC3 CW
--
= /1/1/ CHASSIS GROUND
1t
FLOATING
GROUND
4SW
GA
K2
SICOS
V 3 B '/2 6 BX7GT
06
220 10% 4W WW
VIA
ORANGE
"Al
ROI
CU 2MFD 170V AC NON POLARIZED/
60n./ SI MOTOR SOCKET
BOTTOM VIEW
SRN PURPLE
GRAY
ILA
PORKE P2
.' GIN
PIN END
VIEW
.
OR
imp
100K PC4 MUTE
S2 BOTTOM VIEW OF SOCKET
RN
I
ILK
GRAY OR
S4 SENSITIVITY
oEf
SOCKETCONTROL
r
I
KR
27K 10% 101
I MANUAL SENSITIVITY I CONTROL, AND RESET SWITCH
J (PART OF TV CHASSIS) P4
* R3 FRONT SECTION PART OF 63.3582 ON 22X200 AND 22%210 TV CHASSIS 63- 3581 ON 19X220 TV CHASSIS.
SENSITIVITY CONTROL PLUG
172
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
47.25 /446111i
47.25
AMF/
41.25 'Air \
\
\
t
Ilk
>0
/ 45.75
41.25
10X
<-)
o SCOPE
GAIN
42.75
45.00
Fig. 20 Overall IF Response.
Fig. 21 Exploded View of Sound Carrier and 47.25 Mc Trap.
ZENITH 16X20 Chassis
OSCILLATOR
ADJUSTING '
SCREW,
VHF BAND SWITCH TUNER
DEFLECTION YOKE
0 V C) 6 6 I
CHANNEL SELECTOR SHAFT
( SHOWN IN CHANNEL 6 POSITION)
FINE TUNER
CONVERTER SCREEN GRID
(SCOPE OBSERVATION FOR RF BAND PASSES)
IMPORTANT
RETAINING SPRING
TO PREVENT TUBE SHIELDS FROM CONNECTING THE CHASSIS TO THE
METAL CABINET
DO NOT REMOVE
BEAM BENDER-
TEST POINT *J FILAMENT
HEIGHT CONTROL
HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL
CONTRAST CONTROL TEST POINT 'F TO BE GROUNDED FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT
TEST POINT 'C. DETECTOR OUTPUT
3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER 4TH I.F. TRANSFORMER
---
TEST POINT .14. SOUND LIMITER PLATE
TEST POINT .D. VIDEO OUTPUT SOUND TAKE OFF COIL
- WIDTH CONTROL (BRASS SLEEVE)
TEST POINT 'N' HEATER
LOCAL DISTANCE SWITCH
4346661,i
JEST POINT 'A. CONY. GRID
(If INPUT)
--B+
AGC
ANTENNA
RE PLATE CAPACITANCE TRIMMER
VERTICAL LINEARITY VERTICAL HOLD --BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
TEST POINT .E. I.F. BIAS
2ND I.F. TRANSFORMER
- 1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER 47 25 MC. TRAP ( TOP CORE)
BUZZ CONTROL -
OUADRATURE COIL
V.H. E. ANTENNA TERMINALS
VOLUME CONTROL TEST POINT SOUND DISCRIMINATOR
OUTPUT INTERCARRIER COIL -
TEST POINT .K. FILAMENT --
y 200 MA. FUSE
PIX CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
TEST POINT 'V HORIZONTAL STABILIZER ON LUG OF STABILIZER COIL
AC INTERLOCK
TEST POINT FILAMENT (ON FUSIBLE RESISTOR)
Fig. 7 Tube and Trimmer Layout 16X20 Chassis.
173
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH 17X20 Chassis
PIX
VI7
OSCILLATOR ADJUSTING SCREW
CHANNEL SELECTOR SHAFT (stem IN CHANNEL A POSITION)
DEFLECTION YOKE
FINE TUNER
VHF BAND SWITCH TUNER SHIELDED I.F CABLE
I
CONVERTER
SCREEN GRID
1SComf OBSERVATION FOR RP BAN PASSES)
HEIGHT CONTROL HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL
CONTRAST CONTROL
TEST POINT "F. TO BE GROUNDED FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT
TEST POINT
DETECTOR OUTPUT
3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER
4TH I.F. TRANSFORMER
TEST POINT .11' SOUND UMITER PLATE
SOUND TAKE OFF COIL TEST POINT 'D. VIDEO OUTPUT
BUZZ CONTROL
OUADRATURE COIL
VOLUME CONTROL
00
©
WIDTH CONTROL (BRASS SLEEVE)
BEAM BENDER
0
0 ©
FILAMENT
LOCAL DISTANCE 11111111.111Milialli SWITCH
isini Wig 'SD
NI
0 vs
6AU8
V3 SC66
TEST POINT le
CONVERTER GRID (I.F INPUT)
6+
ANTENNA
AGC
RF PLATE CAPACITANCE TRIMMER
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL VERTICAL HOLD VERTICAL UNEARITY TEST POINT "E* I.F. BIAS
2ND I.F. TRANSFORMER
1ST I F TRANSFORMER 47.25 MC. TRA P
(TOP CORE)
TEST POINT SOUND -
DISCRIMINATOR OUTPUT
INTERCARRIER COIL
11$
.IBRMTIR
66346T
om 6AYAGTA
PIX CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
6S366A
61306GT
6CU6
(I;
6SN76Tom 6SN7GTAam 64176TB
O
12B4om 1284A
V.H.F. ANTENNA TERMINALS
200 MA. FUSE
TEST POINT HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
ON LUG OF STABIUZER COIL
40
AC INTERLOCK
Fig. 8 Tube and Trimmer Layout 17X20 Chassis.
174
TO TUNER
Schematic Diagram of Lenitn It1AZU na s s e e pag
ITT] G.1 PlasAa LlVL1 vL LLV vim. 0., ,
I F OUTPUT.B+ 225 V A G C
511076 AND 508 ARE SHORN ON TUNER
VI 4.6.1176
RI
v2
-'SUN
OSC NOES
HEATER 016 Pik
nv836
1ST 1 F
VI 3C86 2401E
V5 6618 3RD IF AND VERT OUT
VIDEO IMP SOUND LIM
SA05
WWI 001
VT 313116 SOUND DISC
V9 3676 SYNC CEP
- 8000
IMF FT 000
3 3CVB6 1ST I.F.
1000
18 K
0 450 2
C2
le Lio
",,F4
56 10%
330 NNE 10%
r 72
L
05 .001
V4 3C86 2ND I.F.
6300
6V
I I
10% 2500
120K 10%
1206 C 10%
C6
4T
001
MM
I/2 6AU8
3 RD
1;2E20
F
T3 22
e
II
L
62 Z CO
10% 00
31()4
MOP
TO
10%
+235V
1/2 6AU8
14
I C14,-PiTO sirs
L111. GRID
74 CRUST AL
--4M-" VIDEVO6AA MP
MOP
IN
CI 3 12ov
414
4111F 5%
L3
CII
CIO
113V
L6 SS rt
LO
Nor
.047
22K
44 76 CONTRAST
CONTROL
CI7 44
2350 iE
L2
10%
5400 49, 10%
476
10
15 211
1
L4
ME
Cl2
10% DOI 10%
226 10%
0166 6 4 RFD
300V
R2
476 10%
IW
43 2700 10%
IR
336
1006
435v 235V
R5
5006 BRIGHT
CONTROL
VI6 I7AVP4 OR
17AV P4A
+235V
270 10%
TEST POINTS
C -IF DETECTOR OUTPUT D- VIDEO OUTPUT E- I. F AGC F- GROUND DURING I F ALIGNMENT 2- FILAMENT
SOUND LIMITER PLATE G- SOUND DISC AUDIO OUTPUT 6- FILAMENT L- FILAMENT M-00612 STABILIZER COIl N- HEATER (TUNER)
FEED THROUGH
0
CONDENSER
H
TO 50 NMI ON SOUND
V 68
TAKE -OFF COIL
v7
1/2 6AU8
3 BN6
()SOUND LIM. Ts
SOUND DISC.
ie°vIll
-
C;21°1
II a "1701.F
1.7
10%1 URN 2
-0.71/
OR
I 2C 4 21.
2.25 MOP
1000
C23
2 X 001r.
176
R7
750
220
61.122
CONTROL
isi
2 2 MEG
8206
10%
C4275 05
5A8
Q5 SOUND OUT.
026_
01
I
5 WILL
270K 10%
22 MEG 5%
--1 MEMGEG
76
101 c30_
REI I MEG
I CORVOLUME
1.5 MEG 10%
C276 2000D
25V
27
mo
5.40
RED
6.2 MEG 5%
06 LOCAL
MEG IOx
21200%6
.270
R9
4
6130 60i I 1 10% 3000
IR
6600 SR
0Tsikkock1581M6EG
2206
C32
EG
10%
c31
611IF
I 0033
AI% OR
V58
3C S 6
I/2 6AU 8
SYNC. CLIP.
Sv
Al
COO
VERT.OSC
31g.T ,002.!
CM,
34V
476
--1
C35
I
MEG I
24: 11
PI v 2
1000 10% 10%
I 4 Os
I
MEG I
I
L____
RIO VERT SIZE
226 10%
3306 10%
R11
7506
V ERT /1310
§10100%6
VIO 12B4A VERT OUT
036 10047
10%
RI2 3500 VERT LIN
'11
H z
RED
910 12 146 VERT. OUT
vii 3515
AFC
VIZ 6597676 HOW OSC E DISCO
013 12806 GA 12806678
NMI OUT
VI5 12 604GTO
DAMPER
/777777 CAB ME7
4701
CHASSIS
NOTE A DESIGNATES PVEIOIDNATE VOLTAGE
VAC. IN ERLOCK
0
RIS
C39 140 MID
7 5 SW
5E2
2
FUSE TYPE
5W1 SWITCH ON
ISo4706.
VOLUME CONTROL
Re
T9 6011
Ri4
50 10% 200
4_41E1
1.,_.-_i
CIRC 140 MED
3000
C2Z 100 i 300V
CHASSIS
+235V
I CIO `610 MOP
+235V
VII
3t.H.
45.10
VI2A
745.71.1 1/2 6SN7GT8
.0033 10%
HO RIZ.OSC.
RI6
1750
iC48
156
5
0% IW
1330 MOP
10%
-.3
C44 470
MOE
0,\AAAPN.A.A.-
1806 5 6MEG
10%
10%
C42 T.N'
.001
.00476
C47 -.-
100
kW 44
ZB 1/2 6SN7GTB
HORIZ.
470 RIO
150 2
1806 10% IV/
OV I
C50
15'1,
610
220
0
100
C49
10%
680
MMF
10% 1802
10%
IC43
0047
10%
T
R IT 504 HORIZ HOLD
3306 10%
1003 10%
121(
4706
10%
V13 128fi686-12806GTTIBO HORIZ-OUT.
1300
100 051
R19
8.26
10% 2W
R20
2.
10%
C
C53 160 MMF 4 KV 10%
C52 .15
200 MA SLO-BLO FUSE
+235V 15"
+433V
0160
a i01013
IBI4
3GT H.V. RECT
421
471
14 KV
2
14 0
MASS SLEEVE
TEL
0IDTII CONTROL)
TR
C
HORIZ
DEFL
COILS
"" BLit VI5 I2A X4GTA DAMPER
ERT DEFL. COILS
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X21 Chassis
sa
0
rTI
J 1
I
I
I
I
1I1
CI
I
I
I L
410
C2
C3
MMF 1,, AMFImit2OF
13
12 t 1
LI
I
I.
c4
7,41
I
6.6v
ICS 254:10
^ L2
6CBB66
1ST LE
SI
WV
T2
r
56
26001-C9
T330109%%16
6CVB4 6
2ND I.F.3,
1 56 10%
6 /47v T3
r
logy
2711 10%
15 10%
6C5
B6 3RD LE ,,
- 7
9261
6
696
14
70 MW
E - -Ta4 t
7MNif
16
4 5
3
MMF
470
C11 .001
ISO 10% 1206 10%
T 1206 0%
TTT.40
220
10%
5%
L
1346 IOR
C15
470 MMF
10%
RI 5600 10%
2W
V6 -= L7
12BY7 VIDEO AMP.
ts.n.
SO WIT
c20 3.3 WIT
50.11 19 47
-0756 V 3-9 I0OV
L41 IL5
IS
11Cle
22 10%
L6 160 Wu
158 10%
R2
226x10%
2
826
10%
--'"/V- I1M2FAD
350V
MEG 10
2.; 6801:GT 690609
6CU6 NOR12 ouT
V6 12 BY7 v1D HAP
014 6597GT NOR12 OSC &DISC
V9 6405 SOUND OUT
vi3 6CN7 AFC BNORIZ
V7
LIM. 1)6
SOUN64D
)3
TO 50 MW
ON SOUND
556 91
TCAZIF14
-076v
6 556
V8 6BN 6 SOUND DISC.
/306
MEG 10%
T5 Glim
6 or
756
0301-
01
680
I i11(e47:04M2M6F1I
I
1.___10%1
.1.56
C28
10 MMF
L9
1006
41-O-R -41-1
10K 10%
VII 68E6 SYNC CLIP
V5 6CB6 3901 F
C25 2 0.001
Re
26
Zr
R7
750
BUZZ
C27
CONTROL .01
+ 250 V
V9
6405
SOUND OUT. ,L
223V s
IC33
" o v1-7
0068 136
MEG VOLUME 2 CONTROL
NA.", 220% T6
\AA..
2206
1771 2 x.001
0
ED
10%
).
'6"90
10%
C524
470 1328
vo
20400
10% 10 12F114
259
403 v
+ 250 V
44
6C86
ONO I F
.4-455 V
VIOA 1/2 12AX7
796
v2
68016 10%
C5 -
OSI
3300 10%
612 156 ACC
CONTR
V3 6C96 1ST I.F
6606
S0L1110 LIM
ve 68N6
SOUND DISC.
V19 PIG
vI2 1294 VERT OUT
HIT 699401 DAMPER
11796C INTERLOCK
BL GRAY/ BAN
SWITCH ON
100
VOLUME CONTROL R9
GRAY
Vie
SU4GA SU4G T LV. RECT.
RED
q RED/ TEL
RED YEL
YE L GRN
C32C 11.180 WO
400
VI 3A 6CN7 -C41030 tamF AF "C
10%
/16
32D 40. WO
_ 400V
511V
C45 001
I MEG 10%
C46 0041 10%
910 12617
A 6C VERTOSc
GRN
=P14II 8221610%
-PILOT LIGHT AND RESISTOR USED ON SOME MODELS
176
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X21 Chassis
6A06 GRID
5600 10%
Le 136 NH
V19
2IALP4A
PI X
TO H V
R3 SK CONTRAST CONTR
024 78 ./
33K 10%
41K 10%
=C23
0033
50 V
64
680
220
6
10%
65
200 BRIGHT-
NESS ON T ROL
100K
R6
t7S MEG (.. FOCUS
CONTROL
NOTES
ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED ALL VOLTAGES ARE D C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL DC.VO-TAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-
METER HAVING II mEGOHM INPUT RESISTANCE ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO %MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT
NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN INCROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE± 20% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL RESISTORS ARE 20%, CARBON, 1/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCu T COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE OHM. CATHODE RAY TUBE VA ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR 206 MIX OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.
ALIGNMENT POINTS ---/CIRCLED LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS
_L
71445515f
+ 435V
2`0 V
-/0
470K 10%.
5 MEG iNGE CKE
VII
68E6
SYNC. CLIP
50V 5
27E MMF
Al C37
V 10B
1/2 I2AXT
VERT. OSC.
56 6 10%
22
10
224 10%
-3 r004
Of PFNOIN6 UPON 101661 2010
5E1746
70K 10%
826 10%
1.---
1
MEG!
-1 I I
I I
I
tI
.
RI4 ____I
75 MEG VERTICAL SIZE
554 6
7
,vv. C38
A2
II
0%
2206 10%
R15
7506 VERT. HOLD
100K 10%
V12 12 B4 V ERT.OUT.
I,T47
10%
2404
47K 10%
2.7
220 "
524 1
22
MEG
RIG
2.5K VERT LIN
R17 1500 10% 2W
4 70K
BL
T7
RED
-.-C4
01
560 10%
RE C42 047 BL
560 10%
C2211 100 MPS SO
+250 V
VERT DEFL COILS
TEST POINTS C 2A0 I F GRID D- 3RD IF GRID E. VIDEO DETECTOR F. VIDEO OUTPUT A- SOUND LIMITER PLATE H- BIAS J - AUDIO OUTPUT
V 1 3B
6CN7
RIB
HORIZ. CONTROL
47K 107.
C50
21
8
iI
680 MMF
k047
10%
1
MMF
Ayr;
i 6 MEG 10%
col°
CO
PI
tLIO t
HORIZ
HOLD
Ri9
10K OW
VI4A I/2 6SN7GT8 1/2 6SN7GT HORIZ. OSC.
C51
IF -
500 MMF 404
22K
=C52
6
1000 MAW Kl%
C53 .001
V148
R20
1/2 6 SN7GT8
1/2 6SN7GT
HOR IZ. DISC H.
v
10
C54 2 X.0015
C149
470 10%
478
12K
4706
10%
4- 435 V
11506
V 15
6 BOGGT-611106GA 6 CU6
HORIL OUT.
C22C MFD
475V
711
\P
200 MA
SLO-WLO FUSE
R23 IJ 47%
2w
WHIR
2 R22
3.3
WW
WH
TEL
NW RED PLUS
T
C56 ISO MMF 4 KV 10% S
OR
510V
IC57
T's
VI6 183GT H.V.RECT
7
HV IAS KS
10% TB
cm.. 131K
I it
6AVX417GT
DAMPER
HORIZ DEfL COILS
BRASS SLEEVE WIDTH ONTROLI
Schematic Diagram 19X21 Chassis.
177
F OUTPUT 4
B+ 230V TO AG C4
TUN ER 6.3 V AC FILAMENT
VI7 PIX
V3
6036
1ST I.E
T1 0
IIIMiff
I109
5
181
10
0870
L
56 0%
6V64
2ND1.F.
2559
30 '-1.1
OW
.001
MMF
10%
270 10%
V5 A
1/2 6AU8 3RD I.E
C9 330 MMf
0%
V6A 1/2 6AU8 VIDEO AMP.
230
L3
CII
CIO0
600
YMF
re.111f.TO SOUND LIU GRID
C14
5
-11,161F
35 413 4? 1
INF 5%
7 -
L6 SSA
221 I16
44 OR 45 7117 71 CONTRAST
CONTROL
C17
2409
RI
5400
401
10%
@LK
47K 10%
1520 I
211
5-7"5
Cl2
09. .001 10%
228 10%
R2 471
10%
C164 A
4WD 3509
IM
43 2700 10%
IM
R6 OR 57 118
VI7
5006
2 IALP4
BRIGHT CONTROL
2IALP4A
338 10%
PIX
+240 V
ZENITH
Chassis
17X20, 17X22
(See page 177
for list of notes
and page 179 for explanation of test points.)
O
H
6066 15T I.F
6CB6 21101.F
641.18 380 1 F 6011T ASC
v6 6448
VIDEO AMP SOLND UM
6105 SOUND OUT
07 68116 SOUND DISC.
V9 6606 6C56 506C CLIP
910 1284
12844 VERT OUT
Vii GALS
F C
vI2 654707 6547GTA
65470713 HORIZ OSC E D1SCH
013 68060A
6906078 6E1Q6GT 60812 OUT
615
666407 MOIST& DAMPER
C20 - 800 414F
FT0119
TO 50 MMF ON SAJNO
V 6B
TARE OFF COIL
V7
1/2 6AU8
68N6
SOUND LIM. T,
SOUND DISC.
0519
4
7810
'22
1880
7
sea
4110 11f70 IM116
I-1
1
L7
1011 GAN 2
0V6
04
421
241114F 7.2514116
C24 3v
4/-NV4-11
356
S5
886
1006
C23
2 R
R8 750 BUZZ
R9 228
CONTROL
2111
2.2 MEG
8201 10%
2201 m- C32
MEG
470
10%
C3I
SIBf
0033
V8
6
V 5 B
6A05
SOUND OUT.
C26
25
70
01
1
2170 81
5
C
1/2 6AUB
AcS6 2701
22 MEG
S C. CLIP.
10%
5%
12L-m-N
Al
C33
VERT.OSC
MEG
V\AO-1)
v 5
SIVA
?0.1
960C 34, 3
4711
10%
6
C35 42
RI MIEOGT I E
%%UNE CONTR. L
232 4ED
iF'111
36V .01
7.5
I
MEG
Di
10%
5mEG 10%
0274 204610j
25V
8.2 MEG 5%
680 Kw 0% op,
IM
-1--,VMEsG, . 10%
3
20p%1
PM.. 0.4.9"/V \ r-
1 6801
59-2
OW." 45 MEG.
3906 1006 0% 10%
I
I i
11EG I
3501
I
10%
L_____I
RI2
226
4134*
10%
VRT
SIZE
1006 10%
814 OR 815911 7501 ERT 407C
P/1H
VIO
12 B4
12B4A VERT OUT
11c030647 10%
220
MEG 416 3500 VERT LIN RIB 1200 10% It
BL 2389
560
A
10%
3
RED
GR
560
6V
037 047
0%
.0
C1613
100 860 509
68
VERT DEFL. COILS
MOTE 0E3141,10,63 11IP40914486 4697409
II VAC 11 ERLOCK
511-I
541701
ON VOLUME CONTROL
RIO
5U4GA
R AV OR 8LX L.V. RECT
T9
) RED
6
Tio
KonIL
RED
000 60,3 C27D
80 116 4000 116
z
4
?_..._._T4C0 M2FD711 400V
TEL
TEL
GMT/BR oft 816/860
63viC
8.2 AMPS
*II USED ON 17'122 0411.
+240 V
VI2A
VI28
C39
VII
SAkFC.
MEG
C40
3,4
10%
YYF
1 E5
2 056
I /2 6SN7GT II" 1/2 6SN7GTA
zNyoGsTc
-701040%43: :_91/429 n6R v
is
0% It
.3 69 C43 470
,B.CS, 7
13340 MMf 0%
Alm F
1/2 6SN7GT 1/2 6SN7GTA 1/2 6SN7GT8
HO RIZ.DISGH.
R22
VI3
6E1Q6GT- 61306GA 6CU6
HORIZ.OUT.
TI I
20v I __
it 1801 10%
C49 356
1399
1-7
629
220
100
3
MMF
1 MEG 10%
476 w-NV\ARVV\e
10%
118001%15.06 %MEG
C41 =
001
mgc0405.7
4--
C42
0047
10%
C/;,":
11116
801 10%
CIOe0 ..._ 10%
MMF 10%
520013
217444 SOK HORIZ HOLD
000
121
4706
10%
3301 10%
100 C50
047
R23 8.21 10% 211
+ 240 V
200 MA 51.0-BW FUSE
0 R24
C52 160 YYF 169 10% C5 .15
+240 V
+435V
0160
V14
IB3GT RECT
R25
471
I1t49KV
2 1/
(BRASS SLEEVE
EL
WIDTH CONTROLI
2409 VI5
6 A X4GT
6AX4GTA DAMPER
I F OUTPUT --
B+ 230V. TO AG C
TUN ER 6 3 V AC FILAMENT
TEST POINTS CI F DETECTOR OUTPUT 0- VIDEO OUTPUT
E- IF AGC
F - GROUND DURING 1 F ALI
--p-
11
I I
II
II
- T1
81
V3
6CB6 1ST I.E
V4 6CB6 2ND LE
235
V5A 1/2 6AU8 3RD I.E
125V
0V 10%
L
2350
6800
\ 125V
7
/5
X- 6-915V
L
CB 82
10%
00
T4 CR ST AL
V6A
VII/D2E06AAUM8P. 23V
IL IS
IC14 3.3 MMF
MI3
CI3
47 NSF 5%
KSv
137-.
L6 5520
226 10%
TO SOUK LII GRID
240V
-*TO NV
RS 76 CONTRAST CONTROL
17
III 1 111
III
26
C12.1_
C4410.1:1-
R3 2700 10%
11)0K
36
RIO
ZENITH
Chassis
17X23
(See page 177 for list of notes.)
SOUND LIMITER PLATE G SOUND DISC AUDIO OUTP
NORIZ. STABILIZER COIL
017 FIX
o
C3430 MIKE
41 10%
470
.001
1208
T10%
1206 ci
v21%
T ° 2.81
SY
270 10%
C9
330
MMF
To
10%
A+240 V
C166 a 4MFD
3500
500K TR
CONTROL
VI7 24 D P4A
PIX
30%IM
+240 V
29
03 6C136
O0
IST IF
04 6CB6
O
0
2ND I
05 64U8
O
0
3RD I F
EVERT .0SC
V6 6AU8
0
VIDEO A
SOUND Li
VB
6605
O0
SOUND OUT
V7 6BN6 SOUND DISC
O 0
V9
6806 6C56 SYNC CLIP
O 0
- C20
BOO 6114F
GNU FT
2206 -C32
T47N0NE
VIO
2.2 ME
8206
IICo.;'3,
I2B4
R. TO 50 MMF ON SOUND
V 68
TAKE OFF COD.
V7
1/2 6AU8
6BN6
SOUND LIM. To
SOUND DISC.
r 4 . 510
BEK
IRBY
81
-
1
I
8_7
g.1
C221: -I-
1470 ilANF
1.7
URN
680
GE 2 3v
070 I
OR
C24 Sv
O
MMF
COO 470
^
V8
6A05
SOUND OUT.
C26
2170 et -
C28_,
01
002 4.L.
RIO
IMES (7
VOLUME CONTRN L
23
RED 15 8V
10%
2708 10%
22 MEG 5%
i MEG 10%
C30
1.1
E. <I
SYNC. CLIP
In.
36V
2
Ai
C33
7- ?la
I-
I I
V5B 1/2 6AU8
VERT OSC
_
C341960
-
I-\
7.5
01
MEG
1
I
12B4A VERT OUT
11.C030647
10%
8L 238V
476
10%
A2
-,\AAF
220
GR
S22
36 V
C37
C21
3
10%
I5
2 MEG 5%
MEG
11
1
3306
00
Bl
817
.01
CO 28 001
MEG
2200
-5'65.M/5E/G5,2ecv2
0)%
1
I
10%
L__ __I
3500 VERT
LIN
006
R9
750 BUZZ
228
C2791
RII 127E1
10%
MSTI
47
Ica
10
6806
_2
390 1006 10% 10%
226 10%
Ri3 VERT SIZE
00K 10%
RI5
RI8 1200 10%
CI6 13
L J100 MFD
50V
CONTROL
2
2
,
.5 MEG
7506
68
2094O-1 I Itql00110E
VER HOLE
YID
1284 12844
0
VERT OUT
NOTE AI DESIGNATES APPROXIMATE VOLTAGE.
VII
6AL5 AFC
O
012 605703 6567GTA
O 6SN TOTH
60612 OSC
E DISCO
013 6E1145 HURIZ OUT
117 VAC
0
IN FROCK
5UU44GA
0
SWITCH
ON
VOLUME
CONTROL
GRAY OREILK L.V. RECT.
19
RED
6
REDITEL 7
00010 / Vt5
611.64GT 6AX4GTA
8E0 TEL
DAMPER
TEL
710
=_-_000
60.0- C270
804MFD
C27C
T40 MED
-= 400V
-=
GRAWBR on BL6 /RED
63VA C 8.2 AMPS
-
Schematic Diagram 17X23
+240 V
1C39
61,ZMF
VII 6A
C42 0047
0%
+ 240 V
VI2A
I /2 6SN7GT !s L9 1/2 6SN7GTA
-744 '401/2 6SN7GT8
0033
HORIZ.OSC.
10% 019
I790
,C47
5 SR
0% 116.
rm,10.3.0,
C43 470
MMF
C46
100 NNE
VI28
1/2 6SN7GT 1/2 6SN7GTA I/2 6SN7GTB
HO RIZ. DISCH.
R22
200 I
rI
620
1806 10%
C48 680 NSF
10%
220
1414F 10%
21
506 KORIZ HOLD
3300 10%
1000 10%
4706 0%
C50
R23
824
10% 261
200 MA SLO-BLO FUSE
+240 V
+435V
C16C 47590
1006
IBI4
3GT RECT.
qci =
NSF 4 KV 10% CS
C5I .15
Kv 61.1 V
R25 476
2W
TEL 3
(BRASS SLEEVE WIDTH CONTROL)
T8
T
NORIZ OEFL
COILS
BLK
24130
VI5
6AX4GT
6AX4GTA
DAMPER.
TO VENT.
DEFL. COILS
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X22 Chassis
4
-
Id
00 0 OD 0
O 0 O 0
C21
V3 6CB6
ISTLE/2
686 1
6 2
T2
1
.I
56
C3
IT
mr 5%
C5
24MMF 5.4
11
kn r-.45
L2
68
C4
o+.
MMF 5%
C6 45
MMF
T " 5%
C0610 =
- C8
2 X 001
MMF
3C3Oq
2 2 MEG VI5
V4 6CB6
2ND I.F.
5
/266
15K 10%
24.7V
T3
V5 6C86
3RD I.F.
BL /546
7
576 I
6
V6 =
12 BY7
13-fi _L50.
-720
-4.130,1
VIDEO AMR --/I4C179MM5.
7
5%
0 756
3.9 /006
T4
/28
695
27K
15
1
EI
114
LO%
--4 10%
1 20
10%
-770
MMF
1L31
iMMF
4-XI
16
45
L4 115
0
C18
022 10%
6800
MMF
470
180 10%
VV\
120K 10%
1206
-.4C-1q70
CII
0%
MMF
00I
10%
L
154V OR
C15
470 MMF
10% 0
RI
5600 10%
2W
L6 160 MH i
154 101.
.24
IhCI 224
826 10%
2 C2.2,40
3500 I°R
- 47C209
MMF
GM
+25C
66B130606664T
6CU6 HORIZ OUT
V6 12877 610 AMP
VI4 65N7GT HORIZ OSC
DISC
V7 6AU6 SOUND LIM.
TO 50 mm: ON SOUND TONE -OFF
COIL=4,
-C 76Y
6
6L 75
V8
6BN6
SOUND DISC.
15^ V
CAN V2
V9 6405 SOUND. OUT
013 6CN7
AFC BHORIZ
1000,
_261 .15V 7701MMF 10%,
L
OR
10K 10%
C28
10
MMF
MF
10%
V9 II 6A05
S 3IOUND OUT.
C
R9 0 I MEG VOLUME CONTROL
2034
2206
1
=1 034 2 X 001
VIOA 1/2 12A)
A.G.0
1806 10%
2
6804 ,/1 6 10%
C35 .
01
VII 68E6 SYNC CLIF
6C86 3RD I F
_L
C25 2 X .001
R8
226
2W 7
750
BUZZ
C27
CONTROL .01
+250 V
324
20 MFG
250
X470 L 3Z8
a 10% 10 MF 0 4000
3300 10%
RI2 151 A GC
CONTR
V4
6C86 2ND F 1
O
V3
6086
1ST I F
V7
O
6AU6
SOUND LIM
V8 613,46 SOUND DISC
V19 PIX
VI2
ID
12 84
VERT OUT
617 64X4GT DAMPER
010 12407
A GC VERT OSC
117 VAC INTERLOCK
TO RED
BL
RAY R :LK
. RED/TEL
SW TCH ON
VOLUME
100
CONTROL R9
RED YEL
YEL
GRN GRAY/BR OR
BLK/RED
+435
VI8 5U4GA 5U4G LV. RECT. -
It C32C MFD
VI 3A 6CN7
-00 MMF A ' F C
10%
/2V
L_TJ C32
40 MFD 400 V
00
C46 --
10%
00471
Schematic Diagram 19X22 Chassis.
180
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X22 Chassis
6AU6 GRID
5600 10%
113
136 AIH
V19
2IALP4A
PIX
TO H V
R3 5K CONTRAST CONTR
1 C24 7.91,
33K 10%
47K 10%
501'
680
220
6
10%
;vi
44-C23 0033
R5
200 BRIGHT-
NESS ONTROL
R6
17 5 MEG
1006
-e FOCUS CONTROL
NOTES ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED. ALL VOLTAGES ARE D C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL DC VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-
METER HAVING II MEGOHN INPUT RESISTANCE. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT TO BE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT
NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE:1'20% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL RESISTORS ARE ±20%, CARBON, I/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT. COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE OHM. CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR 20K MIN OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER. ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION ALIGN MENT POINTS CIRCLED LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS
_1_
TCHASS1Sf
4-435V
-1-250 V
VII 68E6
SYNC. CLIP
5 "'
/0V 7
C36 27 MMF
470K -st-P14046 UPC* 10%. 19:400 LOC%
ST37746
13 5 MEG INGE CAE
Al 56K 10%
22K 10%
637
022 0
MEG
4706 10%
826 10%
R:4
MEG VERTICAL SIZE
V 10B
1/2 I2AX7
VERT. OSC.
55
HC3,9
6
C313
A2
01 10%
220K 10%
RIO
750K VERT HOLD
1001( 10%
V12 12 84 VERT. OUT.
476 ON.
H0C400 10%
2-7
220 "
240V
37Y
22
MEG
R 6
2.5K VERT LIN
470 K
BL
T7
=C0411
/RE
C42
GRN
1.647
RI7 1500
10% 2W
CO 2 100 MFD
50 V
4 250 0
V 1 3B 6CN7 HORIZ. CONTROL
:47
RIB 476 104/.
1W C50 2/7Y
11
680 MMF 10%
VI4A I/2 6SN7GTB 1/2 6SN7GT HORIZ. OSC.
C5I
,
1500 IMF
0 MMF
5.6 MEG 10%
3"
Go Si"
LIO HORIZ HOLD
RI9
C52
000 NW 6
10%
470 10%
1114B
R20
1/2 6 SN7GTB 184K
1/2 6SN7G
HOR IZ. DISC H.
150K
4-435V
V15 6 (MGT -613066A
6 CU6 HORIZ. OUT.
C22C MFD
475V
TII
-591, 47K
1
C54 2 X.0015
jZ I2K
10%
470K
200 MA. SLO-WLO FUSE
4 /.151, R22
100
3.3
WW
O. 473
Ij 174
2W
R2I 106 10%
W
C 56 130 MMF 4 KV
+610V
1057
.55
RED
560 VERT. DEFL. COILS
560
BL
TEST POINTS
C- 2ND 1 F GRID
D- 3RD I F GRID
E- VIDEO DETECTOR
F- VIDEO OUTPUT
G- SOUND LIMITER PLATE
H- BIAS
J- AUDIO OUTPUT
VI6 IB3GT
H. V. R ECT.
7
N.V. 16.5 KV
C2911_722114:v
CT
5
_INt
1117
6AX4 GT DAMPER
TS
DEFL COILS (BRASS SLEEVE WIDTH CONTROLI
181
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X24 Chassis
I C2I 50 F 4141131,
CI
11
I CBI 4 0
NSF 1,,
14157 Yt
LI
I
C4
5'4
40
_ 66
CS
24551' 5%
C6 %
3 6VC86 1ST LE
7
56
T2
r
I 2.
1
V5
6C4B6
6CB6
2ND I.F.,
3RD LE,,, LUE
0
15%
U
10%
26v
434,
13
52 v I
/541,
r ri
21,2ev
I
II
5V
27K
10% 5104
C14
TO
YYF
6800
66
I
470
180 10%
\ 12 OK 10%
L
CID
470
Gs
2%
..001
C9 -1;301061,,MF
C6,II0,-T-
,20k to%
ciTo -17..F
220
MUF
10% 4701
10%
5
V6
LT
12BY7
;3 5C2m0 if
VIDEO AMP.
7
5 iao
T4
II
711M1'
075
I
L4 1
3-9 ,,,ov
%I
Jt.
11-5
51/0,4115
4..-C113
01
17022
4 5
1
10%
3
MMF
o
I
L6 160 MNJ
ORANGE
R2
5600 10% 25
15%
22% K
10%
2w
82%
.,7247,vv
10%
3 50 V *iolV,
1-1
C60
01
o0ti0: vi,t.., . 68066T 690664
60611C1rOUT
0 Z.)
V6 12E107 VID AMP
O 0
0 0
V14 655 7GT 1101112 OSC
DISC
V9 640 5 SOUND OUT
2 2 MEG
V7
SOUNDUL6IM.
TO 50 1414F
551'
ON SOUND
TAKE -OFF
5
COIL
761,
055
O 0
vi3 6C57
100K
AFC 5 NORIZ
V8
6BN6
O
SOUND DISC. 660
150v 7
T5
11T6i1 c) ".!
GRN 01, 2
C2
I "4
17701101F
I
L
=
6o
75
C28....
64F 5
OR
12
MEG
10%
479 470 NSF GM,/
+250 V
= V9
220%
6A05
SOUND OUT.
1 39 MM, C31
311" IC33
0033
2214'
T6
\P9
VOLUME 2/!v
CONTROL
10K
RED
220K
=1---; 3114001
PI
180% 10%
VIOA 1/2 124X1
A.G.C.
79
680K 10%
021 =
O 0 O 0
VII 68E6 SYNC CLIP
VS
6C86 350 I F
_1 C25 2 % 001
2KW
2
57
750 BUZZ
1027
CONTROL 1,01
', RIO >
65o 10% <, 15
L -r -I C324
20 MFD
25 V
>
a
").
470
C3213
10% 10 MFD
400V
+ 250 V
3300 10%
R12 75% A GC CONTR
O 0
6C56 250 I F
+435
O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0
V3 6C56 1ST 1 F
VT 64U6 SOUND LIN
ye 6556 SOUND DISC
V19 PIA
0 Z.'
VI2 1254
VERT 01.10
Ithil VI7 641(4GT DAMPER
I17 VAC INTERLOCK
BL GRAY
T9 RED
100%
YELLO
GRN
VI8 5U4GA 5U4G L.V.RECT. 1.1-
5 C32C E10 MFD 400
VI 3A
"6CN7
--c41030 MMF AFC
10%
1 11E61
C44 ISO
1
C 320
YOKE PLUG
8+
j_ 404'00U'D
INTERLOCK
8 3
5 001
I MEG 10%
C46 -.-
0047
10%
0 Z:
V10 i21.01 A 6C VERTOSC
Schematic Diagram 19X24 Chassis.
182
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 19X24 Chassis
TO 6AU6 GRID
Le 136 11H
V19
24DP4 A PIX TUBE
TO H V
R3 56 CONTRAST COPITR
C24 78V
3K 0%
7K
C23 033
R4 6B0 10%
1W
2 30
220K O
200 BRIGHT-
NESS
ON T ROL
1001(
R6
e 7 SMEG FOCUS CONTROL
NOTES
ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED ALL VOLTAGES ARE D C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL DC. VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-
METER HAVING II MEGOHM INPUT RESISTANCE
ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFANADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANGE±20% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ALL RESISTORS ARE ± 20%, CARBON, I/O WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT
COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE OHM CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTRO-
STATIC OP 20K MIN. OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
OALIGNMENT POINTS
CIRCLED I ETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS
TCHASSISf + 4 35 V
BRASS SLEEVE
HORZ DEFL COILS
WIDTH CONTROL
TB
VII 68E6
SYNC. CLIP
301,
A
C37
5
566 10%
022
10
Y 7 942111 226 63%
2
3 10.2V
OEPENOIN6 UPON
1-PIN6f LOCK SETTING
I
ImEG
V 10B
1/2 I2AX7 VERT. OSC.
5V
6
7 01 10%
1
2206
1
10%
10%
41041 10%
826
1 1
7.5 MEG VERTICAL SIZE
RID
750K VERT HOLD
10%
-4-250 V
VI2 1284
VERT. OUT.
1.0041
10%
240V
9
70;.
2 7
220 a
-=
22
MEG
RIG
2.56 VERT
L IN
4706
BL
T7
C4I
REL.
142
047
GRN
iOOK 10%
Ri7 1500
10% 2W
C22 B 100 MFD 50 v
+ 250 V
4f 1 3B
6CN7
INTROL
MMF 081'
N MEG le rA
0
:KB =
01
RIB 47K 104 IW C50 217V
II 680 MMF
10%
-r""
it LIO
HORI2 HOLD
R19
106 OW
V I4A I/2 6SN7GT8
1/2 6SN7GT
HORIZ. OSC.
CSI
IF -
1500 IMF
5
4
226 40Y .'1 _C52
1000 MMF 10 %
C53 001
V I4B
R20
1/2 6 SN7GTB 1806
1/2 6SN7G
10% 1W
HOR IZ. DISC
9
470 10%
1506
+ 435V
V15 6 8Q6GT-6 BQ6GA
6 CU6 HORIZ. OUT.
C 22C MFD
475V
ril
B+ INTERLOCK
V16 EB3GT
H .V. R ECT.
R23
lz4741 2W
R22
33
WW
WHITE YELLOW HmFO
VI7 6AX4GT DAMPER
200 MA SLO-13L0 FUSE
IK ORANGE
610V C57
I,
YOKE PLUG (BOTTOM VIEWI
T8 VERT DEFL.
COILS
TEST POINTS G- 2740 I F GRID D - 3RD I F.GRID E -VIDEO DETECTOR F -VIDEO OUTPUT G -SOUND LIMITER PLATE H -BIAS J -AUDIO OUTPUT
YOKE SOCKET (BOTTOM VIEW)
165KV MV
C59 75 MMF
I 311V
i56
ISO MMF 1-410e
I
183
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Tube and Trimmer Layout for 19X21 Chassis
FRINGE LOCK
BUZZ CONTROL
A.G. INTERLOCK
BULL'S EVE ADJUSTMENT
I. F. OUTPUT JACK
FUSE
A.C. INTERLOCK
WIDTH CONTROL BRASS SLEEVE
BEAM BENDER
SU4GA
OR 5U4G
VIDEO OUTPUT TEST POINT
FRINGE LOCK
6SN7GT 6SN7GIB
611106GT 61306GA
6CU6
PI X TUBE
4TH LF. TRANS. , isBE0 ASSEMBET. LY &
%... X TAL D ION . VIDEO DET. TEST POINT 'E" -
(SCOPE CONNECTION)
1X2 /
OUADRATURE COIL
3RD I.F. TRANS.
CONY. GRID IND. TUNING TEST POINT WI I.F. SWEEP GEN. INJECTION)
BUZZ CONTROL CONY. PLATE TUNING
*TEST POINT "B"(SCOPE CONNECTION FOR RE BAND PASS OBSERVATION)
X"SCREEN FEED THROUGH
O
CONV. GRID CAP. TUNING
R.F. PLATE IND. TUNING R.F. PLATE CAP TUNING SOUND TAKE -OFF COIL R.F. GRID TUNING
INTERCARRIER COIL
®
LIMITER PLATE TEST POINT 'G*
AUDIO OUTPUT TEST POINT *J"
*BIAS TEST POINT 'H'
VV0
2ND I.F. LI 4725 MC. TRAP-ADJ. CHANNEL SOUND
1-2 39.75 MC TRAP ADJ. CHANNEL PICTURE
1ST I.F. TRANS. a 41.25 MC.
ASSOCIATED SOUND TRAP COIL -TOP SLUG
VOLUME CONTROL ON -OFF SWITCH
FOCUS HORIZONTAL HOLD HEIGHT CONTROL BRIGHTNESS A.G.C. DE LAY CONTROL
CHANNEL SELECTOR
FINE TUNING
CONTRAST CONTROL VERTICAL LINEARITY VERTICAL HOLD
*TEST POINTS USED IN PRODUCTION
Tube and Trimmer Layout 19X21 Chassis. 184
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH Tube and Trimmer Layout for 22X20 Chassis
FRINGE LOCK
BUZZ CONTROL
ea,
0-
A.C. INTERLOCK
PHONO INPUT
PICTURE CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
AC. INTERLOCK
FOCUS BEAM BENDER
1001
TEST POINT "F' VIDEO OUTPUT *
FRINGE LOCK
SPEAKER CONNECTIONS
BUZZ CONTROL
PHONO INPUT
FUSE
CORRECTOR MAGNET L._
If
S
T4 4Th
O
I.F TRANS ".k_
ASSE M. tt TAL
DET.
Uced;
OUADRATURE COIL 3RD I.F. TRANS.
2ND I.F. TRANS.
6C86
"3\,
6CB6
4,
47 25 MC. TRAP-ADJ.
CHANNEL SOUND
39.75 MC. TRAP-ADJ. CHANNEL PICTURE
1ST I.F. TRANS. BOTTOM SLUG 41.25 MC. ASSOCIATED SND. TRAP COIL -TOP SLUG
-1
TEST POINT "E" VIDEO DETECTOR * ( SCOPE CONNECTION) INTERCARRIER COIL
TEST POINT "G" LIMITER PLATE * TEST POINT "J BIAS* TEST POINT .H' AU010 OUTPUT*
I.F. INPUT FROM TUNER
WIDTH CONTROL HORIZONTAL HOLD HEIGHT CONTROL BRIGHTNESS
A.G.C. DELAY CONTROL
TV 9 PHONO SWITCH
-BASS TREBLE
TONE
CONTROL
CONTRAST CONTROL VERTICAL LINEARITY
VERTICAL HOLD
* TEST POINTS USED IN PRODUCTION
Tube and Trimmer Layout 22X20 Chassis. 185
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 22X20 Chassis
OW
VI7 6CD6G HOR1Z OUT
VI2 12407 A G C VERT
VI6 6SN7GT HORIZ OSC
DISC
V14 6607GT VERT OUT
V15 6CN7 HOW 4.FC 6 CONTRO
VO2 P18
V6 12907 VIDEO AMP
07 6406 SNO L141
05 6C86 3RD I F
V3 6C86
1ST L
It
CI
I
4)0 t
MMF i
,
I2
28 C3 1
w MMF 5%
' ,.' 1 L
C4 7:
lo
YMF 5%
7 1381/
C5411MF 2
5%
r,'
56 10%
68
45 MMF
07
5% 15
125 V
TO
6r
111
CO
=09 22X001
330 MMF 10%
22 /4
V4 6CB6
2ND 1.F.24J2
1 15K
10%
/20
6 IJV
T3
r
2
27K
10%
111i
V5 6 C 86
3RD LE ,x,
32V
7.72
6
C14 120
10%
470
MMF
470
C11 001
IRO 10% 1204 10%
206 10%
MMF70
10%
001 220
L
-.-C15 470
MMF 10% 470
15.11
V6 12 BY7
VIDEO AMP.?
11C75
3.9
.T4
75
-c17
2
Iwo 0 L4
0-5V
100
XI
ILS
3
41F ct
15
it
C11
TO2i
L6 1600H j
RI 5600 10%
2W
+2509
I5K 10%
10 MEG
10% 1
?82K
110%
C26
oi
620
V 9 A Utter
119B IMEG BASS
TO POINT X
CO2,
TOyfOle 0
TV- PHONO SWITCH
TO 50 MMF ON SOUND TAR -OFF
COIL
11
5
PRONO JACK
C28
:Ur
65v
VT 6AU6 SOUND LIM.
1000
V8 6 8N6 SOUND DISC
5 2
1/2 12 AXT
SOUND AMP e
CI: 1
C35 047
iljfin_
2 MEG
6-a.51, 10%
MIAMI
7
418
I MEG VOLUME CONTROL
820 C32 L9
2200 10%
.047 /TO v
IC38 001
Mf
65VIO
SOUNDA0 OUT
0
684
10
2200 10% T6
o
5
V98
1200
33
1/2 12AX7
10%
50K
C43 0047
08 10%
PHASE
.047
INV.
7
204V
C30 2 X.001
031
2
RG
01
750 BUZ
220 it 0%
C40 ,00
/531, 1C44;
82K 10%
VII 6A05
I /93 C444
SOUND OUT. 30 MFD
400V
4
CONTROL
NNT68*8
-1-250 V
V4 6C66
290 IF
6C66 ISO F 1
010
6405 SND OUT
VII
6405
SNO OUT
VI9 6404 GT DAMPER
Ve
6696
SND DISC
V13
68E6 SYNC CLIP
V9 124X7 5110 AMPS PHASE INV
Ill VAC SLATE
SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL R8
V20 5U4GA-5U4G
LV. RECT.
T9 RED
V2I 5U4GA- 5U4G
L.V. RECT.
AT SLATE
RED/TEL 2,6 1. RED
TEL
YEL GRN
100K
GRN
5 45 AMPS
6
C440 MFD
4000
TIO
0130,
044D
8000MF
40
5.90 AMPS
10%
VC N. 6DooMMF A.F.C.57A
+250 v
186
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 22X20 Chassis
C2I
I_ 50 ME
6AU6 GRID
1 NYE
5600 10%
LB 1361114
V22 2IAC P4 A
PIX
TO H v
33K 10%
R3 56 CONTRAST CONTR
.C25 78F
22 476
R2 2211 10% 2w
C24 .0033
Or 0
R4
680
10%
2206
1W
660K 10%
--ANN..--4.P01Nry.
1006
20R0KHTNESS CONTROLISSG
2206
NOTES
ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED ALL VOLTAGES ARE D C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL DC VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-
METER HAVING II MEGOHIA INPUT RESISTANCE ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TORE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT
NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS, AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFARAOS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE 220% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL RESISTORS ARE X 20%, CARBON, in WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT COIL RESISTANCES NOT GP:EN ARE UNDER ONE OHM CATHODE RAY TUBE 2t0 ANODE VOLTAGE TO NE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR 206 MIN OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
ALIGNMENT POINTS CIRCLED LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS
_L_
TCHASSISf
TEST POINTS.
C- 2ND IF GRID 0- 3R0 LE GRID E- VIDEO DETECTOR F- VIDEO OUTPUT G- SOUND LIMITER PLATE
H- AUDIO OUTPUT J- BIAS
VI2A 1/2 12AX7
A.G.C.
2206
ON SPEAKER ASSEM
3300 10%
C4 26.001
156 ACC DELAY
2500
47K
=-
VI3 6BE6 SYN. CLIP
C4I3
7
i206 10%= .033
632v
10%
C47 MMF
RID
476
226
10%
10%
2w
4706 10%
Ric(
75 MEG FRINGE LOCK
C4413
MFD 350 v
4706 626 06
I MEG
7.5
L MEGJ
RI6 VERT SIZE
VI213
1/2 12AX7 VERT. OSC.
5,3v 6
C49
II
ro
cs,
10%0047
.0 1 10%
A2
2206 10%
Fu7 750K VERT. HOLD
1006 cc 10%
VI4
6 B X 7GT
G05222-
VERT. OUT.
1360
BL
100
T7 RED
100 476 0%
1.6 MEG 10%
RID 350 IW
150
C53
OR 07
RIB moo
C0 VERT
LIN
C 22c
I-1-1
226 BNFD 41FD
50v
400V
560
10%
560 10%
L
R20 330 IW
+250 V
T6
VERT ()ERIC. CCIL5
VI5B V2 6CN7
HORIZ. CONTROL
821 476
10%
IN
I7V I1061
C58
I
70 law
'-cs,
'AAA,5 6 MEG
io.i.
8 7
5"
Lo LL,
Too,
C59 =
01
680 MMF 10%
LIO HORIZ
HOLD 822
10K 2
VI6A I/2 6SN7GTB 1/2 6SN7GT HORIZ. OSC.
1162
1500 MMF 4
226
C63
6
1000 MMF
O%
70V
1000614
-C60
V168 1/2 6 SN7GTB
1/2 6SN7GT
HOR IZ. DISC H.
R23
ISOK
, -
10%
1W
C65 25 0015
4700 0%
470
476
J R24
6806
10%
156
WIDTH
CONTROL
VIT
6C D6G HORIZ. OUT.
.55 5
100
I5K 10% 2W 6 047 726 6K 10% 4W
cr\i,F1
Schematic Diagram 22X20 Chassis.
SL205°-BLMOAFUSE
Tli
Z NOT 22K 10% 1W
R26
3.3 10%W
wH C67 45 MMF
VI8 1B3GT
H.V. RECT.
6220
7
mFD
475 V7
1006 450 V
226
0-"V.NA0-
R29
4700 2
H.V
C70 45 MMF
R30 826 10% IW
TEL
POINT'S'
/RED
3
3900
10%
CX OR
HORIZ DEFLEC COILS
C6I3
V19
NNE
6AX4 GT
LK
DAMPER
655 V
117
T.0%
187
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 22X21 and 22X22 Chassis
1.311
917 6CD6G HOW OUT
V12 12Ax7 AG C VERT
V16 656707 1101412 OSC B DISC
014 6 EIX TOT VERT OUT
V15 6CN7 HORIZ AFC R CON TRO
922 Pix
V6 12877 VIDEO AMP
V7 6ALI6 SNO LIM
V5 6CB6 3RD IF
V3 6CB6 1ST LE 1251'
V4 6CB6
2ND I.F.
V5 6CB6 3RD LE
V6 12 BY7
L7 ----c4451
VIDEO AMP. 7,, lit
5
158
1291'
T2
6
6 867
56
126
27K 10%
2 /281'
10%
61439 TS
r -4 0
5.1.- 1
-2
10%
I
fg
I
120 10%
1301' 6
'--IPV
C 4
470
- 0.751'
04
2
-ciT - - - -1
"fie CO
Iil XI 'UH -IL.
1 I
L4 1
115
090,-04.'5
3-9
10%
MMF
CI6 4 5
\ 1' .
02
.
CS
milF
o
7
-.. 54,621110
I
111AF
L _
L6 160""J
4112
68
180 10%
C4 30
mmF
5%
CO
2 X 001
7
MCM6
5%
-7-C9
T30 MMF
CII
001
10%
1208
10%
THAF
220
10%
-zz 1570
AMP
10% 470
RI 5600 10%
24
158 10%
1
MEG
82
10%
2.2 MEG
+250 V
TO POINT
' 07 Ccf,7
TO PON
7-
0
SI
TV PKONO SWITCH
17-
TO 50141F ON SOUND TAKE -OFF
COIL
PHONO JACK
V7
1-
6AU6
SOUND LIM.
WV
820 10%
V9P1
R9A 250K 71E8
#98 'KG BASS
1/2 12 AX7
C SOUND AMP.
CS?
C35 047_
C38
VIO
001 mm,
6AQ5
SOUND OUT.
,01074
/20 JL
10K
V8
5 193
691'
6 BN6
1 144F: I
6
7
SOUND DISC.?
12
6 OK
6 -cur.
MEG 10%
Re
8
MEG
vOLUmE
41'
-4
68K 10%
-7 T5 2
821'
0291
CONTROL
2200 10%
0 MF
RIO
686
100
68K 10%
10%
24
4Td
'311 OR 10%
MOE
19
10%
33
047
V98 1/2 I2AX7
PHASE INV.
1200
> io% Y
150K 7
nk
C13 004
5
1931'
7041'
I
C30 2 8.001
7
C31
22K
2W
R6
.01
150 BUZ
CONTROL
20 K 10%
/331'
I
ii0441
%40AI -Wre
sax
VII
6AC1 SOUND7 OUT.
c44A 3°4:07
4-250V
V4 6086
2821F
v3 6C06
1ST 1 F
VIO 61005
580 OUT
VII 6105 SNO OUT
VI9 6AX4GT DAMPER
vs 68116
SNO DISC
VI3 68E6 SYNC CLIP
99 12187 SPID AMPS PHASE INV
117 VAC SLATE
V20 5U4GA-5U4G
LV. RECT.
19 RED
V21 5U4GA- 5U4G
L.V. RECT.
81
SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL
R8
SLAT
IL 4C4044C70 IT
4047
710
,T00",
tr. 04412
80 mFD 400v
5.45 AMPS
TO YOKE SOCKET
5.90 AMPS
1 1/2 6CN. DO MMAFFC 10% I MEG 055 150MM
MEG 10%
4-250 V
188
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH Schematic Diagram for 22X21 and 22X22 Chassis
TB VERT MEL COILS
:21 TO GAN GRID
NF
5E00 10%
L13
136 Joi
V 22 24 E P4A
27EP4 PIX
TO 14 v
R3 5K
CONTRAST CONTR
33K
Cii5 re v
10%
501
220K
R4
680
47K
'0% 2206
1W
680K M%
>R2 >22K
C24 .0033
TOOK
200K BRIGHTNESS
10%
CONTROL
220
2W
NOTES ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED ALL VOLTAGES ARE D C UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL DC VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLT-
METER RAVING II MEGOmm INPUT RESISTANCE ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT,
NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS, AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN mICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCE2 20% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL RESISTORS ARE ± 20%, CARBON, I/O WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT. COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE 0/114 CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR 2QK MIN OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
ALIGNMENT POINTS CLED LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS
-\1-com,ssis
YOKE PLUG (BOTTOM VIEW)
TB HORIZ. OEFL COILS
VI2A 1/2 12AX7
A.G.C.
220K
ON SPEAKER ASSEM C72
SP2
C4 211.001
3300 IO%
Z
ISK ABC KLAN'
V13
68E6 SYN. CLIP
RIB 47K 10% 2W
4706 10%
1114
75 MEG FRINGE LOCK
C4413
4 MFD 350 v
470K 10%
K
+250v
47K
48
226 10%
VI2B 1/2 I2AX7
VERT. OSC.
C49 SOY
6
.11
CSI
C50
0041
10%
V14 6BX7GT VERT. OUT. 2!!Y
-105222
BL
100
07
01
10%
t476
42
to%
251
RED
MEG
2206
10%
53
LlaiLu
R16
VERT. SIZE
R17
7506 VERT
HOLD
100K 61%
B MEG
0%
ANN II 047
RIB 1500
VERT L N
C22C
40
RIB
too mFD mF0
330
NOV
400V
1W
+250 V
TEST POINTS.
C- 2ND IF GRID 0- ORD IF GRID E- VIDEO DETECTOR F- VIDEO OUTPUT 6- SOUND LIMITER PLATE H- AUDIO OUTPUT J- BIAS
R20 330
vi
VISA
V158
I /26SN7GT8
V2 6CN7
R21
HORIZ.
476 101.
1/2 6SNTGT HORIZ. OSC.
CONTROL l
/7V
C6I
C58
a;
470 IMF
kcs? 56 MEG 00, 10%
V I6B 1/2 6 SN7GTB
1/2 6SN7GT
HORIZ. DISC H.
I - 58V
1132110K
10%
C65 2X 0015
VIT 6CD6G HORIZ. OUT,
4700 MX
76
BROW
R24 i5K IDTH CONTRA
LSchematic Diagram 22X21 & 22X22 Chassis.
Fl
250 MA SLO-BLO FUSE
T11 ROB
VIB
1 B3GT
100K
H.V. RECT.
425K
c22Dj_
T. MFD
475,1
3.3 10%W
C67 45 MMF
22K
/b -VV\,,-
R29
4700
N V
C70
45 Mlif
830 8211 10% IS
TEL
Hi RE 0
POINT'X'
3
R27
22%
655V
10% 1069
1W
TI.1"
3900
VI9
6AX4 GT DAMPER
WHIR ED
R
YOKE 4 12'
SOCKET
(BOTTOM
E
VIEW)
II-
189
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
ZENITH RADIO CORP.
Signal Path Chart for 22X20 and 22X21 Chassis.
U)
-J
' w00zofj
co
ca
U
U0)
AFFECTS PICTURE AND SOUND
V8
6B N6
V7
6AU6 SOUND
V 9A
AUDIO AMP I 2AX7
V9B
SOUND OUTPUT
VAG A.G.C.
I2AX7.., VI2B
''VERT.
V14
6BX7
GT
OUT.
V19
6AX4
GT
V 17
6C D6
G
HORZ. OUTPUT
TO VERT YOKE
V164i OSC 6 SN7GTO 6 SN7GT
VI6B
DISCHARGE
V20
5U 4 GA OR
5 U4G
LOW VOLTAGE RECT.
V6
12BY7
VIDE
AMP.
VERTICAL CIRCUIT 0111 OD MP SO HORIZONTAL CIRCUIT »»»e»
LOW VOLTAGE RECT.
SOUND CIRCUIT COMPOSITE VIDEO-. k * * * INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY
Signal Path Chart 22X20 & 22X21 Chassis.
190
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Index
Under each manufacturer's name are listed that make chassis and models in numerical order, at left. The corresponding page number at right of each listing refers to the first page of each section dealing with such material.
Admiral Corp. 20SY4B
2 0SY4BF
20SY4E 20SY4EF 20SY4F 20SY4FF 20SY4H 20SY4L 20SY4LS 20Y4B 20Y4BF 20Y4D 20Y4E,-EF 20Y4F,-FF 20Y4H,-HF 20Y4L 20Y4LF 20Y4LS 20Y4MS 20Y4NF 023B1 C23B2 023B3 023B16 023B17 C23B18 C23B26 C23B27 CS23A6 CS23A7 CS23B1 CS23B2 CS23B3 CS23B16 CS23B17 CS23B26 CS23B27 F23B6 F23B7 L23B6 L2357 LS2356 LS23B7 T23B1 T23B2 T2356 T2357 T23B16 T23517 T23B18 T23B26 T23B27 TS23B1 TS23B2
Admiral, Cont.
TS23B6
5
TS23B7
5
TS23B16
5
TS23B17
5
TS23B18
5
TS23B26
5
TS23B27
5
C25B6
5
025B7
5
C25B8
5
C25B16
5
C25517
5
C25B18
5
CS25B6
5
CS25B7
5
CS25516
5
CS25B17
5
F25B6
5
F25B7
5
T25B26
5
T25B27
5
TS25B26
5
TS25B27
5
028B6
5
028B7
5
TS2301DRW 5
TS2302DRW 5
TS2303DRW 5
Bendix
T19
19
T2100E
19
T2100M
19
T2101M
19
Capehart-
Farnsworth
CX-43
23
CBS -Columbia
30627
27
3C628
27
3C631
through
27
30636
3T602
27
3T615
27
3T616
27
3T621
27
3T622
27
3T623
27
3T624
27
U3C627
27
U3C628
27
CBS (Cont.)
U3C631
through y 27
U3C636
U3T602
27
U3T615
27
U3T616
27
U3T621
through
27
U3T624 jJ
1610
27
1611
27
Crosley Corp.
J-21CKBF 31
J-21CKBU 31
J-210KNF 31
J-21CKMU 31
J-21LKBF 31
J-21LKBU 31
J-21LPKBF 31
J-21LPKBU 31
J-21LPKMF 31
J-21LPKMU 31
J-21TKBF 31
J-21TKBU 31
J-21TKLBF 31
J-21TKLBU 31
J-21TKLMF 31
J-21TKLMU 31
J-21TKMF 31
J-21TKMU 31
472
31
473
31
476
31
477
31
Du Mont Labs.
RA -350
37
RA -351
37
Emerson Radio
1108D, -F 41
1109D
41
1110D
41
1111D
41
1112D
41
1113D
41
1116D
41
1117D
41
1120D
41
1121D
41
1122D
41
1123D
41
1124D, -F 41
Emerson, Cont.
1125D
41
1126D, -F 41
1127D
41
1138D, -F 41
1139D
41
1140D, -F 41
1141D
41
1144D
41
1145D
41
1150D, -F 41
1151D
41
1152D, -F 41
1153D
41
1154D, -F 41
1155D
41
1156D, -F 41
1157D
41
1158A
41
1160D
41
1161D
41
1162D, -F 41
1163D
41
1164D
41
1165D
41
120257D
41
120257P
41
1202 58D
41
120263D
41
120263P
41
120265D 41
120277D
41
120278D
41
120282P 41
General -Elect.
S
47
210110
47
210111
47
210112
47
210113
47
210123
47
210124
47
210125
47
210126
47
21T038
47
21T039
47
21T041
47
21T042
47
21T043
47
21T045
47
240180
47
24C181
47
24T070
47
24T071
47
191
Hallicrafters
17TS700M 57
17TS700MA 57
17TS710A,T 57
17TS720T 57
17TS720TA 57
17TS730TA 57
21K520B,M 53
21K521B,M 53
21KT540B 53
21KT540M 53
21TT500B,M 53
21TT501B,M 53
24KT550B,M 53
24KT551B,M 53
24TT510B,M 53
24TT511B,M 53
A2000D
53
52000D
53
02000D
53
D2000D
53
A2003D
57
B2003D
57
Hoffman
215179S
61
215194
61
21B352
61
215364
61
215729S
61
21M193
61
21M351S
61
21M363
61
21M728S
61
21P180S
61
21P195
61
21P353S
61
21P365
61
21P731S
61
21SF179
61
21U208-5 61
245197
61
245371
61
24M196
61
24M370
61
24P372
61
24U211-5 61
24W196
61
24V1370
61
411-21
61
412-21
61
413-24
61
414-24
61
VOLUME TV -11, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1956 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION
Magnavox
CMUA440AA 65
CTA440AA 65
CMUA441AA 65
CTA441AA 65
CMUA442AA 65
CTA442AA 65
CMUA465AA through } 68
CMUA474AA
CTA465AA
through i 68
CTA474AA
CMUA475AA
through 1 65
CMUA481AA
CTA475AA
through/ 65
CTA481AA
600
65
650
65
Motorola
21C4, -B
79
21K37B,BA 85
21K37BRA 85
21K38, -B 69
21K39, -B 85
21K40, -B 85
21K41, -B 79
21K42, -B 79
21K432-8 79
21K44, -B 79
21K45
79
21T25CH
69
21T25PK 69
21T25TN
69
21T268,etc.85
21T27B,MA 85
21T27PK
85
21T28, -B 85
Y21C4,-B 79
Y21K37B,BA 85
Y21K37BRA 85
Y21K38,B 69
Y21K39,B 85
Y21K40,B 85
Y21K41,B 79
Y21K42,B 79
Y21K43,B 79
Y21K44,B 79
Y21K45
79
Y21T25CH 69
Y21T25PK 69
Y21T25TN 69
Y21T26B,etc.85
Y21T27B,MA 85
Y21T27PK 85
Y21T28,B 85
24K9, -B
85
24K10, -B 79
24K11, -B 79
24T3BR
85
24T4, -B
79
Y24K9,-B 85
Y24K10,B 79
Y24K11,B 79
Y24T3BR 85
Y24T4,B 79
TS -530,-Y 69
TS -533,-Y 79
TS -534,-Y 85
Olympic Radio
BD
89
BF
89
C21BD35
89
C21BF21
89
K21BD34
89
T21BD19 89
T21BF20 89
Packard -Bell
T-1
93
21103
93
21202
93
21401
93
Philco Corp.
D
97
18D3020+ 97
18D3122,U 97
22D4030+ 97
22D4032
97
22D4034,L 97
22D4136+ 97
22D4138+ 97
22D4140,L 97
22D4144,L 97
22D4148,L 97
22D4150+ 97
22D4152+ 97
22D4154,L 97
22D4156,L 97
22D4158,U 97
22D4159
97
22D4160,L 97
22D4162,L 97
2204164
97
22D4320+ 97
22D4324+ 97
22D4326
97
24D6018 97
24D6120L,M 97
24D6122L,M 97
24D6126L,M 97
24D6320C,M 97
TV -330
97
TV -330U
97
TV -390
104
TV -392
104
TV -394
106
TV -440
103
TV -444
103
RCA Victor 17PT6962 117 17PT6962U 117
17S6022,U 117 17S6025 ,D 117 17S6027,U 117 21D641,U 111 210645,U 111 21D647,U 111 21D648,U 111 21D652,U 111 21D667,U 111 21D670,U 111 21S632,U 117 21S6052,U 117 21S6053,U 117 21T6082.0 111 21T6083,U 111 21T6114,U 111
RCA, Continued
21T6115,U 111 21T6117,U 111 21T6125,U 111 21T6127,U 111 21T6135,U 111 21T6225,U 111 21T6227,U 111 21T6255,U 111 21T6256,U 111 21T6257,U 111 24D655,U 111 24D658,U 111 24D673,U 111 24D676,U 111 24D679,U 111 24T6142,U 111 24T6285,U 111 24T6287,U 111
KCS-94,A 117 KCS-95,A 117 KCS-95C 117 KCS-96,-A1
through 111
KCS-96E KCS-97,A 111 KCS-97AA 111 KCS-97AB 111 KCS-97AC 111 KCS-97AD 111 KCS-97D,E 111 KCS-97F,H 111 KCS-97J,K 111 KCS-97N,P 111 KCS-97R,T 111 KCS-97U,W 111
Raytheon
DC -2138,M 107
C-214B,M 107
UC-215B,M 107
C-216B,M 107
UC-217B,M 107
C-218
107
UC-219 107
M-210B,M 107
UM -2118,M 107
21T40
107
21T41
107
21T43
107
21T44
107
21T45
107
21T46
107
Sentinel 1U-1101 1U-1111 1U-1121 1U-1124 1U-1126 1U-1127 1U-1131 1D-1134 1U-1136 1U-1137 1U-1145 1U-1147 111-1155
111-1157 21101 21121
21145
122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122
Stromberg-
Carlson
K-21
128
KH-21
128
K-22
128
KH-22
128
Sylvania
1-532-1 133
1-532-2 133
1-533-1 138
1-533-2 138
21C401
133
21C403
133
210501 138
210502
138
210601 138
21D802
138
21T101
133
21T102
133
21T104
133
21T201 138
24T101 133
21T301 138
240601 138
24T301 138
Trav-ler Radio
412E4
143
412E5
143
412F4
143
412F5
143
412G5
143
412K5
143
412L5
143
417E4
143
417E5
143
417F5
143
417G5
143
419E5
143
510A4
143
511A4
143
513A4
143
513A5
143
511A4
143
514A5
143
517-56
143
517-67
143
517-82,-U 143
517-100 143
51884
143
518B5
143
521-73 143
521-75
143
521-76 143
521-77 143
521-78 143
521-79,-U 143
521-80,-U 143
521-81,-U 143
521-R90,U 143
521-R91,U 143
521-110 143
521-115 143
524-83 143
524-84,-U 143
524-85,-U 143
524-86,-U 143
5210-60,U 143
5210-61,11 143
Wells -Gardner All below 151 321A59C-A-504 321A59C-A-554 321A59U-A-504 321A59U-A-554 324A59C-A-576 324A591J-A-576 2321A59C-A508 2321A59C-A556 2321A59U-A508 2321A590 -A556 2324A59C-A560 2324A59U-A560
Westinghouse H-853K24A 155 H-853KU24 155 H-854K24A 155 H-854KU24 155 H-869K24A 155 H-869KU24 155 H-870K24A 155
H -870K1324 155
H-875T24B 155 H-875TU24 155 H-876T24B 155 H-876TU24 155 H-877T24B 155 H-877TU24 155 H-881K24A 155 H-881KU24 155 H -888C24 155 H-888CU24 155 H -889C24 155 H-889CU24 155 H-916T17A 159 H-916TU17 159 H-919T17A 159 H-919TU17 159 H-920T17A 159 H-920TU17 159 H-921T17A 159 H-921TU17 159 H -924T21 159 H-924TU21 159 H-927T21C 159 H-927TU21 159 H-928T21C 159 H-928TU21 159 H-929T21C 159 H-929TU21 159 H -934T21 163 H -934T021 163 H -935T21 163 H-935TU21 163 8-938K21 163 H-938KU21 163 8-939K21 163 H-939KU21 163 H -941K21 163 H-9411cU21 163 H -942K21 163 H-942KU21 163 H-950724 163
H -950T1124 163
8-951T24 163 H-951TU24 163 H -9541C24 163 H-954KU24 163
Westinghouse+
H -955K24 163
H-955KU24 163
H -956K24 163
H-956KU24 163
H-965K21C 159
H-965KU21 159
H-966K21C 159
H-966KU21 159
H -974T21 159
H-974TU21 159
H -975T21 159
H -975T021 159
H -976T21 159
H-976TU21 159
H -978T17 159
H-978TU17 159
H -979T17 159
H-979TU17 159
H -980T17 159
H-980TU17 159
V-2318 155
V-2328 155
V-2340
159
V-2341
159
V-2342
163
V-2343 163
V-2350 159 v-2351 159
V-2352 163
V-2353 163
Zenith Radio
16X20
171
17X20
171
17X22
171
17X23
171
19X21
171
19X22
171
19X24
171
22X20
171
22X21
171
22X22Q 171
X1814R
171
X1816+ 171
X2220R
171
X2222+ 171
X2224+ 171
X2229R
171
X2230E,R 171
X2232B,R 171
X2247E,R 171
X2248E,R 171
X2254M 171
X2256E,R 171
X22578 ,E 171
X2258E,R 171
X2264+ 171
X2280E,R 171
X2359E 171
X2360R
171
X2362+ 171
X2365+ 171
X2383,R 171 X2391EQ 171
X2636E,R 171
X2640E,R 171
X2670E,R 171
X2671R
171
X2672E 171
X2674+ 171
X2994+
171
192
_ML
w-wwrirA-LwEwS-_wMwLE-o_rIilwig -w w-w-a-w-orw-oror wir-wwwrar-ww-orw-ar-w-w-w-w-wirw-wr-mr-w-w
Another Supreme Publications
Service Manual
Wwl_m_wwwT_wUw_IMwwI_FmB_w-wZ_wIM_nIaFWM-UTINFT
1- - 11-1M-TET -N--N-U-U II -
AI
Supreme Publications are Available at All Leading Parts Jobbers
PdfCompressor 6.5.985 CVISION Technologies